Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2014
Commission file number: 001-36671

Atento S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Atento S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant’s name into English)

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
4 rue Lou Hemmer, L - 1748 Luxembourg Findel
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
(Address of principal executive offices)
Mauricio Teles Montilha, Chief Financial Officer
Address: Avenida das Nações Unidas, 14.171, 2º andar, Rochaverá, Ebony Tower, 04794-000, São Paulo, Brasil
Telephone No.: + 55 (11) 3779-0881
e-mail: investor.relations@atento.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Ordinary Shares, no par value	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital stock or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
73,619,511 ordinary shares
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
¨   Yes             x   No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
¨   Yes             x   No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
x   Yes             ¨   No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
x   Yes              ¨   No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer   ¨                  Accelerated filer   ¨                  Non-accelerated filer   x
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP   ¨	    	International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board   x	  	Other   ¨	
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
¨   Item 17              ¨   Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
¨   Yes              x   No

 

Table of Contents
Atento S.A.
TABL  E OF CONTENTS

 
							
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION		 	4	  	
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES		 	5	  	
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		 	5	  	
PART I		 	7	  	
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS		 	7	  	
A. Directors and Senior Management		 	7	  	
B. Advisers		 	7	  	
C. Auditors		 	7	  	
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE		 	7	  	
A. Offer Statistics		 	7	  	
B. Method and Expected Timetable		 	7	  	
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION		 	7	  	
A. Selected Financial Data		 	7	  	
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness		 	14	  	
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds		 	14	  	
D. Risk Factors		 	14	  	
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY		 	33	  	
A. History and Development of the Company		 	33	  	
B. Business Overview		 	35	  	
C. Organizational Structure		 	43	  	
D. Property, Plant and Equipment		 	43	  	
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS		 	45	  	
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS		 	45	  	
A. Operating Results		 	47	  	
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources		 	61	  	
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.		 	70	  	
D. Trend Information		 	70	  	
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements		 	71	  	
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations		 	72	  	
G. Safe harbor		 	72	  	
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES		 	72	  	
A. Directors and Senior Management		 	72	  	
B. Compensation		 	76	  	
C. Board practices		 	77	  	
D. Employees		 	79	  	
E. Share Ownership		 	81	  	
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		 	82	  	
A. Major Shareholders		 	82	  	
B. Related Party Transactions		 	84	  	
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel		 	87	  	
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION		 	87	  	
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information		 	87	  	
B. Significant Changes		 	89	  	
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING		 	89	  	
A. Offering and Listing Details		 	89	  	
B. Plan of Distribution		 	89	  	
C. Markets		 	90	  	
D. Selling Shareholders		 	90	  	
E. Dilution		 	90	  	
F. Expenses of the Issue		 	90	  	
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION		 	90	  	
A. Share Capital		 	90	  	
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association		 	90	  	
C. Material Contracts		 	96	  	
D. Exchange Controls		 	97	  	
E. Taxation		 	97	  	
F. Dividends and Paying Agents		 	99	  	

Table of Contents

G. Statement by Experts		 	99	  	
H. Documents on Display		 	99	  	
I. Subsidiary Information		 	99	  	
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		 	100	  	
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES		 	103	  	
A. Debt Securities		 	103	  	
B. Warrants and Rights		 	103	  	
C. Other Securities		 	103	  	
D. American Depositary Shares		 	103	  	
PART II		 	104	  	
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES		 	104	  	
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS		 	104	  	
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		 	104	  	
A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures		 	104	  	
B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting		 	104	  	
C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm		 	104	  	
D. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting		 	104	  	
ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		 	104	  	
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]		 	104	  	
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT		 	104	  	
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS		 	104	  	
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES		 	105	  	
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEE		 	105	  	
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS		 	105	  	
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT		 	105	  	
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE		 	105	  	
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE		 	105	  	
PART III		 	106	  	
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		 	106	  	
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		 	106	  	
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS		 	106	  	

Table of Contents
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
Basis of Presentation and Other Information
Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Atento”, “we”, “us”, “our”, “the Company”, and “our business” refer to Atento S.A., a public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg on March 5, 2014, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.
“AIT Group” refers to Atento Inversiones Teleservicios S.A.U. and its subsidiaries (including Atento Venezuela, S.A. and Teleatención de Venezuela, C.A.) as held by Telefónica, S.A. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Telefónica” or the “Telefónica Group”) prior to the Acquisition. “Atento Group” refers to the direct and indirect subsidiaries and assets of Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios, S.A.U. (excluding Atento Venezuela, S.A. and Teleatención de Venezuela, C.A.) that were acquired indirectly by funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC (together with affiliates of such funds, “Bain Capital”) on December 12, 2012 (the “Acquisition”) through Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l. (the “Successor”) and certain of its affiliates. Use of the term “Predecessor” refers to the Atento Group prior to the Acquisition, and use of the term “Atento” refers to the Atento Group subsequent to the Acquisition.
Atento S.A. was formed as a direct subsidiary of Atalaya Luxco Topco S.C.A. (“Topco”). In April 2014, Topco also incorporated Atalaya Luxco PIKCo S.C.A. (“PikCo”) and on May 15, 2014 Topco contributed to PikCo: (i) all of its equity interests in its then direct subsidiary, Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l. (“Midco”), the consideration for which was an allocation to PikCo’s account “capital contributions not remunerated by shares” (the “Reserve Account”) equal to €2 million, resulting in Midco becoming a direct subsidiary of PikCo; and (ii) all of its debt interests in Midco (comprising three series of preferred equity certificates (the “Original Luxco PECs”)), the consideration for which was the issuance by PikCo to Topco of preferred equity certificates having an equivalent value. On May 30, 2014, Midco authorized the issuance of, and PikCo subscribed for, a fourth series of preferred equity certificates (together with the Original Luxco PECs, the “Luxco PECs”).
In connection with the completion of Atento’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), Topco transferred its entire interest in Midco (being €31,000 of share capital) to PikCo, the consideration for which was an allocation to PikCo’s Reserve Account equal to €31,000. PikCo then contributed (the “Contribution”) all of the Luxco PECs to Midco, the consideration for which was an allocation to Midco’s Reserve Account equal to the value of the Luxco PECs immediately prior to the Contribution. Upon completion of the Contribution, the Luxco PECs were capitalized by Midco. PikCo then transferred the remainder of its interest in Midco (being €12,500 of share capital) to the Company, in consideration for which the Company issued two new shares of its capital stock to PikCo. The difference between the nominal value of these shares and the value of Midco’s net equity was allocated to the Company’s share premium account. As a result of this transfer, Midco became a direct subsidiary of Atento S.A. The Company completed a share split (the “Share Split”) whereby Atento issued approximately 2,219.212 ordinary shares for each ordinary share outstanding as of September 3, 2014. The foregoing is collectively referred as the “Reorganization Transaction”.
On October 7, 2014, upon the closing of our initial public offering, Atento issued 4,819,511 ordinary shares without nominal value at a price of $15.00 per share. As a result of the completion of the IPO, including the Share Split and the Reorganization Transaction, Atento has 73,619,511 ordinary shares outstanding and owns 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Midco.
As mentioned above, pursuant to the implementation of the Reorganization Transaction Midco became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atento, which was a newly-formed company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg with nominal assets and liabilities for the purpose of facilitating the IPO, and did not conduct any operations prior to the completion of the IPO. Following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, Atento’s financial statements presented the consolidated results of Midco’s operations. The consolidated financial statements of Midco are substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of Atento after to the IPO, as adjusted for the Reorganization Transaction. Upon consummation, the Reorganization Transaction was retroactively reflected in Atento’s calculations for earnings per share.
In this Annual Report, all references to “U.S. dollar” and “$” are to the lawful currency of the United States and all references to “euro” or “€” are to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time. In addition, all references to Brazilian Reais (BRL), Mexican Peso (MXN), Chilean Peso (CLP), Argentinean Peso (ARS), Colombian Peso (COP) and Peruvian Nuevos Soles (PEN) are to the lawful currencies of Brazil, Mexico, Chile, Argentina, Colombia and Peru, respectively.
 
3

Table of Contents
The following table shows the exchange rates of the U.S. dollar to these currencies for the years and dates indicated as reported by the relevant central banks of the European Union and each country, as applicable.

 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
 	  	Average	 	  	December 31	 	  	Average	 	  	December 31	 	  	Average	 	  	December 31	 	
Euro (EUR)	  	 	0.78	  	  	 	0.76	  	  	 	0.75	  	  	 	0.73	  	  	 	0.75	  	  	 	0.82	  	
Brazil (BRL)	  	 	1.95	  	  	 	2.04	  	  	 	2.16	  	  	 	2.34	  	  	 	2.35	  	  	 	2.66	  	
Mexico (MXN)	  	 	13.16	  	  	 	12.97	  	  	 	12.77	  	  	 	13.08	  	  	 	13.33	  	  	 	14.74	  	
Colombia (COP)	  	 	1,797.34	  	  	 	1,768.23	  	  	 	1,869.31	  	  	 	1,926.83	  	  	 	2,000.23	  	  	 	2,390.44	  	
Chile (CLP)	  	 	486.37	  	  	 	479.96	  	  	 	495.40	  	  	 	524.61	  	  	 	570.51	  	  	 	606.75	  	
Peru (PEN)	  	 	2.64	  	  	 	2.55	  	  	 	2.70	  	  	 	2.80	  	  	 	2.84	  	  	 	2.98	  	
Argentina (ARS)	  	 	4.55	  	  	 	4.92	  	  	 	5.48	  	  	 	6.52	  	  	 	8.12	  	  	 	8.55	  	
 PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We present our historic financial information under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).
Predecessor Financial Statements
We have historically conducted our business through the Atento Group, or the Predecessor up to the date of the Acquisition, and subsequent to the Acquisition, through Atento. Although the Acquisition was completed on December 12, 2012, for accounting purposes the Atento Group has been incorporated into the Atento’s operations since December 1, 2012.
The financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this Annual Report are the audited combined carve-out financial statements of the Atento Group as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the eleven-month period ended November 30, 2012 (the “Predecessor financial statements”). The Predecessor financial statements are presented on a combined carve-out basis from the AIT Group’s historical consolidated financial statements, based on the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of the Predecessor acquired by the Successor and that are part of its consolidated group after the Acquisition. We believe that the assumptions and estimates used in preparation of the Predecessor financial statements are reasonable. However, the Predecessor financial statements do not necessarily reflect what the Predecessor’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been if the Predecessor had operated as a separate entity during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Predecessor’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
Atento Financial Information
The consolidated financial information of Atento are the consolidated results of operations of Atento, which includes one-month period from December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, and the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.
Aggregated 2012 Financial Information
In addition, we also present in this Annual Report unaudited, non-IFRS aggregated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Aggregated 2012 Financial Information”). The Aggregated 2012 Financial Information is derived by adding together the corresponding data from the audited Predecessor financial statements for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 30, 2012 and the corresponding data from the audited Successor financial statements for the one-month period from December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report, each prepared under IFRS as issued by the IASB. This presentation of the Aggregated 2012 Financial Information is for illustrative purposes only, is not presented in accordance with IFRS, and is not necessarily comparable to previous or subsequent periods, or indicative of results expected in any future period (including as a result of the effects of the Acquisition).
Rounding
Certain numerical figures set out in this Annual Report, including financial data presented in millions or thousands and percentages, have been subject to rounding adjustments, and, as a result, the totals of the data in
 
4

Table of Contents
this Annual Report may vary slightly from the actual arithmetic totals of such information. Percentages and amounts reflecting changes over time periods relating to financial and other data set forth in “Selected Historical Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are calculated using the numerical data in the financial statements of the Predecessor or the Successor, or the tabular presentation of other data (subject to rounding) contained in this Annual Report, as applicable, and not using the numerical data in the narrative description thereof.
 TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
This Annual Report includes our trademarks as “Atento,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of the Company or our subsidiaries. This Annual Report also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
 CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report contains estimates and forward-looking statements, principally in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. Some of the matters discussed concerning our business operations and financial performance include estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Our estimates and forward-looking statements are based mainly on our current expectations and estimates on projections of future events and trends, which affect or may affect our businesses and results of operations. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available to us. Our estimates and forward-looking statements may be influenced by the following factors, among others:
 
 	•	 	the competitiveness of the customer relationship management and business process (“CRM BPO”) market;	
 
 	•	 	the loss of one or more of our major clients, a small number of which account for a significant portion of our revenue, in particular Telefónica;	
 
 	•	 	risks associated with operating in Latin America, where a significant proportion of our revenue is derived and where a large number of our employees are based;	
 
 	•	 	our clients deciding to enter or further expand their own CRM BPO businesses in the future;	
 
 	•	 	any deterioration in global markets and general economic conditions, in particular in Latin America and in the telecommunications and the financial services industries from which we derive most of our revenue;	
 
 	•	 	increases in employee benefits expenses, changes to labor laws and labor relations;	
 
 	•	 	failure to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees at our service delivery centers to support our operations;	
 
 	•	 	inability to maintain our pricing and level of activity and control our costs;	
 
 	•	 	consolidation of potential users of CRM BPO services;	
 
 	•	 	the reversal of current trends towards CRM BPO solutions;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations of our operating results from one quarter to the next due to various factors including seasonality;	
 
 	•	 	the significant leverage our clients have over our business relationships;	
 
 	•	 	the departure of key personnel or challenges with respect to labor relations;	
 
 	•	 	the long selling and implementation cycle for CRM BPO services;	
 
5

Table of Contents

 	•	 	difficulty controlling our growth and updating our internal operational and financial systems as a result of our increased size;	
 
 	•	 	inability to fund our working capital requirements and new investments;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations in, or devaluation of, the local currencies in the countries in which we operate against our reporting currency, the U.S. dollars;	
 
 	•	 	current political and economic volatility, particularly in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and Europe;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to acquire and integrate companies that complement our business;	
 
 	•	 	technology’s quality and reliability provided by our technology and telecommunications providers, our reliance on a limited number of suppliers of such technology and the services and products of our clients;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to invest in and implement new technologies;	
 
 	•	 	disruptions or interruptions in our client relationships;	
 
 	•	 	actions of the Brazilian, EU, Spanish, Argentinian, Mexican and other governments and their respective regulatory agencies, including adverse competition law rulings and the introduction of new regulations that could require us to make additional expenditures;	
 
 	•	 	damage or disruptions to our key technology systems or the quality and reliability of the technology provided by technology telecommunications providers;	
 
 	•	 	an increase in the cost of telecommunications services and other services on which we and our industry rely;	
 
 	•	 	an actual or perceived failure to comply with data protection regulations, in particular any actual or perceived failure to ensure secure transmission of sensitive or confidential customer data through our networks;	
 
 	•	 	the effect of labor disputes on our business; and	
 
 	•	 	other risk factors listed in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors”.	
The words “believe”, “may”, “will”, “estimate”, “continue”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “expect” and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements. Estimates and forward-looking statements are intended to be accurate only as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update or to review any estimate and/or forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors. Estimates and forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Our future results may differ materially from those expressed in these estimates and forward-looking statements. You should therefore not make any investment decision based on these estimates and forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements contained in this report speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
 
6

Table of Contents
 PART I
 ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
 
 A.	Directors and Senior Management	
Not applicable.
 
 B.	Advisers	
Not applicable.
 
 C.	Auditors	
Not applicable.
 ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
 
 A.	Offer Statistics	
Not applicable.
 
 B.	Method and Expected Timetable	
Not applicable.
 ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
 
 A.	Selected Financial Data	
The following selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the section “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Historically, as described in “Presentation of financial and other information” above, we conducted our business through the Atento Group (“Predecessor”) through November 30, 2012, and subsequent to the Acquisition, through Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l (“Midco” or the “Successor”), and therefore our historical financial statements present the results of operations of Predecessor and Successor, respectively. Prior to completion of the IPO we implemented the Reorganization Transaction pursuant to which the Successor became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atento S.A., a newly-formed public limited liability holding company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg with nominal assets and liabilities for the purpose of facilitating the IPO, and which not had conducted any operations prior to the completion of the IPO. Following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, our financial statements present the results of operations of Atento. The consolidated financial statements of Atento are substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of Midco prior to the IPO, as adjusted for the Reorganization Transaction. Upon consummation, the Reorganization Transaction was reflected retroactively in the Company’s earnings per share calculations.
The following table sets forth selected historical financial data of the Atento Group and Atento. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. As a result of the Acquisition, we applied acquisition accounting whereby the purchase price paid was allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at fair value. Our financial reporting periods presented in the table below are as follow:
 
 	•	 	The financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this Annual Report are the audited combined carve-out financial statements of the Atento Group as of and for the year ended December 2011 and as of and for the eleven-month period ended November 30, 2012 (the “Predecessor financial statements”). The Predecessor financial statements are presented on a combined carve-out basis from the AIT Group’s historical consolidated financial statements, based on the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of the Predecessor acquired by the Successor and that are part of its consolidated group after the Acquisition. We believe that the assumptions and estimates used in preparation of the Predecessor financial statements are reasonable. However, the Predecessor financial statements do not necessarily reflect what the Predecessor’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been if the Predecessor had operated as a separate entity during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Predecessor’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows.	
 
7

Table of Contents

 	•	 	The Company period reflects the consolidated results of operations of Atento; which includes the one-month period from December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, and the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.	
 
 	•	 	The unaudited Aggregated 2012 Financial Information set forth below is derived by adding together the corresponding data from the audited Predecessor financial statements for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 30, 2012, to the corresponding data from the audited Atento’s financial information for the one-month period from December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report, each prepared under IFRS as issued by the IASB. This presentation of the Aggregated 2012 Financial Information is for illustrative purposes only, is not presented in accordance with IFRS, and is not necessarily comparable to previous or subsequent periods, or indicative of results expected in any future period (including as a result of the effects of the Acquisition).	
Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Information

 		Predecessor	 		 	 		Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 		 	 		 	 	
 		As of and for the year
ended
December 31,	 		As of and
for the
period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 		As of and
for the
period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 		As of and
for the
year ended
December 31,	 		As of and for the year
ended
December 31,	 	
($ in millions other than
share and per share data)		2010	 		2011	 		2012	 		2012	 		2012	 		2013	 		2014	 	
 		(unaudited)	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		(unaudited)	 		 	 		 	 	
Revenue		 	2,128.8	  		 	2,417.3	  		 	2,125.9	  		 	190.9	  		 	2,316.8	  		 	2,341.1	  		 	2,298.3	  	
Operating profit / (loss)		 	183.4	  		 	155.6	  		 	163.8	  		 	(42.4	) 		 	121.4	  		 	105.0	  		 	87.2	  	
Profit / (loss) for the period		 	112.2	  		 	90.3	  		 	90.2	  		 	(56.6	) 		 	33.6	  		 	(4.0	) 		 	(42.1	) 	
Profit / (loss) for the period from continuing operations		 	112.2	  		 	89.6	  		 	90.2	  		 	(56.6	) 		 	33.6	  		 	(4.0	) 		 	(42.1	) 	
Profit / (loss) attributable to equity holders		 	111.1	  		 	87.9	  		 	89.7	  		 	(56.6	) 		 	33.1	  		 	(4.0	) 		 	(42.1	) 	
Earnings per share—basic and diluted		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	(0.82	) 		 	n/a	  		 	(0.06	) 		 	(0.61	) 	
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	68,800,000	  		 	n/a	  		 	68,800,000	  		 	69,603,252	  	
				 				
Balance sheet data:																													
Total assets		 	1,152.6	  		 	1,224.6	  		 	1,263.8	  		 	1,961.0	  		 	n/a	  		 	1,842.2	  		 	1,657.9	  	
Total share capital		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	n/a	  		 	—  	  		 	0.0	  	
Invested equity/equity		 	658.2	  		 	631.2	  		 	670.1	  		 	(32.7	) 		 	n/a	  		 	(134.0	) 		 	464.9	  	
S elected Consolidated Other Financial Information

 		Predecessor	 		 	 		Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 	
($ millions)		As of and
for the
period from
Jan 1 –Nov 30,
2012	 		As of and
for the
period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,
2012	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2012	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2013	 		Change
(%)	 		Change
excluding
FX (%)	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2014	 		Change
(%)	 		Change
excluding
FX (%)	 	
 		 	 		 	 		(unaudited)	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 	
Revenue		 	2,125.9	  		 	190.9	  		 	2,316.8	  		 	2,341.1	  		 	1.0	  		 	7.5	  		 	2,298.3	  		 	(1.8	) 		 	7.7	  	
EBITDA (1)		 	241.9	  		 	(34.9	) 		 	207.0	  		 	234.0	  		 	13.0	  		 	22.9	  		 	207.0	  		 	(11.5	) 		 	(0.8	) 	
Adjusted EBITDA (1)		 	235.9	  		 	32.2	  		 	268.1	  		 	295.1	  		 	10.1	  		 	16.9	  		 	306.4	  		 	3.8	  		 	13.7	  	
Adjusted Earnings/(Loss) (2)		 	86.2	  		 	(8.9	) 		 	77.3	  		 	85.2	  		 	10.2	  		 	36.1	  		 	82.7	  		 	(2.9	) 		 	7.5	  	
Adjusted Earnings per share (in U.S. dollars) (3)		 	1.17	  		 	(0.12	) 		 	1.05	  		 	1.16	  		 	10.2	  		 	36.1	  		 	1.12	  		 	(2.9	) 		 	7.5	  	
Capital Expenditures (4)		 	(76.9	) 		 	(28.4	) 		 	(105.3	) 		 	(103.0	) 		 	(2.2	) 		 	4.0	  		 	(120.1	) 		 	16.6	  		 	25.9	  	
Total debt with third parties		 	88.4	  		 	849.2	  		 	849.2	  		 	851.2	  		 	0.2	  		 	4.0	  		 	653.3	  		 	(23.2	) 		 	(12.8	) 	
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term financial investments		 	83.3	  		 	229.0	  		 	229.0	  		 	213.5	  		 	(6.8	) 		 	(3.1	) 		 	238.3	  		 	11.6	  		 	27.3	  	
Net debt with third parties (5)		 	5.1	  		 	620.2	  		 	620.2	  		 	637.7	  		 	2.8	  		 	6.6	  		 	415.0	  		 	(34.9	) 		 	(26.2	) 	
 
(1)	In considering the financial performance of the business, our management analyzes the financial performance measures of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA at a company and operating segment level, to facilitate decision-making. EBITDA is defined as profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations before net finance costs, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude Acquisition and integration related costs, restructuring costs, sponsor management fees, asset impairments, site-relocation costs, financing and IPO fees, and other items which are not related to our core results of operations. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations.	
 
8

Table of Contents
We believe EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, are useful metrics for investors to understand our results of continuing operations and profitability because they permit investors to evaluate our recurring profitability from underlying operating activities. We also use these measures internally to establish forecasts, budgets and operational goals to manage and monitor our business, as well as to evaluate our underlying historical performance. We believe EBITDA facilitates comparisons of operating performance between periods and among other companies in industries similar to ours because it removes the effect of variation in capital structures, taxation, and non-cash depreciation and amortization charges, which may differ between companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. We believe adjusted EBITDA better reflects our underlying operating performance because it excludes the impact of items which are not related to our core results of continuing operations.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present EBITDA-related performance measures when reporting their results.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. These measures are not presentations made in accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to profit or loss for the period from continuing operations or other measures determined in accordance with IFRS. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not necessary comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
See below under the heading “Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss)” for a reconciliation of profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA.
 
(2)	In considering the Company’s financial performance, our management analyzes the performance measure of adjusted earnings/(loss). Adjusted earnings/(loss) is defined as profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations adjusted for Acquisition and integration related costs, amortization of Acquisition-related intangible assets, restructuring costs, sponsor management fees, assets impairments, site relocation costs, financing and IPO fees, PECs interest expense, other and tax effects. Adjusted earnings/(loss) are not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted earnings/(loss) is our profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations.	
We believe adjusted earnings/(loss), as defined above, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income-tax expense and net finance costs.
Management expects to use adjusted earnings/(loss) to (i) provide senior management a monthly report of our operating results that is prepared on an adjusted earnings basis; (ii) prepare strategic plans and annual budgets on the basis of adjusted earnings; and (iii) review senior management’s annual compensation, in part, using adjusted performance measures.
Adjusted earnings/(loss) is defined to exclude items that are not related to our core results of operations. Adjusted earnings/(loss) measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an adjusted earnings related performance measure when reporting their results.
Adjusted earnings/(loss) have limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted earnings/(loss) is neither a presentation made in accordance with IFRS nor a measure of financial condition or liquidity, and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to profit or loss for the period from continuing operations or other measures determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted earnings/(loss) is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
See below for a reconciliation of our adjusted earnings/(loss) to our profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations.
 
(3)	Adjusted earnings per share calculated considering 73,619,511 Atento ordinary shares as of December 31, 2014. The weighted average number of ordinary shares for the year ended December 31, 2014 was not considered in this calculation.	
Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted earnings/(loss) per share is our Basic result per share. We believe adjusted earnings/(loss) per share, as defined above and related to the item (2) Adjusted earnings/(loss) included in this section, is useful to investors, and is used by our management for measuring profitability.
 
9

Table of Contents

(4)	We defined “capital expenditure” as the sum of the additions to property, plant and equipment and the additions to intangible assets.	
(5)	In considering our financial condition, our management analyzes net debt with third parties, which is defined as total debt less cash, cash equivalents (net of any outstanding bank overdrafts) and short-term financial investments and non-current payables to Atento Group companies (which represent the PECs). In 2013, the PECs were classified as our subordinated debt relating to our other present and future obligations, and in 2014 they were capitalized in connection with the IPO. Net debt with third parties is not a measure defined by IFRS.	
Net debt with third parties has limitations as an analytical tool. Net debt with third parties is neither a measure defined by or presented in accordance with IFRS nor a measure of financial performance, and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative financial measure determined in accordance with IFRS. Net debt with third parties is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
See below under the heading “Reconciliation of total debt with third parties” for a reconciliation of Total debt to net debt with third parties utilizing IFRS reported balances obtained from the financial information. Total debt is the most directly comparable financial measure under IFRS.
Cash flow selected data:

 	 	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the
year ended
December 31,	 	 	January 1
to
November 30,	 	 	December 1
to
December 31,	 	 	For the
year ended
December 31,	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities	 	 	116.6	  	 	 	163.6	  	 	 	(68.3	) 	 	 	95.3	  	 	 	99.6	  	 	 	135.3	  	
Net cash flow from/(used in) investment activities	 	 	(134.6	) 	 	 	(118.7	) 	 	 	(846.1	) 	 	 	(964.8	) 	 	 	(123.4	) 	 	 	(149.8	) 	
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities	 	 	27.0	  	 	 	(75.0	) 	 	 	1.109.6	  	 	 	1.034.6	  	 	 	31.2	  	 	 	38.8	  	
Effect of changes in exchange rates	 	 	(0.1	) 	 	 	(2.2	) 	 	 	5.1	  	 	 	2.9	  	 	 	5.8	  	 	 	(26.3	) 	
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	8.8	  	 	 	(32.3	) 	 	 	200.3	  	 	 	168.0	  	 	 	13.2	  	 	 	(2.1	) 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	73.1	  	 	 	81.9	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	81.9	  	 	 	200.3	  	 	 	213.5	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	 	 	81.9	  	 	 	49.6	  	 	 	200.3	  	 	 	200.3	  	 	 	213.5	  	 	 	211.4	  	
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term financial investments at end of period	 	 	103.6	  	 	 	83.3	  	 	 	229.0	  	 	 	229.0	  	 	 	213.5	  	 	 	238.3	  	
Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss):

 	 	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 	 	Period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 	 	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Year ended
December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations	 	 	90.2	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net finance expense		 	12.9	  		 	6.0	  		 	19.0	  		 	100.7	  		 	110.8	  	
Income tax expense		 	60.7	  		 	8.1	  		 	68.8	  		 	8.3	  		 	18.5	  	
Depreciation and amortization		 	78.1	  		 	7.5	  		 	85.6	  		 	129.0	  		 	119.8	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	241.9	  		 	(34.9	) 		 	207.0	  		 	234.0	  		 	207.0	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition and integration related costs (a)		 	0.2	  		 	62.4	  		 	62.6	  		 	29.3	  		 	9.9	  	
Restructuring costs (b)		 	3.9	  		 	4.7	  		 	8.6	  		 	12.8	  		 	26.7	  	
Sponsor management fees (c)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	9.1	  		 	7.3	  	
Site relocation costs (d)		 	1.7	  		 	0.7	  		 	2.4	  		 	1.8	  		 	1.7	  	
Financing and IPO fees (e)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	6.1	  		 	51.9	  	
Asset impairments and Other (f)		 	(11.8	) 		 	(0.6	) 		 	(12.4	) 		 	2.0	  		 	1.9	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	235.9	  		 	32.2	  		 	268.1	  		 	295.1	  		 	306.4	  	

10

Table of Contents

(a)	Acquisition and integration costs incurred in 2012, 2013, and 2014 are costs associated with the Acquisition and post-Acquisition process targeting primarily financial and operational improvements. Nearly all of the $62.6 million in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012, are directly related to Acquisition and integration related costs (banking, advisory, legal fees, etc.). For the year ended December 31, 2013, of the $29.3 million, $27.9 million are related to professional fees incurred to establish Atento as a standalone company not affiliated to Telefónica. These projects are mainly related to full strategy review including growth implementation plan and operational set-up with a leading consulting firm ($14.7 million), improvement of financial and cash flow reporting ($5.9 million), improving the efficiency in procurement ($4.8 million) and headhunting fees related primarily to strengthening the senior management team post-Acquisition ($1.4 million). Acquisition and integration related cost incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily resulted from consulting fees incurred in connection with the full strategy review including our growth implementation plan and operational set-up with a leading consulting firm ($4.0 million), improving the efficiency in procurement ($2.3 million), and IT transformation projects ($2.5 million). These projects have substantially been completed by the end of 2014.	
(b)	Restructuring costs incurred in 2012, 2013 and 2014 primarily included a number of restructuring activities and other personnel costs that were not related to our core result of operations. In 2012, restructuring costs primarily represented costs incurred in Chile related to the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica, which affected the profile of certain operations personnel, and other restructuring costs for certain changes to the executive team in EMEA and Americas region. For the year ended December 31, 2013, $8.6 million of our restructuring costs were related to the relocation of corporate headquarters and severance payments directly related to the Acquisition. In addition in 2013, we incurred in restructuring costs in Spain of $1.5 million (relating to restructuring expenses incurred as a consequence of significant reduction in activity levels as a result of adverse market conditions in Spain), and in Chile of $1.4 million (relating to restructuring expenses incurred in connection with the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica). Restructuring costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014, are primarily related to headcount restructuring activities in Spain. In addition, we incurred restructuring costs not related to our core results of operations in Argentina and Peru of $4.8 million related to the restructuring of specific operations, Chile of $2.5 million related to restructuring expenses incurred in connection with the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica, and in connection with certain changes to the executive team, and an additional $0.7 million related to the relocation of corporate headquarters.	
(c)	Sponsor management fees represent the annual advisory fee paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC that are expensed during the period presented. These fees have ceased following the offering.	
(d)	Site relocation costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 include costs associated with our current strategic initiative of relocating call centers from tier 1 cities to tier 2 cities in Brazil in order to get efficiencies through rental cost reduction and attrition and absenteeism improvement.	
(e)	Financing and IPO fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily relate to professional fees incurred in 2013 in connection with the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes and to pay financial advisory fees. Financing fees and IPO fees for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily relate to fees incurred in connection with the IPO process including advisory, auditing and legal expenses among others. These fees have ceased in 2014.	
(f)	Asset impairments and other costs incurred for the year ended 31, 2012 related to a release of an employee benefit accrual of $11.3 million following the better-than-expected outcome of the collective bargain agreement negotiation in Spain. Asset impairment and other costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to charges associated to projects for inventory control in Brazil which are not related to our core results of operations. Asset impairment and other cost incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014, mainly relate to the goodwill and other intangible asset impairment relating to our operation in Czech Republic of $3.7 million and Spain of $28.8 million and other non-recurrent costs of $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily related to a Revenue adjustment in Spain ($2.4 million) related to prior fiscal years and a one off tax penalty in Colombia ($1.3 million), offset by the amendment of the MSA with Telefónica by which the minimum revenue commitment for Spain was reduced against a $34.5 million penalty fee compensated by Telefónica.	
 
11

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of Adjusted earnings/(loss) to profit/(loss):
The following table reconciles our adjusted earnings/(loss) to our profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations:

 	 	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
($ in millions)	 	Period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,
2012	 	 	Period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,
2012	 	 	Year ended
December 31,
2012	 	 	Year ended
2013	 	 	December 31,
2014	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent	 	 	90.2	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition and integration related costs (a)		 	0.2	  		 	62.4	  		 	62.6	  		 	29.3	  		 	9.9	  	
Amortization of Acquisition related Intangible assets (b)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	40.7	  		 	36.6	  	
Restructuring costs (c)		 	3.9	  		 	4.7	  		 	8.6	  		 	12.8	  		 	26.7	  	
Sponsor management fees (d)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	9.1	  		 	7.3	  	
Site relocation costs (e)		 	1.7	  		 	0.7	  		 	2.4	  		 	1.8	  		 	1.7	  	
Financing and IPO fees (f)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	6.1	  		 	51.9	  	
PECs interest expense (g)		 	—  	  		 	1.9	  		 	1.9	  		 	25.7	  		 	25.4	  	
Asset impairments and Other (h)		 	(11.8	) 		 	(0.6	) 		 	(12.4	) 		 	2.0	  		 	1.9	  	
DTA adjustment in Spain (i)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	9.8	  	
Tax effect (j)		 	2.0	  		 	(21.4	) 		 	(19.4	) 		 	(38.3	) 		 	(46.4	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted earnings /(loss) (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	86.2	  		 	(8.9	) 		 	77.3	  		 	85.2	  		 	82.7	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share—Basic
(in U.S. dollars) (k)		 	1.17	  		 	(0.12	) 		 	1.05	  		 	1.16	  		 	1.12	  	
Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share—Diluted
(in U.S. dollars) (k)		 	1.17	  		 	(0.12	) 		 	1.05	  		 	1.16	  		 	1.12	  	
 
(a)	Acquisition and integration costs incurred in 2012, 2013, and 2014 are costs associated with the Acquisition and post financial and operational improvements. Nearly all of the $62.6 million in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012, are directly related to Acquisition and integration related costs (banking, advisory, legal fees, etc.). For the year ended December 31, 2013, of the $29.3 million, $27.9 million are related to professional fees incurred to establish Atento as a standalone company not affiliated to Telefónica. These projects are mainly related to full strategy review including growth implementation plan and operational set-up with a leading consulting firm ($14.7 million), improvement of financial and cash flow reporting ($5.9 million), improving the efficiency in procurement ($4.8 million) and headhunting fees related primarily to strengthening the senior management team post-Acquisition ($1.4 million). Acquisition and integration related cost incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily resulted from consulting fees incurred in connection with the full strategy review including our growth implementation plan an operational set-up with a leading consulting firm ($4.0 million), improving the efficiency in procurement ($2.3 million), and IT transformation projects ($2.5 million). These projects have substantially been completed by the end of 2014.	
(b)	Amortization of Acquisition related intangible assets represents the amortization expense of intangible assets resulting from the Acquisition and has been adjusted to eliminate the impact of the amortization arising from the Acquisition which is not in the ordinary course of our daily operations and distorts comparison with peers and results for prior periods. Such intangible assets primarily include contractual relationships with customers, for which the useful life has been estimated at primarily nine years.	
(c)	Restructuring costs incurred in 2012, 2013 and 2014 primarily included a number of restructuring activities and other personnel costs that were not related to our core result of operations. In 2012, restructuring costs primarily represented costs incurred in Chile related to the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica, which affected the profile of certain operations personnel, and other restructuring costs for certain changes to the executive team in EMEA and Americas region. For the year ended December 31, 2013, $8.6 million of our restructuring costs were related to the relocation of corporate headquarters and severance payments directly related to the Acquisition. In addition in 2013, we incurred in restructuring costs in Spain of $1.5 million (relating to restructuring expenses incurred as a consequence of significant reduction in activity levels as a result of adverse market conditions in Spain), and in Chile of $1.4 million (relating to restructuring expenses incurred in connection with the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica). Restructuring costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014, are primarily	
 
12

Table of Contents

 	related to headcount restructuring activities in Spain. In addition, we incurred restructuring costs not related to our core results of operations in Argentina and Peru of $4.8 million related to the restructuring of specific operations, Chile of $2.5 million related to restructuring expenses incurred in connection with the implementation of a new service delivery model with Telefónica, and in connection with certain changes to the executive team, and an additional $0.7 million related to the relocation of corporate headquarters.	
(d)	Sponsor management fees represent the annual advisory fee paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC that are expensed during the period presented. These fees have ceased in following the offering.	
(e)	Site relocation costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 include costs associated with our current strategic initiative of relocating call centers from tier 1 cities to tier 2 cities in Brazil in order to get efficiencies through rental cost reduction and attrition and absenteeism improvement.	
(f)	Financing and IPO fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily relate to professional fees incurred in 2013 in connection with the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes and to pay financial advisory fees. Financing fees and IPO fees for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily relate to fees incurred in connection with the IPO process including advisory, auditing and legal expenses among others. These fees have ceased in 2014.	
(g)	PECs Interest expense represents accrued interest on the preferred equity certificates that were capitalized in connection with the IPO.	
(h)	Asset impairments and other costs incurred for the year ended 31, 2012 related to a release of an employee benefit accrual of $11.3 million following the better-than-expected outcome of the collective bargain agreement negotiation in Spain. Asset impairment and other costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to charges associated to projects for inventory control in Brazil which are not related to our core results of operations. Asset impairment and other cost incurred for the year ended December 31, 2014, mainly relate to the goodwill and other intangible asset impairment relating to our operation in Czech Republic of $3.7 million and Spain of $28.8 million and other non-recurrent costs of $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily related to a revenue adjustment in Spain ($2.4 million) related to prior fiscal years and a one off tax penalty in Colombia ($1.3 million), offset by the amendment of the MSA with Telefónica by which the minimum revenue commitment for Spain was reduced against a $34.5 million penalty fee compensated by Telefónica.	
(i)	Deferred tax asset adjustment as a consequence of the tax rate reduction in Spain from 30% to 28% in 2015 and to 25% in 2016.	
(j)	The tax effect represents the tax impact of the total adjustments based on a tax rate of 33.0% for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 30, 2012, 31.0% for the one-month period from December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, 30.0% for 2013 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2014 include $43.8 million of IPO fees that are not deductible and $9.8 million of DTA adjustments that are both excluded from the adjustments base for tax effect calculation.	
(k)	The adjusted earnings/(loss) per share, for the period presented in the table above, were calculated considering the number of ordinary shares of 73,619,511 as of December 31, 2014.	
 
13

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of total debt to net debt with third parties

 	  	As of December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	  	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Debt:	  				 				 				
7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020	  	 	—  	  	 	 	297.7	  	 	 	300.3	  	
Brazilian Debentures	  	 	443.0	  	 	 	345.9	  	 	 	245.9	  	
Vendor Loan Note (1)	  	 	145.1	  	 	 	151.7	  	 	 	—  	  	
Contingent Value Instrument	  	 	52.3	  	 	 	43.4	  	 	 	36.4	  	
Preferred Equity Certificates	  	 	471.6	  	 	 	519.6	  	 	 	—  	  	
Finance lease payables	  	 	8.7	  	 	 	11.9	  	 	 	9.0	  	
Other borrowings	  	 	200.1	  	 	 	0.6	  	 	 	61.7	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Debt		 	1,320.8	  		 	1,370.8	  		 	653.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred Equity Certificates		 	(471.6	) 		 	(519.6	) 		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Debt excluding PECs		 	849.2	  		 	851.2	  		 	653.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents		 	(200.3	) 		 	(213.5	) 		 	(211.4	) 	
Short term financial investments		 	(28.7	) 		 	—  	  		 	(26.9	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Debt with third parties (non-GAAP) (unaudited) (2)		 	620.2	  		 	637.7	  		 	415.0	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) for the period (unaudited)		 	268.1	  		 	295.1	  		 	306.4	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Debt with third parties/Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	2.3	x 		 	2.2	x 		 	1.4	x 	

(1)	Reflects the prepayment to Telefónica of the entire indebtedness under the Vendor Loan Note.	
(2)	In considering our financial condition, our management analyzes net debt with third parties, which is defined as total debt less cash, cash equivalents, and short-term financial investments. Net debt is not a measure defined by IFRS and it has limitations as an analytical tool. Net debt is neither a measure defined by or presented in accordance with IFRS nor a measure of financial performance, and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative financial measure determined in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.	
 
 B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness	
Not applicable.
 
 C.	Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds	
Not applicable.
 
 D.	Risk Factors	
Risks Related to Our Business
The CRM BPO market is very competitive.
Our industry is very competitive, and we expect competition to remain intense from a number of sources in the future. In 2014, the top three CRM BPO companies, including us, represented approximately 12.5% of the global CRM BPO solutions market, based on company filings, IDC and our estimates. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the markets in which we operate are service quality, price, the ability to add value to a client’s business and industry expertise. We face competition primarily from CRM BPO companies and IT services companies. In addition, the trend toward off-shore outsourcing, international expansion by foreign and domestic competitors and continuing technological changes may result in new and different competitors entering our markets. These competitors may include entrants from the communications, software and data networking industries or entrants in geographical locations with lower costs than those in which we operate.
Some of these existing and future competitors may have greater financial, human and other resources, longer operating histories, greater technological expertise and more established relationships in the industries that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to increase their ability to address customer needs and reduce operating costs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential
 
14

Table of Contents
clients. Further, trends of consolidation in our industry and among CRM BPO competitors may result in new competitors with greater scale, a broader footprint, better technologies and price efficiencies attractive to our clients. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could result in reduced operating profit margins which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Telefónica, certain of its affiliates and a few other major clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and any loss of a large portion of business from these clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from companies within the Telefónica Group and a few other major client groups. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we generated 50.0%, 48.5% and 46.5%, respectively, of our revenue from the services provided to the Telefónica Group. Our contracts with Telefónica Group companies in Brazil and Spain comprised approximately 66.3% and 65.3%, respectively, of our revenue from the Telefónica Group for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. Our 15 largest client groups (including the Telefónica Group) on a consolidated basis accounted for a total of 82.1% of the year ended December 31, 2014.
We are party to a master services agreement (the “MSA”) with Telefónica for the provision of certain CRM BPO services to Telefónica Group companies which governs the services agreements entered with the Telefónica Group companies. As of December 31, 2014, 38 companies within the Telefónica Group were a party to 160 arm’s-length contracts with us. While our service contracts with the Telefónica Group companies have traditionally been renewed, there can be no assurance that such contracts will be renewed upon their expiration. The MSA expires on December 31, 2021, and although the MSA is an umbrella agreement which governs our services agreements with the Telefónica Group companies, the termination of the MSA on December 31, 2021 does not automatically result in a termination of any of the local services agreements in force after that date. The MSA contemplates a right of termination prior to December 31, 2021 if a change of control of the Company occurs as a result of a sale to a Telefónica competitor. In addition, there can be no assurance that the MSA will be renewed upon its expiration. Furthermore, the MSA or any other agreement with any of the Telefónica Group companies may be amended in a manner adverse to us or terminated early.
In addition, there can be no assurance that the volume of work to be performed by us for the various Telefónica Group companies will not vary significantly from year to year in the aggregate, particularly since we are not the exclusive outsourcing provider for the Telefónica Group. As a consequence, our revenue or margins from the Telefónica Group may decrease in the future. A number of factors other than the price and quality of our work and the services we provide could result in the loss or reduction of business from Telefónica Group companies, and we cannot predict the timing or occurrence of any such event. For example, a Telefónica Group company may demand price reductions, increased quality standards, change its CRM BPO strategy, or under certain circumstances transfer some or all of the work and services we currently provide to Telefónica in-house.
The loss of a significant part of our revenue derived from these clients, in particular the Telefónica Group, as a result of the occurrence of one or more of the above events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A substantial portion of our revenue, operations and investments are located in Latin America and we are therefore exposed to risks inherent in operating and investing in the region.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, we derived 33.9% of our revenue from Americas and 51.6% from Brazil. We intend to continue to develop and expand our facilities in the Americas and Brazil. Our operations and investments in the Americas and Brazil are subject to various risks related to the economic, political and social conditions of the countries in which we operate, including risks related to the following:
 
 	•	 	inconsistent regulations, licensing and legal requirements may increase our cost of operations as we endeavor to comply with myriad of laws that differ from one country to another in an unpredictable and adverse manner;	
 
 	•	 	currencies may be devalued or may depreciate or currency restrictions or other restraints on transfer of funds may be imposed;	
 
 	•	 	the effects of inflation and currency depreciation and fluctuation may require certain of our subsidiaries to undertake a mandatory recapitalization;	
 
 	•	 	governments may expropriate or nationalize assets or increase their participation in companies;	
 
15

Table of Contents

 	•	 	governments may impose burdensome regulations, taxes or tariffs;	
 
 	•	 	political changes may lead to changes in the business environments in which we operate; and	
 
 	•	 	economic downturns, political instability and civil disturbances may negatively affect our operations.	
Any deterioration in global market and economic conditions, especially in Latin America, and, in particular in the telecommunications and financial services industries from which we generate most of our revenue, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Global market and economic conditions, including in Latin America, in the past several years have presented volatility and increasing risk perception, with tighter credit conditions and recession or slow growth in most major economies continuing into 2015. Our results of operations are affected directly by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve. Many of our clients’ industries are especially vulnerable to any crisis in the financial and credit markets or economic downturn. A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the telecommunications and financial services industries which were especially vulnerable to the global financial crisis and economic downturn that began in 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 49.1% of our revenue was derived from clients in the telecommunications industry. During the same period, clients in the financial services industry (including insurance) contributed 35.2% to our revenue. Our business and future growth largely depend on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries.
As our business has grown, we have become increasingly exposed to adverse changes in general global economic conditions, which may result in reductions in spending by our clients and their customers. Global economic concerns such as the varying pace of global economic recovery continue to create uncertainty and unpredictability and may have an adverse effect on the cost and availability of credit, leading to decreased spending by businesses. Any deterioration of general economic conditions, or weak economic performance in the economies of the countries in which we operate, in particular in Brazil and Americas where, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, 83.7%, 84.5% and 85.5% of our revenue (in each case, before holding company level revenue and consolidation adjustments), respectively, was generated and in our key markets such as the telecommunications and financial services industries where, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 84.3% of our revenue was generated, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Increases in employee benefits expenses as well as changes to labor laws could reduce our profit margin.
Employee benefits expenses accounted for $1,609.5 million in 2012, $1,643.5 million in 2013 and $1,636.4 million in 2014, representing 69.5%, 70.2% and 71.2%, respectively, of our revenue in those periods.
Employee salaries and benefits expenses in many of the countries in which we operate, principally in Latin America, have increased during the periods presented in this Annual Report as a result of economic growth, increased demand for CRM BPO services and increased competition for trained employees such as employees at our service delivery centers in Latin America. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Total operating expenses.”
We will attempt to control costs associated with salaries and benefits as we continue to add capacity in locations where we consider wage levels of skilled personnel to be satisfactory, but we may not be successful in doing so. We may need to increase salaries more significantly and rapidly than in previous periods in an effort to remain competitive, which may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, business, financial condition, results of operations, profit margins and prospects. In addition, we may need to increase employee compensation more than in previous periods to remain competitive in attracting the quantity and quality of employees that our business requires. Wage increases or other expenses related to the termination of our employees may reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we expand our operations into new jurisdictions, we may be subject to increased operating costs, including higher employee benefits expenses in these new jurisdictions relative to our current operating costs, which could have a negative effect on our profit margin.
Furthermore, most of the countries in which we operate have labor protection laws, including statutorily mandated minimum annual wage increases, legislation that imposes financial obligations on employers and laws governing the employment of workers. These labor laws in one or more of the key jurisdictions in which we operate, particularly Brazil, may be modified in the future in a way that is detrimental to our business. If these
 
16

Table of Contents
labor laws become more stringent, or if there are continued increases in statutory minimum wages or higher labor costs in these jurisdictions, it may become more difficult for us to discharge employees, or cost-effectively downsize our operations as our level of activity fluctuates, both of which would likely reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may fail to attract and retain key sufficiently trained employees at our service delivery centers to support our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The CRM BPO industry relies on large numbers of trained employees at service centers, and our success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain employees. The CRM BPO industry, including us, experiences high employee turnover. On average in the year ended December 31, 2014, we experienced monthly turnover rates of 7.1% of our overall operations personnel (we include both permanent and temporary employees, counting each from his or her first day of employment with us) requiring us to continuously hire and train new employees, particularly in Latin America, where there is significant competition for trained employees with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our clients. In addition, we compete for employees, not only with other companies in our industry, but also with companies in other industries and in many locations where we operate there are a limited number of properly trained employees. Increased competition for these employees, in the CRM BPO industry or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, a significant increase in the turnover rate among trained employees could increase our costs and decrease our operating profit margins.
In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements, obtain new business and increase our margins will depend, in large part, on our ability to attract, train and retain employees with skills that enable us to keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing, evolving industry standards, new technology applications and changing client preferences. Our failure to attract, train and retain personnel with the experience and skills necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees successfully into our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to maintain our pricing or control or adjust costs to the level of our activity.
Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of our level of activity and the rates we are able to recover for our services. If we are unable to maintain the pricing for our services or an appropriate seat utilization rate, without corresponding cost reductions, our profitability will suffer. The pricing and levels of activity we are able to achieve are affected by a number of factors, including our clients’ perceptions of our ability to add value through our services, the length of time it takes for volume of new clients to ramp up, competition, introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors, our ability to accurately estimate, attain and sustain revenue from client contracts, margins and cash flows over increasingly longer contract periods and general economic and political conditions.
Our profitability is also a function of our ability to control our costs and improve our efficiency. As we increase the number of our employees and execute our strategies for growth, we may not be able to manage the significantly larger and more geographically diverse workforce that may result, which could adversely affect our ability to control our costs or improve our efficiency. Further, because there is no certainty that our business will grow at the rate that we anticipate, we may incur expenses for the increased capacity for a significant period of time without a corresponding growth in our revenues.
If our clients decide to enter or further expand their own CRM BPO businesses in the future or current trends towards providing CRM BPO services and/or outsourcing activities are reversed, it may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
None of our current agreements with our clients prevents them from competing with us in our CRM BPO business and none of our clients have entered into any non-compete agreements with us. Our current clients may seek to provide CRM BPO services similar to those we provide. Some clients conduct CRM BPO services for other parts of their own businesses and for third parties. Any decision by our key clients to enter into or further expand their CRM BPO business activities in the future could cause us to lose valuable clients and suppliers and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
17

Table of Contents
Moreover, we have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry, legal framework, services and future demand in the market for such services. However, the trend to outsource business processes may not continue and could be reversed by factors beyond our control, including negative perceptions attached to outsourcing activities or government regulations against outsourcing activities. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services in-house to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using an off-shore provider. Political opposition to CRM BPO or outsourcing activities may also arise in certain countries if there is a perception that CRM BPO or outsourcing activities have a negative effect on employment opportunities.
In addition, our business may be adversely affected by potential new laws and regulations prohibiting or limiting outsourcing of certain core business activities of our clients in key jurisdictions in which we conduct our business, such as in Brazil. The introduction of such laws and regulations or the change in interpretation of existing laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The consolidation of the potential users of CRM BPO services may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Consolidation of the potential users of CRM BPO services may decrease the number of clients who contract our services. Any significant reduction in or elimination of the use of the services we provide as a result of consolidation would result in reduced net revenue to us and could harm our business. Such consolidation may encourage clients to apply increasing pressure on us to lower the prices we charge for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our operating results may fluctuate from one quarter to the next due to various factors including seasonality.
Our operating results may differ significantly from quarter to quarter and our business may be affected by factors such as: client losses, the timing of new contracts and of new product or service offerings, termination of existing contracts, variations in the volume of business from clients resulting from changes in our clients’ operations or the onset of certain parts of the year, such as the summer vacation period in our geographically diverse markets and the year-end holiday season in Latin America, the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services, start-up costs, delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities and infrastructure, changes to our revenue mix or to our pricing structure or that of our competitors, inaccurate estimates of resources and time required to complete ongoing projects, currency fluctuation and seasonal changes in the operations of our clients.
We typically generate less revenue in the first quarter of the year than in the second quarter as our clients generally spend less after the year-end holiday season. We have also found that our revenue increases in the last quarter of the year, particularly in November and December when our business benefits from the increased activity of our clients and their customers, who generally spend more money and are otherwise more active during the year-end holiday season. These seasonal effects also cause differences in revenue and income among the various quarters of any financial year, which means that the individual quarters of a year should not be directly compared with each other or used to predict annual financial results.
In addition, the sales cycle for our services, typically from six to 12 months (from the date the contract is entered into until the beginning of the provision of services), and the internal budget and approval processes of our prospective clients, make it difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements. Also, we recognize revenue only upon actual provision of the contracted services and when the criteria for recognition are achieved. The financial benefit of gaining a new client may not be realized at the intended time due to delays in the implementation of our services or due to an increase in the start-up costs required in building our infrastructure. These factors may make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal financial forecasts or replace anticipated revenue that is not received as a result of these delays.
Our key clients have significant leverage over our business relationships, upon which we are dependent.
We are dependent upon the business relationships we have developed with our clients. Our service contracts generally allow our clients to modify such relationships and our commensurate level of work. Typically, the initial term of our service contracts is one to two years. Generally, our specific service contracts provide for early termination, in some cases without cause, by either party, provided 30 to 90 days prior written notice is given.
 
18

Table of Contents
Clients may also unilaterally reduce the use and number of services under our contracts without penalty. The termination or reduction in services by a substantial percentage or a significant reduction in the price of these contracts could adversely affect our business and reduce our margins. The revenue generated from our fifteen largest client groups (including Telefónica Group companies) for the year ended December 31, 2014 represented 82.1% of our revenue. Excluding revenue generated from the Telefónica Group, our next 15 largest client groups for the year ended December 31, 2014 represented in aggregate 36.0% of our revenue. In addition, a contract termination or significant reduction in the services contracted to us by a major client could result in a higher than expected number of unassigned employees, which would increase our employee benefits expenses associated with terminating employees. We may not be able to replace any major client that elects to terminate or not to renew its contract with us, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into countries in which we have no prior operating experience.
We may expand our global footprint in order to maintain an appropriate cost structure and meet our clients’ delivery needs. This may involve expanding into countries other than those in which we currently operate and where we have less familiarity with local procedures. It may involve expanding into less developed countries, which may have less political, social or economic stability and less developed infrastructure and legal systems. As we expand our business into new countries we may encounter economic, regulatory, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses or delay our ability to start up our operations or become profitable in such countries. This may affect our relationships with our clients and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our success depends on our key employees.
Our success depends on the continued service and performance of our executive officers and other key personnel in each of our business units, including our structure personnel. There is competition for experienced senior management and personnel with expertise in the CRM BPO industry, and we may not be able to retain our key personnel or recruit skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications and experience. Although we have entered into employment contracts with our executive officers, it may not be possible to require specific performance under a contract for personal services and in any event these agreements do not ensure the continued service of these executive officers. The loss of key members of our personnel, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we experience challenges with respect to labor relations, our overall operating costs and profitability could be adversely affected and our reputation could be harmed.
While we believe we have good relations with our employees, any work disruptions or collective labor actions may have an adverse impact on our services. Approximately 83% of our workforce is under collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements are generally renegotiated every one to three years with the principal labor unions in seven of the countries in which we operate. If these labor negotiations are not successful or we otherwise fail to maintain good relations with employees, we could suffer a strike or other significant work stoppage or other form of industrial action, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and harm our reputation.
We have a long selling cycle for our CRM BPO services that requires significant funds and management resources, and a long implementation cycle that requires significant resource commitments.
We have a long selling cycle for our CRM BPO services, which requires significant investment of capital, resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them as to the value of our services and assessing the feasibility of integrating our systems and processes with theirs. Our clients then evaluate our services before deciding whether to use them. Therefore, our selling cycle, which generally ranges from six to 12 months, is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other providers or in-house offshore resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes.
Implementing our services involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may also experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays
 
19

Table of Contents
associated with technology or system implementations, thereby delaying further the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Natural events, wars, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving any of the countries in which we or our clients have operations could adversely affect our operations and client confidence.
Natural events (such as floods and earthquakes), terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may adversely disrupt our operations, lead to economic weakness in the countries in which they occur and affect worldwide financial markets, and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. These events could adversely affect our clients’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and to our business operations around the world.
We may have difficulty controlling our growth and updating our internal operational and financial systems.
Since our founding in 1999, and particularly from 2004, we have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our operations in key regions and client industries. Our number of workstations increased from 75,682 as of December 31, 2012, to 79,197 as of December 31, 2013 and 86,071 as of December 31, 2014. The average number of employees (excluding internships) increased from 150,248 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 155,832 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased to 154,176 for the year ended December 31, 2014.
This rapid growth places significant demands on our management and financial and operational resources. In order to manage growth effectively, we must recruit new employees and implement and improve operational systems, procedures and internal controls on a timely basis. In addition, we need to update our existing internal accounting, financial and cost control systems to ensure that we can access all necessary financial information in line with the increasing demands of our business. If we fail to implement these systems, procedures and controls or update these systems on a timely basis, we may not be able to service our clients’ needs, hire and retain new employees, pursue new business, complete future acquisitions or operate our business effectively. Failure to effectively transfer new client business to our delivery centers, properly budget transfer costs, accurately estimate operational costs associated with new contracts or access financial, accounting or cost control information in a timely fashion could result in delays in executing client contracts, trigger service level penalties or cause our profit margins not to meet our expectations. Any inability to control such growth or update our systems could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to fund our working capital requirements and new investments, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
The CRM BPO industry is characterized by high working capital requirements and the need to make new investments in operating sites and employee resources to meet the requirements of our clients. Similar to our competitors in this industry, we incur significant start-up costs related to investments in infrastructure to provide our services and the hiring and training of employees, such expenses being historically incurred before revenue is generated.
In addition, we are exposed to adverse changes in our main clients’ payment policies, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund our working capital needs. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our average days sales outstanding (“DSO”) was approximately 65 days. If our key clients implement policies which extend the payment terms of our invoices, our working capital levels could be adversely affected and our finance costs may increase. As a result, under the service contracts we entered into since that time, the provisions relating to the time by which Telefónica must satisfy its payment obligations to us was extended. Our working capital was $385.9 million and $340.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively. If we are unable to fund our working capital requirements, access financing at competitive prices or make investments to meet the expanding business of our existing and potential new clients, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
20

Table of Contents
Fluctuations in, or devaluation of, the local currencies in the countries in which we operate against the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
As of December 31, 2014, 97.2% of our revenue was generated in countries that use currencies other than the U.S. dollar, mostly the local currencies of the Latin American countries in which we operate (particularly, currencies such as the Brazilian real, the Mexican peso, the Chilean peso and the Argentinean peso). Both Brazil and Mexico have experienced inflation and volatility in the past and some Latin American countries have recently been classified as hyperinflationary economies. While inflation may not have a significant effect on the profit and loss of a local subsidiary itself, depreciation of the local currency against the U.S. dollar would reduce the value of the dividends payable to us from our operating companies. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars and our results of operations would be adversely affected if these local currencies depreciate significantly against the U.S. dollar, which may also affect the comparability of our financial results from period to period, as we convert our subsidiaries’ statements of financial position into U.S. dollars from local currencies at the period-end exchange rate, and income and cash flow statements at average exchange rates for the year. Conversely, where we provide off-shore services to U.S. clients and our revenue is earned in U.S. dollars, an appreciation in the currency of the country in which the services are provided could result in an increase in our costs in proportion to the revenue we earn for those services. The exchange rates between these local currencies and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, these fluctuations had a significant effect on our results of operations”.
In addition, future government action, including interest rate decreases, changes in monetary policy or intervention in the exchange markets and other government action to adjust the value of the local currency may trigger inflationary increases. For example, governmental measures to control inflation may include maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and reducing economic growth. As a result, interest rates may fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, losses incurred based on the exchange rate used may be exacerbated if regulatory restrictions are imposed when these currencies are converted into U.S. dollars.
The occurrence of such fluctuations, devaluations or other currency risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The Brazilian government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy. This involvement, as well as Brazilian political and economic conditions, could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
For the year ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, revenue from our operations in Brazil accounted for 51.6% and 51.5% of our total revenue, respectively, EBITDA accounted for 65.9% and 51.9% of our total EBITDA, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA accounted for 54.4% and 52.6% of our total Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, (in each case, before holding company level revenue and, expenses and consolidation adjustments).
Historically, the Brazilian government has frequently intervened in the Brazilian economy and occasionally made drastic changes in policy and regulations. The Brazilian government’s actions to control inflation and implement macroeconomic policies have in the past often involved wage and price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and limits on imports, among other things. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by changes in policies or regulations, or by other factors such as:
 
 	•	 	devaluations and other currency fluctuations;	
 
 	•	 	inflation rates;	
 
 	•	 	interest rates;	
 
 	•	 	liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;	
 
 	•	 	energy shortages;	
 
 	•	 	exchange controls and restrictions on remittances abroad (such as those that were briefly imposed in 1989 and early 1990);	
 
 	•	 	monetary policy;	
 
21

Table of Contents

 	•	 	minimum wage policy;	
 
 	•	 	tax policy; and	
 
 	•	 	other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting Brazil.	
In addition, the President of Brazil has considerable power to determine governmental policies and actions that relate to the Brazilian economy and that could consequently affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict what policies may be implemented by the Brazilian federal or state governments and whether these policies will negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The Brazilian government regularly implements changes to tax regimes that may increase our and our clients’ tax burdens. These changes include modifications in the rate of assessments, non-renewal of existing tax relief, such as the Plano Brasil Maior and, on occasion, enactment of temporary taxes the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes. Because we derive a significant portion of our revenues, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from our operations in Brazil, if the Plano Brasil Maior is not extended or not made permanent, it would have a significant negative impact on our total costs. Our inability to pass through such increase in costs to our customers will materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, increases in our overall tax burden could negatively affect our overall financial performance and profitability.
The Brazilian currency has been devalued frequently over the past four decades. Throughout this period, the Brazilian government has implemented various economic plans and used various exchange rate policies, including sudden devaluations, periodic mini-devaluations (such as daily adjustments), exchange controls, dual exchange rate markets and a floating exchange rate system. From time to time, there have been significant fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Brazilian currency and the U.S. dollar and other currencies.
In the past, Brazil’s economy has experienced balance of payment deficits and shortages in foreign exchange reserves, and the government has responded by restricting the ability of persons or entities, Brazilian or foreign, to convert Brazilian currency into any foreign currency. The government may institute a restrictive exchange control policy in the future. Any restrictive exchange control policy could prevent or restrict our access to other currencies to meet our financial obligations and our ability to pay dividends out of our Brazilian activities.
On February 26, the Brazilian Government enacted a Provisory Measure PM 669/15 whereby it raised the social security tax on employees’ social contributions from 2% to 4.5% on gross revenue for the call center industry. Companies impacted by the measure will have the option to revert to the original 20% tax on payroll spending. The new rule was to come into effect as of June, and firms were allowed to change the way they pay social security tax as at this month. On March 3, Senate President however rejected the provisional measure declaring it to be unconstitutional. Brazilian Government then submitted a law for Congress appreciation with the same proposal, and if approved, the additional tax obligations that we would incur in Brazil may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Recent political developments make the outcome and any potential impact of the Provisory Measure in our business unpredictable, if it were to be approved, the Company is taking appropriate actions to address any potential exposure to our operations.
Uncertainty over whether possible changes in policies or rules affecting these or other factors may contribute to economic uncertainties in Brazil, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.
Adverse decisions of the Superior Labor Court or other labor authorities in Brazil with respect to the legality of outsourcing of certain activities that we provide could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
There is no legislation in Brazil regulating outsourcing activities. The judicial system has been considering this issue in light of the precedent “Súmula No. 331” of Brazil’s Superior Labor Court ( Tribunal Superior do Trabalho ), or “TST,” which prohibits outsourcing of core business activities. TST has been issuing decisions that stipulated that call center activities are core to a telecommunications company’s business and cannot be outsourced. In conflict with this opinion, the Brazilian Telecommunications General Act ( Lei Geral de Telecomunicação ), or the “Act,” explicitly allows the outsourcing of certain activities by telecommunications
 
22

Table of Contents
companies. Several telecommunications companies in Brazil have filed appeals with the Brazilian Federal Supreme Court ( Supremo Tribunal Federal ), or “STF,” arguing that TST decisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act. At issue in certain of these cases is also whether the Act is constitutional. Recently, the STF confirmed that it has jurisdiction to consider arguments regarding the legality of service outsourcing in Brazil and, therefore, that it will hear the merit of the claim. The decision of the STF will be a binding precedent that must be adhered to by lower courts, including TST. We cannot predict when any such decision would be issued nor what the final outcome of such cases will be. In addition, there is currently a bill under consideration at the Brazilian Congress to pass a law that would permit and regulate the outsourcing business in Brazil generally. We cannot assure you that such bill will eventually be approved and become law in Brazil or that, if approved, will not be less favorable to our operations.
It is possible that our clients in other industries could be subject to future similar adverse decisions of Brazilian labor courts relating to the interpretation of Súmula 331 and the legality of outsourcing activities. Further adverse decisions of these courts, whether in the telecommunications industry or other industries, with respect to the scope of activities that are permitted to be outsourced, or an adverse decision by the Brazilian Federal Supreme Court in any of the appeals described above, may inhibit or prevent our existing and potential new clients from outsourcing activities. In addition, our service contracts generally require us to indemnify our clients for certain labor-related claims against them by our employees and consequently, future adverse decisions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Argentina has undergone significant political, social and economic instability in the past several years, and if such instability continues or worsens, our Argentine operations could be materially adversely affected.
In 2014 our operations in Argentina accounted for 6.6% of our revenue and 5.2% of our EBITDA (in each case, before holding company level revenue and expenses and consolidation adjustments).
Political and Currency Risk. Over the past several years, the Argentine economy has experienced a severe recession, as well as a political and social crisis, and the abandonment of the U.S. dollar/Argentine peso parity in January 2002 that led to the significant depreciation of the Argentine peso against major international currencies. Depending on the relative impact of other variables affecting our operations, including technological changes, inflation, gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth, and regulatory changes, continued the depreciation of the Argentine peso may have a negative impact on our Argentine business. For example, in 2014, the Argentine peso depreciated approximately 24% against the U.S. dollar.
Since the abandonment of the U.S. dollar/Argentine peso parity, the Argentine government has implemented measures attempting to address its effects, regain access to financial markets, restore liquidity to the financial system, reduce unemployment and stimulate the economy. Although general political, economic and social conditions in Argentina have improved since 2003, significant uncertainties remain regarding the country’s economic and political future. There have been a number of negative economic and political developments since 2008 that have increased the level of uncertainty. The country has been experiencing high inflation in recent years and there can be no assurance that Argentina will not experience another recession, higher inflation, devaluation, unemployment and social unrest in the future. Argentine government measures concerning the economy, including measures related to inflation, interest rates, foreign exchange controls and currency exchange rates have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on private sector entities, including our Argentine operations. In addition, the country’s sovereign debt crisis continues to unfold and the outcome thereof, including related litigation between Argentina and certain of its debt holders, remains uncertain.
Restrictions on Transfer of Funds. Under current foreign exchange regulations, there are restrictions on the transfer of funds into and from Argentina. In October 2011, the Argentine government introduced additional restrictions in connection with the transfer of funds. These measures oblige oil, gas and mining companies to repatriate 100% of their foreign currency earnings; insurance companies to sell all their foreign assets and repatriate the proceeds, and require official approval to buy U.S. dollars, which approval is contingent on previous tax declarations proving the necessary income. There can be no assurance that the Argentine government will not impose new restrictions on the transfer of funds from Argentina. Transfers of U.S. dollars out of Argentina are subject to prior government approval and are therefore subject to the political and fiscal situation at the time such transfer request is made. The possibility that the government further restricts, either directly or indirectly, the transfer of dividends from local companies to their foreign shareholders should not be ruled out. If we are unable to repatriate funds from Argentina for whatever reason, we will not be able to use the cash flow from our Argentine operations to finance our operating requirements elsewhere or to satisfy our debt obligations.
 
23

Table of Contents
In addition, there are restrictions on the transfer of funds into Argentina. Specifically, there are minimum repayment terms and a mandatory one year deposit requirement for funds transferred into Argentina in connection with indebtedness owed to non-Argentine residents, certain portfolio investments made by non-Argentine residents and the repatriation of funds by Argentine residents exceeding $2.0 million per month. Certain transactions are exempt from the mandatory one year deposit requirement, including foreign loans to finance imports and exports, loans to the non-financial sector with an average term of at least two years (including principal and interest payments) if such funds are used exclusively for investments in non-financial assets, direct investments from non-residents and financing obtained to repay foreign financial debt when the proceeds of the loan are used to repay such foreign debt, in compliance with their corporate purpose, by multilateral and bilateral credit institutions and official credit agencies. There can be no assurance that these restrictions will not affect our ability to finance our operations in Argentina.
We may seek to acquire suitable companies in the future and if we cannot find suitable targets or cannot integrate these companies properly into our business after acquiring them, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
While we have grown almost exclusively organically, we may in the future pursue transactions, including acquisitions of complementary businesses, to expand our product offerings and geographic presence as part of our business strategy. These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. We may not complete future transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or at all, and we may not realize the expected benefits of any acquisition or investments. Other companies may compete with us for these strategic opportunities. We also could experience negative effects on our results of operations and financial condition from Acquisition related charges, amortization of intangible assets and asset impairment charges, and other issues that could arise in connection with, or as a result of, the of the Reorganization Transaction, including regulatory or compliance issues that could exist for an acquired company or business and potential adverse short-term effects on results of operations through increased costs or otherwise. These effects, individually or in the aggregate, could cause a deterioration of our credit profile and result in reduced availability of credit to us or in increased borrowing costs and interest expense in the future. Additionally, the inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or the inability to complete such transactions may affect our competitiveness. Furthermore, we may not be able to integrate effectively such future acquisitions into our operations and may not obtain the profitability we expect from such acquisitions. Any such risks related to future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our ability to provide our services depends in part upon the quality and reliability of the facilities, machinery and equipment provided by our technology and telecommunications providers, our reliance on a limited number of suppliers of such technology and the services and products of our clients.
The success of our business depends in part on our ability to provide high quality and reliable services, which in part depends upon the proper functioning of facilities, machinery and equipment (including appropriate hardware and software and technological applications) provided by third parties and our reliance on a limited number of suppliers of such technology, and is, therefore, beyond our control.
We also depend on the communication services provided by local communication companies in the countries in which we operate, and any significant disruptions in these services would adversely affect our business. If these or other third party providers fail to maintain their equipment properly or fail to provide proper services in a timely or reliable manner our clients may experience service interruptions. If interruptions adversely affect our services or the perceived quality and reliability of our services, we may lose client relationships or be forced to make significant unplanned investments in the purchase of additional equipment from other providers to ensure that we can continue to provide high quality and reliable services to our clients. In addition, if one or more of the limited number of suppliers of our technology could not deliver or provide us with the requisite technology on a timely basis, our clients could suffer further interruptions. Any such interruptions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, in some areas of our business, we depend upon the quality and reliability of the services and products of our clients which we help to sell to their end customers. If the services and products we provide to our clients experience technical difficulties, we may have a harder time selling these services and products to other clients, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
24

Table of Contents
Our business depends in part on our capacity to invest in technology as it develops and substantial increases in the costs of technology and telecommunications services which we rely on from third parties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The CRM BPO industry in which we operate is subject to the periodic introduction of new technology which often can enable us to service our clients more efficiently and cost effectively. Our business is partly linked to our ability to recognize these new technological innovations from industry leading providers of such technology and to apply these technological innovations to our business. If we do not recognize the importance of a particular new technology to our business in a timely manner or are not committed to investing in and developing such new technology and applying these technologies to our business, our current products and services may be less attractive to existing and new clients, and we may lose market share to competitors who have recognized these trends and invested in such technology. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient capacity or capital to meet these challenges. Any such failure to recognize the importance of such technology or a decision not to invest and develop such technology that keeps pace with evolving industry standards and changing client demands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, any increases in the cost of telecommunications services and products provided by third parties, including telecommunications equipment, software, IT products and related IT services and call center workstations have a direct effect on our operating costs. The cost of telecommunications services is subject to a number of factors, including changes in regulations and the telecommunications market as well as competitive factors, for example, the concentration and bargaining power of technology and telecommunications suppliers, most of which are beyond our control or which we cannot predict. The increase in the costs of these essential services and products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If our services do not comply with the quality standards required by our clients or we are in breach of our obligations under our agreements with our clients, our clients may assert claims for reduced payments to us or substantial damages against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Most of our contracts with clients contain service level and performance requirements, including requirements relating to the quality of our services and the timing and quality of responses to the client’s inquiries. In some cases, the quality of services that we provide is measured by quality assurance indicators and surveys which are based in part on the results of direct monitoring by our clients of interactions between our employees and their customers. Failure to consistently meet service requirements of a customer or errors made by our employees in the course of delivering services to customers could disrupt our client’s business and result in a reduction in revenue or a claim for substantial damages against us. For example, some of our agreements stipulate standards of service that, if not met by us, would result in lower payments to us. We also enter into variable pricing arrangements with certain clients and the quality of services provided may be a component of the calculation of the total amounts received from such clients under these arrangements.
In addition, in connection with our service contracts, certain representations may be made, including representations relating to the quality of our services, the ability of our associates and our project management techniques. A failure or inability to meet these requirements or a breach of such representations could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to attract new business or result in a claim for damages against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business operations are subject to various regulations and the amendment of these regulations or enactment of new regulations could require us to make additional expenditures, restrict our business operations or expose us to significant fines or penalties in the case of non-compliance with such regulations.
Our business operations must be conducted in accordance with a number of sometimes conflicting government regulations, including but not limited to, data protection laws and consumer laws, and labor conditions laws, as well as trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, taxation, data privacy and labor relations.
Under data protection laws, we are typically required to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential customer data in connection with the services we provide. Under the terms of our client contracts, we represent that we will keep such information strictly confidential. Furthermore, we are subject to local data protection laws,
 
25

Table of Contents
consumer laws and/or “do not call list” regulations in most of the countries in which we operate, all of which may require us to make additional expenditures to ensure compliance with these regulations. We also believe that we will be subject to additional laws and regulations in the future that may be stricter than those currently in force to protect consumers and end users. We seek to implement measures to protect sensitive and confidential customer data in accordance with client contracts and data protection laws and consumer laws. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive or confidential customer data, we could be subject to significant fines for breaching privacy or data protection and consumer laws or lawsuits from our clients or their customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions which could result in negative publicity, legal liability, loss of clients and damage to our reputation, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, our business operations may be impacted if current regulations are made stricter or more broadly applied or if new regulations are adopted. Violations of these regulations could impact our reputation and result in financial liability, criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and breach of our contractual commitments. Any broadening of current regulations or the introduction of new regulations may require us to make additional expenditures, restrict our business operations or expose us to significant fines or penalties, even the temporary shut down our facilities. Any such violations or changes in regulations could, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Damage or disruptions to our key technology systems and facilities either through events beyond or within our control that adversely affect our clients’ businesses, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our key technology systems and facilities may be damaged in natural disasters such as earthquakes or fires or subject to damage or compromise from human error, technical disruptions, power failure, computer glitches and viruses, telecommunications failures, adverse weather conditions and other unforeseen events, all of which are beyond our control or through bad service or poor performance which are within our control. Such events may cause disruptions to information systems, electrical power and telephone service for sustained periods. Any significant failure, damage or destruction of our equipment or systems, or any major disruptions to basic infrastructure such as power and telecommunications systems in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients and thus adversely affect their businesses, have a negative impact on our reputation and may cause us to incur substantial additional expenses to repair or replace damaged equipment or facilities.
While we currently have property damage insurance in force, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to guarantee costs of repairing the damage caused from such disruptive events and such events may not be covered under our policies. Prolonged disruption of our services, even if due to events beyond our control could also entitle our clients to terminate their contracts with us, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Tax matters, new legislation and actions by taxing authorities may have an adverse effect on our operations, effective tax rate and financial condition.
We may not be able to predict our future tax liabilities due to the international nature of our operations, as we are subject to the complex and varying tax laws and rules of several foreign jurisdictions. Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected if tax contingencies are resolved adversely or if we become subject to increased levels of taxation.
We are also subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous other foreign jurisdictions. Our tax expense and cash tax liability in the future could be adversely affected by numerous factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations and the potential adverse outcome of tax examinations and pending tax-related litigation. Changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which may result from a decline in our profitability or changes in tax rates or legislation, could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense. The governments of foreign jurisdictions from which we deliver services may assert that certain of our clients have a “permanent establishment” in such foreign jurisdictions by reason of the activities we perform on their behalf, particularly those clients that exercise control over or have substantial dependency on our services. Such an assertion could affect the size and scope of the services requested by such clients in the future.
 
26

Table of Contents
Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any transaction among us and our subsidiaries be on arm’s-length terms. If the applicable tax authorities were to determine that the transactions among us and our subsidiaries do not meet arms’ length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties. Such increase on our tax expenses would reduce our profitability and cash flows.
Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to protracted and costly litigation and cause us to lose clients.
We are typically required to collect and store sensitive data in connection with our services, including names, addresses, social security numbers, credit card account numbers, checking and savings account numbers and payment history records, such as account closures and returned checks. As the complexity of information infrastructure continuous to grow, the potential risk of security breaches and cyber-attacks increases. Such breaches can lead to shutdowns or system interruptions, and potential unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information. We are also subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information. Laws and regulations that impact our business are increasing in complexity, change frequently, and at times conflict among the various jurisdictions where we do business.
In addition, many of our service agreements with our clients do not include any limitation on our liability to clients with respect to breaches of our obligation to keep the information we receive confidential. We take precautions to protect confidential client and customer data. However, if any person, including any of our employees, gains unauthorized access or penetrates our network security or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive data or violates our established data and information security controls, we could be subject to significant liability to our clients or their customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws, including legal proceedings, monitory damages, significant remediation costs and regulatory enforcement actions. Penetration of the network security of our data centers could have a negative impact on our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to maintain effective internal controls.
Any internal and disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. The design of a control system must consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within a control system include the realities that judgments in decision—making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by individuals acting alone or in collusion with others to override controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the design of a cost effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not always be prevented or timely detected. If we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective now or in the future, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
We are a party to a number of labor disputes resulting from our operations in Brazil.
As of December 31, 2014, Atento Brasil S.A. (“Atento Brazil”) was party to approximately 10,022 labor disputes initiated by our employees or former employees for various reasons, such as dismissals or disputes over employment conditions. The estimated amount involved in these claims total $98.4 million of which $53.9 million have been classified as probable, $39.4 million classified as possible and $5.0 million classified as remote, based on inputs from external and internal counsels as well as historical statistics. In connection with such disputes, Atento Brazil and its affiliates have, in accordance with local laws, deposited $35.6 million with the Brazilian courts as security for claims made by employees or former employees (the “Judicial Deposits”). In addition, considering the levels of litigation in Brazil and our historical experience with these types of claims, as of December 31, 2014, we have recognized $53.9 million of provisions ($71.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and $71.8 million as of December 31, 2012). We are also a party to various labor disputes and potential disputes in other jurisdictions in which we operate, including Argentina and Mexico. If our provisions for any of our labor claims are insufficient or the claims against us rise significantly in the future, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. See “Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”.
 
27

Table of Contents
Our existing debt may affect our flexibility in operating and developing our business and our ability to satisfy our obligations.
As of December 31, 2014, we had total indebtedness of $653.3 million. Our level of indebtedness may have significant negative effects on our future operations, including:
 
 	•	 	impairing our ability to obtain additional financing in the future (or to obtain such financing on acceptable terms) for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other important needs;	
 
 	•	 	requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, which could impair our liquidity and reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other important needs;	
 
 	•	 	increasing the possibility of an event of default under the financial and operating covenants contained in our debt instruments; and	
 
 	•	 	limiting our ability to adjust to rapidly changing conditions in the industry, reducing our ability to withstand competitive pressures and making us more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or business than our competitors with less debt.	
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained. Our inability to obtain such refinancing or financing may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
During the year ended December 31, 2014 we drew down BRL161.5 million (equivalent to $60.8 million) under our credit agreement with BNDES. On May 30, 2014, Midco issued PECs for an aggregate amount of €64.1 million (equivalent to $87.3 million) which proceeds were applied to make a partial prepayment of the Vendor Loan Note. In addition, the MSA with Telefónica was amended and Telefónica agreed to compensate us with a penalty fee amounting to €25.4 million (equivalent to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014). We, in turn, used this amount to partially prepay the Vendor Loan Notes due to Telefónica. We prepaid BRL34.4 million, BRL45.0 million and BRL80.0 million, respectively (equivalent to $15.5 million, $20.4 million and $33.1 million, respectively) of the Brazilian Debentures. Finally, the Company, in connection with the IPO completed the following operations: on October 3, 2014, capitalized the Preferred Equity Certificates for a total amount of €460.1 million (approximately $575.9 million), and on October 7, 2014, repaid the entire outstanding amount under the Vendor Loan Note for a total amount of €23.3 million (approximately $29.5 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2014, our cash flow used for debt service totaled $283,7 million, which included voluntary prepayments of our Brazilian Debentures of BRL34.4 million (equivalent to $15.5 million) on May 12, 2014, BRL45.0 million (equivalent to $20.4 million) on June 26, 2014, and BRL80.0 million (equivalent to $33.1 million) on August 28, 2014, voluntary prepayments of our Vendor Loan Note of €64.1 million (equivalent to $87.3 million) on May 30, 2014, and €23.3 million (equivalent to $29.5 million) on October 7, 2014, and interest payments of $96.5 million. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2014, our net cash flows from operating activities totaled $135.3 million, which includes interest paid of $96.5 million. As such, our net cash flows from operating activities (before giving effect to the payment of interest) amounted to $231.8 million. Cash flow used to service our debt represented 122.4% of our net cash flows from operating activities (before giving effect to the payment of interest). Excluding the voluntary prepayments of our Brazilian Debentures and Vendor Loan Note mentioned above, our cash flow related to interest payment and mandatory debt repayment represented 43.1% of the cash flows from operating activities (before considering the effect of the payment of interest).
In addition, several of our financing arrangements contain a number of covenants and restrictions including limits on our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make certain investments. Complying with these covenants may cause us to take actions that make it more difficult to successfully execute our business strategy and we may face competition from companies not subject to such restrictions. Moreover, our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default or refusal by our creditors to renew certain of our loans.
 
28

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Investment in a Luxembourg Company
We are a Luxembourg public limited liability company ( société anonyme ) and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.
We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Most of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, some of our directors and officers named in this Annual Report reside outside the United States and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, investors may find it difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons. Luxembourg law, furthermore, does not recognize a shareholder’s right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the Company.
As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments entered by U.S. courts will depend upon the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which may include the following:
 
 	•	 	the judgment of the U.S. court is enforceable ( exécutoire ) in the United States;	
 
 	•	 	the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);	
 
 	•	 	the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law designated by the Luxembourg conflict of law rules (although one first instance decision rendered in Luxembourg—which had not been appealed—no longer applies this condition);	
 
 	•	 	the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear, and if appeared, there was no violation of the rights of the defendant;	
 
 	•	 	the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural rules; and	
 
 	•	 	the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy.	
Our directors and officers, past and present, are entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by Luxembourg law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any losses or liabilities, claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved by virtue of his being or having been a director or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof, subject to limited exceptions. To the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among us and any of our current or former directors and officers will be governed exclusively by the laws of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities as directors or officers. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such a provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, such provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside Luxembourg more difficult to enforce against our assets in Luxembourg or in jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law.
Our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and by the laws governing public limited liability companies organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.
 
29

Table of Contents
You may not be able to participate in equity offerings, and you may not receive any value for rights that we may grant.
Pursuant to Luxembourg law on commercial companies, dated August 10, 1915, as amended (the “Luxembourg Corporate Law”), existing shareholders are generally entitled to pre-emptive subscription rights in the event of capital increases and issues of shares against cash contributions. However, our articles of association provide that pre-emptive subscription rights can be limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors for a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication of the notarial deed recording the minutes of the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting in the Luxembourg Legal Gazette approving an increase of the share capital by the board of directors within the limits of the authorized share capital, which publication has occurred on 3 December 2014. The general meeting of our shareholders may renew, expand or amend such authorization. See Item IOB “Articles of association.” for additional detail.
Luxembourg insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.
As a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and with our registered office in Luxembourg, we are subject to Luxembourg insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against us including, amount other things, Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000 on insolvency proceedings. Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us in accordance with and subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against us. Insolvency laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares
Control by Bain Capital could adversely affect our other shareholders.
Bain Capital controls Topco and PikCo, and owns, directly or indirectly, approximately 85.1% of our ordinary shares, Bain Capital have a continuing ability to control our board of directors and to exercise significant influence over our affairs for the foreseeable future, including controlling the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our Company or our assets.
In addition, because we are a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange that require that our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors, that we have a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors and that we have a nominating and governance committee comprised solely of independent directors.
This concentrated control by Bain Capital limits the ability of other shareholders to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our other shareholders do not view as beneficial. For example, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.
The New York Stock Exchange listing rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, while we intend to comply with these requirements within the permitted phase-in periods, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. Luxembourg law, the law of our home country, does not require that a majority of our board consist of independent directors or the implementation of a nominating and corporate governance committee, and our board may thus in the future not include, or include fewer, independent directors than would be required if we were subject to the New York Stock Exchange listing rules, or they may decide that it is in our interest not to have a compensation committee or nominating and
 
30

Table of Contents
corporate governance committee, or have such committees governed by practices that would not comply with New York Stock Exchange listing rules. Since a majority of our board of directors may not consist of independent directors if we decide to rely on the foreign private issuer exemption to the New York Stock Exchange listing rules, our board’s approach may, therefore, be different from that of a board with a majority of independent directors, and as a result, the management oversight of our Company could, in the future, be more limited than if we were subject to the New York Stock Exchange listing rules.
Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to information they deem important, which may result in our shares being less attractive to investors.
We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares.
Based on the composition of our income, assets and operations, we do not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not take a contrary position. Furthermore, this is a factual determination that must be made annually after the close of each taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a “U.S. Holder” (a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.; (b) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (d) a trust (i) if a court within the U.S. can exercise primary supervision over its administration, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of that trust, or (ii) that was in existence on August 20, 1996 and validly elected under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a domestic trust) holds our ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder.
The market price of our ordinary shares may be volatile and may trade at prices below the initial public offering price.
The stock market in general, and the market for equities of newly-public companies in particular, have been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our ordinary shares may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their ordinary shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, or a complete loss of their investment. The price of our ordinary shares could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and others such as:
 
 	•	 	variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;	
 
 	•	 	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;	
 
 	•	 	changes in our revenues or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;	
 
 	•	 	publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;	
 
 	•	 	our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;	
 
 	•	 	additions or departures of key personnel;	
 
 	•	 	strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;	
 
 	•	 	announcement of technological innovations by us or our competitors;	
 
 	•	 	the passage of legislation, changes in interpretations of laws or other regulatory events or developments affecting us;	
 
 	•	 	speculation in the press or investment community;	
 
 	•	 	changes in accounting principles;	
 
31

Table of Contents

 	•	 	terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;	
 
 	•	 	changes in general market and economic conditions;	
 
 	•	 	changes or trends in our industry;	
 
 	•	 	investors’ perception of our prospects; and	
 
 	•	 	adverse resolution of any new or pending litigation against us.	
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle or defend litigation.
Future sales of our ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could depress our share price.
The market price of our ordinary shares could decline as a result of sales of a large number of our ordinary shares in the market, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our ordinary shares. We have 73.6 million ordinary shares outstanding as of March 12, 2015. Of these shares, 15.3 million ordinary shares were sold in our initial public offering and are freely tradable in the United States, except for any ordinary shares purchased by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
PikCo is entitled, under contracts providing for registration rights, to require us to register our ordinary shares owned by them with the SEC. Upon effectiveness of any registration statement, subject to lock-up agreements with the representatives of the underwriters, those ordinary shares will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.
Sales of our ordinary shares or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales, or the perception that such sales could occur, also could cause the market price for our ordinary shares to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell our ordinary shares.
Any determination to pay dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors, and we may not pay any dividends. Accordingly, investors may only realize future gains on their investments if the price of their ordinary shares increases, which may never occur.
Though we currently intend to pay dividends, any such determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors. The payment of cash distributions on ordinary shares is restricted under the terms of our Senior Secured Notes, Brazilian Debentures, and our CVIs. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to make any distributions on ordinary shares may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds from subsidiaries, including restrictions under the terms of our Senior Secured Notes, Brazilian Debentures and our CVIs. Furthermore, under the laws of Luxembourg, we are able to make distributions only to the extent that we have profits available and distributable reserves. Accordingly, investors may only realize future gains on their investments if the price of their ordinary shares increases, which may never occur. See “Financial Information—Dividend Distributions.”
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.
The market price of our ordinary shares is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price of our ordinary shares or its trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our Company downgrade our ordinary shares or if our operating results or prospects do not meet their expectations, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.
 
32

Table of Contents
Future equity issuances may dilute the holdings of ordinary shareholders and could materially affect the market price of our ordinary shares.
We may in the future decide to offer additional equity to rise capital or for other purposes. Any such additional offering could reduce the proportionate ownership and voting interests of holders of our ordinary shares, as well as our earnings per ordinary share and net asset value per ordinary share. Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, whether by us or by our existing shareholders, or the perception that sales could occur, may adversely affect the market price of our shares, which could decline significantly.
We have incurred higher costs as a result of becoming a public company.
As a public company, we have incurred significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we had not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing in recent years. We expect that compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require significant expenditures and effort by management, and if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, the market price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules and regulations and beginning with our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2015, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal controls over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal controls over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting.
 ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
 
 A.	History and Development of the Company	
History and Structure
Our legal name is Atento S.A. We are a public limited liability company (“société anonyme”) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on March 5, 2014 and have our registered office at 4 rue Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the U.S. agent.
Our principal executive offices are located at Av. das Nações Unidas, 14.171, Rochaverá—Brooklin Novo, São Paulo, 04794-000, telephone number +55 (11) 3779-0881, Av. Yucatán 15, Col. Hipódromo Condesa. México D.F 06700, and C/ Santiago de Compostela 94, 28035 Madrid. Our agent for service of process in the United States is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
We were founded in 1999 to consolidate the Telefónica Group’s CRM services into a single company to take advantage of the expected demand in CRM services and to capture efficiencies of scale, with the start-up of our operations in Brazil, Chile, El Salvador, Guatemala, Peru, Puerto Rico and Spain. By 2000, we had launched
 
33

Table of Contents
our operations in other countries including Argentina, Colombia, and Morocco, while further growing our Brazilian operations and in 2001 our operations in Mexico. We then began to increase our focus on consolidation and business profitability.
We continued our geographic expansion launching our Uruguay operations and our commercial offices in France in 2006 and Panama in 2007. From 2003 to 2007, we focused on implementing our differentiation strategy by offering higher quality solutions, superior value-added services and developing and maintaining long-term relationships. This strategy was very successful, delivering a significant increase in revenue and operating profit during the years from 2003 to 2007.
In 2008, we broadened our strategic targets to include the pursuit and provision of new business opportunities, while continuing our strategy of differentiation by offering higher quality solutions, superior value-added services and continue building and maintaining long-term relationships. We also expanded our geographical presence in 2008 in the Czech Republic and in 2009; we began operations in the United States.
In December 2012, Bain Capital acquired the Atento Group from Telefónica. The transition from a Telefónica subsidiary to a standalone business has been very successful and with no business disruption as a result of the carve-out. We have also continued to benefit from the loyalty from our long-standing clients and have further increased our portfolio with new relevant customer wins. We also continued to evolve our offering and deliver increasingly more complex end-to-end customer experience solutions to our clients. In order to accelerate the transition as an independent company and to fully capture the favorable growth trends of the industry, our management team structure was strengthened including appointments of a new Chief Financial Officer, Director of Technology, and Chief Commercial Officer, and the reinforcement of our salesforce to actively pursue telecom clients other than Telefónica and target cross-border multinational clients.
In connection with acquisition of Bain Capital, Atento further reinforced its partnership with Telefónica, and in 2012 we signed the MSA agreement with a nine year term through 2021, which includes annual minimum revenue commitments in all jurisdictions (except for Argentina).
In October, 2014, pursuant to the Reorganization Transaction, as described in section “Basis of Presentation and Other Information” and the IPO, Atento became a publicly listed company on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), under the ticket “ATTO” floating a 13.6% of its share capital. See section “Bases of Presentation and Other Information”.
In December 2014, Atento S.A. entered through its indirect subsidiary, Atento Spain Holdco, into an agreement for the sale of the 100% of the share capital of ATENTO CESKÁ REPUBLIKA A.S., which owns its operations in the Czech Republic, with COMDATA S.P.A. allowing it to continue strengthening the focus on its core markets encompassing the Pan-LatAm region.
As at December 30, 2014, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Atento Brasil S.A. acquired 100% of the share capital of Casa Bahia Contact Center Ltda. (“CBCC”), a call center services provider located in Brazil. At December 30, 2014, this company has been renamed as AtentoBrasil 1, Ltda.
Capital Expenditures
Our business has significant capital expenditure requirements, including for the construction and initial fit-out of our service delivery centers; improvements and refurbishment of leased facilities for our service delivery centers; acquisition of various items of property, plant and equipment, mainly comprised of furniture, computer equipment and technology equipment; and acquisition and upgrades of our software or specific customer’s software.
The funding of the majority of our capital expenditures is covered by existing cash and EBITDA generation.
 
34

Table of Contents
The table below sets forth our historic capital expenditures by segment for the year ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014:

 	  	Predecessor	 	  	  	  	 	 	  	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,
2012	 	  	  	  	Period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,
2012	 	  	For the
year ended
December 31,
2012	 	  	For the
year ended
December 31,	 	
	  			  		  			  			  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
($ in millions)	  	 	 	  	  	  	 	 	  	(unaudited)	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Brazil	  	 	55.4	  	  	 	  	 	10.3	  	  	 	65.7	  	  	 	63.2	  	  	 	76.6	  	
Americas	  	 	11.4	  	  	 	  	 	12.3	  	  	 	23.7	  	  	 	31.8	  	  	 	38.0	  	
EMEA	  	 	9.7	  	  	 	  	 	4.0	  	  	 	13.7	  	  	 	7.2	  	  	 	4.2	  	
Other and eliminations	  	 	0.4	  	  	 	  	 	1.8	  	  	 	2.2	  	  	 	0.8	  	  	 	1.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total capital expenditures		 	76.9	  		 		 	28.4	  		 	105.3	  		 	103.0	  		 	120.1	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand.
 
 B.	Business Overview	
Our Company
Atento is the largest provider of CRM BPO services and solutions in Latin America and Spain and among the top three providers globally based on revenues. Our business was founded in 1999 as the CRM BPO provider to the Telefónica Group. Since then, we have significantly diversified our client base, and subsequent to the acquisition by funds affiliated with Bain Capital in December 2012, we became an independent company.
Latin America is one of the most attractive CRM BPO markets globally, and Atento is uniquely positioned as one of the few scale players in the region to capture this growth potential. According to Frost & Sullivan, Latin America is the fastest growing CRM BPO market in the world with a market size of $11.4 billion in 2014.
The potential for growth in the markets where we operate is significant and there are a number of trends supporting it including (i) sustained demand growth driven by a high growth population and an emerging middle class (ii) continued trend for further outsourcing of CRM BPO operations. During 2014, approximately 32.4% of domestic CRM BPO operations in Latin America were outsourced to third-party providers, based on number of agent seats, compared to 27.1% in 2007, according to Frost & Sullivan (iii) limited number of large scale operators in Latin America (iv) North America’s continued off-shoring trend as U.S.-based businesses continue to off-shore call center services to other geographies.
As the largest provider of CRM BPO services in Latin America, we hold #1 market share positions in most of the countries where we operate, based on revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, according to Frost & Sullivan. From 2009 to 2012, we expanded our CRM BPO market leadership position in Latin America overall from 19.1% to 20.1% and increased our market share in Brazil from 23.3% in 2009 to 25.5% in 2014, based on revenue. We have achieved our leadership position over our 15-year history through our dedicated focus on superior client service, our scaled and reliable technology and operational platform, a deep understanding of our clients’ diverse local needs and our highly engaged employee base. Given its growth outlook, Latin America is one of the most attractive CRM BPO markets globally and we believe we are distinctly positioned as one of the few scale operators in the region.
We offer a comprehensive portfolio of CRM BPO services, including customer service, sales, credit management, technical support, service desk and back office services. We are evolving from offering individual CRM BPO services to combining multiple service offerings, covering both the front-end and the back-end of our clients’ customer experience, into customized solutions adapted to our clients’ needs. We believe that these customized customer solutions provide an improved experience for our clients’ customers and create stronger customer relationships, which reinforces our clients’ brand recognition and enhances customer loyalty. Our services and solutions are delivered across multiple channels including digital (SMS, email, chats, social media and apps, among others) and voice, and are enabled by process design, technology and intelligence functions. In 2014, CRM BPO solutions and individual services comprised approximately 23.2% and 76.8% of our revenues, respectively. In Brazil, the CRM BPO solutions segment grew from 16% of our revenue in 2011 to 35.3% of our revenue in 2014.
 
35

Table of Contents
We also enjoy long-standing client relationships across a variety of industries working with market leaders in sectors such as telecommunications, financial services and multi-sector, which for us comprises the consumer goods, services, public administration, pay TV, healthcare, transportation, technology and media industries. In 2014, approximately 49.1% of our revenue was derived from sales to telecommunications, 35.2% to financial services and 15.7% to multi-sector clients. Since our founding in 1999, we have significantly diversified the sectors we serve and our client base to over 400 separate clients resulting in non-Telefónica revenue accounting for 53.5% in 2014 compared to approximately 10% of the revenue of AIT Group in 1999.
Atento benefits from a highly engaged employee base. Our over 154,000 employees worldwide are critical to our ability to deliver best-in-class customer service. In 2014, we were recognized by Great Place to Work Institute as one of the world’s top 25 multinationals globally to work for the second consecutive year.
We have a strong relationship with Telefónica underpinned by long-Term MSA expiring in 2021, currently serving 38 companies of the Telefónica Group under 160 arm’s-length contracts. Although the MSA is an umbrella agreement which governs our services agreements with the Telefónica Group companies, the termination of the MSA on December 31, 2021 does not automatically result in a termination of any of the local services agreements in force after that date.
Our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2,298.3 million, our Adjusted EBITDA was $306.4 million and our profit/(loss) for the period was a loss of $42.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue increased by 1.0% and decreased by 1.8%, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA increased by 10.1% and 3.8%, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, our revenue increased by 7.5% and 7.7%, and our Adjusted EBITDA increased by 16.9% and 13.7%.
The following table sets forth a breakdown of revenue based on geographical region for the year ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014:

 	  	Predecessor	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated
(unaudited)	 	 	Year ended
December 31	 	
($ in millions, except percentage changes)	  	Period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,
2012	 	 	  	 	Period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,
2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brazil	  	 	1,116.8	  	 	 	 	 	96.3	  	 	 	1,213.1	  	 	 	1,206.1	  	 	 	1,184.8	  	
Americas	  	 	662.1	  	 	 	 	 	64.1	  	 	 	726.2	  	 	 	772.7	  	 	 	779.4	  	
EMEA	  	 	347.8	  	 	 	 	 	30.7	  	 	 	378.5	  	 	 	363.1	  	 	 	334.8	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	  	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	 	 	(0.2	) 	 	 	(1.0	) 	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	(0.7	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	2,125.9	  		 		 	190.9	  		 	2,316.8	  		 	2,341.1	  		 	2,298.3	  	

36

Table of Contents
We operate in 14 countries worldwide and organize our business into the following three geographic markets: (i) Brazil, (ii) Americas, ex-Brazil (“Americas”) and (iii) EMEA. For the year ended December 31, 2014, Brazil accounted for 51.5% of our revenue and 54.4% of our Adjusted EBITDA; Americas accounted for 33.9% of our revenue and 37.2% of our Adjusted EBITDA; EMEA accounted for 14.6% of our revenue and 8.4% of our Adjusted EBITDA (in each case, before holding company level revenue and expenses and consolidation adjustments). The following table sets forth a breakdown of revenue by country for the year ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014:

 	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 	  	Period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 	 	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Year ended
December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	  	2012	 	  	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Country	  			 	  				 				
Spain	  	 	311.0	  	  	 	27.5	  	 	 	338.5	  	 	 	327.3	  	 	 	306.6	  	
Morocco	  	 	26.6	  	  	 	2.1	  	 	 	28.7	  	 	 	20.9	  	 	 	18.4	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	10.0	  	  	 	1.0	  	 	 	11.0	  	 	 	14.6	  	 	 	9.5	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )	  	 	0.2	  	  	 	0.1	  	 	 	0.3	  	 	 	0.3	  	 	 	0.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EMEA		 	347.8	  		 	30.7	  		 	378.5	  		 	363.1	  		 	334.8	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Argentina		 	177.8	  		 	19.2	  		 	197.0	  		 	198.7	  		 	151.9	  	
Chile		 	64.1	  		 	4.9	  		 	69.0	  		 	68.5	  		 	79.3	  	
Colombia		 	55.0	  		 	5.0	  		 	60.0	  		 	65.7	  		 	69.5	  	
El Salvador		 	13.3	  		 	1.3	  		 	14.6	  		 	12.8	  		 	13.9	  	
United States		 	16.5	  		 	1.4	  		 	17.9	  		 	20.1	  		 	20.7	  	
Guatemala		 	13.8	  		 	1.1	  		 	14.9	  		 	14.4	  		 	15.3	  	
Mexico		 	213.5	  		 	20.7	  		 	234.2	  		 	265.2	  		 	275.0	  	
Peru		 	85.7	  		 	8.3	  		 	94.0	  		 	102.2	  		 	131.8	  	
Puerto Rico		 	13.8	  		 	1.4	  		 	15.2	  		 	14.9	  		 	12.8	  	
Uruguay		 	7.7	  		 	0.7	  		 	8.4	  		 	9.6	  		 	8.0	  	
Panama		 	0.2	  		 	—  	  		 	0.2	  		 	0.1	  		 	0.8	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )		 	0.7	  		 	0.1	  		 	0.8	  		 	0.5	  		 	0.4	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Americas		 	662.1	  		 	64.1	  		 	726.2	  		 	772.7	  		 	779.4	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brazil		 	1,116.8	  		 	96.3	  		 	1,213.1	  		 	1,206.1	  		 	1,184.8	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )		 	(0.8	) 		 	(0.2	) 		 	(1.0	) 		 	(0.8	) 		 	(0.7	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue		 	2,125.9	  		 	190.9	  		 	2,316.8	  		 	2,341.1	  		 	2,298.3	  	

(*)	Includes revenue holding-company level as well as consolidation adjustments.	
Seasonality
Our performance is subject to seasonal fluctuations. For each of the periods presented herein, our performance was lower in the first quarter of the year than in the remaining three quarters of the year. This is primarily due to the fact that (i) our clients generally spend less in the first quarter of the year after the year-end holiday season, (ii) the initial costs to train and hire new employees at new service delivery centers to provide additional services to our clients are usually incurred in the first quarter of the year, and (iii) statutorily mandated minimum wage and salary increases of operators, supervisors and coordinators in many of the countries in which we operate are generally implemented at the beginning of the first quarter of each year, whereas revenue increases related to inflationary adjustments and contracts negotiations generally take effect after the first quarter. We have also found that our revenue increases further in the last quarter of the year, especially in November and December, as the year-end holiday season begins and we have an increase in business activity resulting from the handling of holiday season promotions offered by our clients. These seasonal effects also cause differences in revenue and expenses among the various quarters of any financial year, which means that the individual quarters of a year should not be directly compared with each other or be used to predict annual financial results.
Our Strategy
Our mission is to help make our clients successful by delivering the best experience for their customers. Our goal is to significantly outperform the expected market growth by being our clients’ partner of choice for
 
37

Table of Contents
customer experience while obtaining margin efficiencies. We have laid out a clear strategy and a number of initiatives around 3 key pillars to bring Atento to its full potential: transformational growth, best in class operations and inspiring people. In 2014, the focused execution of our strategy has resulted in very significant achievements in the year across these three pillars of our strategy positioning Atento for sustained growth and strong value creation potential for our shareholders.
Above-Market Growth
We are focused on delivering increasingly complex solutions and value-added services to our clients through multiple channels to address a larger portion of our clients spend, whilst building even more sticky relationships and achieving higher profitability. Over time, we have diversified and expanded our services, increased their sophistication and complexity and developed customized solutions such as smart collections, B2B (business-to-business) efficient sales, insurance management, credit management and other CRM BPO processes. Our revenue from these solutions has grown faster than our overall revenue over the past several years. In 2014, we increased the share of our solutions penetration to over 23%, up 1.4 percentage points year-on-year.
Further, we are also aggressively growing outside of Telefónica and continue winning new client relationships, either from competitors or as potential clients outsource their in-house operations. In particular, we have made this year substantial progress in the telecommunications sector, as major telcos seek partnering with us now that we are an independent company as a result of our strong sector credentials. Today, we provide solutions to most of the telecommunications companies in Brazil and have been awarded contracts with a leading LatAm regional telecommunication company in five countries. Going forward, we are focused on growing these new relationships to scale.
Further, the market for providing outsourcing services to U.S. clients from Latin America is a sizable and fast-growing opportunity as (i) companies in the United States seek to balance outsourcing services across different geographies, generally favoring locations with better cultural fit and proximity to their operations, while minimizing time zone differences (in particular compared to jurisdictions such as India and the Philippines), (ii) Latin America becomes a more cost-competitive location and (iii) the talent pool in the region grows, with more people who have strong English-language skills. In 2014, we continued to successfully ramp-up our nearshore operation. We have formed a dedicated business unit with its own infrastructure to exclusively serve the U.S. market which, as of December 2014, had approximately 500 workstations servicing five clients including one of the leading mobile devices manufacturers, one of the leading in financial services group in Mexico and one of the leading global travel companies. We believe our strong relationships with multi-national clients throughout Latin America positions us well to also serve their off-shoring needs in the United States as exemplified by our near-shoring relationships.
Best-In-Class Operations
We are also seeing the benefits of the acceleration of the implementation of our operational transformational initiatives to expand margins.
We have made significant investments in infrastructure, proprietary technologies, management and development processes that capitalize on our extensive experience managing large and globalized operations. Our operational excellence strategy is supported by the following five key global initiatives:
Enhance Operations Productivity. We are focused on a variety of initiatives to enhance agent productivity. We have established in 2014 an Operational Command Center in Sao Paulo, Brazil which is designed to streamline the efficiency of our operations across our delivery centers and optimize corporate functionality and management effectiveness via a standardized set of enhanced processes and capabilities. This center is equipped with the technology available for our purposes and serves to enhance our ability to shift resources as needed, in real-time, based on client requirements. Additionally, it provides our management immediate analytics and continuous data enabling them to streamline processes that we expect will offer the optimal customer experience for our clients. Our focus on productivity improvements throughout the year resulted in our billable vs. payable increasing in the year by 2.7 percentage points for the group.
Increase HR Effectiveness . Our business model is focused on improving operations HR effectiveness, developing our people and reducing turnover, driving both performance and reduction in costs. Recruiting, selecting and training talent is a key factor in the successful delivery of our CRM BPO services and solutions. The roll-out of these initiatives helped us reduced our turnover ratios in 1 percentage point for the group.
 
38

Table of Contents
Deploy One Procurement . We are strengthening our centralized procurement model in order to lower costs and streamline supplier relationships. Our “Global Deal Delivered Locally” strategy allows us to work with vendors to reach global contracts, while allowing procurement decisions to be handled locally. The implementation of a global centralized procurement model in the year has allowed us to reduced overall costs, allowing us to achieve over 15% of savings in key categories addressed in 2014. We are continuing to deploy this procurement strategy across our business, including in our procurement of infrastructure, technology, telecommunications and professional services, to reduce operating costs and improve margins.
Drive Consistent and Efficient IT Platform . Our technology strategy is focused on (i) delivering a cost-efficient and reliable IT infrastructure to meet the needs of existing clients and support margin expansion, (ii) enhancing our ability to add capacity rapidly with a highly variable cost structure for new business, (iii) developing new products and solutions that can be rapidly scaled and rolled out across geographies, (iv) providing standard operational tools and processes to enable the best experience to our clients’ customers, and (v) establishing common platforms that facilitate centralization of core IT services. Technology initiatives to capture benefits of scale, standardization, and consolidation are managed globally, with full accountability by project leaders to continuously optimize our operations and innovate client solutions.
Optimize Site Footprint . We continue to relocate a portion of our delivery centers from tier 1 to tier 2 cities, as we seek to optimize lease expenses and reduce employee benefit expenses by focusing on reducing turnover and absenteeism. Additionally, the relocation of delivery centers allows us to access and attract new and larger pools of talent in locations where Atento is considered a reference employer. We have completed several successful site transfers in Brazil. In Brazil, the percentage of total workstations located in tier 2 cities increased from 44% in 2011 to 53% in 2014. We have completed several successful site transfers in Brazil, Colombia and Argentina. As demand for our services and solutions grows and their complexity continues to increase, we continue to evaluate and adjust our site footprint to create the most competitive combination of quality of service and cost effectiveness.
In addition, given the size of our workforce, our operational excellence strategy is targeted at supporting the future growth of our business and delivering efficiency gains while mitigating costs in particular wage inflation in the markets where we operate.
Inspiring People
We believe that our people are a key enabler to our business model and a strategic pillar to our competitive advantage. We have created, and constantly reinforce, a culture we believe is unique in the industry. We have developed processes to identify talent (both internally and externally), created individualized development plans and designed incentive plans that foster a work environment that aligns our management’s professional development with client objectives and our goals, including efficiency objectives, financial targets and client and employee satisfaction metrics. We have implemented a new operating model that integrates the corporate organization globally, allowing us to capture the benefits of scale, standardization and sharing of best practices. The corporate organization is integrated globally but strategically segmented into different operating regions. We believe that this new organizational structure will foster agility and simplicity, while ensuring that corporate leaders are focused on coordinating, communicating and pursuing new solutions and innovation, with full accountability on the results. In 2014, we completed the relocation of our headquarters to be closer to our operations. We also continue to receive industry recognition for the strong culture and workplace environment we promote across our organization. For the second year in a row, we have been recognized as one of the 25 Best Multinational Workplaces by GPTW.
Our Integrated Solutions and Client Value Proposition
We work closely with our clients to optimize the front and back-end customer experience for their users by offering solutions through a multi-channel delivery platform, tailored to each client’s needs. We have a comprehensive portfolio of scalable solutions such as smart collections, insurance management, smart credit solutions and advanced technical support solutions that incorporates multiple services such as customer care and sales, all deliverable across multiple communication channels including digital, voice and in-person. The flexibility of our solutions comprised of a combination of services, channels, automation and/or intelligent analytics allows us to deliver a superior, value-added customer experience.
Our vertical industry expertise in telecommunications, financial services and multi-sector companies allows us to adapt our services and solutions for our clients, further embedding us into their value chain while delivering
 
39

Table of Contents
impactful business results. As we continue to evolve towards customized client solutions and variable pricing structures, we seek to create a mutually beneficial partnership and increase the portion of our client’s CRM BPO services that are provided by us.
For example, for a financial institution in Mexico, we operate the full credit card management process, from receipt of an application to the issuance of the credit card using a multi-channel platform. For this client, we processed over 600,000 credit card applications in the last 12 months ended August 31, 2014 and reduced the average processing time by 88%.
Our position as a provider of vertical, value-added CRM BPO solutions is a key factor for our share gain in recent years, and we believe will be a continued driver of our growth strategy going forward.
Illustrative Examples of Our Solutions

 
40

Table of Contents
Our value proposition has continued to evolve toward end-to-end CRM BPO solutions, incorporating processes, technology and analytics as enablers for our services, all aimed at improving our clients’ efficiency and reducing costs. In 2014, CRM BPO solutions and individual services comprised approximately 23.2% and 76.8% of group revenues, respectively. For our clients in Brazil, our largest market, approximately 64.7% of our revenue was contributed by individual services and approximately 35.3% from solutions, for the year ended December 31, 2014. This represents significant growth for the Brazilian CRM BPO services segment which accounted for 16% of Brazilian revenue in 2011.
In 2014, approximately 68% of our revenues came from sales and customer service.
Our Clients
Over the years, we have experienced steady growth in our client base, gaining new clients year-on-year, resulting in what we believe is a world-class roster of clients across industry sectors. Our long-standing, blue-chip client base spans across a variety of industries and includes names such as Telefónica Group, Banco Bradesco S.A., Banco Santander S.A., HSBC, Samsung, and Whirlpool, among others. Our clients are leaders in their respective industries and demand best-in-class service from their outsourcing partners. We serve clients primarily in the telecommunications and financial services sectors, and in multi-sector including consumer goods, services, public administration, pay TV, healthcare, transportation, technology and media. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our revenue from sales to clients in telecommunications, financial services and multi-sector industries, corresponded to 49.1%, 35.2% and 15.7% of total revenue, respectively.
For December 31, 2014, our top 15 client groups accounted for 82.1% of our revenue and, excluding the Telefónica Group companies, our next 15 client groups accounted for 36.0% of our revenue. In calculating these percentages, we treated each member of the same corporate group as one client. With each of these, we have worked closely over many years across multiple countries, building strong partnerships and commercial relationships with these clients.
Longstanding Client Relationships
We seek to create long-term relationships with our clients where we are viewed as an integral part of their business and not just as a service provider. Because we strive to have the ability to offer products and solutions that cover the entire client’s value chain, we believe the solutions we are providing offer a higher value to our clients, generally leading to a longer-term relationship which is beneficial to both parties. In 2014, 69% of our revenue from clients other than the Telefónica Group came from clients that had relationships with us for ten or more years. Illustrative of our high customer satisfaction, in 2012, 2013 and 2014, our client retention rates (calculated based on prior year revenue of clients retained in current year, as a percentage of total prior year revenues) were 98.5%, 99.3% and 98.9%, respectively.
Development of Client Base
As of December 31, 2014, our client base consisted of over 400 separate clients (treating each company that is a member of the same corporate group as a separate client). Since 1999, when Telefónica, our former parent company, and its subsidiaries contributed approximately 90% of the revenue of AIT Group, we believe that we have achieved a high diversification of our client base by sources of revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we generated 50.0%, 48.5% and 46.5%, respectively, of our revenue from Telefónica Group companies.
As of December 31, 2014, 38 companies within the Telefónica Group were party to 160 arm’s-length contracts with Atento. Our service agreements with Telefónica Group companies remained in effect following the consummation of the Acquisition. Additionally, we entered into the MSA, a new framework agreement that replaced our prior framework agreement with Telefónica and which is intended to govern our relationship with Telefónica through 2021.
Telefónica Group Master Service Agreement
Our service agreements with Telefónica remained in effect following the consummation of the Acquisition, and we entered into the MSA, a new framework agreement that replaced the framework agreement with Telefónica that was in place prior to the Acquisition. The term of the MSA expires on December 31, 2021 and there is no express provision for extension thereof.
 
41

Table of Contents
The MSA requires the Telefónica Group companies to meet pre-agreed minimum annual revenue commitments to us in each jurisdiction where we currently conduct business (other than Argentina). The MSA commitment is meant to be a minimum commitment, or floor, rather than a target or budget. If the Telefónica Group companies fail to meet country specific revenue commitments, which are measured on an annual basis, Telefónica S.A. will be required to compensate us in cash for any shortfalls. If the Telefónica Group companies fail to meet the annual aggregate minimum revenue commitments for all jurisdictions covered by the MSA, Telefónica, S.A. will be required to compensate us in available cleared funds. Any such compensation payments will be in amounts calculated as a percentage of the revenue shortfalls, ranging from 8% to 20% of the shortfall depending on the scope of such shortfall and the relevant calendar year. In May 2014, we and Telefónica amended the MSA to adjust the minimum revenue commitments in Spain and Morocco by an average of €46.0 million ($62.6 million, based on the May 31, 2014 month-end close foreign exchange rates) per year to reflect the lower level of activities in these geographies and a corresponding €25.4 million ($34.6 million, based on the May 31, 2014 month-end close foreign exchange rates) payment was made by Telefónica representing the discounted value of the reduction in minimum revenue commitments which was subsequently applied to repay the Vendor Loan Note. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Arrangements—Vendor Loan Note.”
The MSA expires on December 31, 2021, and although the MSA is an umbrella agreement which governs our services agreements with the Telefónica Group companies, the termination of the MSA on December 31, 2021 does not automatically result in a termination of any of the local services agreements in force after that date. The MSA contemplates a right of termination prior to December 31, 2021 in the event of a change of control of the Company occurring as a result of a sale to a Telefónica competitor.
Competitive Landscape
Global Competitive Landscape
In 2013, we were the second largest company in the global CRM BPO market. In 2013, the market share figures for the top three companies were: Tele performance S.A. (“Teleperformance”) (5.3%); Atento (3.8%); and Convergys Corporation (“Convergys”) (3.3%), according to company filings, IDC and our estimates. In January 2014, Convergys acquired Stream Global Services (“Stream”), making Convergys the 2nd largest market share on a pro forma basis. In terms of positioning in the LatAm countries Atento operates and with respect to the BPO/CRM market share, the company holds the number one position in most of them, such as Brazil, Perú, México, Chile or Colombia.
In Gartner´s Magic Quadrant for Customer Management Contact Center BPO (TJ Singh, Brian Manusama December 23, 2014), in 2 years Atento has positioned itself amongst the key global players, showing significant improvement in ability to execute (2013) and completeness of vision (2014). The 2014 report highlights: a good and experienced leadership team, with new talent attracted from top-tier companies; and an excellent client relationships and quality of service, providing: agility, flexibility, focus on results, good execution, market knowledge, and ability to scale.
Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in its research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings or other designation. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the “Gartner Report(s)”) represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.
 
42

Table of Contents

 C.	Organizational Structure	

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, none of the subsidiaries is listed on a stock exchange and all use December 31 as their reporting date.
All Group companies subject to statutory audit as per local legislation have been audited.
 
 D.	Property, Plant and Equipment	
Property
We perform our business in service delivery centers leased from third parties, and did not own any real estate as of December 31, 2014, except for one plot of land in Morocco and part of a building in Peru. Additionally, in April 2006, we obtained a grant of use by the Consorcio para el Desarrollo (development consortium) of the province of Jaen in Spain, on a 2,400 square meters field for 30 years, extendable for 15 year periods up to a maximum of 75 years. In 2006, we built a service delivery center at the site. As of December 31, 2014, the rest of our service delivery centers around the world were under lease agreements. Our lease agreements are generally long-term, between one to ten years, some of which provide for extensions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

43

Table of Contents
Lease expenses on a consolidated basis reached $124.6 million, $118.3 million and $106.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.
Our infrastructure is designed according to our clients’ needs. Our technology systems possess the flexibility to integrate with our clients’ existing infrastructure. This approach enables us to deliver the optimal infrastructure mix through on-shoring, off-shoring or near-shoring as required. Our deployment team is trained to achieve timely implementation so as to minimize our clients’ time-to-market. We address client capacity needs by providing solutions such as software based platforms, high level infrastructure mobility, process centralization and high concentration of delivery centers.
During the last years, our infrastructure has grown in response to a substantial increase in demand for our services from our clients. As of December 31, 2014, we had 86,071 workstations globally, with 44,061 in Brazil, 34,498 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) and 7,512 in EMEA. As of December 31, 2014, we had 93 delivery centers globally, 29 in Brazil, 45 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) and 19 in EMEA.
The following table shows the number of delivery centers and workstations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operated as at December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014.

 	  	Number of Workstations	 	  	Number of Service Delivery Centers (1)	 	
Country	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
 	  	(unaudited)	 	
Brazil	  	 	37,650	  	  	 	39,744	  	  	 	44,061	  	  	 	23	  	  	 	26	  	  	 	29	  	
Americas	  	 	30,891	  	  	 	31,534	  	  	 	34,498	  	  	 	44	  	  	 	46	  	  	 	45	  	
Argentina (2)	  	 	3,793	  	  	 	3,959	  	  	 	3,820	  	  	 	12	  	  	 	12	  	  	 	11	  	
Central America (3)	  	 	1,780	  	  	 	1,666	  	  	 	2,983	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	
Chile	  	 	3,638	  	  	 	3,467	  	  	 	2,398	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	2	  	
Colombia	  	 	4,771	  	  	 	4,791	  	  	 	5,827	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	6	  	
Mexico	  	 	8,648	  	  	 	9,143	  	  	 	9,812	  	  	 	17	  	  	 	17	  	  	 	17	  	
Peru	  	 	7,150	  	  	 	7,387	  	  	 	8,493	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	3	  	
United States (4)	  	 	1,111	  	  	 	1,121	  	  	 	1,165	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	
EMEA	  	 	7,141	  	  	 	7,919	  	  	 	7,512	  	  	 	21	  	  	 	21	  	  	 	19	  	
Czech Republic (5)	  	 	494	  	  	 	592	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	—  	  	
Morocco	  	 	1,916	  	  	 	1,941	  	  	 	2,046	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	4	  	
Spain	  	 	4,731	  	  	 	5,386	  	  	 	5,466	  	  	 	14	  	  	 	14	  	  	 	15	  	
Total	  	 	75,682	  	  	 	79,197	  	  	 	86,071	  	  	 	88	  	  	 	93	  	  	 	93	  	
 
(1)	Includes service delivery centers at facilities operated by us and those owned by our clients where we provide operations personnel and workstations.	
(2)	Includes Uruguay.	
(3)	Includes Guatemala and El Salvador.	
(4)	Includes Puerto Rico.	
(5)	Operations in Czech Republic were divested in 2014.	
The following is a list of our principal workstations as of December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 	  	Number of Workstations	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Brazil	  				  				
São Paulo (Belenzinho I)	  	 	3,155	  	  	 	3,150	  	
São Bernardo do Campo	  	 	2,929	  	  	 	2,977	  	
São Paulo (Santana)	  	 	2,211	  	  	 	2,559	  	
São Paulo (São Bento I)	  	 	2,257	  	  	 	2,359	  	
São Paulo (Nova São Paulo)	  	 	1,960	  	  	 	2,278	  	
Rio de Janeiro (Teleporto)	  	 	2,098	  	  	 	2,255	  	
Salvador (Uruguay)	  	 	2,055	  	  	 	2,073	  	
Rio de Janeiro (Madureira)	  	 	2,141	  	  	 	2,061	  	
São Paulo (Santo Antonio)	  	 	1,795	  	  	 	1,988	  	
São José dos Campos	  	 	1,968	  	  	 	1,967	  	
 
44

Table of Contents

 	  	Number of Workstations	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Americas	  				  				
Peru (LaMolina)	  	 	5,384	  	  	 	5,590	  	
Peru (Maquinarias)	  	 	2,003	  	  	 	2,184	  	
Chile (Vicuña Mackenna)	  	 	1,584	  	  	 	1,539	  	
Colombia (Bucaramanga)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,466	  	
El Salvador	  	 	699	  	  	 	1,381	  	
Colombia (Royal)	  	 	1,323	  	  	 	1,378	  	
			
EMEA	  				  				
Spain (Ilustración)	  	 	803	  	  	 	874	  	
Morocco (Casablanca)	  	 	642	  	  	 	730	  	
Spain (Glorias)	  	 	671	  	  	 	651	  	
Morocco (Tánger)	  	 	644	  	  	 	645	  	
Telecommunications Infrastructure . We work with the main telephone carriers at the local and international levels. We have recently implemented a network to interconnect the main countries in which we operate, allowing us to offer new options of connectivity and to run new applications for videoconferencing. Since almost all our voice platform is based on IP technology, we have implemented a solid and flexible telecommunications infrastructure, which provides business continuity through redundant architectures and interconnection schemes in most of our facilities.
 ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
The Company has no unresolved comments from the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to its periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act.
 ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS as issued by the IASB requires the use of certain assumptions and estimates that affect the recognized amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses, as well as the related breakdowns.
Some of the accounting policies applied in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements required Management to apply significant judgments in order to select the most appropriate assumptions for determining these estimates. These assumptions and estimates are based on Management experience, the advice of consultants and experts, forecasts and other circumstances and expectations prevailing at year end. Management’s evaluation takes into account the global economic situation in the sector in which the Atento Group operates, as well as the future outlook for the business. By virtue of their nature, these judgments are inherently subject to uncertainty. Consequently, actual results could differ substantially from the estimates and assumptions used. Should this occur, the values of the related assets and liabilities would be adjusted accordingly.
At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, no relevant changes are forecast in the estimates. As a result, no significant adjustments in the values of the assets and liabilities recognized at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are expected.
Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available at each reporting date on the events analyzed, events that take place in the future might make it necessary to change these estimates in coming years. Changes in accounting estimates would be applied prospectively in accordance with the requirements of IAS 8, “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”, recognizing the effects of the changes in estimates in the related consolidated income statement.
 
45

Table of Contents
An explanation of the estimates and judgments that entail a significant risk of leading to a material adjustment in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the coming financial year is as follow:
Revenue recognition
The Atento Group recognizes revenue on an accruals basis during the period in which the services are rendered, with reference to the stage of completion of the specific transaction, and assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Recognizing service revenue with reference to the stage of completion involves the use of estimates in relation to certain key elements of the service contracts, such as contract costs, period of execution and allowances related to the contracts. As far as is practical, the Atento Group applies its past experience and specific quantitative indicators in its estimates, considering the specific circumstances applicable to specific customers or contracts. If certain circumstances have occurred that may have an impact the initially estimated revenue, costs or percentage of completion, estimates are reviewed based on such circumstances. Such reviews may result in adjustments to costs and revenue recognized for a period.
Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
The accounting treatment of items of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets entails the use of estimates to determine their useful lives for depreciation and amortization purposes. In determining the useful life, it is necessary to estimate the level of use of assets as well as forecast technological trends in the assets. Assumptions regarding the level of use, the technological framework and the future development require a significant degree of judgment, bearing in mind that these aspects are rather difficult to foresee. Changes in the level of use of assets or in their technological development could result in a modification of their useful lives and, consequently, in the associated depreciation or amortization.
Estimated impairment of goodwill
The Atento Group tests goodwill for impairment annually. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing as part of the cash-generating unit to which it has been allocated. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units defined in order to identify potential impairment in goodwill are determined on the basis of value in use, applying five-year financial forecasts based on the Atento Group’s strategic plans, approved and reviewed by Management. These calculations entail the use of assumptions and estimates, and require a significant degree of judgment. The main variables considered in the sensitivity analyses are growth rates, discount rates using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) and the key business variables.
Deferred taxes
The Atento Group assesses the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on estimates of future earnings. The ability to recover these deferred amounts depends ultimately on the Atento Group’s ability to generate taxable earnings over the period in which the deferred tax assets remain deductible. This analysis is based on the estimated timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, as well as estimates of taxable earnings, which are sourced from internal projections and are continuously updated to reflect the latest trends.
The appropriate classification of tax assets and liabilities depends on a series of factors, including estimates as to the timing and realization of deferred tax assets and the projected tax payment schedule. Actual income tax receipts and payments could differ from the estimates made by the Atento Group as a result of changes in tax legislation or unforeseen transactions that could affect the tax balances.
The Atento Group has recognized tax credits corresponding to losses carried forward since, based on internal projections, it is probable there will be future taxable profits against which they may be utilized.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date, and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of that deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
 
46

Table of Contents
Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognized when the Atento Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. This obligation may be legal or constructive, deriving from, inter alia, regulations, contracts, customary practice or public commitments that would lead third parties to reasonably expect that the Atento Group will assume certain responsibilities. The amount of the provision is determined based on the best estimate of the outlay required to settle the obligation, taking into account all available information as at the reporting date, including the opinions of independent experts such as legal counsel or consultants.
No provision is recognized if the amount of liability cannot be estimated reliably. In such cases, the relevant information would be provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Given the uncertainties inherent in the estimates used to determine the amount of provisions, actual outflows of resources may differ from the amounts recognized originally on the basis of these estimates.
Fair value of derivatives and contingent-value instruments
The Atento Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate risks, primarily derived from possible fluctuations in interest rates on loans received. Derivatives are recognized at the onset of the contract at fair value, subsequently re-measuring the fair value and adjusting as necessary at each reporting date.
The fair values of derivative financial instruments are calculated on the basis of observable market data available, either in terms of market prices or through the application of valuation techniques. The valuation techniques used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments include the discounting of future cash flow associated with the instruments, applying assumptions based on market conditions at the valuation date or using prices established for similar instruments, among others. These estimates are based on available market information and appropriate valuation techniques. The fair values calculated could differ significantly if other market assumptions and/or estimation techniques were applied.
Discounted cash flow analyses are used to analyze the fair value of the contingent-value instruments (“CVIs”). The fair value of the CVIs is based upon discounted cash flow analyses, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation and results in a higher degree of financial statement volatility.
Refer to note 3u of our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this document for details regarding new amendments standards and interpretations.
 
 A.	Operating Results	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Predecessor financial statements as of and for the period ended November 30, 2012 and our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the one-month period ended December 31, 2012, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the related notes thereto, and with the financial information presented under the section entitled “Item 3. Key Information—A. Selected Financial Data” included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements referred to in this section required the adoption of assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts recorded as assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in the years and periods presented and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Our future results may vary substantially from those indicated as a result of various factors that affect our business, including, among others, those mentioned in the sections “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors”, and other factors discussed elsewhere in this annual report. The Predecessor financial statements as of and for the period ended November 30, 2012 and our consolidated financial statements as of and for the one-month period ended December 31, 2012, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements”.
 
47

Table of Contents
The following discussion includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those that are discussed in these forward-looking statements.
Overview
Atento is the largest provider of customer-relationship management and business-process outsourcing (“CRM BPO”) services and solutions in Latin America and Spain, and among the top three global providers, by revenue. Atento’s tailored CRM BPO solutions are designed to enhance each client’s ability to deliver a high-quality product by creating a best-in-class experience for their customers, enabling our clients to focus on operating their core businesses. Atento utilizes its expertise in its industry and in its customer care operations, combined with a consultative approach, to offer superior and scalable solutions across the entire value chain for customer care, each solution being customized for the individual client’s needs and sophistications.
Atento offers a comprehensive portfolio of customizable, and scalable, solutions comprising front-end and back-end services ranging from sales, applications-processing, customer care and credit-management. From our suite of products and value-added services, we derive embedded and integrated industry-tailored solutions for a large and diverse group of multi-national companies. Our solutions to our base of over 400 clients are delivered by over 154,000 of our highly engaged customer care specialists and facilitated by our best-in-class technology infrastructure and multi-channel delivery platform. We believe we bring a differentiated combination of scale, capacity for processing customer transactions and industry expertise to our clients’ customer care operations, which allow us to provide higher-quality customer care services more cost-effectively than our clients could deliver on their own.
Our number of workstations increased from 79,197 as of December 31, 2013 to 86,071 workstations as of December 31, 2014. Since we lease all of our call center facilities, which increases our operating expenses and does not result in a depreciation expense, our EBITDA performance has historically differed from competitors who own their buildings and equipment, as related financings have generally resulted in higher depreciation expenses for those competitors and have increased such competitors EBITDA.
We are continuing to relocate a portion of our delivery centers from Tier 1 to Tier 2 cities, which tend to be smaller, more affordable locations, as we seek to optimize lease expenses and reduce employee benefit expenses by focusing on reducing turnover and absenteeism. Additionally, the relocation of delivery centers allows us to access and attract new and larger pools of talent in locations where Atento is considered a reference employer. We have completed several successful site transfers in Brazil, Colombia and Argentina. In Brazil, the percentage of total workstations located in tier 2 cities decreased 1 percentage point, from 54% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 53% for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to an specific client requirement to operate in a Tier 1 city, and the implementation of new delivery centers in Brazil in Tier 2 cities, postponed to the first quarter of 2015. As demand for our services and solutions grows, and their complexity continues to increase, we continue to evaluate and adjust our site footprint to create the most competitive combination of quality of service and cost effectiveness.
During the last years, our infrastructure has grown in response to a substantial increase in demand for our services from our clients. As of December 31, 2014, we had 86,071 workstations globally, with 44,061 in Brazil, 34,498 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) and 7,512 in EMEA. As of December 31, 2013, we had 79,197 workstations globally (75,682 in 2012), with 39,744 in Brazil (37,650 in 2102), 31,534 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) (30,891 in 2012) and 7,919 in EMEA (7,141 in 2012). As of December 31, 2014, we had 93 delivery centers globally, 29 in Brazil, 45 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) and 19 in EMEA. As of December 31, 2013, we had 93 delivery centers globally (88 in 2012), 26 in Brazil (23 in 2012), 46 in the Americas (excluding Brazil) (44 in 2012) and 21 in EMEA (21 in 2012). See “Item 4. Information on the Company—D. Property, Plant and Equipment”
For a table showing the number of delivery centers and workstations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operated as at December 31, 2013 and 2014, see the section “D. Property, plant and equipment”.
During 2014, the revenue generated from our fifteen largest client groups (including the Telefonica Group) represented 82.1% of our revenue as compared to 84.2% and 83.9% of our revenue for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding revenue generated from the Telefónica Group, our next 15 largest client groups represented in aggregate 36.0% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 36.2% and 34.4% of our revenue in the same period for 2013 and 2012.
 
48

Table of Contents
Our vertical industry expertise in telecommunications, financial services and multi-sector companies allows us to adapt our services and solutions for our clients, further embedding us into their value chain while delivering effective business results and increasing the portion of our client’s services related to CRM BPO. In the year ended December 31, 2014, CRM BPO solutions and individual services comprised approximately 23.2% and 76.8% of our revenues, respectively. For the same period in 2013, CRM BPO solutions and individual services comprised approximately 21.8% and 78.2% of our revenues, respectively. For the same period in 2013, CRM BPO solutions and individual services comprised approximately 22.1% and 77.9% of our revenues, respectively.
The percentage of solutions and individual services for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing approximately 23% and 77% of group revenues, respectively, were misreported and should have amounted to 21.8% and 78.2% as disclosed in the paragraph above.
During the year of 2014, telecommunications represented 49.1% of our revenue and financial services represented 35.2% of our revenue, compared to 52% and 35%, respectively, for the same period in 2013. Additionally, during 2014 and 2013 sales by service were represented as follow:

 	  	Year ended December 31,	 	
	  	    2013    	 	 	    2014    	 	
Customer Service	  	 	50.1	% 	 	 	49.8	% 	
Sales	  	 	18.7	% 	 	 	18.2	% 	
Collection	  	 	10.3	% 	 	 	10.8	% 	
Back Office	  	 	8.6	% 	 	 	8.8	% 	
Technical Support	  	 	9.8	% 	 	 	9.6	% 	
Others	  	 	2.5	% 	 	 	2.8	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	100.0	% 		 	100.0	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average headcount
The average headcount in the Atento Group in 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the breakdown by country is as follow:

 	  	Average headcount	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Brazil	  	 	84,031	  	  	 	86,413	  	  	 	82,702	  	
Central America	  	 	3,758	  	  	 	4,051	  	  	 	4,161	  	
Chile	  	 	4,056	  	  	 	3,883	  	  	 	4,703	  	
Colombia	  	 	4,895	  	  	 	5,400	  	  	 	6,274	  	
Spain	  	 	14,491	  	  	 	13,830	  	  	 	12,121	  	
Morocco	  	 	2,032	  	  	 	1,544	  	  	 	1,367	  	
Mexico	  	 	18,861	  	  	 	18,823	  	  	 	20,033	  	
Peru	  	 	10,109	  	  	 	10,561	  	  	 	12,874	  	
Puerto Rico	  	 	797	  	  	 	763	  	  	 	706	  	
United States	  	 	377	  	  	 	405	  	  	 	419	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	791	  	  	 	933	  	  	 	673	  	
Argentina and Uruguay	  	 	9,346	  	  	 	9,151	  	  	 	8,062	  	
Corporate	  	 	94	  	  	 	75	  	  	 	81	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	153,638	  		 	155,832	  		 	154,176	  	

49

Table of Contents
The following table shows our consolidated results of operations for the past three years:

 	 	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
($ in millions, except
percentage changes)	 	As of and for
the period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 	 	As of and for
the period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,	 	 	Change	 	 	Change
excluding	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,	 	 	Change	 	 	Change
excluding	 	
 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	(%)	 	 	FX (%)	 	 	2014	 	 	(%)	 	 	FX (%)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	 	 	2,125.9	  	 	 	190.9	  	 	 	2,316.8	  	 	 	2,341.1	  	 	 	1.0	  	 	 	7.5	  	 	 	2,298.3	  	 	 	(1.8	) 	 	 	7.7	  	
Other operating income	 	 	1.9	  	 	 	1.8	  	 	 	3.7	  	 	 	4.4	  	 	 	18.9	  	 	 	21.6	  	 	 	4.6	  	 	 	4.5	  	 	 	8.7	  	
Own work capitalized	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	0.9	  	 	 	N.M	  	 	 	N.M	  	 	 	0.5	  	 	 	(44.4	) 	 	 	(32.5	) 	
Other gains	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	35.1	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Operating expenses:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Supplies	 	 	(105.5	) 	 	 	(8.4	) 	 	 	(113.9	) 	 	 	(115.3	) 	 	 	1.2	  	 	 	6.8	  	 	 	(104.8	) 	 	 	(9.1	) 	 	 	0.2	  	
Employee benefit expense	 	 	(1,482.8	) 	 	 	(126.7	) 	 	 	(1,609.5	) 	 	 	(1,643.5	) 	 	 	2.1	  	 	 	8.5	  	 	 	(1,636.4	) 	 	 	(0.4	) 	 	 	9.3	  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	(78.1	) 	 	 	(7.5	) 	 	 	(85.6	) 	 	 	(129.0	) 	 	 	50.7	  	 	 	57.0	  	 	 	(119.8	) 	 	 	(7.1	) 	 	 	(0.3	) 	
Changes in trade provisions	 	 	(13.9	) 	 	 	2.8	  	 	 	(11.1	) 	 	 	2.0	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	1.7	  	 	 	(15.0	) 	 	 	(10.1	) 	
Other operating expenses	 	 	(283.7	) 	 	 	(95.3	) 	 	 	(379.0	) 	 	 	(355.6	) 	 	 	(6.2	) 	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	(360.2	) 	 	 	1.3	  	 	 	9.2	  	
Impairment charges	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31.8	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	(1,964.0	) 	 	 	(235.1	) 	 	 	(2,199.1	) 	 	 	(2,241.4	) 	 	 	1.9	  	 	 	8.1	  	 	 	(2,251.3	) 	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	9.7	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit/(loss)	 	 	163.8	  	 	 	(42.4	) 	 	 	121.4	  	 	 	105.0	  	 	 	(13.5	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	 	 	87.2	  	 	 	(17.0	) 	 	 	(1.3	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance income	 	 	11.6	  	 	 	2.6	  	 	 	14.2	  	 	 	17.8	  	 	 	25.4	  	 	 	32.4	  	 	 	58.3	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Finance costs	 	 	(23.5	) 	 	 	(8.7	) 	 	 	(32.2	) 	 	 	(135.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(135.7	) 	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	5.8	  	
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)	 	 	(1.0	) 	 	 	0	  	 	 	(1.0	) 	 	 	16.6	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(33.4	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net finance expense	 	 	(12.9	) 	 	 	(6.0	) 	 	 	(19.0	) 	 	 	(100.7	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(110.8	) 	 	 	10.0	  	 	 	17.4	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) before tax	 	 	150.9	  	 	 	(48.5	) 	 	 	102.4	  	 	 	4.3	  	 	 	(95.8	) 	 	 	(85.4	) 	 	 	(23.6	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	(60.7	) 	 	 	(8.1	) 	 	 	(68.8	) 	 	 	(8.3	) 	 	 	(87.9	) 	 	 	(82.7	) 	 	 	(18.5	) 	 	 	122.9	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) for the period	 	 	90.2	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(90.8	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations	 	 	90.2	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(90.8	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Profit after tax from discontinued operations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Non-controlling interests	 	 	(0.4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(0.4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent	 	 	89.7	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.1	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(90.8	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other financial data:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
EBITDA (1) (unaudited)	 	 	241.9	  	 	 	(34.9	) 	 	 	207.0	  	 	 	234.0	  	 	 	13.0	  	 	 	22.9	  	 	 	207.0	  	 	 	(11.5	) 	 	 	(0.8	) 	
Adjusted EBITDA (1) (unaudited)	 	 	235.9	  	 	 	32.2	  	 	 	268.1	  	 	 	295.1	  	 	 	10.1	  	 	 	16.9	  	 	 	306.4	  	 	 	3.8	  	 	 	13.7	  	
 
(1)	For reconciliation with IFRS as issued by the IASB, see section ‘Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss)’ above.	
N.M. means not meaningful.
 
50

Table of Contents
The following table provides a breakdown of selected income statement line items for the past three years at a segment level:

 		Predecessor	 		 	 		Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 	
($ in millions, except
percentage changes)		As of and for
the period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,
2012	 		As of and for
the period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,
2012	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2012	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2013	 		Change
(%)	 		Change
excluding
FX (%)	 		For the year
ended
December 31,
2014	 		Change
(%)	 		Change
excluding
FX (%)	 	
 		 	 		 	 		(unaudited)	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 	
Revenue:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	1,116.8	  	 	 	96.3	  	 	 	1,213.1	  	 	 	1,206.1	  	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	9.6	  	 	 	1,184.8	  	 	 	(1.8	) 	 	 	7.5	  	
Americas	 	 	662.1	  	 	 	64.1	  	 	 	726.2	  	 	 	772.7	  	 	 	6.4	  	 	 	11.6	  	 	 	779.4	  	 	 	0.9	  	 	 	15.3	  	
EMEA	 	 	347.8	  	 	 	30.7	  	 	 	378.5	  	 	 	363.1	  	 	 	(4.1	) 	 	 	(7.0	) 	 	 	334.8	  	 	 	(7.8	) 	 	 	(7.7	) 	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	(0.2	) 	 	 	(1.0	) 	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	(20.0	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(0.7	) 	 	 	(12.5	) 	 	 	(50.0	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	 	2,125.9	  	 	 	190.9	  	 	 	2,316.8	  	 	 	2,341.1	  	 	 	1.0	  	 	 	7.5	  	 	 	2,298.3	  	 	 	(1.8	) 	 	 	7.7	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expense:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	(1,025.4	) 	 	 	(84.4	) 	 	 	(1,109.8	) 	 	 	(1,113.6	) 	 	 	0.3	  	 	 	10.6	  	 	 	(1,081.6	) 	 	 	(2.9	) 	 	 	6.3	  	
Americas	 	 	(602.6	) 	 	 	(52.4	) 	 	 	(655.0	) 	 	 	(705.9	) 	 	 	7.8	  	 	 	12.9	  	 	 	(718.9	) 	 	 	1.8	  	 	 	16.7	  	
EMEA	 	 	(319.3	) 	 	 	(28.9	) 	 	 	(348.2	) 	 	 	(365.2	) 	 	 	4.9	  	 	 	1.7	  	 	 	(381.8	) 	 	 	4.5	  	 	 	4.7	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(16.7	) 	 	 	(69.4	) 	 	 	(86.1	) 	 	 	(56.7	) 	 	 	(34.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(69.0	) 	 	 	21.7	  	 	 	22.4	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	(1,964.0	) 	 	 	(235.1	) 	 	 	(2,199.1	) 	 	 	(2,241.4	) 	 	 	1.9	  	 	 	8.1	  	 	 	(2,251.3	) 	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	9.7	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit/(loss) :	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	91.2	  	 	 	12.3	  	 	 	103.5	  	 	 	94.8	  	 	 	(8.4	) 	 	 	1.0	  	 	 	103.5	  	 	 	9.2	  	 	 	19.3	  	
Americas	 	 	62.7	  	 	 	11.7	  	 	 	74.4	  	 	 	67.6	  	 	 	(9.1	) 	 	 	(4.6	) 	 	 	64.3	  	 	 	(4.9	) 	 	 	5.5	  	
EMEA	 	 	29.1	  	 	 	3.2	  	 	 	32.3	  	 	 	(0.1	) 	 	 	(100.3	) 	 	 	(100.3	) 	 	 	(45.6	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(19.2	) 	 	 	(69.6	) 	 	 	(88.8	) 	 	 	(57.3	) 	 	 	(35.5	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(35.0	) 	 	 	(38.9	) 	 	 	(38.6	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	 	163.8	  	 	 	(42.4	) 	 	 	121.4	  	 	 	105.0	  	 	 	(13.5	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	 	 	87.2	  	 	 	(17.0	) 	 	 	(1.3	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net finance expense :	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	(6.8	) 	 	 	(2.6	) 	 	 	(9.4	) 	 	 	(43.9	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(42.9	) 	 	 	(2.3	) 	 	 	7.1	  	
Americas	 	 	(2.7	) 	 	 	(2.7	) 	 	 	(5.4	) 	 	 	(3.9	) 	 	 	(27.8	) 	 	 	0.0	  	 	 	(14.7	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
EMEA	 	 	(1.4	) 	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	(2.2	) 	 	 	(18.4	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(13.6	) 	 	 	(26.1	) 	 	 	(26.1	) 	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(2.0	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2.0	) 	 	 	(34.5	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(39.6	) 	 	 	14.8	  	 	 	14.8	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net finance expense	 	 	(12.9	) 	 	 	(6.0	) 	 	 	(19.0	) 	 	 	(100.7	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(110.8	) 	 	 	10.0	  	 	 	17.4	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expense:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	(25.9	) 	 	 	27.5	  	 	 	1.6	  	 	 	(17.7	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(22.3	) 	 	 	26.0	  	 	 	37.9	  	
Americas	 	 	(25.9	) 	 	 	(0.2	) 	 	 	(26.1	) 	 	 	(19.3	) 	 	 	(26.1	) 	 	 	(23.0	) 	 	 	(19.7	) 	 	 	2.1	  	 	 	11.9	  	
EMEA	 	 	(8.2	) 	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	(8.8	) 	 	 	7.8	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	15.4	  	 	 	97.4	  	 	 	96.2	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(0.7	) 	 	 	(34.8	) 	 	 	(35.5	) 	 	 	20.9	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	8.1	  	 	 	(61.2	) 	 	 	(61.2	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total income tax expense	 	 	(60.7	) 	 	 	(8.1	) 	 	 	(68.8	) 	 	 	(8.3	) 	 	 	(87.9	) 	 	 	(82.7	) 	 	 	(18.5	) 	 	 	122.9	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) for the period:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	58.6	  	 	 	37.3	  	 	 	95.9	  	 	 	33.2	  	 	 	(65.4	) 	 	 	(61.8	) 	 	 	38.3	  	 	 	15.4	  	 	 	26.2	  	
Americas	 	 	34.1	  	 	 	8.8	  	 	 	42.9	  	 	 	44.4	  	 	 	3.5	  	 	 	6.1	  	 	 	29.9	  	 	 	(32.7	) 	 	 	(28.8	) 	
EMEA	 	 	19.5	  	 	 	1.7	  	 	 	21.2	  	 	 	(10.7	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(43.8	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(22.0	) 	 	 	(104.4	) 	 	 	(126.4	) 	 	 	(70.9	) 	 	 	(43.9	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(66.5	) 	 	 	(6.2	) 	 	 	(6.1	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit/(loss) for the period	 	 	90.2	  	 	 	(56.6	) 	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	(4.0	) 	 	 	(119.9	) 	 	 	(90.8	) 	 	 	(42.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other financial data:	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
EBITDA (2) :	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	126.9	  	 	 	15.7	  	 	 	142.7	  	 	 	150.7	  	 	 	5.6	  	 	 	16.5	  	 	 	158.8	  	 	 	5.4	  	 	 	15.3	  	
Americas	 	 	92.2	  	 	 	14.5	  	 	 	106.7	  	 	 	115.3	  	 	 	8.1	  	 	 	11.7	  	 	 	107.2	  	 	 	(7.0	) 	 	 	2.2	  	
EMEA	 	 	41.4	  	 	 	4.4	  	 	 	45.8	  	 	 	24.3	  	 	 	(46.9	) 	 	 	(48.7	) 	 	 	(25.1	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	N.M.	  	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(18.6	) 	 	 	(69.6	) 	 	 	(88.2	) 	 	 	(56.3	) 	 	 	(36.2	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(33.9	) 	 	 	(39.8	) 	 	 	(39.5	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total EBITDA (unaudited)	 	 	241.9	  	 	 	(34.9	) 	 	 	207.0	  	 	 	234.0	  	 	 	13.0	  	 	 	22.9	  	 	 	207.0	  	 	 	(11.5	) 	 	 	(0.8	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA (2) :	 			 	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Brazil	 	 	128.7	  	 	 	16.4	  	 	 	145.1	  	 	 	161.1	  	 	 	11.0	  	 	 	21.4	  	 	 	172.1	  	 	 	6.8	  	 	 	16.9	  	
Americas	 	 	94.2	  	 	 	19.2	  	 	 	113.4	  	 	 	118.4	  	 	 	4.4	  	 	 	7.8	  	 	 	117.7	  	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	10.7	  	
EMEA	 	 	31.4	  	 	 	3.9	  	 	 	35.3	  	 	 	26.7	  	 	 	(24.4	) 	 	 	(26.6	) 	 	 	26.4	  	 	 	(1.1	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	
Other and eliminations (1)	 	 	(18.4	) 	 	 	(7.3	) 	 	 	(25.7	) 	 	 	(11.1	) 	 	 	(56.8	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	 	 	(9.8	) 	 	 	(11.7	) 	 	 	(9.9	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)	 	 	235.9	  	 	 	32.2	  	 	 	268.1	  	 	 	295.1	  	 	 	10.1	  	 	 	16.9	  	 	 	306.4	  	 	 	3.8	  	 	 	13.7	  	

(1)	Includes revenue and expenses at the holding-company level (such as corporate expenses and Acquisition related expenses), as applicable, as well as consolidation adjustments.	
(2)	For a reconciliation with IFRS as issued by the IASB, see section ‘Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss)’.	
N.M. means not meaningful.
 
51

Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenue
Revenue decreased by $42.8 million, or 1.8%, from $2,341.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2,298.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue increased by 7.7% driven primarily by a strong performance in Brazil and the Americas, largely offsetting the reduction in EMEA. Revenue in Brazil and the Americas, combined, increased 10.5% excluding the impact of foreign exchange.
Revenue from Telefónica, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, increased by 4.4%, driven primarily by a strong performance in the Americas, in particular, in Chile due to the finalization of the implementation of a new business model, in Peru as a result of the increase in offshore business from Argentina, in addition to price adjustments in Argentina. This positive performance in the Americas largely offset the reduction in EMEA caused by the adverse Telefónica situation in the Spanish telecom sector. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 10.8% due to the strong double digit growth in all regions. As of the end of the year, non-Telefónica revenue represented 53% of total revenue, an increase of 2 percentage points over the prior year. We have continued to increase our revenue diversification from Telefónica with significant customer wins in the telecommunication sector in Brazil and multisector segments, and higher volumes with current clients, primarily in the finance sector. Strong growth in the Americas was driven by Peru, Colombia, Mexico and Argentina. In EMEA lower revenues with Telefónica were partially offset by a healthy performance in the non-Telefónica sector driven by higher activity with existing clients, in addition to new clients wins.
The following chart sets forth a breakdown of revenue based on geographical region for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and as a percentage of revenue and the percentage change between those periods with and net of foreign exchange effects.

 	  	For the year ended December 31,	 	
($ in millions, except percentage changes)	  	2013	 	 	(%)	 	  	2014	 	 	(%)	 	 	Change
(%)	 	 	Change
excluding
FX (%)	 	
Brazil	  	 	1,206.1	  	 	 	51.5	  	  	 	1,184.8	  	 	 	51.6	  	 	 	(1.8	) 	 	 	7.5	  	
Americas	  	 	772.7	  	 	 	33.0	  	  	 	779.4	  	 	 	33.9	  	 	 	0.9	  	 	 	15.3	  	
EMEA	  	 	363.1	  	 	 	15.5	  	  	 	334.8	  	 	 	14.6	  	 	 	(7.8	) 	 	 	(7.7	) 	
Other and eliminations (1)	  	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(0.7	) 	 	 	(0.1	) 	 	 	(12.5	) 	 	 	(50.0	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	2,341.1	  		 	100.0	  		 	2,298.3	  		 	100.0	  		 	(1.8	) 		 	7.7	  	

(1)	Includes holding company level revenues and consolidation adjustments.	
Brazil
Revenue in Brazil for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was $1,206.1 million and $1,184.8 million, respectively. Revenue decreased in Brazil by $21.3 million, or 1.8%. Excluding the foreign-exchange impact, revenue increased by 7.5% over this period. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica increased by 2.8%, principally due to the introduction of new services in Brazil. Revenue from non-Telefónica clients, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, increased by 11.0% over this period, mainly due to volume growth and the introduction of new services with existing clients, driven by the financial sector, in addition to significant customer wins in the telecom sector where we now provide services to all major operators.
Americas
Revenue in the Americas for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was $772.7 million and $779.4 million, respectively. Revenue increased in the Americas by $6.7 million, or 0.9%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue increased by 15.3%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica increased by 19.2% over this period, with strong performance across the region and in particular in Chile due to the positive impact of the implementation of the new business model with Telefónica and in Peru due to the increase in offshore business from Argentina. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 11.7%, with strong growth in most markets supported by new and existing clients, particularly in Peru, Colombia, Mexico and Argentina, driven by increased pricing.
 
52

Table of Contents
EMEA
Revenue in EMEA for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was $363.1 million and $334.8 million, respectively. Revenue decreased in EMEA by $28.3 million, or 7.8%. Excluding the foreign exchange impact, revenue decreased by 7.7%. Excluding the foreign exchange impact, revenue from Telefónica decreased by 14.8% principally due to a decrease in the volume of customer sales in Spain, driven by the adverse Telefónica situation in the Spanish telecommunications market. Revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 6.8%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, principally due to higher activity with existing clients, in addition to new clients wins.
Other operating income
Other operating income increased by $0.2 million, from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, other operating income increased by 8.7% principally due to subsidies received in Spain for hiring disabled employees.
Other gains
In May 2014, the Master Service Agreement (“MSA”) with Telefónica, which required the Telefónica Group to meet pre-agreed minimum annual revenue commitments to us through 2021, was amended to adjust minimum revenue commitments in relation to Spain and Morocco, to reflect the expected lower level of activities in these countries. The provisions of the MSA required Telefónica to compensate us in case of shortfalls in these revenue commitments. Based on the above, Telefónica agreed to compensate us with a penalty fee amounting to €25.4 million (equivalent to $34.5 million).
Total operating expenses
Total operating expenses increased by $9.9 million, or 0.4%, from $2,241.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2,251.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses increased by 9.7%. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses constituted 95.7% and 98.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. This increase was principally due to the impairment charges recognized, an increase in employee benefit expenses due to restructuring costs and other operating expenses incurred as a result of the IPO process. Adjusting for these items, operating expenses as a percentage of revenues would have constituted 93.1% of revenue.
The $9.9 million increase in operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted from the following components:
Supplies: Supplies decreased by $10.5 million, or 9.1%, from $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $104.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, supplies expense increased by 0.2%. The increase was principally caused by growth in Brazil and Mexico as well as a reclassification of costs previously booked as Other operating expenses and now booked as Supplies; these costs were partially offset by a decrease in the EMEA region as a result of lower activity. As a percentage of revenue, supplies constituted 4.9% and 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
Employee benefits expenses: Employee benefits expenses decreased by $7.1 million, or 0.4%, from $1,643.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $1,636.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, employee benefits expenses increased by 9.3%. This increase in employee benefits expenses was principally due to restructuring expenses incurred in Spain, Argentina and Chile. This increase was partially offset by operational efficiencies generated. Adjusting for restructuring expenses of $26.7 million and excluding the impact of foreign exchange, employee benefits expenses would have increased by 7.7%. As a percentage of our revenue, employee benefits expenses constituted 70.2% and 71.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Adjusting for restructuring expenses, employee benefits expenses as a percentage of revenue would have constituted 69.7% and 70.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization: Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $9.2 million, or 7.1%, from $129.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $119.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, depreciation and amortization expense decreased by 0.3%, principally due to the lower carrying amount of customer relationship intangible assets, as a result of the impairment test performed in June 30, 2014.
 
53

Table of Contents
Changes in trade provisions: Changes in trade provisions totaled a positive figure of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million over the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was principally due to the collection, in 2013, of some receivables that had previously been impaired. As a percentage of revenue, changes in trade provisions constituted 0.1% and 0.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.
Other operating expenses: Other operating expenses increased by $4.6 million, or 1.3%, from $355.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $360.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, other operating expenses increased by 9.2%, principally due to financing and IPO fees incurred during the IPO process and a reclassification from suppliers to other operating expenses. As a percentage of revenue, other operating expenses constituted 15.2% and 15.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
Impairment charges: Asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to charges associated to projects for inventory control in Brazil which are not related to our core results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2014, mainly relate to the goodwill and other intangible asset impairments relating to our operation in Czech Republic of $3.7 million and Spain of $28.8 million.
As of June 30, 2014, we performed an impairment test on the carrying amount of customer-relationship intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, as a result of the amendment to the MSA which impacted the amount of expected revenue and also in consideration of the changes in expected revenue in certain countries. The impairment test was performed using assumptions revised in accordance with the amendments to the MSA and with updated management expectations on cash flow generation from the different countries where we operate. The result of the test performed was an impairment charge of $27.7 million of the intangible asset related to the customer relationship with Telefónica in connection with the MSA. Impairment charges of $1.1 million of goodwill in Spain and of $3.7 million of goodwill in the Czech Republic were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of this impairment test.
Brazil
Total operating expenses in Brazil decreased by $32.0 million, or 2.9%, from $1,113.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $1,081.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in Brazil increased by 6.3%, which was slightly below revenue growth. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 92.3% to 91.3%. The decrease in operating expenses in Brazil as a percentage of sales was principally due to cost efficiencies achieved from our margin transformation programs in addition to higher costs incurred in 2013 as a result of the ramp-up of new Telefónica services.
Americas
Total operating expenses in the Americas increased by $13.0 million, or 1.8%, from $705.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $718.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in the Americas increased by 16.7%, in line with the increase in revenues. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 91.4% to 92.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014, mainly explained by the restructuring costs incurred in 2014. Excluding this impact, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue would have been 91.2%.
EMEA
Total operating expenses in EMEA increased by $16.6 million, or 4.5%, from $365.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $381.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 100.6% to 114.0%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in EMEA increased by 4.7%. The increase in operating expenses in EMEA in the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to impairment charges and restructuring costs. Excluding the impact of these two effects amounting to $49.1 million, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue would have reached 99.4%.
Operating profit
Operating profit decreased by $17.8 million, or 17.0%, from $105.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $87.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign
 
54

Table of Contents
exchange, operating profit decreased by 1.3%. Operating profit margin decreased from 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to the negative impact of costs incurred in connection with the IPO ($51.9 million), recognized impairments in EMEA ($32.5 million) and restructuring costs ($26.7 million), partially offset by the positive impact of the MSA penalty fee (equivalent to $34.5 million). Excluding these impacts, operating profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2014, would have amounted to 7.1%, driven mainly by the operational improvements in most of the markets as a result of the implementation of our strategic initiatives, growth in Chile after the implementation of the new business model with Telefónica during 2013 and costs related to the introduction of new services with Telefónica in Brazil incurred during the first half of 2013.
Brazil
Operating profit in Brazil increased by $8.7 million, or 9.2%, from $94.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $103.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit increased by 19.3% in 2014. Operating profit margin in Brazil increased from 7.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in operating profit in Brazil for the period was principally due to cost efficiencies achieved, partially offset by the ramp-up of services with new clients.
Americas
Operating profit in the Americas decreased by $3.3 million, or 4.9%, from $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit in Americas increased by 5.5% in 2014. Operating profit margin in the Americas decreased from 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 8.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in operating profit in the Americas was principally attributed to restructuring costs incurred in Argentina, Chile and Peru. Excluding this impact, operating profit margin would have reached 9.3%.
EMEA
Operating profit in EMEA decreased by $45.5 million, from a loss of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to a loss of $45.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit in EMEA decreased by $45.7 million in 2014. The operating profit margin in EMEA decreased from a loss of 0.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to a loss of 13.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014, principally as a result of the recognized impairment charge ($32.5 million) discussed above and the restructuring costs incurred ($16.6 million). Excluding these impacts operating profit margin would have increased by 1.0%.
Finance income
Finance income increased by $40.5 million, from $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $58.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, finance income increased by $42.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was principally due to higher unrealized gains on cross-currency swaps associated with the 7.375% Senior Secured Notes and on interest rate swaps associated with Brazilian Debentures, and higher finance income in Brazil.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by $0.6 million, or 0.4%, from $135.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $135.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, finance costs increased by 5.8% during the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was principally due to a full period of finance costs incurred on the 7.375% Senior Secured Notes. These impacts were partially offset by lower unrealized losses mainly related to cross-currency swaps associated with the 7.375% Senior Secured Notes.
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss) changed by $50.0 million, from a gain of $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to a loss of $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was principally due to net foreign exchange loss resulting from liabilities denominated in foreign currencies which depreciated against the U.S. dollar during the 2014 period.
 
55

Table of Contents
Income tax expense
Income tax benefit/(expense) for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was an expense of $8.3 million and $18.5 million, respectively, increasing by $10.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, income tax expense increased by $14.2 million. Higher tax expenses are primarily attributed to non-deductible expenses incurred in connection with the IPO and write-off of existing tax credits mainly as a result of corporate tax rate changes in Spain. The aggregated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 is distorted because of the contribution of losses in the holding companies to our profit before tax and the tax effect of the impairment charges. Adjusting for this effect, the average effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 would have been 39.5%, while the average effective tax rate of the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been 30.0%.
Profit/(loss) for the period
Profit/(loss) for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was a loss of $4.0 million and $42.1 million, respectively, as a result of the factors discussed above.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA decreased by $27.0 million, or 11.5%, from $234.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $207.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $11.3 million, or 3.8%, from $295.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $306.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The difference between EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA was due to the exclusion of items that were not related to our core results of operations. Our adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude the acquisition and integration related costs, restructuring costs, sponsor management fees, asset impairments, site relocation costs, financing and IPO fees and other items which are not related to our core results of operations. See “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss).
Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA decreased by 0.8% and adjusted EBITDA increased by 13.7% mainly due to revenue growth and solid performance in Brazil and Americas, more than offsetting reduced activity with Telefónica in EMEA.
Brazil
EBITDA in Brazil increased by $8.1 million, or 5.4%, from $150.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $158.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA in Brazil increased by $11.0 million, or 6.8%, from $161.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $172.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA increased by 15.3% and 16.9%, respectively. The increase in EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA was principally due to the strong growth in revenue with existing clients and the capture of new clients, as well as operating efficiencies achieved from our margin transformational programs.
Americas
EBITDA in the Americas decreased by $8.1 million, or 7.0%, from $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $107.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA in the Americas decreased by $0.7 million, or 0.6%, from $118.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $117.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA increased during the year ended December 31, 2014 by 2.2% and 10.7%, respectively. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily attributed to strong growth achieved in the region, mainly in Argentina, Chile and Peru. Adjusted EBITDA margin grew at a slower pace than revenue, as a result of higher recruiting and training costs to ramp-up the offshore business from Telefónica Argentina to Peru. On the other side, Chile was positively impacted by the finalization of the implementation of the new business model with Telefónica.
EMEA
EBITDA in EMEA decreased by $49.4 million, from a gain of $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to a loss of $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA in EMEA decreased by $0.3 million, from $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA, during the year ended December 31, 2014 was principally due to a reduction in Telefónica volumes in Spain which implied an oversized structure before the execution of the restructuring process in the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
56

Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenue
Revenue increased by $24.3 million, or 1.0%, from $2,316.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $2,341.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue increased by 7.5%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica Group companies increased by 4.7%, driven primarily by strong performance in Brazil and the Americas, which was partially offset by adverse macro-economic conditions in Spain. Revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 10.3%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, principally due to strong market growth in Brazil and the Americas and contract wins with existing and new customers.
The following chart sets forth a breakdown of revenue based on geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and as a percentage of total revenue and the percentage change between periods and net of foreign exchange effects.

 	  	For the year ended December 31,	 	
 	  	Non-IFRS
Aggregated
(unaudited)	 	  	 	 	
($ in millions, except percentage changes)	  	2012	 	 	(%)	 	  	2013	 	 	(%)	 	  	Change
(%)	 	 	Change
excluding
FX (%)	 	
 	  	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Brazil	  	 	1,213.1	  	 	 	52.4	  	  	 	1,206.1	  	 	 	51.5	  	  	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	9.6	  	
Americas	  	 	726.2	  	 	 	31.3	  	  	 	772.7	  	 	 	33.0	  	  	 	6.4	  	 	 	11.6	  	
EMEA	  	 	378.5	  	 	 	16.3	  	  	 	363.1	  	 	 	15.5	  	  	 	(4.1	) 	 	 	(7.0	) 	
Other and eliminations (1)	  	 	(1.0	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(20.0	) 	 	 	N.M.	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	2,316.8	  		 	100.0	  		 	2,341.1	  		 	100.0	  		 	1.0	  		 	7.5	  	

(1)	Includes holding company level revenues and consolidation adjustments.	
Brazil
Revenue in Brazil for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 was $1,213.1 million and $1,206.1 million, respectively. Revenue decreased in Brazil by $7.0 million, or 0.6%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue increased by 9.6%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica Group companies increased by 9.9%, principally due to increases in the price of our services, volume growth in existing services, and the introduction of new services. Revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 9.4%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, principally attributable to price increases, volume growth in existing services, the introduction of new services, primarily in the financial sector, and new customers in the telecommunications and financial sectors.
Americas
Revenue in the Americas for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 was $726.2 million and $772.7 million, respectively. Revenue increased in the Americas by $46.5 million, or 6.4%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue increased by 11.6%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica Group companies increased by 8.5%, with solid performance in most markets, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue in Chile as a result of the implementation of the new service delivery model by Telefónica during 2012 and 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 14.8% with a strong performance across all markets.
EMEA
Revenue in EMEA for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 was $378.5 million and $363.1 million, respectively. Revenue decreased in EMEA by $15.4 million, or 4.1%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue decreased by 7.0%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from Telefónica Group companies decreased by 10.8% principally due to a decrease in volume of sales in Spain, driven by adverse macro-economic conditions. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue from non-Telefónica clients increased by 1.7% driven by the expansion of multi-sector private clients.
 
57

Table of Contents
Other operating income
Other operating income increased by $0.7 million, or 18.9%, from $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, other operating income increased by 21.6%, principally due to income derived from insurance recovery in Brazil.
Total operating expenses
Total operating expenses increased by $42.3 million, or 1.9%, from $2,199.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $2,241.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses increased by 8.1%, principally due to increases in employee benefit expenses and to greater depreciation and amortization expense. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses constituted 94.9% and 95.7% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The $42.3 million increase in operating expenses resulted from the following components:
Supplies: Supplies increased by $1.4 million, or 1.2%, from $113.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, supplies expense increased by 6.8%, principally as a result of general growth in our business. As a percentage of revenue, supplies constituted 4.9% for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.
Employee benefits expenses: Employee benefits expenses increased by $34.0 million, or 2.1%, from $1,609.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1,643.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of our revenue, employee benefits expenses constituted 69.5% and 70.2% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, employee benefits expenses increased by 8.5%. Adjusting for restructuring expenses between 2013 and 2012 of $12.8 million and $8.6 million, respectively, and the positive impact in 2012 of the release of an employee benefit accrual of $11.3 million following the better-than-expected outcome of the collective bargaining agreement negotiation in Spain, employee benefits expenses increased by 7.5% in constant currency, which was broadly in line with the increase in revenue. This increase in employee benefits expenses was principally due to the growth of our business, as we increased the average number of employees from 150,248 in 2012 to 155,832 in 2013, an increase of 3.7%, as well as the cost of higher wages.
Depreciation and amortization: Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $43.4 million, or 50.7%, from $85.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $129.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, depreciation and amortization expense increased by 57.0%, principally due to a $40.7 million increase in amortization charges derived from the recognition of customer-relationship intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition.
Changes in trade provisions: Changes in trade provisions improved by $13.1 million, from a negative change of $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to positive change of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to improved collections on receivables we had previously impaired. As a percentage of revenue, changes in trade provisions constituted 0.5% and (0.1)% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
Other operating expenses: Other operating expenses decreased by $23.4 million, or 6.2%, from $379.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $355.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, other operating expenses decreased by 0.6%, principally due to (i) expenses recorded in 2012 related to the Acquisition, which amounted to $62.6 million and did not recur in 2013; (ii) general cost efficiencies and savings in most of the countries in which we operate; and (iii) their being offset by integration-related costs, including consultancy and professional fees, associated with the change of ownership of the Atento Group, amounting to $27.9 million. We had $124.6 million in expenses for operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $118.3 million in expenses for operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenue, other operating expenses constituted 16.4% and 15.2% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
Brazil
Total operating expenses in Brazil increased by $3.8 million, or 0.3%, from $1,109.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1,113.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in Brazil increased by 10.6%. Operating expenses as a percentage of
 
58

Table of Contents
revenue in Brazil increased from 91.5% to 92.3%. This increase was principally due to increased amortization charges derived from the recognition of customer relationship intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition by approximately $18.9 million or 1.6% of revenues.
Americas
Total operating expenses in the Americas increased $50.9 million, or 7.8%, from $655.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $705.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in the Americas increased by 12.9%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased in the Americas from 90.2% to 91.4%. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in the Americas was principally due to an increase in the amortization charges of $12.2 million derived from the recognition of customer relationship intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition. This increase in 2013 was partially offset by the severance payments of senior management in Mexico incurred, which amounted to $2.2 million in 2012 and did not recur during 2013.
EMEA
Total operating expenses in EMEA increased by $17.0 million, or 4.9%, from $348.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $365.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating expenses in EMEA increased by 1.7%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in EMEA increased from 92.0% to 100.6% as a result of declining revenues mainly in Spain with Telefónica and increase in amortization of intangibles of $9.5 million. Excluding this impact, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in EMEA represented 98.0%.
Operating profit
Operating profit decreased by $16.4 million, or 13.5%, from $121.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $105.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit decreased by 1.2%. As a percentage of revenue, the operating profit margin decreased from 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013; this was primarily driven by increased amortization charges of $40.7 million which were derived from the recognition of customer-relationship intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition. Excluding this impact, operating profit margin would have increased to 6.2%, driven mainly by a continued focus on reducing fixed costs and expenses which were recorded in 2012 in relation to the Acquisition and which did not recur in 2013; although these were partially offset by our integration costs in 2013.
Brazil
Operating profit in Brazil decreased by $8.7 million, or 8.4%, from $103.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $94.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit increased by 1.0%. Operating profit margin in Brazil decreased from 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 7.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in operating profit margin in Brazil was principally due to increased amortization charges associated with the customer portfolio intangible assets recognized in connection with the Acquisition. Excluding this impact, operating profit margin would have increased to 9.4% in 2013.
Americas
Operating profit in the Americas decreased by $6.8 million, or 9.1%, from $74.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, operating profit in the Americas decreased by 4.6%. Operating profit margin in the Americas decreased from 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in operating profit margin in Americas was principally attributable to increased amortization charges associated with the customer portfolio intangible assets recognized in connection with the Acquisition. Excluding this impact, the operating profit margin would have increased to 10.3% in 2013, in line with 2012’s operating profit margin.
EMEA
Operating profit in EMEA decreased by $32.4 million, or 100.3%, from $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign
 
59

Table of Contents
exchange, operating profit decreased by 100.3%. Operating profit margin in EMEA decreased from 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to no margin for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in operating profit in EMEA was principally due to the decrease in the volume of sales to Telefónica due to adverse macroeconomic conditions in Spain and the increased amortization charges associated with the client-portfolio intangible assets recognized in connection with the Acquisition. Excluding this impact, the operating profit margin in 2013 would have decreased to 2.6%.
Finance income
Finance income increased by $3.6 million, or 25.4%, from $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, finance income increased by 32.4%. This increase is principally due to an increase in cash, deposits and short term financial investments.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by $102.9 million, from $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $135.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was principally due to higher interest costs in connection with the Acquisition related financings and changes in the fair value of hedge instruments.
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss) increased by $17.6 million, from a loss of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to a gain of $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was principally due to exchange gains from liabilities denominated in foreign currency held by certain intermediate holding companies as a result of the depreciation of these currencies against the U.S. dollar.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 was $68.8 million and $8.3 million, respectively, decreasing by $60.5 million, or 87.9%. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, income tax expense decreased by 82.7% primarily as a result of the tax deductibility of goodwill amortization in Brazil and interest expenses. The aggregate effective tax rate in both 2013 and 2012 is distorted because of the contribution of losses in the holding companies to our profit before tax. Adjusting for this effect, the aggregate rate excluding the Group’s holding companies in 2013 was 30% compared to 33% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Profit/(loss) for the period
Profit/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 was $33.6 million and $(4.0) million, respectively. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, the profit margin decreased from 1.5% in 2012 to 0.1% in 2013 as a result of the factors discussed above.
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA increased by $27.0 million, or 13.0%, from $207.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $234.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $27.0 million, or 10.1%, from $268.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $295.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, the increase in EBITDA in 2013 was higher than in 2012, as a result of a decrease in Acquisition and integration related costs from $62.6 million in 2012 to $29.3 million in 2013. The difference between EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is due to the exclusion of items that are not related to our core results of operations. The Company’s adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude Acquisition and integration related costs, restructuring costs, sponsor management fees, asset impairments, site relocation costs, financing fees, and other items which are not related to our core results of operations. See the “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data” section for reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss). Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA increased by 22.9% and 16.9%, respectively. The increase in EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA was principally due to the growth in revenue and cost efficiencies in many of the countries in which we operate.
 
60

Table of Contents
Brazil
EBITDA in Brazil increased by $8.0 million, or 5.6%, from $142.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $150.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA in Brazil increased by $16.0 million, or 11.0%, from $145.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $161.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA increased by 16.5% and 21.4%, respectively. The increase in EBITDA was principally due to the growth in revenue.
Americas
EBITDA in Americas increased by $8.6 million, or 8.1%, from $106.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA in Americas increased by $5.0 million, or 4.4%, from $113.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $118.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA increased by 11.7% and 7.8%, respectively. The increase in EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA was principally due to the growth in revenue and cost efficiencies. Additionally, the growth in EBITDA in 2013 was positively influenced by the decrease in costs related to the Acquisition.
EMEA
EBITDA in EMEA decreased by $21.5 million, or 46.9%, from $45.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted EBITDA in EMEA decreased by $8.6 million, or 24.4%, from $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA decreased by 48.7% and 26.6%, respectively. The decrease in EBITDA is principally due to the positive impact in 2012 of the release of an employee benefit accrual of $11.3 million following the better-than-expected outcome of the negotiation over the collective bargaining agreement in Spain, which did not recur in 2013, as well as a reduced work volume with Telefónica.
 
 B.	Liquidity and Capital Resources	
We fund our ongoing capital and working capital requirements through a combination of cash flows from our operating and financing activities. Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets and industry, we believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from our operating, investing and financing activities, including funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility, will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other funding requirements for the foreseeable future. We have ample liquidity: (i) as at December 31, 2013, the total amount of credit available to us was €50 million ($69 million) under our Revolving Credit Facility, which remains undrawn as at December 31, 2014. In addition, we had cash and cash equivalents (net of any outstanding bank overdrafts) of approximately $213.5 million, of which $13.7 million is located in Argentina and subject to restrictions on our ability to transfer them out of the country; (ii) as at December 31, 2014, the total amount of credit available to us was €50 million ($60.7 million) under our Revolving Credit Facility, which remains undrawn as at December 31, 2014. In addition, we had cash and cash equivalents (net of any outstanding bank overdrafts) and short-term financial investments of approximately $238.3 million as of December 31, 2014, of which $8.0 million (approximately than 3% of the total) is located in Argentina and subject to restrictions on our ability to transfer them out of the country.
However, our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt payments and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenants under our debt agreements, depends on our future operating performance and cash flow, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Any future acquisitions, joint ventures or other similar transactions will likely require additional capital and such capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.
As of December 31, 2014, our outstanding debt amounted to $653.3 million, which includes $300.3 million of our 7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020, $245.9 million equivalent amount of Brazilian Debentures, $36.4 million of CVIs, $9.0 million of finance lease payables, $61.3 million of financing provided by BNDES, and $0.4 million of other bank borrowings.
During the year ended December 31, 2014 we drew down BRL161.5 million (equivalent to $60.8 million) under our credit agreement with BNDES. On May 30, 2014, Midco issued PECs for an aggregate amount of €64.1 million (equivalent to $87.3 million) which proceeds were applied to make a partial prepayment of the Vendor Loan Note. In addition, the MSA with Telefónica was amended and Telefónica agreed to compensate us
 
61

Table of Contents
with a penalty fee amounting to €25.4 million (equivalent to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014). We, in turn, used this amount to partially prepay the Vendor Loan Notes due to Telefónica. We prepaid BRL34.4 million, BRL45.0 million and BRL80.0 million, respectively (equivalent to $15.5 million, $20.4 million and $33.1 million, respectively) of the Brazilian Debentures. Finally, the Company, in connection with the IPO completed the following operations: on October 3, 2014, capitalized the Preferred Equity Certificates for a total amount of €460.1 million (approximately $575.9 million), and on October 7, 2014, repaid the entire outstanding amount under the Vendor Loan Note for a total amount of €23.3 million (approximately $29.5 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2014, our cash flow used for debt service totaled $283.7 million, which included voluntary prepayments of our Brazilian Debentures of BRL34.4 million (equivalent to $15.5 million) on May 12, 2014, BRL45.0 million (equivalent to $20.4 million) on June 26, 2014, and BRL80.0 million (equivalent to $33.1 million) on August 28, 2014, voluntary prepayments of our Vendor Loan Note of €64.1 million (equivalent to $87.3 million) on May 30, 2014, and €23.3 million (equivalent to $29.5 million) on October 7, 2014, and interest payments of $96.5 million. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2014, our net cash flows from operating activities totaled $135.3 million, which includes interest paid of $96.5 million. As such, our net cash flows from operating activities (before giving effect to the payment of interest) amounted to $231.8 million. Cash flow used to service our debt represented 122.4% of our net cash flows from operating activities (before giving effect to the payment of interest). Excluding the voluntary prepayments of our Brazilian Debentures and Vendor Loan Note mentioned above, our cash flow related to interest payment and mandatory debt repayment represented 43.1% of the cash flows from operating activities (before considering the effect of the payment of interest).
Cash Flow
As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents (net of any outstanding bank overdrafts) and short-term financial investments of approximately $238.3 million. We believe that our current cash flow from operating activities and financing arrangements will provide us with sufficient liquidity to meet our working capital needs.

 	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	
($ in millions)	  	As of and for
the period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 	 	As of and for
the period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash provided by/(used in) operating activities	  	 	163.6	  	 	 	(68.3	) 	 	 	95.3	  	 	 	99.6	  	 	 	135.3	  	
Cash used in investing activities	  	 	(118.7	) 	 	 	(846.1	) 	 	 	(964.8	) 	 	 	(123.4	) 	 	 	(149.8	) 	
Cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	  	 	(75.0	) 	 	 	1,109.6	  	 	 	1,034.6	  	 	 	31.2	  	 	 	38.8	  	
Effect of changes in exchanges rates	  	 	(2.2	) 	 	 	5.1	  	 	 	2.9	  	 	 	5.8	  	 	 	(26.4	) 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(32.3	) 	 	 	200.3	  	 	 	168.0	  	 	 	13.2	  	 	 	(2.1	) 	
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Net cash provided by operating activities was $135.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $99.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from an overall improvement in working capital performance and also due to lower taxes paid.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Net cash provided by operating activities was $99.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $95.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities was stable, as growth in the business was offset by higher interest payments in connection with certain debt facilities we entered into in 2012 in connection with the Acquisition of Atento by funds associated with Bain Capital Partners L.L.C.
 
62

Table of Contents
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Net cash used in investing activities was $149.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $123.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 mainly include payments for capital expenditure of $117.9 million, acquisition of subsidiaries of $7.5 million, net payments for financial instruments of $26.6 million, which include of $26.6 million of net short-term financial investments in Brazil. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily driven by the net short-term financial investments in Brazil to protect our cash holdings in U.S. dollars.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Net cash used in investing activities was $123.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $964.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in 2013 was principally attributable to the impact in 2012 of the consideration of $795.4 million paid to Telefónica in relation to the Acquisition.
Cash Provided by/(Used in) Financing Activities
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Net cash provided by financing activities was $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the impact of IPO proceeds received by Atento S.A., partially offset by prepayment to Telefónica of the entire amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note, and the net amortization of debentures and amounts drawdown under the BNDES facility.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Net cash provided by financing activities was $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1,034.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the impact of new debt facilities entered into in 2012 in relation to the Acquisition equaling $1,107.0 million.
Free Cash Flow
Our management uses free cash flow to assess our liquidity and the cash flow generation of our operating subsidiaries. We define free cash flow as net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditures (addition to property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets) for the period. We believe that free cash flow is useful to investors because it adjusts our operating cash flow by the capital that is invested to continue and improve business operations.
Free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool. Free cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS and should not be considered in isolation from, or as an alternative to, cash flow from operating activities or other measures as determined in accordance with IFRS. Additionally, free cash flow does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures as it does not incorporate certain cash payments, including payments made on finance lease obligations or cash payments for business acquisitions. Free cash flow is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

 	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	Non-IFRS
Aggregated	 	 	 	 	
($ in millions)	  	As of and for
the period from
Jan 1 – Nov 30,	 	 	As of and for
the period from
Dec 1 – Dec 31,	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow from operating activities	  	 	163.6	  	 	 	(68.3	) 	 	 	95.3	  	 	 	99.6	  	 	 	135.3	  	
Capital expenditures (1)	  	 	(76.9	) 	 	 	(28.4	) 	 	 	(105.3	) 	 	 	(103.0	) 	 	 	(120.1	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Free cash flow (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	86.7	  		 	(96.7	) 		 	(10.0	) 		 	(3.4	) 		 	15.2	  	

(1)	We define capital expenditures as the sum of additions to property, plant and equipment and the additions to intangible assets during the period presented.	
 
63

Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Free cash flow improved by $18.6 million from negative $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to positive $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The improvement in free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2014 was principally due to the increase in net cash flow from operating activities.
Free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2014 was negatively impacted by cash outflows of $39.4 million related to financing fees and IPO costs, $15.7 million related to restructuring costs, which include Spanish headcount reduction plan cash outlay, $7.8 million related to Acquisition and integration related costs, $7.0 million related to Sponsor management fee, $1.2 million related to site relocation costs, and $1.5 million related to other costs.
Free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013 was (i) negatively impacted by cash outflows of $28.2 million related to Acquisition and integration related costs, $0.7 million related to restructuring costs, $8.9 million related to Sponsor management fee, and $3.9 million related to financing fees, and (ii) positively impacted by $1.1 million related to other costs.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Free cash flow improved by $6.6 million from a loss of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to a loss of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The improvement in free cash flow in 2013 was principally due to the increase in net cash flow from operating activities. Free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013, was negatively impacted by cash outflows of $28.2 million related to Acquisition and integration related costs, $0.7 million related to restructuring costs, $8.9 million related to sponsor management fees and $3.9 million related to financing fees. Free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2012, was negatively impacted by cash outflows of $59.7 million related to Acquisition and integration related costs and $2.2 million related to restructuring costs.
Financing Arrangements

Description	  	Currency	  	Maturity	  	Interest rate	 	 	As of
December 31, 2014
($ in millions)	 	
Senior Secured Notes (1)	  	USD	  	2020	  	 	7.375	% 	 	 	300.3	  	
Brazilian Debentures (2)	  	BRL	  	2019	  	 	CDI+3.7	% 	 	 	245.9	  	
BNDES	  	BRL	  	2020	  	 	7.72	%* 	 	 	61.3	  	
Other bank borrowings	  	MAD	  	2016	  	 	6	% 	 	 	0.4	  	
CVIs (3)	  	ARS	  	2022	  	 	N/A	  	 	 	36.4	  	
Finance lease payables	  	BRL, COP, USD	  	2019	  	 	6.32%-9.89	% 	 	 	9.0	  	
	  		  		  				 	 	 	 	
Total Debt										 	653.3	  	

*	Average cost of debt across tranches.	
(1)	Represents the principal amount of $300 million minus $9.1 million of capitalized transaction costs plus $9.4 million of accrued interest. It does not include the fair value of derivative financial liabilities related to the Senior Secured Notes, which was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2014.	
(2)	Represents the principal amount of BRL915 million minus net capitalized transaction costs of BRL9.3 million, minus early prepayments of BRL 257.4 million, plus accrued interest of BRL5.0 million, which results in an outstanding amount of BRL653.2 million as of December 31, 2014, at an exchange rate of BRL2.6562 to $1.00.	
(3)	Represents the fair value registered amount of ARS666.8 million CVIs at the exchange rate of ARS8.5510 to $1.00.	
7.375% Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 (the “Senior Secured Notes”)
On January 29, 2013, a subsidiary of the company, Atento Luxco, issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes that mature on January 29, 2020. The Senior Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of Atento Luxco and are guaranteed on a senior secured first-priority basis by Atento Luxco and certain of its subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Notes are also guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Atento S.A. and Midco.
 
64

Table of Contents
The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Atento Luxco and certain of its subsidiaries to: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; issue, redeem or repurchase certain debt; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; make loans and investments; sell assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting certain subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if Atento Luxco sells assets or experiences certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase the Senior Secured Notes. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with these covenants. There are no other financial maintenance covenants under the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes.
Revolving Credit Facility
On January 28, 2013, Atento Luxco entered into a Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which provides for borrowings of up to €50 million ($61 million as of December 31, 2014). The Revolving Credit Facility allows for borrowings in Euros, Mexican Pesos and U.S. dollars and includes borrowing capacity for letters of credit and ancillary facilities (including an overdraft, guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility, a short term loan facility, a derivatives facility, and a foreign exchange facility). As at December 31, 2014, the Revolving Credit Facility remains undrawn.
The rate of interest under the Revolving Credit Facility is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of (i) the applicable margin, (ii) EURIBOR or, in relation to any loan in a currency other than Euro, LIBOR or the applicable floating rate for Mexican Pesos and (iii) the mandatory cost (if any). The applicable margin is initially 4.50% per annum and is subject to a step-down based on a secured leverage ratio. In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 40% of the applicable margin per annum in respect of the lenders unutilized commitments. The Revolving Credit Facility matures in July 2019.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains covenants similar to the Senior Secured Notes, which restrict (subject to the same exceptions as those in respect of the covenants relating to the Senior Secured Notes) our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; issue, redeem or repurchase certain debt; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; make loans and investments; sell assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting certain subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with these covenants.
There are no other financial maintenance covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Brazilian Debentures
On November 22, 2012, BC Brazilco Participações, S.A. (now merged into Atento Brasil S.A.) (the “Brazilian Issuer”) entered into an indenture for the issuance of BRL915 million (equivalent to approximately $365 million) of Brazilian Debentures due December 12, 2019. The Brazilian Debentures bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the average daily rate of the One Day “over extra-group”—DI—Interfinancial Deposits (as such rate is disclosed by CETIP S.A. —Mercados Organizados (“CETIP”) in the daily release available on its web page (http://cetip.com.br)), plus a spread of 3.70%.
On March 25, 2013 and June 11, 2013, Atento Brasil, S.A. repaid, in advance of the schedule date, BRL72 million and BRL 26 million, respectively (equivalent to approximately $35.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively).
On May 12, 2014 and June 26, 2014, Atento Brasil, S.A. repaid, in advance of the schedule date, BRL34.4 million and BRL45.0 million, respectively (equivalent to $15.5 million and $20.4 million, respectively), of the Brazilian Debentures.
On August 28, 2014 Atento Brasil S.A, repaid, in advance of the schedule date, BRL80.0 million (equivalent to $33.1 million).
The outstanding balance at amortized cost after the early repayments as of December 31, 2014 was BRL653.2 million ($245.9 million), including accrued interest.
 
65

Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014, the Brazilian Debentures, after 2014 early payments, contain the following amortization schedule over the BRL915 million of Brazilian Debentures due December 12, 2019: December 11, 2016—4.9%; December 11, 2017—18.0%; December 11, 2018—21.0%; and December 11, 2019—28.0%.
Under the terms of the Brazilian Debentures, we and our subsidiaries are required to be in compliance on a consolidated basis with a net leverage covenant which is tested on a quarterly basis subject to certain cure rights.
The Brazilian Issuer must comply with the quarterly net financial debt/EBITDA ratio set out in the contract terms. The contract also sets out additional restrictions, including limitations on dividends, payments and distributions to shareholders and capacity to incur additional debt. We were in compliance with all covenants under the Brazilian Debentures as of December 31, 2014.
Vendor Loan Note
On December 12, 2012, Midco issued the Vendor Loan Note for an aggregate principal amount of €110.0 million (equivalent of approximately $143 million) to an affiliate of Telefónica. The Vendor Loan Note had a scheduled maturity of December 12, 2022. Interest on the Vendor Loan Note accrued at a fixed rate of 5.00% per annum, and was payable annually in arrears. Interest on the Vendor Loan Note was payable in cash, if (i) no default (or similar event) is continuing or would arise under any financing documents of the Company, as defined in the agreement governing the Vendor Loan Note, as a result of such interest payment or any distribution or payment by a subsidiary to Midco to enable Midco to make the interest payment and (ii) the Company is able to lawfully upstream funds to Midco. Any interest that was not payable in cash was capitalized and added to the principal amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note. Interest was payable in cash only to the extent that the borrower has received upstream payments from its subsidiaries in excess of the lesser of (A) the expenses incurred during such interest period in connection with the operation of the Company plus management and advisory fees paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC or (B) €35.0 million (increased by 3% for each subsequent interest period on a compounding basis). Additionally, following the sale of at least 66.66% of the business and assets of the Company, Midco shall be required to use the proceeds of such sale to repay the Vendor Loan Note, subject to items (i) and (ii) above. The Vendor Loan Note did not contain any other financial maintenance covenants.
On May 16, 2014, Midco entered into an amendment letter and certain other related documentation with the VLN Lender which provided for certain amendments to be made to the Vendor Loan Note including, amongst others, changes reducing the principal amount of the Vendor Loan Note by €25.4 million (equivalent to $30.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2014). In addition, a portion of the total principal amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note was also reduced during the period ended December 31, 2014 with the proceeds of the issuance of the PIK Notes due 2020.
In addition, in May 30, 2014 Atalaya Luxco Midco issued €64 million of PECs (equivalent to $87 million) which proceeds were applied to make a partial prepayment of the Vendor Loan Note.
On October 7, 2014, Midco prepaid to Telefónica the entire amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note for a total amount of €23.3 million (approximately $29.5 million). As of December 31, 2014, there is no further outstanding balance.
Contingent Value Instruments
In relation to the Acquisition, two of our indirect subsidiaries, Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l., (formerly BC Luxco 2, S.à.r.l.) and Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l., (formerly BC Luxco 3, S.à.r.l.), which own the Atento Group’s Argentinian subsidiaries, issued the Contingent Value Instruments to Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios, S.A. and Venturini S.A., which are Telefónica subsidiaries. The CVIs together have an aggregate par value of ARS666.8 million (equivalent to approximately $102.3 million). The CVIs are the senior obligations of Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l. only (and not any other members of the Company group) and are subject to mandatory (partial) repayment in the following scenarios: if in any financial year an Argentinian subsidiary has excess cash, being an amount equal to 90% of its cash in such financial year that is available to be lawfully distributed by such Argentinian subsidiary and can be settled without restriction, less: (1) the greater of: (A) a specified cash amount in respect of such Argentinian subsidiary as set out in each CVI; and (B) the amount that such Argentinian subsidiary needs in order to meet its financial obligations; and (2) an amount equal to (i) expenses incurred in distributing such excess cash (e.g. taxes and reasonable third party costs); (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the shares or the assets of the Argentinian subsidiaries to a non-affiliated party; (iii) a sale,
 
66

Table of Contents
directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the shares or the assets of Atento Luxco by Bain Capital to a non-affiliated party; and (iv) a distribution, payment or repayment made by any Argentinian subsidiary to Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l. or Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l., in respect of the securities of such Argentinian subsidiary. The CVI does not contain any other financial maintenance convents. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with the terms of the CVI.
The CVIs do not accrue interest and are recognized at fair value. As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of the CVIs was $36.4 million. See Note 3s “Fair value of derivatives and contingent-value instruments” to the Successor financial statements for additional information. Under the terms of each CVI, Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l. have the right to off-set certain amounts specified in the SPA (in the circumstances specified in the SPA) against the outstanding balance under such CVI.
The obligations of Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l. under each CVI will be extinguished on the earlier of: (i) the date on which the outstanding balance under such CVI is reduced to zero (in respect of repayment of outstanding debt or reduction of the outstanding balance pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CVIs); and (ii) December 12, 2022. During the term of the CVIs, the CVI holders have preferential purchase rights in the event the Argentinian subsidiaries are sold.
The obligations under the CVIs are not guaranteed by any subsidiary other than Atalaya Luxco 2, Atalaya Luxco 3 and its Argentinian subsidiaries.
Preferred Equity Certificates
On December 3, 2012, in connection with the Acquisition, Midco authorized the issuance of three series of Preferred Equity Certificates (the “Original Luxco PECs”), which were subscribed by Topco, totaling $494.2 million as at capitalization date on October 3 ($519.6 million as of December 31, 2013). As part of the insertion of PikCo into our corporate structure (see section “Presentation of financial and other information”), on May 30, 2014, Midco authorized the issuance of, and PikCo subscribed for, a fourth series of Preferred Equity Certificates (together with the Original Luxco PECs, the “Luxco PECs”) which were subscribed by PikCo, totaling $81.7 million as at capitalization date on October 3 . The terms of the Luxco PECs are as follows:
 
 	•	 	Series 1: Midco authorized the issuance of 50,000,000,000 Series 1 PECs with a par value of €0.01 each. These Luxco PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this date in certain scenarios, and accrue interest at an annual rate of 8.0309%, which capitalizes annually if not paid in cash. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Midco has issued 23,580,000,000 Series 1 PECs for an aggregate amount of $325.2 million and $311.1 million, respectively. The resulting interest was capitalized on December 3, 2013 totaling approximately $26.1 million. The interest accrued at December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $2.2 million. The aggregate amount of Series 1 PECs as at capitalization date of October 3, 2014, was $319.2 million. The interest accrued as at capitalization date totaled approximately $21.6 million.	
 
 	•	 	Series 2: Midco authorized the issuance of up to 200,000 Series 2 PECs with a par value of €0.01 each. These Luxco PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this in certain scenarios. The yield is equal to the profit recognized for Luxembourg generally accepted accounting practice in connection with the “Specified Assets” (meaning the investment of the Company in the Luxco 1 Series 2 PECs, as defined), less any loss recognized in connection with the Specified Assets less a proportional amount of any direct expense borne by the Company during the Accrual Period in relation to the Specified Assets and less the losses of the Company in relation to the Specified Assets during the Accrual Period, including any such losses carried forward from previous Accrual Periods, such amount then divided by the number of Series 2 PECs outstanding at that time. As at capitalization date of October 3, 2014, and December 31, 2013, Midco had issued 200,000 Series 2 PECs for an aggregate amount of $3.0 thousand. The interest accrued at capitalization date totaled approximately $3.0 million.	
 
 	•	 	Series 3: Midco authorized the issuance of up to 25,000,000,000 Series 3 PECs with a par value of €0.01 each. These Luxco PECs mature after 60 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this in certain scenarios. The yield is equal to the “Specified Income” (meaning the sum of all income and capital gains derived by the Company from the Eligible Assets (investment by the Company in the shares of Atento Luxco) less losses of the Company carried forward less all other expenses of the Company connected to the investment in the Eligible Assets (as defined in the terms and conditions of the Series 3 PECs) for each accounting period comprised in such “Accrual Period” (as defined in the terms and	
 
67

Table of Contents

 	conditions of the Series 3 PECs) divided by 365 (or if a leap year, 366) and, respectively in the case of each such number so ascertained, multiplied by the number of days of each such accounting period that comprised that Accrual Period, then divided by the number of Series 3 PECs outstanding at that time. As at capitalization date of October 3, 2014 Midco had issued 12,017,800,000 Series 3 PECs for an aggregate amount of $150.4 million ($165.7 million as of December 31, 2013).	
 
 	•	 	Series 4: Midco authorized the issuance of up to 50,000,000,000 Series 4 PECs with a par value of €0.01 each. These Luxco PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this date in certain scenarios, and accrue interest at an annual rate of 5%, which capitalizes annually if not paid in cash. At capitalization date of October 3, 2014, the Company had issued 6,414,652,564 Series 4 PECs for an aggregate amount of €64.2 million, equivalent of $80.3 million. The interest accrued at capitalization date totaled approximately $1.4 million.	
In October 2014, in connection with the completion of Atento S.A.’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), Topco transferred its entire interest in the Company (being €31,000 of share capital) to PikCo, the consideration for which was an allocation to PikCo’s Reserve Account equal to €31,000. PikCo then contributed (the “Contribution”) all of the Luxco PECs to Midco, the consideration for which was an allocation to Midco’s Reserve Account equal to the value of the Luxco PECs immediately prior to the Contribution. The Luxco PECs amounted to €460.1 million or equivalent to $575.9 million as at capitalization date on October 3 . Upon completion of the Contribution, the Luxco PECs were cancelled by Midco. PikCo then transferred the remainder of its interest in Midco (being €12,500 of share capital) to Atento S.A., in consideration for which Atento S.A. issued two new shares of its capital stock to PikCo. The difference between the nominal value of these shares and the value of Midco’s net equity was allocated to Atento S.A.’s share premium account. As a result of such transfer, Midco became a direct subsidiary of Atento S.A. It was also completed a share split whereby the Company issued approximately 2,219.212 for each 1 ordinary share outstanding as of September 3, 2014. The foregoing is collectively referred as the “Reorganization Transaction.”
The Luxco PECs were classified as subordinated debt with respect to our other present and future obligations. The table below provides a summary of Luxco PECs principal balance and their movements in 2013:

($ in millions)
PECs	  	Maturity	 	  	December 31,
2012	 	  	Interest
capitalized	 	  	Translation
differences	 	  	Interest
accrued	 	  	December 31,
2013	 	
Series 1 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	311.1	  	  	 	26.1	  	  	 	14.5	  	  	 	2.2	  	  	 	353.9	  	
Series 2 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Series 3 PECs	  	 	2072	  	  	 	158.6	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7.2	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	165.7	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total						 	469.7	  		 	26.1	  		 	21.6	  		 	2.2	  		 	519.6	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The table below provides a summary of Luxco PECs principal balance and their movements during 2014:

($ in millions)
PECs	  	Maturity	 	  	December 31,
2013	 	  	Issuance	 	  	Interest
capitalized	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Capitalization	 	 	December 31,
2014	 	
Series 1 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	353.9	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	20.7	  	  	 	(33.9	) 	 	 	(340.7	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 2 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	0.0	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3.2	  	  	 	(0.2	) 	 	 	(3.0	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 3 PECs	  	 	2072	  	  	 	165.7	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(15.3	) 	 	 	(150.4	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 4 PECs	  	 	2044	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	87.3	  	  	 	1.5	  	  	 	(7.1	) 	 	 	(81.7	) 	 	 	—  	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total						 	519.6	  		 	87.3	  		 	25.4	  		 	(56.5	) 		 	(575.9	) 		 	—  	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brazil BNDES Credit Facility
On February 3, 2014, Atento Brasil S.A. entered into a credit agreement with Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social—BNDES (“BNDES”) in an aggregate principal amount of BRL300 million (the “BNDES Credit Facility”), equivalent to $124 million. Once the debtor met certain requirements in the signed contract, the loan automatically became available for the debtor. On March 27, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL56.6 million (equivalent to $21.3 million as of December 31, 2014) of the total facility. On April 16, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL23.7 million (equivalent to $8.9 million as of December 31, 2014) of the total facility. On July 16, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL0.6 million (equivalent to $0.2 million as of December 31, 2014) of the facility. On August 13, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL80.6 million (equivalent to $30.3 million as of December 31, 2014) of the facility. As of December 31, 2014, accrued interests amounted to BRL1.6 million (equivalent to $0.6 million).
 
68

Table of Contents
The total amount of the BNDES Credit Facility is divided into five tranches in the following amounts and subject to the following interest rates:

 	  	Amount of Each
Tranche	  	Interest Rate	
Tranche A	  	BRL 182,330,000.00	  	Long Term Interest Rate (Taxa de Juros de Longo Prazo—TJLP) plus 2.5% per annum	
Tranche B	  	BRL 45,583,000.00	  	SELIC Rate plus 2.5% per annum	
Tranche C	  	BRL 64,704,000.00	  	4.0% per year	
Tranche D	  	BRL 5,296,000.00	  	6.0% per year	
Tranche E	  	BRL 2,048,000.00	  	Long Term Interest Rate (Taxa de Juros de Longo Prazo—TJLP)	
The BNDES Credit Facility is to be repaid in 48 monthly installments. The first payment will be due on March 15, 2016 and the last payment will be due on February 15, 2020.
The BNDES Credit Facility contains covenants that restrict Atento Brasil S.A.’s ability to transfer, assign, charge or sell the intellectual property rights related to technology and products developed by Atento Brasil S.A. with the proceeds from the BNDES Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with these covenants. The BNDES Credit Facility does not contain any other financial maintenance covenants.
The BNDES Credit Facility contains customary events of default including the following: (i) reduction of the number of the employees of Atento Brasil S.A. without providing program support for outplacement, such as training, job seeking assistance and obtaining pre-approval of BNDES, (ii) existence of an unfavorable court decision against the Company for the use of children as workforce, slavery or any environmental crimes and (iii) inclusion in the by-laws of Atento Brasil S.A. of any provision that restricts Atento Brasil S.A.’s ability to paying its obligations under the BNDES Credit Facility.
Other Loan Agreements
On June 28, 2011, Atento arranged a loan with Banco Sabadell for an amount of 21.2 million Moroccan Dirhams maturing on June 28, 2016 with an annual rate of interest of 6%. As of December 31, 2014, the principal loan balance was 3.2 million dirhams ($0.4 million).
Finance Leases
The Company holds the following assets under finance leases:

 	  	As of December 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
($ in millions)	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	
Finance leases	  				  				
Plant and machinery	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets	  	 	9.4	  	  	 	7.7	  	
Software	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other intangible assets	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	9.4	  		 	7.7	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The assets acquired under these finance leases are located in Brazil, Colombia and Peru.
The present value of future finance lease payments is as follows:

 	  	As of December 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
($ in millions)	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	
Up to 1 year	  	 	5.3	  	  	 	4.7	  	
Between 1 and 5 years	  	 	6.5	  	  	 	4.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	11.9	  		 	9.0	  	

69

Table of Contents
For a description of our derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. See also “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks—Interest Rate Risk” and “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks—Foreign Currency Risk” for additional information on fair market value of certain of our derivative financial instruments.
Regarding Comment on material commitments for capital expenditures see the Note “Subsequent Events” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 31, 2014 we were in compliance with the terms of all our covenants.
 
 C.	Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.	
We believe the “Atento” trademark is a recognized and trusted brand in the CRM BPO services industry in each of the markets where we operate. We believe we have a strong corporate brand that gives credibility to our products and may offer and facilitate our entrance and growth into future market. This also allows us to attract and retain the best talent, to generate a sense of pride in our staff and to develop a relationship of commitment, confidence and trust with our clients. In December 2012 Atento Spain Holdco S.L.U. purchased all trademarks and domain names relevant for its business. Under the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, the trademarks and copyrights noted are recognized in all countries that are signatories to the convention and no other registration or license is required for its use. As of December 2014, all the countries in which we operate have signed the Berne Convention. We do not have any other material intellectual property such as patents or licenses.
 
 D.	Trend Information	
We believe that the following significant market trends are the most important trends affecting our results of operations, and we believe these will continue to have a material impact on our results of operations in the future.
Continuing Trend for Further Outsourcing for CRM Services
In recent years, companies have increasingly sought to outsource certain non-core business activities, such as customer care services and sales functions, especially in the regions in which we have significant business operations, including Latin America. This trend towards outsourcing non-core business activities has, in our view, principally been driven by rising costs, competitive pressures and increased operational complexity, resulting in the need to outsource these non-core business activities to enable companies to focus on their core competencies. The penetration within individual clients in the market for CRM BPO services has increased significantly in recent years. We believe there are two main drivers of this increase in penetration: first, existing users of CRM BPO are outsourcing more of their CRM operations to specialist third party BPO providers; secondly, new clients are adopting third party solutions for these services as opposed to using in-house solutions, to take advantage of the labor arbitrage, specialist knowledge and cost efficiencies.
Growth in Our Business Directly Linked to Growth in the Businesses of Key Clients
We structure our contracts with our clients such that, while the price of our services is agreed, the volume of CRM BPO services we deliver during a particular period depends upon the performance of our clients’ business. As our current business is significantly exposed to the telecommunications and financial services sectors, our business is particularly dependent upon the continued growth of our clients’ business in those sectors. As a result, if the business of one of our key clients increases, resulting in the generation of more customer activity, our business also increases as that customer activity is outsourced to us. On the other hand, if the business of one of our key clients decreases resulting in a reduction of customer activity, our business also decreases, as less customer activity will be outsourced to us.
Development of CRM BPO Solutions
The industry is experiencing a transition towards outsourcing more complex multi-channel solutions, thus creating an opportunity for CRM BPO providers, including us, to up-sell and cross-sell our services. Our vertical industry expertise in telecommunications, financial services and multi-sector, allows us to develop tailored solutions for our clients, further embedding us into their value chain while delivering impactful business results and increasing the portion of our client’s CRM BPO services we provide. We have proactively diversified and expanded our solutions offering, increasing their sophistication and developing customized solutions such as our
 
70

Table of Contents
smart collections, B2B Efficient sales, Insurance Management, Credit Management and other BPO processes. We expect the share of revenue from CRM BPO solutions to increase going forward.
New Pricing Models for Our CRM BPO Services
We operate in a competitive industry which from time to time exhibits pressure on pricing for CRM BPO services. We believe that we have a strong track record in successful pricing negotiations with our clients by offering flexible pricing models with fixed pricing, variable pricing, and outcome-based pricing if certain performance indicators are achieved, depending on the type of CRM BPO services our clients purchase from us and their business objectives. We also believe that new contracts will increasingly be based on more outcome based pricing and hybrid pricing models as means of making services more transparent and further driving demand for CRM BPO services. In addition, our service contracts with most of our key clients include inflation based adjustments to offset adverse inflationary effects which (depending on the movements in the applicable consumer price indices (“CPIs”) of the countries in which our clients operate) will have the effect of increasing, if the CPI of an applicable jurisdiction increases, or decreasing, if the CPI decreases, the employee benefits expenses which we can pass onto our clients. We believe that our flexible pricing models allow us to maximize our revenue in a price competitive environment while maintaining the high quality of our CRM BPO services.
Potential Customers May be Reluctant to Change Their CRM BPO Service Provider
As companies begin to use the services of CRM BPO services providers more extensively as their businesses grow, they become more reliant on the CRM BPO services provider because the companies often expand the range and scope of the CRM BPO services which they use. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 69% of our revenue from client groups other than the Telefónica Group came from clients that had relationships with us for ten or more years. Furthermore, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our retention rates (calculated based on prior year revenue of clients retained in current year, as a percentage of total prior year revenues) were 98.5%, 99.3% and 98.9%, respectively. We believe it is difficult for clients to switch a large number of workstations to competitors principally because of the following factors: (i) the extensive training required for the service provider’s employees; (ii) the level of process integration with the provider which can be time consuming and costly; and (iii) the potential disruption caused to the client’s users by introducing a new end-service provider. As a result, absent a compelling reason to change CRM BPO service provider, such as significant differences in quality or price, companies generally tend to stay with their CRM BPO services provider, making it difficult for another CRM BPO services provider to acquire the client’s work.
 
 E.	Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements	
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and guarantees.
The following table shows the increase in the number of the customer performance guarantees we have provided to third parties for the indicated periods, in connection with agreements under which we provide our services and as part of our ordinary course of business. The change in guarantees breakdown for December 2014 was principally due to guarantees granted in connection with BNDES financing, and the cancelation of a specific guarantee in Colombia in process of being renewed after client awarding. Of these guarantees, as of December 2014 the majority relate to commercial purposes, financial and rental activities, the bulk of the remaining guarantees relates to tax and labor-related procedures.
The Company’s directors consider that no contingencies will arise from these guarantees in addition to those already recognized.
There has not been any material instance of a guarantee, outside of the ordinary course of the business, being drawn upon for the periods indicated, nor does management anticipate any liability as a result of a draw upon a guarantee in the future.

 	  	As of December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Guarantees	  				  				  				
Financial, labor-related, tax and rental transactions	  	 	94.8	  	  	 	97.4	  	  	 	158.5	  	
Contractual obligations	  	 	55.9	  	  	 	135.8	  	  	 	76.5	  	
Other	  	 	0.1	  	  	 	0.2	  	  	 	0.0	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	150.8	  		 	233.4	  		 	235.0	  	

71

Table of Contents

 F.	Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations	
The following table presents our expected future cash outflows resulting from debt obligations, finance lease obligations, operating lease obligations and other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2014.

 	  	As of December 31, 2014	 	
 	  	Payments due by period	 	
 	  	Total	 	  	Less than
1 year	 	  	1-3 years	 	  	3-5 years	 	  	More than
5 years	 	
Debt Obligations	  	 	644.3	  	  	 	12.0	  	  	 	105.7	  	  	 	196.8	  	  	 	329.8	  	
Finance Lease Obligations	  	 	9.0	  	  	 	4.7	  	  	 	3.4	  	  	 	0.9	  	  	 	—  	  	
Operating Lease Obligations	  	 	292.3	  	  	 	73.7	  	  	 	116.3	  	  	 	65.3	  	  	 	37.0	  	
Purchase Obligations	  	 	256.1	  	  	 	255.5	  	  	 	0.6	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Obligations (1)		 	1,201.7	  		 	346.0	  		 	226.0	  		 	263.0	  		 	366.8	  	

(1)	We also have other non-current liabilities totaling $97.3 million.	
Debt obligations are comprised of debentures and bonds, interest bearing loans and borrowings and CVIs (based on the fair value as of December 31, 2014; see Note 16 to the Atento’s consolidated financial statements). The debentures and bonds balance consist of the Senior Secured Notes and the Brazilian debentures, and borrowings comprising mainly Brazil Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Economico e Social (BNDES) Credit Facility outstanding balance as of December 31, 2014.
We enter into finance lease arrangements related to furniture, tools and other tangible assets; during 2014 we enter in a new financial leasing arrangement in Colombia. Our assets acquired under finance leases are located in Brazil, Colombia and Peru.
The operating leases where we act as leasee are mainly on premises used as call centers. These leases have various termination dates, with the latest in 2024. There were no contingent payments on operating leases recognized in the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2014. Further, at December 31, 2014, the payment commitment for the early cancellation of these leases amounts to $141.8 million.
Purchase obligations include trade and other payables mainly related to suppliers and advances provided to personnel.
 
 G.	Safe harbor	
See the disclaimer with respect to Forward-Looking Statements.
 ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
 A.	Directors and Senior Management	
Below is a list of the names and ages (as of December 31, 2014) of Atento’s directors and executive officers and a brief account of the business experience of each of them.

Name	  	Age	  	Position	
Alejandro Reynal Ample	  	41	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
Mauricio Teles Montilha	  	51	  	Chief Financial Officer	
Mª Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez Sedano	  	49	  	Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director	
José Ignacio Cebollero Bueno	  	44	  	Human Resources Director	
Michael Flodin	  	51	  	Operations Director	
Mariano Castaños Zemborain	  	43	  	Commercial Director	
Nelson Armbrust	  	50	  	Brazil Regional Director	
Miguel Matey Marañón	  	43	  	North America Regional Director	
Juan Enrique Gamé	  	54	  	South America Regional Director	
José María Pérez Melber	  	43	  	EMEA Regional Director	
Bruce Dawson	  	51	  	US Nearshore Regional Director	
 
72

Table of Contents

Name	  	Age	  	Position	
Francisco Tosta Valim Filho	  	51	  	Director	
Melissa Bethell	  	40	  	Director	
Aurelien Vasseur	  	38	  	Director	
Thomas Iannotti	  	58	  	Director	
Luis Javier Castro	  	48	  	Director	
Stuart Gent	  	43	  	Director	
Devin O’Reilly	  	40	  	Director	
Our Executive Officers
Alejandro Reynal Ample, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Reynal has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2011. Mr. Reynal has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Prior to this appointment, he worked at Telefónica’s Headquarters as Corporate Strategy Director for the Telefónica Group and from 2008 until 2011 he served as our EMEA Regional Director. Since he joined Telefónica Group in 2000, Mr. Reynal held various executive positions within Atento. Before his time at Telefónica, he was a Director at The Coca-Cola Company and Business Development Manager for the International Division of The Gap, Inc. He holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a Bachelor and Master of Engineering degrees from the Georgia Institute of Technology. We believe Mr. Reynal is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the CRM BPO and telecommunications industries, corporate strategic development, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from his service on the boards of various other companies.
Mauricio Teles Montilha, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Montilha has served as our Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Group’s Management Committee since September 2013. Prior to joining Atento, he served as the Chief Financial Officer for the satellite television company, a subsidiary of DirecTV, SKY Brazil from April 2009. Prior to joining SKY Brazil, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Brazilian subsidiary of the pharmaceutical company Astra Zeneca, a multinational company with operations in 45 countries. Mr. Montilha also served in leadership positions with various companies, including as Vice President of Financial Planning at Wal-Mart International and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Philips Latin America. Furthermore, he has held important management positions at companies including Pillsbury, Elma Chips (Pepsico Brazil), Unilever Brazil and Arthur Andersen. Mr. Montilha has a degree in accounting from Faculdade Paranaense-FACCAR and an MBA from the Armando Alvares Penteado Foundation (FAAP).
Mª Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez Sedano, Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director. Ms. Cerezo has served as our Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director since January 2008, as well as serving as the Secretary of our Board of Directors. From 2008 to 2011, Ms. Cerezo served as a member of our Board of Directors. From 2002 to 2007, Ms. Cerezo served as our General Secretary. From 1991 to 2002, Ms. Cerezo worked at Banco Santander Central Hispano. From 1999 to 2002, she was Secretary of the Board of Directors of Sistemas 4B, S.A. Ms. Cerezo has a law degree from the University of Córdoba and holds a General Management degree from IESE.
José Ignacio Cebollero Bueno, Human Resources Director. Mr. Cebollero has served as our Human Resources Director since November 2011. Prior to assuming his current post, from July 2011 to November 2011 served as our Director of Organization and Development, joining Atento as People Director, initially in Spain and then going on to head the People Area for the EMEA Region. Prior to joining Atento, Mr. Cebollero’s experience encompassed posts such as Head of Human Resources at Sedesa Construcciones and later at Construcciones CMS, Head of Human Resources for Iberia at Ahold, and Director of Human Resources at Leroy Merlín Spain. He holds a degree in Politics and Sociology from Madrid’s Universidad Complutense, a master degree in HR Management from the University of California and attended the Management Development Program at IESE.
Michael Flodin, Operations Director. Mr. Flodin has served as our Operations Director since April 2014. Mr. Flodin is a senior executive with more than 25 years of experience, having spent the 16 years prior to joining Atento as partner at Accenture’s Customer Relationship Management Practice. He has a patent pending for a Business-to-Business Customer Experience Framework and Implementation Plan, has been published in CRM Magazine, and has been keynote speaker at several major CRM conferences in North America and Brazil. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in psychology and a philosophy from Flagler College.
 
73

Table of Contents
Mariano Castaños Zemborain, Commercial Director. Mr. Castaños has served as our Commercial Director since December 2013. Mr. Castaños began his professional career in Argentina in legal services. Prior to joining the Management Committee as EMEA Regional Director in September 2012, he was Country Director for Atento Spain (including three operations in Morocco, Peru and Colombia). Mr. Castaños joined Atento Argentina in 2004, initially as Sales Manager, going on to the position of Marketing and Sales Director. In 2008 he was promoted to Telefónica Account Director for Atento Spain. In 2000, he joined the Clarín Group as Business Development Manager and then became Americas Strategic Alliance Manager. Mr. Castaños holds a law degree from Universidad Católica Argentina, a master degree in Company Law from Ucema and a PDD (Management Development Programme) from IESE, Spain.
Nelson Armbrust, Brazil Regional Director. Mr. Armbrust has served as our Brazil Regional Director since May 2010. Mr. Armbrust joined Atento in 1999. From 2000 until 2009, Mr. Armbrust served in various executive posts encompassing Argentina and Uruguay, USA and Central America. In 2009, he returned to Brazil as Multisector Executive Director. Mr. Armbrust began his career in 1987 at Siemens Brazil. Mr. Armbrust holds a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Universidad Católica de Rio de Janeiro and a master degree in business administration from the University of São Paulo.
Miguel Matey Marañón, North America Regional Director. Mr. Matey has served as our North America Regional Director since September 2012 and previously served as Mexico Country Director since January 2012. Prior to this, in 2011, he served as Regional Director for Morocco, France and the Czech Republic. Mr. Matey joined Atento Spain in 2000 and in 2003 he went on to Atento’s Mexican and Central American operations as business manager. From 2004 to 2006, he headed the Business Unit in Central America and the Telefónica Business Unit in Mexico. From 2007 to 2010 he served as Business Director at Atento Spain. Mr. Matey holds a degree in Business and Economics from Madrid’s Universidad Complutense and a master degree in business administration from the IE Business School.
Juan Enrique Gamé, South America Regional Director. Mr. Gamé has served as our South America Regional Director since November 2011. He began working at Atento in 2002 as Multisector Business Director. From 2004 to 2008 Mr. Gamé was General Manager of Atento Peru and in 2010 he became Regional Manager of Atento Chile. Mr. Gamé holds a degree in Civil Industrial Engineering from the Universidad Católica de Valparaíso and an MBA and Diploma in Distribution and Logistics Management from Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez.
José María Pérez Melber, EMEA Regional Director. Mr. Melber has served as our EMEA Regional Director since March 2014. He has worked in the industry for over ten years. Prior to joining Atento, Mr. Pérez Melber served as Operations Director at Orange Spain, with direct responsibility over customer care, loyalty, retention, billing and credit management from July 2011 until February 2014. Before that, Mr. Pérez Melber worked at Transcom in 2004 as Global Manager of Tele2. In 2006, he was appointed General Director of Transcom Iberia & Latam and to the company’s Executive Committee, a position he held until 2009 when he was named General Director for Southern Europe, Latam and North Africa. Prior to his arrival at Transcom, Mr. Pérez Melber worked in marketing and customer relations within the insurance sector. Mr. Pérez Melber holds a degree in Business Administration and Insurance Sciences from Universidad Pontificia de Salamanca.
Bruce Dawson, US Nearshore Regional Director . Mr. Dawson has served as our US Nearshore Regional Director since April 2014. Mr. Dawson is a senior executive—Global BPO & Captive Operations professional with 22 years of experience leading companies with global footprints (onshore, offshore, nearshore, North America, Latin America, Europe, Asia-Pacific). Prior to joining us, Mr. Dawson served at Sitel from October 2012 to March 2014 and Stream from October 2008 to August 2012. Mr. Dawson has held management positions at various companies in the BPO industry bringing as well experience from the software and telecommunications sector. He holds a BA in Psychology from Denison University.
Our Directors
We believe that our board of directors is, and we intend that it continue to be, composed of individuals with sophistication and experience in many substantive areas that impact our business. We believe that all of our current board members possess the professional and personal qualifications necessary for board service, and have highlighted the specific experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the conclusion that each board member should serve as a director in the individual biographies below (information with respect to Mr. Reynal, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, is set forth above).
 
74

Table of Contents
Francisco Tosta Valim Filho, Director . Mr. Valim has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2014. Mr. Valim served as Chief Executive Officer of Via Varejo from August 2013 until April 2014 and of Oi S.A. from August 2011 until January 2013. From January 2008 to July 2011, Mr. Valim was the Chief Executive Officer of Experian for Latin America, Europe and the Middle East. Prior to working at Experian, he served as Chief Executive Officer of NET Serviços de Comunicação S.A. from February 2003 to January 2008, Chief Financial Officer of Oi from January 2002 to February 2003; and Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer of RBS Participações S.A. from September 1989 to December 2001. Mr. Valim holds an MBA from the Marshall School of Business—University of Southern California and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Administration from Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul (UFRGS) with advanced studies degrees in Finance from Fundação Getulio Vargas and Planning and Organization from UFRGS. We believe Mr. Valim’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the telecommunications industry, strategic development, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
Melissa Bethell, Director . Ms. Bethell has served as a member of Topco’s board of directors since the consummation of the Acquisition in December 2012 and a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Ms. Bethell is a Managing Director of Bain Capital, which she joined in 1999 and relocated from Boston to London in 2000 as a member of Bain Capital’s European investment team. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Ms. Bethell worked in the Capital Markets group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., with a focus on media and technology fundraising. She received her master in business administration with distinction from Harvard Business School and a bachelor of arts degree with honors in Economics and Political Science from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Bethell’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include her extensive experience in the telecom, media and technology industries, strategic development, financial reporting and her knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
Aurelien Vasseur , Director . Mr. Vasseur has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Mr. Vasseur joined Bain Capital Luxembourg S.à.r.l. in June 2011 and is a corporate manager of the firm. Before joining Bain Capital, Mr. Vasseur was a finance auditor at Ernst & Young, Luxembourg from 2004 until May 2011. Mr. Vasseur received a master degree in management from the Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales (EDHEC Business School). We believe Mr. Vasseur’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the business and financial services industry, knowledge of our business, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
Thomas Iannotti, Director. Mr. Iannotti has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2014. Mr. Iannotti has extensive international experience, including direct leadership of HP’s services business in Latin America. Prior to his retirement in 2011, Mr. Iannotti served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of HP Enterprise Services which provides applications, business process and infrastructure technology outsourcing services, consulting and support to business and government clients around the world. During his last two roles at HP, he was directly responsible for, and had significant exposure to, Latin America, focused on Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Columbia and Costa Rica. Earlier in his career, Mr. Iannotti served as the Vice President and General Manager of Customer Service for the EMEA region at Compaq Computers. Mr. Iannotti holds a BA from Rhode Island College. He also pursued a management development program from Harvard Business School in 1993. We believe Mr. Ianotti´s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the information technology industry and his deep knowledge of Latin America´s environment.
Luis Javier Castro, Director. Mr. Castro has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. He began his career as an associate at Bain & Company, working on strategic cases for several of the largest companies in Central America. In 1996, he was one of the founding partners of Central America’s first private equity fund, Mesoamerica Fund I, L.P. From 1998 to 2003, he was the CEO for Mesoamerica Telecom Ltd., organizing and supervising this fund—the largest private equity fund at the time in Central America. In 1998, along with three other partners, he founded Mesoamerica Investments where he continues to serve as a Managing Partner. Mr. Castro is a director of several companies, including Café OMA, Presto, Globeleq Mesoamerica Energy, among others. Mr. Castro is a member of the G-50, a select group of business leaders of the Americas, a member of the United Way Latin American Regional Committee, a member of the Central America Leadership Initiative’s board and an Aspen Institute fellow. He received an MBA from Georgetown University and a degree in science and agricultural economics from Texas A&M University. We believe Mr. Castro’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the business and financial services industry, strategic development, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
 
75

Table of Contents
Stuart Gent, Director. Mr. Gent has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Gent joined Bain Capital in 2007 and is a Managing Director in the London office. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Gent was a Managing Director of Avis UK and a member of the Avis Europe Executive Board. Previously, Mr. Gent was a Partner at Bain & Company where he worked in a variety of industries. Mr. Gent received a BSc from Bristol University in England. Mr. Gent is currently on the Board of Directors of WorldPay, Brakes Bros and EWOS. We believe Mr. Gent’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the business and financial services industry, strategic development, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
Devin O’Reilly, Director. Mr. O’Reilly has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. O’Reilly joined Bain Capital in 2005 and is a Managing Director in the London office. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. O’Reilly was a consultant at Bain & Company where he consulted for private equity and healthcare industry clients. Previously, he spent several years in the software industry in corporate development and general management roles. Mr. O’Reilly received an MBA from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, and graduated with a BA from Princeton University. Mr. O’Reilly is currently on the Board of Directors of Bio Products Laboratory, Intermedica and Brakes Bros. We believe Mr. O’Reilly’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the business and financial services industry, strategic development, financial reporting and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various other companies.
We have no knowledge of any arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or any other person pursuant to which any person was selected as a director or executive officer.
 
 B.	Compensation	
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Effective as of October 2014, Atento adopted the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Incentive Plan” or “the Plan”). Such incentive plan provides grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of Atento and its subsidiaries, are eligible for grants under the Plan.
On December 3, 2014 Atento granted the following:
 
 	•	 	A Time Restricted Stock Unit Award (“TRSU”) and;	
 
 	•	 	A Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award (“PRSU”).	
Atento’s Time Restricted Stock Unit Award (“TRSU”) is a one-time award with a two year vesting period intended to recognize the executive’s contribution in the value creation since the separation from Telefonica.
In addition, Atento has a Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award with a three years vesting period. This vesting is subject to the Company’s performance based on adjusted EBITDA growth and Total Shareholder Return. Atento’s Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award seeks to retain, attract and engage key executives aligning them with shareholders through the provision of equity and setting of strategically aligned performance measures.
In 2014, Atento distributed 1,187,323 Restricted Shared Units among their Board Directors, Chief Executive and other Executive Officers considering both awards.
Compensation of Atento’s Board Directors, Chief Executive and Other Executive Officers
Atento has established a Compensation Committee that is responsible for the administration of the compensation policies, plans and programs in alignment with the Company’s compensation strategy.
This committee is also responsible for reviewing and approving: the compensation package for Atento’s Board Directors, Chief Executive and Other Executive Officers; any employment agreements and other similar arrangements between Atento and the executive officers; and the administration of stock option plans and other incentive compensation plans.
 
76

Table of Contents
Atento’s Compensation Committee consists of Melissa Bethell, Alejandro Reynal and Stuart Gent. Our board of directors adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com .
The approximate aggregated annual total cash received by all non-executive Board Director and Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $5.1 million.
 
 C.	Board practices	
Board of Directors Composition
Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.
Our board of directors consists of eight members and it is composed by Thomas Iannotti and Luis Javier de Castro as class I directors; Stuart Gent, Alejandro Reynal and Aurélien Vasseur as class II directors and Francisco Tosta Valim Filho, Devin O´Reilly and Melissa Bethell as class III directors.
Unless revoked in accordance with the Articles of Association, the term of office of the class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders occurring after the date of publication of the general meeting of shareholders taken on September 29, 2014 (the “Filing Date”); the term of office of the class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders occurring after the Filing Date; and the term of office of the class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders occurring after the Filing Date.
Controlled Company and Foreign Private Issuer
Bain Capital controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the New York Stock Exchange standards free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:
 
 	•	 	that a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;	
 
 	•	 	that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;	
 
 	•	 	that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and	
 
 	•	 	for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committees and compensation committee.	
These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee requiring it to be comprised exclusively of independent directors, and we comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frames. These rules require that our Audit Committee be composed of at least three members.
In addition to the controlled company exemptions, as a foreign private issuer, under the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange, foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of the corporate governance practices of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, we follow certain corporate governance practices of our home country, Luxembourg in lieu of certain of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Specifically, we do not have a board of directors composed of a majority of independent directors or a Compensation Committee or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee composed entirely of independent directors.
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In
 
77

Table of Contents
addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.
Board Committees
Our board of directors established an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees is as set forth below. In the future, our board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.
Audit Committee . The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) overseeing our legal compliance process; (8) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (9) reviewing and approving related party transactions.
Our Audit Committee consists of Francisco Tosta Valim Filho, Devin O’Reilly, Thomas Ianotti and Melissa Bethell. Our board of directors has determined that Francisco Tosta Valim Filho qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors adopted a new written charter for the Audit Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com.
Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key associate compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) the administration of stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.
Our Compensation Committee consists of Alejandro Reynal, Melissa Bethell and Stuart Gent. Our board of directors adopted a new written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No interlocking relationships exist between the members of our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.
Code of Ethic
We have adopted a Code of Ethic (the “Code”) applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and accounting officers, and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com. We will provide any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of our Code. Such requests should be made in writing to the attention of our Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director at the following address: C/Santiago de Compostela, n. 94-9 Floor, 28035, Madrid, Spain.
 
78

Table of Contents

 D.	Employees	
For the year ended December 31, 2014, our average and period end numbers of employees, excluding internships, was 154,176 and 159,681, respectively. The following table sets forth the average number of employees, excluding internships, we had on a geographical basis for 2012, 2013 (excluding Venezuela) and 2014 (excluding Czech Republic and Peru branch for EMEA).

 	  	Yearly Average	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Brazil	  	 	82,973	  	  	 	86,413	  	  	 	82,702	  	
Americas	  	 	49,870	  	  	 	53,037	  	  	 	57,232	  	
EMEA	  	 	17,316	  	  	 	16,307	  	  	 	14,161	  	
Corporate	  	 	89	  	  	 	75	  	  	 	81	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	150,248	  		 	155,832	  		 	154,176	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
For the year ended December 31, 2012, an average of 69.0% of our staff had permanent employment contracts as compared to an average of 74.9% as at December 31, 2013 and 74.7% as at December 31, 2014.
We believe that our people are key enablers to our business model and a strategic pillar to our competitive advantage. We focus on reinforcing a culture that emphasizes teamwork, improvement of our processes and, most importantly, total dedication to the client. We believe that our distinctive culture is incorporated within all relationships and processes of our organization and fits within our values and goals.
Our culture is sustained by four core values (i) commitment, (ii) trust, (iii) passion and (iv) integrity. We aim to deliver growth by inspiring our people and believe that our values help us deliver on our mission to “ make companies successful by guaranteeing the best customer experience for their clients. ” The critical success factor is to ensure that our entire leadership is aligned with the drivers of our culture that best fit into our business strategy and vision. To that end, we have developed key guiding principles that reinforce and exemplify our core values:
 
 	•	 	we work as a team, understanding our clients’ needs locally but leveraging our global capabilities and scale;	
 
 	•	 	we encourage the spirit of entrepreneurship and innovation;	
 
 	•	 	we strive to be efficient, agile and streamlined to create value for our clients;	
 
 	•	 	we put passion into everything we do, motivated by the desire to be better, with the ambition to achieve our goals;	
 
 	•	 	we are disciplined financially and operationally; and	
 
 	•	 	we are proud to build a great place to work.	
As a result of that, we were named in 2014 one of the top 25 multinational companies globally to work for by Great Place to Work Institute, putting us alongside companies. Furthermore, we have received the most country-level Great Place to Work prizes in the CRM BPO industry. Because our solutions are delivered through over 154,000 of our employees, we believe that our high levels of demonstrated employee satisfaction enable us to deliver a differentiated customer experience compared to our competitors and clients in-house.
Incentive Model
Atento has established an incentive model in alignment with the Company’s strategy using as the key drivers (i) the creation of shareholder value, (ii) increased growth in our business (especially with new clients), (iii) business profitability.
To pursue the delivery of our strategic goals, we periodically evaluate the contribution and development of our employees. The evaluation of our employees is performed in our annual management review, which impacts many performance management processes, including compensation reviews, training and development initiatives and mobility moves. The management review process is based on reviewing an employee’s performance, competencies and potential assessment (i.e., director, managers and leaders).
 
79

Table of Contents
Our compensation model is principally driven by our vision and mission, organizational culture, external and internal environment, business strategy and our organizational model. These considerations are translated into a “Total Compensation Model,” under which we consider compensation, benefits, work/life balance, performance and recognition, development and career opportunities to attract, retain, engage and motivate our current and future employees. The main pillars of the model, particularly in relation to structure personnel, are job grading methodology, base salary, bonus scheme, long-term incentives, international mobility and other benefits.
Employee Training and Motivation
We focus on attracting and retaining talents. Our methodology consists in a global selection process with common phases for each profile and a consistent methodology, as well as integrated selection tools and systems with well-defined criteria in identifying desired employee profiles. This integrated approach allows us to create a consistent selection process across geographies, promoting adherence of new employees to our core values, with the ultimate goal of improving business performance.
We also developed over time motivational initiatives (Rally program) designed for the operational staff to improve results and strengthen the sense of belonging. This initiative was originally set up as an instrument for generating points of contact and relations between staff and our brand and values. The program includes a series of quarterly events involving cultural, recreational, sports and social activities that are open to all employees.
Employee Satisfaction
The level of employee satisfaction within the work environment is important to us. We participate in the “Great Place to Work” survey, held locally by the Great Place to Work Institute. The survey measures perceptions of employees about the work environment and allows for comparison against other participating companies at certain local and regional levels. In 2013, we were recognized as one of the top 25 companies to work for according to Great Place to Work Institute’s ranking of the World’s Best Multinational Workplaces, putting it alongside companies. Additionally, we have won numerous Great Place to Work recognitions regionally, in both South and Central America, and in the countries where we operate. In 2013, we were listed among the “Great Place to Work” companies in eleven of the fifteen countries where we operate (Brazil, Argentina, Colombia, Chile, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Peru, Puerto Rico, Spain and Uruguay). Notably, we also received the #1 Great Place to Work in Colombia for two consecutive years.
Labor/Collective Negotiation
We closely monitor the management of labor relations and it is an important element for the success of our business and results of operations.
As of December 31, 2014, we had in place collective bargaining agreements in seven countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Peru and Spain, which govern our relationships with most of the employees in those countries. As of December 31, 2014, 83.0% of our employees were under collective bargaining agreements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we experience challenges with respect to labor relations, our overall operating costs and profitability could be adversely affected and our reputation could be harmed”. Our collective bargaining agreements are generally renegotiated every one to three years with the principal labor unions in the countries where we have such agreements. In general, the collective bargaining agreements include terms that regulate remuneration, minimum salary, salary complements, extra time, benefits, bonuses and partial disability.
In Brazil, our most important collective bargaining agreement is in São Paulo, and it is re-negotiated every year. In January 2015 we agreed for all employees based in São Paulo and Rio de Janeiro a salary increase of 8.8% increase for those with minimum wage and, a 6.23% increase for all other salaried employee. We are currently negotiating salary increases in the other cities.
In Mexico, our most significant collective bargaining agreement, in terms of number of employees, is in Mexico DF and it is re-negotiated every year. In 2014, a 4% salary increase was agreed for all employees under the collective bargaining agreement, compared to a 3.8% increase in the consumer price index in 2013.
 
80

Table of Contents
In Spain, there is a collective bargaining agreement for all of the contact center companies in the country, which is negotiated through the “Asociación de Contact Center Española,” a committee comprised of representatives from five of the six largest contact center companies in Spain, of which we are one. The current collective bargaining agreement is automatically renew unless a union opposes it, requesting a change in any of the current terms.
Pension obligations
The Atento Group has arranged defined contribution pension plans for employees in Mexico and Brazil. Under defined contribution plans, the Atento Group makes a set of contributions to a pension fund and bears no legal or implicit obligation to make additional contributions if the fund fails to hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits corresponding to the services rendered in the present year and in prior years.
As part of its defined contribution plans, the Atento Group makes contributions to pension insurance plans managed publically or privately, on an obligatory, contractual or voluntary basis. Once the contributions have been made, the Atento Group has no additional payment obligations. The contributions are recognized as employee benefits when accrued. Benefits paid in advance are recognized as an asset insofar as they entail a cash reimbursement or a reduction in future payments.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are paid to employees when the Atento Group decides to terminate their employment contracts prior to the usual retirement age or when the employee agrees to voluntarily resign in exchange for these benefits. The Atento Group recognizes these benefits as an expense for the year, at the earliest of the following dates: (a) when the Atento Group is no longer able to withdraw the offer for these benefits; or (b) when the Atento Group company recognizes the costs of a restructuring effort as per IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and when this restructuring entails the payment of termination benefits. When benefits are offered in order to encourage the voluntary resignation of employees, termination benefits are measured on the basis of the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits to be paid in more than twelve months from the reporting date are discounted to their present value.
 
 E.	Share Ownership	
In July 2013, the Shareholders of Atento Group implemented a Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP”) pursuant to which certain of the Group’s senior management are granted the opportunity to invest in the Group. The eligibility of managers to participate is determined by the remuneration committee of the company.
Managers who participate in the MIP are required to subscribe for various classes of shares in a Luxembourg special purpose vehicle that is indirectly invested in Atalaya Luxco Topco S.C.A (“Topco”), the ultimate parent company of the Group. The shares held by each MIP participant fall into two categories: ‘co-investment shares’ and ‘performance shares’. The co-investment shares effectively allow managers to participate in dividends and other distributions on a pro rata and pari passu basis with Topco’s other shareholders. The performance shares only participate in dividends and other distributions if Topco’s majority shareholder achieves certain specified returns on its investment in Topco, with the performance shares being entitled to receive a progressively larger share of all dividends and other distributions (up to a pre-determined maximum percentage) as the total proceeds received by Topco’s majority shareholder reach certain pre-agreed hurdles.
MIP participants are only entitled to hold shares for so long as they are employed by a member of the Group. In the event that a MIP participant’s employment is terminated, his/her shares can be bought back at a pre-specified price that is linked to the circumstances surrounding the termination of the relevant manager’s employment and the length of time that such manager has held his/her shares.
On July 18, 2013, Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U., an indirect subsidiary, entered into a revolving facility agreement with Atalaya Management Luxco Investment pursuant to which Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. provided a Euro revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to €3.0 million ($4.1 million) to Atalaya Management Luxco Investment for the purpose of acquiring an immaterial ownership interest in a related party. The management loan was capitalized in full in April 2014.
 
81

Table of Contents
 ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
 A.	Major Shareholders	
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following tables is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is based on ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is C/Santiago de Compostela, 94, 9 floor, 28035, Madrid, Spain.
As of December 31, 2014, Atento had 73,619,511 ordinary shares. The table below presents certain information of December 31, 2014, regarding (i) any person known to us as the owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and (ii) the total amount of ordinary shares owned by the members of our Board of Directors and Executive Officers:

 	  	Shares Beneficially Owned	 	
Name	  	Number of
Shares	 	  	Percentage	 	
Principal Shareholder:	  				  				
Atalaya PikCo S.C.A. (1) .	  	 	62,660,015	  	  	 	85.1	% 	
Executive Officers and Directors:	  				  				
Alejandro Reynal (9)	  	 	21,000	  	  	 	0.03	% 	
Mauricio Montilha (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Reyes Cerezo (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Iñaki Cebollero (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Michael Flodin (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Mariano Castaños (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Nelson Armbrust (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Miguel Matey (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Juan Enrique Gamé (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
José María Pérez Melber (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Bruce Dawson (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Francisco Tosta Valim Filho (2)(9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Melissa Bethell (3)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Aurelien Vasseur (4)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Thomas Iannotti (5)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Luis Javier Castro (6)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Stuart Gent (7)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Devin O’Reilly (8)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
All executive officers and directors as a group (19 persons) (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	

(1)	The address for Atalaya PikCo S.C.A. is Da Vinci building, 4 rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.	
(2)	The address for Mr. Valim is avenue Giovanni Gronchi 4864, São Paulo SP, 05724-002.	
(3)	The address for Ms. Bethell is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J 8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(4)	The address for Mr. Vasseur is Da Vinci building, 4 rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.	
(5)	The address for Mr. Iannotti is 75 Prospect Farm Road, Portsmouth, Rhode Island, 02871.	
(6)	The address for Mr. Castro is c/o Mesoamerica, Plaza Tempo, Lobby B, piso 4, San José, Costa Rica.	
(7)	The address for Mr. Gent is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J 8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(8)	The address for Mr. O’Reilly is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J 8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(9)	Separately, Atalaya Management Gibco holds 959,496 shares, or 1.3% of our total shares outstanding. Certain members of our management have an indirect equity interest in these shares, including (percentages are of the outstanding shares of the Company held by Atalaya Management Gibco): Alejandro Reynal	
 
82

Table of Contents

 	(25%), Mauricio Montilha (7%), Reyes Cerezo (6%), Iñaki Cebollero (6%), Michael Flodin (4%), Mariano Castaños (7%), Nelson Armbrust (11%), Miguel Matey (6%), Juan Enrique Gamé (5%), José María Pérez Melber (4%), Bruce Dawson (3%), and Francisco Tosta Valim Vilho (7%).	
Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is C/Santiago de Compostela, 94, 9 floor, 28035, Madrid, Spain.
The following table sets forth information as of March 12, 2015 regarding the beneficial ownership of Topco ordinary shares by:
 
 	•	 	each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of Topco’s outstanding ordinary shares;	
 
 	•	 	each of our executive officer and directors; and	
 
 	•	 	all of our executive officers and directors as a group.	
For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our shareholders, see “Item 7. B. Related Party Transactions”.

 	  	A Shares	 	 	Series 1 PECs (1)	 	 	Series 3 PECs (1)	 	
Name	  	Number
of Shares	 	  	Percentage
of Class	 	 	Number
of Shares	 	  	Percentage
of Class	 	 	Number
of Shares	 	  	Percentage
of Class	 	
Principal Shareholders:	  				  				 				  				 				  				
Bain Capital (2)	  	 	17,706,930	  	  	 	88.5	% 	 	 	4,756,767,000	  	  	 	88.5	% 	 	 	10,730,223	  	  	 	88.4	% 	
Mesoamerica BPO Ltd	  	 	1,516,324	  	  	 	7.6	% 	 	 	407,343,044	  	  	 	7.6	% 	 	 	918,877	  	  	 	7.6	% 	
Executive Officers and Directors (3) :	  				  				 				  				 				  				
Alejandro Reynal (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Mauricio Montilha (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Reyes Cerezo (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Iñaki Cebollero (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Michael Flodin (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Mariano Castaños (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Nelson Armbrust (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Miguel Matey (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Juan Enrique Gamé (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
José María Pérez Melber (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Bruce Dawson (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Francisco Tosta Valim Filho (4)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Melissa Bethell (5)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Aurelian Vasseur (6)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Thomas Iannotti (7)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Luis Javier Castro (8)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Stuart Gent (9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Devin O’Reilly (10)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
All executive officers and directors as a group (19 persons) (11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
(1)	Represents preferred equity certificates and equivalents issued by Topco.	
(2)	Represents 8,742,886 A shares held by Bain Capital Fund X, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Bain Capital Fund X”), 136,780 A shares held by BCIP Associates IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCIP IV”), 37,540 A shares held by BCIP Trust Associates IV, L.P. a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCIP Trust IV”), 18,240 A shares held by BCIP Associates IV-B, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCIP IV-B”), 4,580 A shares held by BCIP Trust Associates IV-B, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCIP Trust IV-B”) and 8,766,904 A shares held by Bain Capital Europe Fund III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Bain Europe Fund” and, collectively with Bain Capital Fund X, BCIP IV, BCIP Trust IV, BCIP IV-B and Bain Europe Fund, the “Bain Capital Entities”). Bain Capital Partners X, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Bain Capital Partners X”) is the general partner of Bain Capital Fund X. Bain Capital Partners Europe III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Bain Capital	
 
83

Table of Contents

 	Partners Europe”) is the general partner of Bain Europe Fund. Bain Capital Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCI”) is the general partner of each of Bain Capital Partners X, Bain Capital Partners Europe, BCIP IV, BCIP Trust IV, BCIP IV-B and BCIP. As a result, BCI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the Bain Capital Entities. The governance, investment strategy and decision-making process with respect to investments held by the Bain Capital Entities is directed by BCI’s Global Private Equity Board (“GPEB”), which is comprised of the following individuals: Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Paul Edgerley, Stephen Pagliuca, Michel Plantevin, Dwight Poler, Jonathan Zhu and Stephen Zide. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, GPEB may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of the members of GPEB disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares to the extent attributed to such member solely by virtue of serving on GPEB. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.	
(3)	Certain executive officers and directors own equity interests in Atalaya Management Luxco Investment SCA, an indirect shareholder of Topco, and the PEC and A Share ownership shown is equivalent ownership based on their investment in Atalaya Management Luxco Investment SCA.	
(4)	The address for Mr. Valim is avenue Giovanni Gronchi 4864, São Paulo SP, 05724-002.	
(5)	Does not include shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Ms. Bethell is a managing director of Bain Capital and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Ms. Bethell is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J 8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(6)	Does not include shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Mr. Vasseur is a corporate manager of Bain Capital and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Mr. Vasseur is Da Vinci building, 4 rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.	
(7)	The address for Mr. Iannotti is 75 Prospect Farm Road, Portsmouth, Rhode Island, 02871.	
(8)	Does not include shares held by Mesoamerica. Mr. Castro is a managing director of Mesoamerica and as a result may be deemed to share in beneficial ownership of the shares held by Mesoamerica. The address for Mr. Castro is c/o Mesoamerica, Plaza Tempo, Lobby B, piso 4, San José, Costa Rica.	
(9)	Does not include shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Mr. Gent is a managing director of Bain Capital and as a result may be deemed to share in beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Mr. Gent is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(10)	Does not include shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Mr. O’Reilly is a managing director of Bain Capital and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Mr. O’Reilly is Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London, W1J 8AJ, United Kingdom.	
(11)	Separately, Atalaya Management Gibco also holds 481,590 C shares in Topco. Certain members of our management have an indirect equity interest in these shares including (percentages are of the C shares in Topco held by Atalaya Management Gibco): Alejandro Reynal (29%), Mauricio Montilha (9%), Reyes Cerezo (4%), Iñaki Cebollero (4%), Michael Flodin (4%), Mariano Castaños (6%), Nelson Armbrust (9%), Miguel Matey (6%), Juan Enrique Gamé (6%), José María Pérez Melber (6%), and Bruce Dawson (4%).	
 
 B.	Related Party Transactions	
Bain Capital Consulting Services Agreement and Transaction Services Agreement
On December 12, 2012, Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a consulting services agreement with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, an investment adviser to certain of the Bain Capital funds, pursuant to which it agreed to provide general executive, business development and other financial advisory services to us. Pursuant to the consulting services agreement, Bain Capital Partners, LLC received an annual fee equal to the greater of €5.0 million and 3.00% of the Company’s annual EBITDA, plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
Additionally, pursuant to a transaction services agreement between Atento Spain Holdco S.L.U. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, dated as of December 12, 2012, it provides certain transaction-specific advisory services. Pursuant to this agreement, Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U. paid Bain Capital Partners, LLC a transaction fee of $20.3 million in December 2012 principally related to the Acquisition, and it has agreed to pay transaction fees for advice and support relating to future transactions by us (including, without limitation, any share, asset or debt purchase, capital expenditures and refinancing of existing indebtedness) equal to 1.00% of the aggregate transaction value of each such future transaction plus any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees of any accountants, attorneys or other advisors retained by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates) incurred in connection with the investigation, negotiation and consummation of such future transaction.
 
84

Table of Contents
The transaction services agreement and consulting services agreements each have a one-year initial term and are thereafter subject to automatic one-year extensions unless Bain Capital Partners, LLC provides written notice of termination at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any extension thereof. Bain Capital Partners, LLC may also terminate the agreements at any time by delivering to us written notice of termination. The agreements include customary indemnities in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. The transaction services agreement and the consulting services agreement were amended on May 17, 2013.
On October 7, 2014, the parties thereof entered into a deed of termination in relation to the consulting services agreement and the transaction services agreement. In connection with such termination, Atento paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC a termination fee of $23.0 million and a transaction fee of $1.5 million.
Our payment of fees to Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 2014 in connection with these agreements amounted to $31.5 million.
Subscription and Security holder’s Agreements
Topco, our indirect parent company, Atalaya Luxco S.à.r.l. and certain investors, including Bain Capital and certain members of our management team, entered into certain Subscription and Security holder’s Agreements. The Subscription and Security holder’s Agreements provide for each investor therein to subscribe for certain securities of Topco or its affiliates, and sets forth rights and restrictions related to the securities. Among other things, the Subscription and Security holder’s Agreements restrict the transfer of the securities by investors, other than Bain Capital, without the prior written consent of Atalaya Luxco S.à.r.l. The Subscription and Securityholder’s Agreements further provide the investors with tag along rights in the event Bain Capital transfers any of its securities. The Subscription and Securityholder’s Agreements also provide Bain Capital with a drag along right that can be imposed upon the investors in the event Bain Capital proposes to transfer its securities.
In addition, the Subscription and Securityholder’s Agreements require the investors to vote for and consent to a public offering and sale of the securities approved by Atalaya Luxco S.à.r.l.
Registration Rights Agreement
Prior to the consummation of the IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement whereby we granted certain registration rights to PikCo, and its affiliates and certain of their transferees, including the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act our ordinary shares held by them. In addition, we committed to file as promptly as possible after receiving a request from PikCo, a shelf registration statement registering secondary sales of our ordinary shares held by PikCo. PikCo also will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of ordinary shares held by them in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us.
2014 Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Incentive Plan”). The 2014 Incentive Plan will provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, will be eligible for grants under the 2014 Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2014 Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities.
Management Loan
On July 18, 2013, Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U., an indirect subsidiary, entered into a revolving facility agreement with Atalaya Management Luxco Investment pursuant to which Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. provided a Euro revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to €3.0 million ($4.1 million) to Atalaya Management Luxco Investment for the purpose of acquiring an interest in Topco. As of December 31, 2013, the management loan had an outstanding balance of $2.4 million. The loan was converted in April 2014 into a preference share, held by Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. This preference share was redeemed in full in May 2014, the redemption price was funded by the issuance of a series of preferred equity certificates by Atalaya Management Luxco Investment to certain entities controlled by Bain Capital. The IPO proceeds received by the selling shareholder were used to redeem these preferred equity certificates.
 
85

Table of Contents
Consulting Services and Information Rights Agreement
On October 7, 2014, Atento, S.A., Bain Capital, Ltd. and Portfolio Company Advisors Ltd. entered into a new Consulting Services and Information Rights Agreement which deems to take effect as from the termination of the consulting services agreement dated as of December 12, 2012. Among other things, the Consulting Agreement provides for the Consultants to perform certain consulting services for the benefit of the Company, including business development services, financing-related services and marketing, operations and human resources services, among others. The Consultants are entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the Consulting Agreement, including irrecoverable VAT thereon. In addition, the Consultants shall be entitled to receive from the Company such financial information regarding the Company and its affiliates as the Consultants may reasonably request, including monthly management reports and annual budgets. The Consulting Agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Consultants and has an initial term of three years, subject to automatic annual extensions unless the parties mutually agree otherwise.
PIK Notes due 2020
On May 30, 2014, PikCo, our parent company, issued €137.5 million and $191.5 million aggregate principal amount of PIK Notes pursuant to an indenture, dated May 30, 2014, among PikCo, as issuer, Topco, the direct holding company of PikCo, as security provider, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, security agent and paying agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as registrar, governing the Senior PIK Toggle Notes. The PIK Notes are senior secured obligations of PikCo and are not guaranteed by any party.
The PIK Notes will mature on May 30, 2020. PikCo may decide in its sole discretion to pay all or a portion of the interest payable for any interest period in cash or in kind.
The indenture governing the Senior PIK Toggle Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of PikCo and certain of its subsidiaries, including us, to: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; issue, redeem or repurchase certain debt; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; make loans and investments; sell assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting certain subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if PikCo sells assets (including a sale of capital stock to third parties pursuant to a public equity offering or otherwise), or experiences certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase all or a portion of the Senior PIK Toggle Notes at a price equal to par plus a premium.
A proportion of the PIK Notes were redeemed at the time of the IPO, amounting to 24,368,574.97 of the EUR tranche and 33,747,581.60 of the USD tranche.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Luxembourg law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.
Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions
We have adopted policies and procedures whereby our Audit Committee and Compliance Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In addition, our Code of Ethics requires that all of our employees and directors inform the Company of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer is required to report any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.
 
86

Table of Contents
The table below sets out balances and transactions with ATALAYA Luxco TOPCO, S.C.A, in 2013 and 2014 (in thousand U.S. dollars):

 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Non-current payables to Group companies	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	—   	  	
Atalaya Luxco Topco, S.C.A.	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	—  	  	
Atalaya Luxco Topco, S.C.A payables are composed of the following: (i) four series of Preferred Equity Certificates (PECs, ALPECs and PPPECs) issued by the Atalaya Luxco Topco Company and subscribed by the Company, totaling $550.2 million at October 3, 2014 ($517.4 million in 2013); (ii) interest accruing pending payment amounting to $26.0 million at October 3, 2014 ($2.2 million in 2013). The Preferred Equity Certificates which were capitalized on October 3, 2014 in connection with the IPO, for a total amount of €460.1 million (approximately $575.9 million).
The outlay for interest on these debts in 2013 was $25.4 million ($25.7 million in 2013 and $1.9 million in 2012).
 
 C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel	
Not applicable.
 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information	
Consolidated Financial Statements
See “Item 18. Financial Statements”, which contains our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB.
Legal Proceedings
We are subject to claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. We make provision for such claims and lawsuits in our annual financial statements to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and quantifiable. We do not believe that the outcome of any pending claims will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.
Tax Litigation
At December 31, 2014 Atento Brasil, S.A. has 29 contentious proceedings ongoing with the tax authorities and social security authorities, for various reasons relating to infraction proceedings filed (33 in 2013). The total amount of these claims is approximately $33.8 million ($47.5 million at December 31, 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
At December 31, 2014 Teleatento del Perú, S.A.C. has a lawsuit underway with the Peruvian tax authorities in the amount of $8.5 million ($9.5 million in 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Labor Litigation
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of December 31, 2014, Atento Brazil was party to approximately 10,022 labor disputes initiated by our employees or former employees for various reasons, such as dismissals or disputes over employment conditions in general. Atento Brazil estimates that the amount involved in these claims totals $100.9 million, of which $53.9 million have been classified as probable, $39.4 million classified as possible and $5.0 million classified as remote, based on inputs from external and internal counsels as well as historical statistics. Considering the levels of litigation in Brazil and our historical experience with these types of claims, as of December 31, 2014, we have recognized $53.9 million of provisions ($71.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and $71.8 million as of December 31, 2012), which corresponds to the total amount of the claims whose chances of loss have been classified as probable, and that according to our directors and in consideration of the assessment performed by our legal advisors, is a sufficient amount to cover the risk of payments likely to be made with respect to these claims. Nevertheless, there is a risk that the provisioned amount may not be sufficient
 
87

Table of Contents
to cover the actual contingency to which Atento Brazil is exposed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In connection with these claims, Atento Brazil and its affiliates have, in accordance with local laws, deposited $35.6 million with the Brazilian courts as security for claims made by employees or former employees (the “Judicial Deposits”). These deposits are accounted for in Other Financial Assets. The yearly net cash contributed to the courts as judicial deposits amounted to $11.0 million in 2014, $11.7 million in 2013 and $16.0 million in 2012.
At December 31, 2014 Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U. and the rest of Spanish companies was party to labor-related disputes filed by Atento employees or former employees for different reasons, such as dismissals and disagreements regarding employment conditions, totaling $4.4 million ($2.3 million in 2013). According to the Company’s external lawyers, materialization of the risk event is possible.
At December 31, 2014 Atento México S.A. de C.V. was party to labor-related disputes filed by Atento employees or former employees for different reasons, such as dismissals and disagreements regarding employment conditions, totaling $5.9 million ($4.8 million in 2013). According to the Company’s external lawyers, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Provision for restructuring in Spain
On June 26, 2014, the Company communicated to the Spanish Labor Unions a headcount reduction plan in Spain (“Expediente de Regulación de Empleo”) which took into consideration a maximum number of terminations amounting to 9% (up to 672 employees) of the total headcount of Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. The estimated costs incurred in the personnel restructuring and other costs directly attributable to the restructuring at an amount equivalent to $13.9 million as at September 30, 2014 were accrued and recognized in “Other provisions”. As at September 30, 2014, the vast majority of total costs incurred in connection with this restructuring process ($11.5 million) had already been paid.
An appeal against this agreement was filed by a minority of the unions before the Spanish National Court, claiming that the restructuring was null and void on a number of grounds. On November 12, 2014, the court issued its decision, and rejected each of the minority unions’ claims, except with respect to the claim that there was a defect in the referendum procedure conducted by the majority unions. The court ruled that there was a defect in the majority unions’ referendum procedure, and as a result, declared the Company’s headcount reduction plan to be null and void.
The court, based on that nullity, declared that the Company must reinstate all dismissed employees and pay their salaries in full for the period from when they were dismissed until reinstatement. The employees would be required to pay back the severance payments received upon termination. On November 19, 2014, the Company appealed this decision before the Spanish Supreme Court.
On December 12, 2014, the Spanish National Court approved a settlement agreement reached between the Company’s subsidiary in Spain and all seven trade unions with representation in the legal proceedings, which provides a headcount reduction of 476 employees of the total initially proposed headcount in the collective dismissal program.
According to the agreement reached, 179 employees will be readmitted to their prior positions with the Company on the terms they had before the process began, including receiving the same salary.
This unanimous agreement and its approval by the Spanish National Court bring to an end the process and reflect the efforts of all parties involved to reach a beneficial solution for all stakeholders.
Civil Litigation
Atento Brasil, S.A. has 26 civil lawsuits ongoing for various reasons (17 in 2013). The total amount of these claims is approximately $3.2 million ($1.1 million at December 31, 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Other Litigation
There are other contingencies which are classified as possible by the Company amounting to $11.1 million.
 
88

Table of Contents
Dividend Distributions
Although we are well capitalized and we have sufficient liquidity, our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares is limited in the near-term by the indenture governing our Senior Secured Notes, the Brazilian Debentures and our CVIs, and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred securities. In addition, under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profits per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, 5% of net profits again must be allocated toward the reserve until such reserve returns to the 10% threshold. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness.
Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has the power to distribute interim dividends in accordance with applicable Luxembourg law. The amount to be distributed by the board of directors may not exceed the total profits made since the end of the last financial year for which the accounts have been approved, plus any profits carried forward and sums drawn from reserves available for this purpose, less losses carried forward and any sums to be placed to reserve pursuant to the requirements of Luxembourg law or of our articles of incorporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends may also be declared by a simple majority vote of our shareholders at an annual general shareholders meeting, typically but not necessarily, based on the recommendation of our board of directors. All shares of our capital stock grant pari passu rights with respect to the payment of dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
 
 B.	Significant Changes	
Except as otherwise disclosed in our audited consolidated financial statements and in this Annual Report, there have been no significant changes in our business, financial conditions or results since December 31, 2014.
 ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
 
 A.	Offering and Listing Details	
Price Information
Ordinary Stock
The following table presents high and low market prices in U.S. dollars for Atento S.A. ordinary stock (ATTO) listed on the Security Exchange Commission (SEC) for the periods shown below.
Closing Price ATTO—Annual Basis

 	  	U.S. dollars per Share	 	
Year	  	High	 	  	Low	 	  	Closing	 	
2014	  	 	12.96	  	  	 	9.43	  	  	 	10.45	  	
Closing Price ATTO—Monthly Basis

 	  	U.S. dollars per Share	 	
2014	  	High	 	  	Low	 	  	Closing	 	
October	  	 	12.96	  	  	 	9.43	  	  	 	11.74	  	
November	  	 	12.42	  	  	 	10.80	  	  	 	11.03	  	
December	  	 	11.50	  	  	 	9.65	  	  	 	10.45	  	
 
 B.	Plan of Distribution	
Not applicable.
 
89

Table of Contents

 C.	Markets	
Trading in New York Stock Exchange
On October 1, 2014, Atento S.A. obtained registration for its ordinary shares, which began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 2, 2014. Under the ATTO symbol, these ordinary shares have been traded in virtually every session since the first trading day. In 2014, 19.5 million of ordinary shares were traded, representing a trading volume of $234.6 million, equivalent to a daily average of $3.7 million.
 
 D.	Selling Shareholders	
Not applicable.
 
 E.	Dilution	
Not applicable.
 
 F.	Expenses of the Issue	
Not applicable.
 ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
 A.	Share Capital	
Not applicable.
 
 B.	Memorandum and Articles of Association	
The following is a summary of some of the terms of our ordinary shares, based on our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law. In this section and the section entitled “Comparison of Shareholder Rights” we refer to our articles of association as amended and in effect as our “articles of association.”
The following summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles of association, the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this Annual Report is a part. You may obtain copies of our articles of association as described under “Where You Can Find More Information” in this Annual Report.
General
Atento is a Luxembourg public limited liability company ( société anonyme ). The company’s legal name is “Atento S.A.” and was incorporated on March 5, 2014 as a Luxembourg public limited liability company ( société anonyme ).
Atento is registered with the Luxembourg Registry of Trade and Companies under number B.185.761. Atento has its registered office at 4 rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
The corporate purpose of Atento, as stated in Article 2 of our articles of association (Purpose), may be summarized as follows:
The object of Atento, is the holding of participations, in any form whatsoever, in Luxembourg and foreign companies and in any other form of investment, the acquisition by purchase, subscription, or in any other manner as well as the transfer by sale, exchange or otherwise of securities of any kind and the administration, management, control and development of its portfolio.
Atento may further guarantee, grant security, grant loans or otherwise assist the companies in which it holds a direct or indirect participation or right of any kind or which form part of the same group of companies as Atento.
Atento may raise funds especially through borrowing in any form or by issuing any kind of notes, securities or debt instruments, bonds and debentures and generally issue any debt, equity and/or hybrid or other securities of any type in accordance with Luxembourg law.
 
90

Table of Contents
Finally, Atento may carry out any commercial, industrial, financial, real estate or intellectual property or other activities which it considers useful for the accomplishment of these purposes.
Share Capital
As of December 31, 2014, our issued share capital amounts to €33,173.72, represented by 73,619,511 shares. All issued shares were fully paid. A shareholder in a Luxembourg société anonyme holding fully paid shares is not liable, solely because of his or her or its shareholder status, for additional payments to the Company or the Company’s creditors.
Our articles of association authorize our board of directors to issue ordinary shares within the limits of the authorized share capital at such times and on such terms as our board or its delegates may decide for a period ending five years after the date on which the minutes of the shareholders’ meeting approving such authorization are published in the Luxembourg official gazette Mémorial C, Recueil des Sociétés et Associations (unless such period is extended, amended or renewed). Accordingly, our board is authorized to issue ordinary shares up to the authorized share capital until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.
Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association and is set at € 999,997,828.28, as amended from time to time, and may be increased, reduced or extended by amending the articles of association by approval of the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting subject to the necessary quorum and majority requirements (see “—General Meeting of Shareholders” and “—Amendment to the Articles of Association”).
Under Luxembourg law, existing shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law, authorized the board of directors to suppress, waive or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent the board deems such suppression, waiver or limitation advisable for any issuance or issuances of shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such shares may be issued above, at or below market value but in any event not below the accounting par value per ordinary share as well as by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium).
Form and Transfer of Shares
Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Our board of directors may however impose transfer restrictions for shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in, or that have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg residents to hold or vote our ordinary shares.
Under Luxembourg law, the ownership of registered shares is prima facie established by the inscription of the name of the shareholder and the number of shares held by him or her in the shareholders register. Without prejudice to the conditions for transfer by book entry where shares are recorded in the shareholder register on behalf of one or more persons in the name of a depository, each transfer of shares shall be effected by written declaration of transfer to be recorded in the shareholder register, such declaration to be dated and signed by the transferor and the transferee or by their duly appointed agents. We may accept and enter into the shareholder register any transfer affected pursuant to an agreement or agreements between the transferor and the transferee, true and complete copies of which have been delivered to us.
Our articles of association provide that we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions, each of whom may maintain a separate register for the shares entered in such register and the holders of shares shall be entered into one of the registers. Shareholders may elect to be entered into one of these registers and to transfer their shares to another register so maintained. Entries in these registers are reflected in the shareholders’ register maintained at our registered office.
In addition, our articles of association also provide that our ordinary shares may be held through a securities settlement system or a professional depository of securities. Ordinary shares held in such manner have the same rights and obligations as ordinary shares recorded in our shareholders’ register. Furthermore, ordinary shares held through a securities settlement system or a professional depository of securities may be transferred in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form.
 
91

Table of Contents
Issuance of Shares
Pursuant to the Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of ordinary shares requires the approval by the general meeting of shareholders at the quorum and majority provided for the amendment of articles (see “—General Meeting of Shareholders” and “—Amendment to the Articles of Association”). The general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize the board of directors to issue ordinary shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized share capital for a maximum period of five years as from the date of publication in the Luxembourg official gazette ( Mémorial, Recueil des Sociétés et Associations ) of the minutes of the relevant general meeting. The general meeting may amend, renew or extend such authorized share capital and such authorization to the board of directors to issue shares.
Our articles of association provide that no fractional shares shall be issued.
Our ordinary shares have no conversion rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our ordinary shares.
Pre-Emptive Rights
Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors (see “—Share Capital”), holders of our ordinary shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles of association provide that pre-emptive rights can be limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors for a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication of the notarial deed recording the minutes of the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting in the Luxembourg Legal Gazette in the event of an increase of the share capital by the board of directors within the limits of the authorized share capital. The general meeting of shareholders duly convened to consider an amendment to the articles of association may by majority vote also limit, waive or cancel such pre-emptive rights or to renew, amend or extend them, each time for a period not to exceed five years.
Repurchase of Shares
We cannot subscribe for our own ordinary shares.
We may, however, repurchase issued ordinary shares or have another person repurchase issued ordinary shares for our account, subject to the following conditions:
 
 	•	 	prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase and in particular the maximum number of ordinary shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per share;	
 
 	•	 	the repurchase may not reduce our net assets on a non-consolidated basis to a level below the aggregate of the issued and subscribed share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and	
 
 	•	 	only fully paid-up shares may be repurchased.	
The general meeting of shareholders authorized on September 29, 2014 the board of directors to repurchase shares representing up to 20% of the issued share capital immediately after the closing of this IPO. The authorization is valid for a period ending on the earlier of five years from the date of such shareholder authorization and the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, the board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell ordinary shares in the Company under the conditions set forth in Article 49-2 of the Luxembourg Corporate Law. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any authorized purpose or any purpose that is authorized by the laws and regulations in force. The purchase price per ordinary share to be paid shall represent (i) not less than 50% of the lowest closing price per share and (ii) not more than 50% above the highest closing price per share, in each case as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by the board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction).
 
92

Table of Contents
In addition, pursuant to Luxembourg law, Atento, may directly or indirectly repurchase ordinary shares by decision of our board of directors without the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders if such repurchase is deemed by the board of directors to be necessary to prevent serious and imminent harm to us or if the acquisition of shares has been made in view of the distribution thereof to employees.
Capital Reduction
Our articles of association provide that our issued share capital may be reduced, subject to the approval by the general meeting of shareholders at the quorum and majority provided for the amendment of the articles of association (See “—Voting Rights—Extraordinary General Meeting”).
General Meeting of Shareholders
Any regularly constituted general meeting of shareholders of Atento represents the entire body of shareholders of the Company.
Each of our ordinary shares entitles the holder thereof to attend our general meeting of shareholders, either in person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions of our articles of association. Each ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt all other regulations and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting, availability of access cards and proxy forms in order to enable shareholders to exercise their right to vote as it deems fit.
When convening a general meeting of shareholders, we will publish two notices (which must be published at least eight days apart and, in the case of the second notice, at least eight days before the meeting) in the Luxembourg official gazette Mémorial C, Recueil des Sociétés et Associations , and in a Luxembourg newspaper. Our articles of association provide that if our shares are listed on a regulated market, the general meeting will also be convened in accordance with the publicity requirements of such regulated market applicable to us.
A shareholder may participate in general meetings of shareholders by appointing another person as his proxy, the appointment of which shall be in writing. Our articles of association also provide that, in the case of shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or depository, a holder of such shares wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depository a certificate certifying the number of shares recorded in the relevant account on the record date. Such certificates as well as any proxy forms should be submitted to us no later than three (3) business days before the date of the general meeting unless our board of directors fixes a different period.
The annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders of Atento, is held at 10:00 a.m. (Central European Time) on May 31 of each year at the registered office of the Company or in any other place in Luxembourg as notified to the shareholders. If that day is a legal or banking holiday in Luxembourg, the meeting will be held on the next following business day.
Luxembourg law provides that the board of directors is obliged to convene a general meeting of shareholders if shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital so request in writing with an indication of the meeting agenda. In such case, the general meeting of shareholders must be held within one-month of the request. If the requested general meeting of shareholders is not held within one-month, shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may petition the competent president of the district court in Luxembourg to have a court appointee convene the meeting. Luxembourg law provides that shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may request that additional items be added to the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders. That request must be made by registered mail sent to the registered office of the Company at least five days before the general meeting of shareholders.
Voting Rights
Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Luxembourg law distinguishes general meetings of shareholders and extraordinary general meetings of shareholders. Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and certain other limited matters.
 
93

Table of Contents
Ordinary General Meeting
At an ordinary general meeting there is no quorum requirement and resolutions are adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution is sufficient. Abstentions are not considered “votes”.
Extraordinary General Meeting
Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized or issued capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) approval of a statutory merger or de-merger (scission), (d) dissolution and liquidation of Atento, and (e) any and all amendments to our articles of association. Pursuant to our articles of association, for any resolutions to be considered at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders the quorum shall be at least one half (50%) of the issued share capital of the Company unless otherwise mandatorily required by law. If the said quorum is not present, a second meeting may be convened at which Luxembourg Corporate Law does not prescribe a quorum. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise provided by mandatory law) by at least a two thirds (2/3) majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. Abstentions are not considered “votes”.
Appointment and Removal of Directors
Members of our board of directors may be elected by simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that the directors shall be elected on a staggered basis, with one third (1/3) of the directors being elected each year, and each director elected for a period of three years. Any director may be removed with or without cause by resolution at a general meeting of shareholders adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast at the meeting.
Our articles of association provide that in case of a vacancy the board of directors may fill such vacancy. The directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.
Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our shares by non-Luxembourg residents.
Amendment to the Articles of Association
Shareholder Approval Requirements
Luxembourg law requires an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders to resolve upon an amendment of the articles of association to be made by extraordinary resolution. The agenda of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders must indicate the proposed amendments to the articles of association. An extraordinary general meeting of shareholders convened for the purposes of amending the articles of association must have a quorum of at least 50% of our issued share capital. If the said quorum is not present, a second meeting may be convened at which Luxembourg Corporate Law does not prescribe a quorum. Irrespective of whether the proposed amendments will be subject to a vote at any duly convened extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting, the amendment is subject to the approval of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at such extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.
Formalities
Any resolutions to amend our articles of association must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law.
Merger and De-Merger
A merger by absorption whereby one Luxembourg company after its dissolution without liquidation transfers to another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of shares in the acquiring company to the shareholders of the company being acquired, or a merger effected by transfer of assets to a newly incorporated company, must, in principle, be approved at a general meeting by an extraordinary resolution of the Luxembourg company, and the general meeting must be held before a notary. Similarly a de-merger of a Luxembourg company is generally subject to the approval by an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.
 
94

Table of Contents
Dissolution and Liquidation
In the event of our dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up of the Company the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all liabilities of the Company will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. The decisions to dissolve, liquidate, or wind-up require the approval by an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held before a notary.
No Appraisal Rights
Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders.
Dividend Distributions
Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend distribution is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or the board of directors in the case of interim dividend distributions, each ordinary share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of funds legally available for such purposes. Pursuant to our articles of association, the general meeting of shareholders may approve a dividend distribution and the board of directors may declare an interim dividend distribution, to the extent permitted by Luxembourg law.
Declared and unpaid dividend distributions held by us for the account of the shareholders shall not bear interest. Under Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid dividend distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such dividend distribution were declared.
Annual Accounts
Under Luxembourg law, the board of directors must prepare each year annual accounts, i.e., an inventory of the assets and liabilities of Atento together with a balance sheet and a profit and loss account each year. Our board of directors must also annually prepare consolidated accounts and management reports on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the management report and the auditor’s reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office at least 15 calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.
The annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, after approval by the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, will need to be filed with the Luxembourg Registry of Trade and Companies within seven months of the close of the financial year.
Information Rights
Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records 15 calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders whose shares are not fully paid-up, the management reports and the auditor’s report.
The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the auditor’s report and the management report are sent to registered shareholders at the same time as the convening notice for the annual general meeting. In addition, any registered shareholder is entitled to receive a copy of such documents free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.
Under Luxembourg law, it is generally accepted that a shareholder has the right to receive responses at the shareholders’ general meeting to questions concerning items on the agenda of that general meeting of shareholders, if such responses are necessary or useful for a shareholder to make an informed decision concerning such agenda item, unless a response to such questions could be detrimental to our interests.
Board of Directors
The management of Atento is vested in a board of directors. Our articles of association will provide that the board must comprise at least three members.
The board meets as often as Company interests require.
 
95

Table of Contents
A majority of the members of the board present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of the board members present or represented. The board may also take decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors. Each director has one vote.
The general shareholders’ meeting elects directors and decides their respective terms. Under Luxembourg law, directors may be re-elected but the term of their office may not exceed 6 years. Our articles of association will provide that the directors shall be elected on a staggered basis, with one third (1/3) of the directors being elected each year. The general shareholders’ meeting may dismiss one or more directors at any time, with or without cause by a simple majority of votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders. If the board has a vacancy, the remaining directors have the right to fill such vacancy on a temporary basis pursuant to the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors. The term of a temporary director elected to fill a vacancy expires at the end of the term of office of the replaced director, provided, however, that the next general shareholders’ meeting shall be requested definitively to elect any temporary director.
Within the limits provided for by law, our board may delegate to one or more persons the daily management of the Company and the authority to represent the Company.
No director shall, solely as a result of being a director, be prevented from contracting with us, either with regard to his tenure in any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any contract in which any director is in any way interested be liable to be voided merely on account of his position as director, nor shall any director who is so interested be liable to account to us or the shareholders for any remuneration, profit or other benefit realized by the contract by reason of the director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.
Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to the board may not participate in the deliberations and vote thereon, unless the transaction is not in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and that conflicts with the Company’s interest, in which case the director shall be obliged to advise the board thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. He may not take part in these deliberations nor vote on such a transaction. At the next general meeting, before any other resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.
No shareholding qualification for directors is required.
Our articles of association provide that directors and officers, past and present, are entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by Luxemburg law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved by virtue of his being or having been a director or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.
No indemnification is provided against any liability to us or our shareholders (i) by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer; (ii) with respect to any matter as to which any director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in the interest of the Company; or (iii) in the event of a settlement, unless approved by a court or the board of directors.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.
 
 C.	Material Contracts	
We are party to a Master Service Agreement with Telefónica. For a description of the MSA see Item 4 “Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Clients—Telefónica Group Master Service Agreement” as well as the full text of the agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.5.
 
96

Table of Contents

 D.	Exchange Controls	
There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in Luxembourg or arising under Atento’s Articles of Association that restrict the payment of dividends to holders of Atento shares by reason of such holders not being resident in Luxembourg, except for regulations restricting the remittance of dividends and other payments in compliance with United Nations and EU sanctions. There are no limitations, either under the laws of Luxembourg or in the Articles of Association, on the right of non-Luxembourg nationals to hold or vote Atento shares.
 
 E.	Taxation	
Luxembourg Tax Considerations
The following is a summary discussion of the material Luxembourg tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of your ordinary shares that may be applicable to you if you acquire our ordinary shares.
It is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice. This discussion is based on Luxembourg laws and regulations as they stand on the date of this Annual Report and is subject to any change in law or regulations or changes in interpretation or application thereof (and which may possibly have a retroactive effect). Prospective investors should therefore consult their own professional advisers as to the effects of state, local or foreign laws and regulations, including Luxembourg tax law and regulations, to which they may be subject.
As used herein, a “Luxembourg individual” means an individual resident in Luxembourg who is subject to personal income tax ( impôt sur le revenu ) on his or her worldwide income from Luxembourg or foreign sources, and a “Luxembourg corporate holder” means a company (that is, a fully taxable collectivity within the meaning of Article 159 of the Luxembourg Income Tax Law) resident in Luxembourg subject to corporate income tax ( impôt sur le revenu des collectivités ) on its worldwide income from Luxembourg or foreign sources. For purposes of this summary, Luxembourg individuals and Luxembourg corporate holders are collectively referred to as “Luxembourg Holders.” A “non-Luxembourg Holder” means any investor in shares of the Company other than a Luxembourg Holder.
Tax Regime Applicable to Capital Gains Realized Upon Disposal of Shares
Luxembourg Holders
Luxembourg individual holders. For Luxembourg individuals holding (together, directly or indirectly, with his or her spouse or civil partner or underage children) 10% or less of the share capital of the Company, capital gains will only be taxable if they are realized on a sale of shares, which takes place before their acquisition or within the first six months following their acquisition. The capital gain or liquidation proceeds will be taxed at progressive income tax rates (ranging from 0 to 43.6% in 2015 plus a 0.5% temporary tax on the gains).
For Luxembourg individuals holding (together with his/her spouse or civil partner and underage children) directly or indirectly more than 10% of the capital of the Company, capital gains will be taxable as follows:
 
 	•	 	within six months from the acquisition, the capital gain or liquidation proceeds will be taxed at progressive income tax rates (currently ranging from 0 to 43.6% plus a 0.5% temporary tax on the gains);	
 
 	•	 	after six months the capital gain or the liquidation proceeds will be taxed at a reduced tax rate (i.e. half of the investor’s global tax rate). An allowance of €50,000 (doubled for taxpayers filing jointly), available during a ten-year period, is applicable.	
Luxembourg corporate holders. Capital gains realized upon the disposal of shares by a Luxembourg corporate holder will in principle be subject to corporate income tax and municipal business tax. The combined applicable rate (including an unemployment fund contribution) is 29.22% for the fiscal year ending 2015 for a Luxembourg corporate holder established in Luxembourg-City. An exemption from such taxes may be available to the Luxembourg corporate holder pursuant to article 166 of the Luxembourg Income Tax law subject to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth therein. The scope of the capital gains exemption may be limited in the cases provided by the Grand Ducal Decree of December 21, 2001.
 
97

Table of Contents
Non-Luxembourg Holders
Subject to any applicable tax treaty, an individual non-Luxembourg Holder of shares (who has no permanent establishment or permanent representative in Luxembourg to which the shares would be attributable) will only be subject to Luxembourg taxation on capital gains arising upon disposal of such shares if such holder has (together with his or her spouse or civil partner and underage children) directly or indirectly held more than 10% of the capital of the Company, at any time during the five years preceding the disposal, and either (i) such holder has been a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes for at least 15 years and has become a non-resident within the five years preceding the realization of the gain, subject to any applicable tax treaty, or (ii) the disposal of shares occurs within six months from their acquisition (or prior to their actual acquisition). If we and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the Convention between the Government of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and the Government of the United States for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital (the “Luxembourg-U.S. Treaty”), such U.S. relevant holder generally should not be subject to Luxembourg tax on the gain from the disposal of such shares unless such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or permanent representative of such U.S. relevant holder in Luxembourg. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the substantially and regularly traded clause in the limitation on benefits article of the Luxembourg-U.S. treaty, we expect to be eligible for the benefits of the Luxembourg-U.S. Treaty.
A corporate non-Luxembourg Holder (that is, a collectivité within the meaning of Article 159 of the Luxembourg Income Tax Law), which has a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which shares would be attributable, will bear corporate income tax and municipal business tax on a gain realized on a disposal of such shares as set forth above for a Luxembourg corporate holder. In the same way, gains realized on the sale of the shares through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative may benefit from the full exemption provided for by Article 166 of the Luxembourg Income Tax Law and by the Grand Ducal Decree of December 21, 2001 subject in each case to fulfillment of the conditions set out therein.
A corporate non-Luxembourg Holder, which has no permanent establishment or permanent representative in Luxembourg to which the shares would be attributable will not be subject to any Luxembourg tax on a gain realized on a disposal of such shares unless such holder holds, directly or through tax transparent entities, more than 10% of the share capital of the Company, and the disposal of shares occurs within six months from their acquisition (or prior to their actual acquisition), subject to any applicable tax treaty. If we and a U.S. corporate holder without a permanent establishment in Luxembourg are eligible for the benefits of the Luxembourg-U.S. Treaty, such U.S. corporate holder generally should not be subject to Luxembourg tax on the gain from the disposal of such shares.
Tax Regime Applicable to Distributions
Withholding Tax . Dividend distributions by the Company are subject to a withholding tax of 15%. Distributions by the Company sourced from a reduction of capital as defined in Article 97 (3) of the Luxembourg Income Tax Law including, among others, share premium should not be subject to withholding tax provided no newly accumulated fiscal profits, or profit reserves carried forward are recognized by the Company on a standalone basis. We or the applicable paying agent will withhold on a distribution if required by applicable law.
Where a withholding needs to be applied, the rate of the withholding tax may be reduced pursuant to the double tax treaty existing between Luxembourg and the country of residence of the relevant holder, subject to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth therein. If we and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the Luxembourg-U.S. Treaty, the rate of withholding on distributions generally is 15%, or 5% if the U.S. relevant holder is a beneficial owner that owns at least 10% of our voting stock.
No withholding tax applies if the distribution is made to (i) a Luxembourg resident corporate holder (that is, a fully taxable collectivité within the meaning of Article 159 of the Luxembourg Income Tax Law), (ii) a corporation which is resident of a Member State of the European Union and is referred to by article 2 of the Council Directive 2011/96/EU of November 30, 2011 on the common system of taxation applicable in the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different member states, (iii) a corporation or a cooperative resident in Norway, Iceland or Liechtenstein and subject to a tax comparable to corporate income tax as provided by Luxembourg Income Tax Law, (iv) a corporation resident in Switzerland which is subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from an exemption, (v) a corporation subject to a tax comparable to corporate income tax as provided by Luxembourg Income Tax Law which is resident in a country that has concluded a tax treaty with Luxembourg and (vi) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of one of the above-mentioned categories, provided each time that at the date of payment, the holder has held or commits itself to
 
98

Table of Contents
continue to hold directly or through a tax transparent vehicle, during an uninterrupted period of at least twelve months, shares representing at least 10% of the share capital of the Company or which had an acquisition price of at least €1,200,000.
Non-Luxembourg Holders
Non-Luxembourg holders of the shares who have neither a permanent establishment nor a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which the shares would be attributable are not liable for any Luxembourg tax on dividends paid on the shares, other than a potential withholding tax as described above.
Net Wealth Tax
Luxembourg Holders . Luxembourg net wealth tax will not be levied on a Luxembourg Holder with respect to the shares held unless the Luxembourg Holder is an entity subject to net wealth tax in Luxembourg.
Net wealth tax is levied annually at the rate of 0.5% on the net wealth of enterprises resident in Luxembourg, as determined for net wealth tax purposes. The shares may be exempt from net wealth tax subject to the conditions set forth by Article 60 of the Law of October 16, 1934 on the valuation of assets ( Bewertungsgesetz ), as amended.
Non-Luxembourg Holders
Luxembourg net wealth tax will not be levied on a non-Luxembourg Holder with respect to the shares held unless the shares are attributable to an enterprise or part thereof which is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg.
Stamp and Registration Taxes
No registration tax or stamp duty will be payable by a holder of shares in Luxembourg solely upon the disposal of shares or by sale or exchange.
 
 F.	Dividends and Paying Agents	
Not applicable.
 
 G.	Statement by Experts	
Not applicable.
 
 H.	Documents on Display	
The Company makes its filings in electronic form under the EDGAR filing system of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Its filings are available through the EDGAR system at www.sec.gov. The Company’s filings are also available to the public through the Internet at Atento’s website at www.atento.com. Such filings and other information on its website are not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. Interested parties may request a copy of this filing, and any other report, at no cost, by writing to the Company at the following address: C/ Santiago de Compostela, 94 28035 Madrid—Spain or calling +34 917 407 440 or by e-mail at investor.relations@atento.com. In compliance with New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Rule 303A.11, the Company provides on its website a summary of the differences between its corporate governance practices and those of U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.
 
 I.	Subsidiary Information	
Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
99

Table of Contents
 ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Financial risk factors
The Atento Group’s activities expose it to various types of financial risk: market risk (including interest rate risk, currency risk and country risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Atento Group’s global risk management policy aims to minimize the potential adverse effects of these risks on the Atento Group’s financial returns. The Atento Group also uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
a) Market risk
Interest rate risk in respect of cash flow and fair value
Interest rate risk arises mainly as a result of changes in interest rates which affect: (i) finance costs of debt, bearing interest at variable rates (or debt with short term maturity which is expected to be renewed), as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, and (ii) the value of non-current liabilities that bear interest at fixed rates.
At December 31, 2014 48.0% of financial debt with third parties (excluding CVIs and the effect of financial derivative instruments) bore interests at variable rates, while at December 31, 2013 this amount was 43.2%.
The Atento Group’s finance costs are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. In 2013 and 2014, the rate to which the Atento Group had the greatest exposure was the Brazilian CDI rate.
As of December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments related to the Brazilian Debentures totaled $10.9 million, which was recorded as a financial asset. Based on our total indebtedness of $653.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and not taking into account the impact of our interest rate hedging instruments referred to above, a 1% change in interest rates would impact our net interest expense by $3.2 million.
As of December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments related to the Brazilian Debentures totaled $15.6 million, which was recorded as a financial asset. Based on our total indebtedness of $1,370.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and not taking into account the impact of our interest rate hedging instruments referred to above, a 1% change in interest rates would impact our net interest expense by $3.8 million.
The Atento Group’s policy is to monitor exposure to this risk. In that regard, as described in Note 14, the Atento Group has arranged interest rate swaps that have the economic effect of converting floating-rate borrowing into loans at fixed interest rates.
The table below shows the impact on these value of derivatives of a +/-10 basis points variation in the CDI interest rate curves.

 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
INTEREST RATE	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
FAIR VALUE	  	 	15,611	  	  	 	10,916	  	
0.10%	  	 	14,817	  	  	 	10,434	  	
-0.10%	  	 	16,407	  	  	 	11,399	  	
Also, as described in Note 14, the Atento Group has cross-currency swap hedging instruments with the economic effect of covering cash flow related to the Senior Secured Notes issued in U.S. dollars.
Additionally, the Atento Group holds derivatives which are not considered as hedging instruments related to the cash flow generated in Mexican Pesos, Colombian Pesos and Peruvian Nuevos Soles.
The table below shows the impact on the value of the rest of derivatives of a +/-10 basis points variation in the interest rate curve.

 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
CROSS CURRENCY	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
FAIR VALUE	  	 	(13,277	) 	  	 	20,155	  	
0.10%	  	 	(14,719	) 	  	 	18,939	  	
-0.10%	  	 	(11,658	) 	  	 	21,487	  	
 
100

Table of Contents
Foreign currency risk
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Atento Group entities held several borrowing and cash equivalents in currencies other than their functional currency.
The most significant exposure to foreign currency risk is derived from the U.S. dollar denominated Senior Secured Notes issued by the subsidiary Atento Luxco 1, S.A. in 2013 whose functional currency is the Euro. As indicated above, the Atento Group has cross-currency swap hedging instruments with the economic effect of covering cash flow related to the Senior Secured Notes issued in U.S. dollars.
Sensitivity analysis of foreign currency risk
The Atento Group has reasonable control over its foreign currency risks, as its financial assets (cash and cash equivalents) and financial liabilities (Senior Secured Notes, Finance Leases and CVIs) denominated in currencies other than their functional are adequately matched. We performed a sensitivity analysis based on the outstanding volume of financial assets and liabilities and we applied a 10% appreciation of each asset/liability currency versus the functional currency which highlights the limited impact that such event would have on the income statement is U.S. dollars. A sensitivity analysis of foreign currency risk for the Atento Group’s is provided in Note 4.
Country risk
To manage or mitigate country risk, the Atento Group repatriates the funds generated in the Americas and Brazil that are not required to pursue new, profitable business opportunities in the region. The capital structure of the Atento Group comprises two separate ring-fenced financings: (i) the Brazilian Debentures denominated in Brazilian Reais and (ii) the USD 300 million 7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020, together with the €50 million ($60.7 million) Revolving Credit Facility. The objective of combining a Brazilian term loan with a USD bond is to create a natural hedge for the interest payments on the Brazilian loan, which are serviced with cash flow from Atento Brazil, denominated in Brazilian Reais.
Argentinian subsidiary sit outside of these two separate ring-fenced financings, and as a result, we do not rely on cash flow from these operations to serve our Company’s debt commitments.
b) Credit risk
The Atento Group seeks to conduct all of its business with reputable national and international companies and institutions of established solvency in their countries of origin, so as to minimize credit risk. As a result of this policy, the Atento Group has no material adjustments to make to its trade accounts.
Accordingly, the Atento Group’s commercial credit risk management approach is based on continuous monitoring of the risks assumed and the financial resources necessary to manage the Group’s various units, in order to optimize the risk-reward relationship in the development and implementation of business plans in the course of their regular business.
Credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents is managed by placing cash surpluses in high quality and highly liquid money market assets. These placements are regulated by a master agreement revised annually on the basis of the conditions prevailing in the markets and the countries where Atento operates. The master agreement establishes: (i) the maximum amounts to be invested per counterparty, based on their ratings (long and short term debt ratings); (ii) the maximum period of the investment; and (iii) the instruments in which the surpluses may be invested.
The Atento Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is primarily limited to the carrying amounts of its financial assets. The Atento Group holds no guarantees as collection insurance. The Atento Group carries out significant transactions with the Telefónica Group. At December 31, 2014 the balance of accounts receivable with Telefónica Group amounted to $237.0 million ($302.2 million in 2013).
c) Liquidity risk
The Atento Group seeks to match its debt maturity schedule to its capacity to generate cash flow to meet the payments falling due, factoring in a comfortable cushion. In practice, this has meant that the Atento Group’s average debt maturity must be longer than the length of time required paying its debt (assuming that internal projections are met). A maturity schedule for the Atento Group’s financial liabilities is provided in Note 16.
 
101

Table of Contents
Capital Management
The Atento Group’s Finance Department, which is in charge of the capital management, takes various factors into consideration when determining the Group’s capital structure.
The Atento Group’s capital management goal is to determine the financial resources necessary both to continue its recurring activities and to maintain a capital structure that optimizes own and borrowed funds.
The Atento Group sets an optimal debt level in order to maintain a flexible and comfortable medium term borrowing structure, in order to be able to carry out its routine activities under normal conditions and also address new opportunities for growth. Debt levels are kept in line with forecast future cash flows and with quantitative restrictions imposed under financing contracts.
In addition to these general guidelines, other considerations and specifics are taken into account when determining the Atento Group’s financial structure, such as country risk in the broadest sense, tax efficiency and volatility in cash flow generation.
Among the restrictions imposed under financing arrangements, the debentures contract lays out certain general obligations and disclosures in respect of the lending institutions. Specifically, the borrower (BC Brazilco Participações, S.A., which has now merged with Atento Brasil, S.A.) must comply with the quarterly net financial debt/EBITDA ratio set out in the contract terms.
The contract also sets out additional restrictions, including limitations on dividends, payments and distributions to shareholders and capacity to incur additional debt.
The Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility carries no financial covenant obligations regarding debt levels. However, the credit facility does impose limitations on the use of the funds, linked to compliance with a debt ratio. The contract also includes other restrictions, including: limitations on the distribution of dividends, payments or distributions to shareholders, the capacity to incur additional debt, and on investments and disposal of assets.
The Senior Secured Notes issued in 2013 carry no limitation covenant obligations regarding debt levels. However, the Notes do impose limitations on the distributions on dividends, payments or distributions to the shareholders, the incurring of additional debt, and on investments and disposals of assets.
As at the date of these consolidated financial statements, the Atento Group was in compliance with all restrictions established in the aforementioned financing contracts, and does not foresee any future non-compliance. To that end, the Atento Group regularly monitors figures for net financial debt with third parties and EBITDA.
Net debt with third parties at December 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follow:

 	  	As of December 31,	 	
($ in millions)	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Debt:	  				  				  				
7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020	  	 	—  	  	  	 	297.7	  	  	 	300.3	  	
Brazilian Debentures	  	 	443.0	  	  	 	345.9	  	  	 	245.9	  	
Vendor Loan Note (1)	  	 	145.1	  	  	 	151.7	  	  	 	—  	  	
Contingent Value Instrument	  	 	52.3	  	  	 	43.4	  	  	 	36.4	  	
Preferred Equity Certificates	  	 	471.6	  	  	 	519.6	  	  	 	—  	  	
Finance lease payables	  	 	8.7	  	  	 	11.9	  	  	 	9.0	  	
Other borrowings	  	 	200.1	  	  	 	0.6	  	  	 	61.7	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Debt		 	1,320.8	  		 	1,370.8	  		 	653.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Preferred Equity Certificates		 	(471.6	) 		 	(519.6	) 		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Debt excluding PECs		 	849.2	  		 	851.2	  		 	653.3	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents		 	(200.3	) 		 	(213.5	) 		 	(211.4	) 	
Short term financial investments		 	(28.7	) 		 	—  	  		 	(26.9	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net Debt with third parties (non-GAAP) (unaudited) (2)		 	620.2	  		 	637.7	  		 	415.0	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) for the period (unaudited)		 	268.1	  		 	295.1	  		 	306.4	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net Debt with third parties/Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (unaudited)		 	2.3x	  		 	2.2x	  		 	1.4x	  	

102

Table of Contents

(1)	Reflects the prepayment to Telefónica of the entire indebtedness under the Vendor Loan Note.	
(2)	In considering our financial condition, our management analyzes net debt with third parties, which is defined as total debt less cash, cash equivalents, and short-term financial investments. Net debt is not a measure defined by IFRS and it has limitations as an analytical tool. Net debt is neither a measure defined by or presented in accordance with IFRS nor a measure of financial performance, and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative financial measure determined in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.	
Risk Oversight
Our board of directors is currently responsible for overseeing our risk management process. The board of directors focuses on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. The board of directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.
Following the completion of the IPO, our board of directors delegated to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other board committees also consider and address the risks as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees report to the full board of directors as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.
Our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating, and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.
 ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
 
 A.	Debt Securities	
Not applicable.
 
 B.	Warrants and Rights	
Not applicable.
 
 C.	Other Securities	
Not applicable.
 
 D.	American Depositary Shares	
Not applicable.
 
103

Table of Contents
 PART II
 ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
 ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
 ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
 A.	Disclosure Controls and Procedures	
The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. And such information is accumulated and made known to the officers who certify the Company’s financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Accordingly, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer believe that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.
 
 B.	Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
 
 C.	Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm	
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
 
 D.	Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting	
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Not applicable.
 ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
 ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Our Audit Committee consists of Francisco Tosta Valim Filho, Devin O’Reilly, Thomas Ianotti and Melissa Bethell. Our board of directors has determined that Francisco Tosta Valim Filho qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com. Our website is not part of this Annual Report.
 ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code of Ethic applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and accounting officers, and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code is available on our corporate website at www.atento.com. The Code of Ethic as of December 31, 2014 is set forth in Exhibit 11.1 to this Annual Report.
 
104

Table of Contents
 ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The fees to the various member firms of the Ernst & Young international organization, of which Ernst & Young, S.L., auditors of the Atento Group in 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounted to $1.3 million, $1.8 million and 3.5 million, respectively.
Details of these amounts are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Audit fees ( * )	  				  				  				
Audit services	  	 	1,320	  	  	 	1,836	  	  	 	3,534	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	1,320	  		 	1,836	  		 	3,534	  	

(*)	Audit services: services included in this heading are mainly the audit of the annual and interim financial statements and the review of the 20-F report to be filed with the Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the audit services related to the IPO. These fees include amounts in respect of fully consolidated Atento Group companies.	
 ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEE
Not applicable.
 ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
Not applicable.
 ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
 ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Our ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE. For purposes of NYSE rules, so long as we are a foreign private issuer, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from NYSE corporate governance requirements provided in the NYSE rules. We are required to disclose the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those that apply to U.S. companies under NYSE listing standards. Set forth below is a summary of these differences:
Director Independence —The NYSE rules require domestic companies to have a majority of independent directors, but as a foreign private issuer we are exempt from this requirement. Our board of directors consists of eight members and we believe that two of our board members satisfy the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules.
Board Committees —The NYSE rules require domestic companies to have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, but as a foreign private issuer we are exempt from these requirements. We have a compensation committee comprised of three members and we do not believe that any of the compensation committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules. We do not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we are availing ourselves of certain exemptions from audit committee independence requirements for newly public companies.
 ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
 
105

Table of Contents
 PART III
 ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.
 ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Financial Statements of Atento S.A. are filed as part of this annual report; see pages F-1 to F-81.
Combined Carve-Out Statements Financial Statements of Atalaya Luxco Midco (Predecessor) are filed as part of this annual report; see pages F-82 to F-135.
 ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
 
(a)	Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	

 	  	Page	 	
Financial Statements of Atento S.A.	  				
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	 	F-1	  	
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-2	  	
Consolidated Income Statements for the one month period ended December  31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-4	  	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the one month period ended December  31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-5	  	
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity as at December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-6	  	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the one month period ended December  31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-7	  	
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the one month period ended December  31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014	  	 	F-8	  	
		
Financial Statements of Atalaya Luxco Midco (Predecessor)	  				
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	 	F-88	  	
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Financial Position as of January 1, 2011, December  31, 2011 and November 30, 2012	  	 	F-89	  	
Combined Carve-Out Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and January  1, 2012 to November 30, 2012	  	 	F-90	  	
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December  31, 2011 and January 1, 2012 to November 30, 2012	  	 	F-91	  	
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Invested Equity as of December 31, 2010, December  31, 2011 and November 30, 2012	  	 	F-92	  	
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows as of December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012	  	 	F-93	  	
Notes to the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements	  	 	F-94	  	
 
106

Table of Contents

(b)	List of Exhibits	

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	
		
1.1	  	Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Atento S.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-203101), filed on March 30, 2015.	
		
2.1	  	Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2013, by and among BC Luxco 1 S.A., the guarantors party thereto, Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent, Citibank Global Markets Deutschland AG, as Registrar and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as collateral agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
2.2	  	Form of Senior Secured Note (included in Exhibit 2.1 hereto).	
		
2.3	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2015, to Indenture dated as of January 29, 2013.*	
		
4.1	  	Transaction Services Agreement between Spain Holdco and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, dated December 12, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.2	  	Management Services Agreement between Spain Holdco, Mexico Holdco, Spain Holdco 2, Spain Holdco 5 and Spain Holdco 6, dated December 12, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.3	  	Subscription and Securityholder’s Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012, by and among BC Luxco Topco, BC Luxco and each of the investors party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.4	  	Subscription and Securityholder’s Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012, by and among BC Luxco Topco, BC Luxco and each of the investors party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.5	  	Master Services Agreement between BC Luxco 1 and Telefónica S.A., dated as of December 11, 2012, as amended by Amendment Agreement No. 1 thereto dated as of May 16, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.**	
		
4.6	  	Super Senior Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013, among BC Luxco 1 S.A., the entities and guarantors named therein and the arrangers and lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.7	  	Accession Deed, dated as of February 23, 2015, among Atento S.A., Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l. and Atento Luxco 1 S.A, relating to that Super Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013.*	
		
4.8	  	Instrumento Particular de Escritura (Brazilian debentures), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.9	  	2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-203101), filed on March 30, 2015.	
		
4.10	  	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. , incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.11	  	Form of Time Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
4.12	  	Registration Rights Agreement.*	
		
4.13	  	Consulting Services and Information Rights Agreement.*	
 
107

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	
		
  4.14	  	Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Atento S.A.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-195611), initially filed on May 1, 2014.	
		
  8.1	  	List of subsidiaries of Atento S.A.*	
		
11.1	  	Code of ethics*	
		
12.1	  	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*	
		
12.2	  	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.*	
		
13.1	  	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
		
13.2	  	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
		
15.1	  	Consent of Ernst & Young, S.L., independent registered public accounting firm.*	
 
*	Filed herewith.	
**	Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions of these exhibits. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.	
 
108

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

		ATENTO S.A.	
Date: March 31, 2015					
			
		By:		/s/ Alejandro Reynal	
		Name:		Alejandro Reynal	
		Title:		Chief Executive Officer	
			
		By:		/s/ Mauricio Montilha	
		Name:		Mauricio Montilha	
		Title:		Chief Financial Officer	
 
109

Table of Contents
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Atento S.A.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Atento S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the one-month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Atento S.A. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the one-month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Ernst & Young, S.L.

/s/ Carlos Hidalgo Andrés	
	
Madrid, Spain
March 31, 2015
 
F-1

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	  	 	  	December 31,	 	
ASSETS	  	Notes	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
NON-CURRENT ASSETS	  		  	 	1,071,381	  	  	 	942,140	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Intangible assets		Note 6		 	392,777	  		 	293,078	  	
Goodwill		Note 7		 	197,739	  		 	169,471	  	
Property, plant and equipment		Note 9		 	231,603	  		 	237,196	  	
Non-current financial assets				 	69,323	  		 	92,258	  	
Trade and other receivables		Note 13		 	72	  		 	10,503	  	
Other receivables from public administrations		Note 20		 	—  	  		 	4,851	  	
Other non-current financial assets		Note 12		 	53,812	  		 	44,639	  	
Derivative financial instruments		Note 14		 	15,439	  		 	32,265	  	
Deferred tax assets		Note 20		 	179,939	  		 	150,137	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
CURRENT ASSETS				 	770,799	  		 	715,761	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables				 	553,026	  		 	475,759	  	
Trade and other receivables		Note 13		 	521,286	  		 	451,394	  	
Current income tax receivables		Note 20		 	12,962	  		 	13,603	  	
Other receivables from public administrations		Note 20		 	18,778	  		 	10,762	  	
Other current financial assets				 	4,282	  		 	28,562	  	
Other financial assets		Note 12		 	1,425	  		 	28,562	  	
Derivative financial instruments		Note 14		 	2,857	  		 	—  	  	
Cash and cash equivalents		Note 15		 	213,491	  		 	211,440	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS				 	1,842,180	  		 	1,657,901	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-2

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	  	 	  	December 31,	 	
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	  	Notes	  	2013	 	 	2014	 	
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT	  		  	 	(133,966	) 	 	 	464,866	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share capital		Note 19		 	—  	  		 	48	  	
Net investment/ Share premium		Note 19		 	2,579	  		 	639,435	  	
Retained earnings		Note 19		 	(60,659	) 		 	(102,811	) 	
Translation differences		Note 19		 	(77,513	) 		 	(71,750	) 	
Cash flow hedge		Note 19		 	1,627	  		 	(640	) 	
Stock-based compensation		Note 19		 	—  	  		 	584	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES				 	1,591,287	  		 	818,205	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities		Note 20		 	119,282	  		 	83,132	  	
Interest-bearing debt		Note 17		 	833,984	  		 	636,549	  	
Non-current payables to Group companies		Notes 17 and 26		 	519,607	  		 	—  	  	
Derivative financial instruments		Note 14		 	15,962	  		 	1,193	  	
Non-current provisions		Note 21		 	99,062	  		 	94,774	  	
Non-current non trade payables		Note 18		 	1,441	  		 	961	  	
Other non-current payables to public administrations		Note 20		 	1,949	  		 	1,596	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CURRENT LIABILITIES				 	384,859	  		 	374,830	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing debt		Note 17		 	17,128	  		 	16,761	  	
Trade and other payables				 	353,213	  		 	339,560	  	
Trade payables		Note 18		 	109,897	  		 	105,766	  	
Current income tax payable		Note 20		 	7,582	  		 	7,351	  	
Other current payables to public administrations		Note 20		 	74,983	  		 	74,516	  	
Other non-trade payables		Note 18		 	160,751	  		 	151,927	  	
Current provisions		Note 21		 	14,518	  		 	18,509	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES				 	1,842,180	  		 	1,657,901	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
For the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	  	Notes	  	December 1 to
December 31,
2012	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
	  		  			 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Revenue	  	Note 22a)	  	 	190,875	  	 	 	2,341,115	  	 	 	2,298,324	  	
Other operating income	  	Note 22b)	  	 	1,814	  	 	 	4,367	  	 	 	4,579	  	
Own work capitalized	  		  	 	—  	  	 	 	948	  	 	 	475	  	
Supplies	  	Note 22c)	  	 	(8,367	) 	 	 	(115,340	) 	 	 	(104,808	) 	
Employee benefit expenses	  	Note 22d)	  	 	(126,707	) 	 	 	(1,643,497	) 	 	 	(1,636,373	) 	
Depreciation and amortization	  	Note 22e)	  	 	(7,500	) 	 	 	(128,975	) 	 	 	(119,820	) 	
Changes in trade provisions	  		  	 	2,792	  	 	 	2,026	  	 	 	1,665	  	
Other operating expenses	  	Note 22f)	  	 	(95,351	) 	 	 	(355,670	) 	 	 	(360,192	) 	
Other gains	  	Note 8	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	35,092	  	
Impairment charges	  	Notes 6 and 7	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31,792	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)				 	(42,444	) 		 	104,974	  		 	87,150	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance income		Note 22 g)		 	2,595	  		 	17,793	  		 	58,288	  	
Finance costs		Note 22 g)		 	(8,663	) 		 	(135,074	) 		 	(135,694	) 	
Net foreign exchange gains/(loss)		Note 22 g)		 	24	  		 	16,614	  		 	(33,363	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET FINANCE EXPENSE				 	(6,044	) 		 	(100,667	) 		 	(110,769	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX				 	(48,488	) 		 	4,307	  		 	(23,619	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expenses		Note 20		 	(8,132	) 		 	(8,346	) 		 	(18,533	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE PERIOD ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT				 	(56,620	) 		 	(4,039	) 		 	(42,152	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic result per share (per U.S. dollars)		Note 24		 	(0.82	) 		 	(0.06	) 		 	(0.61	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted result per share (per U.S. dollars)		Note 24		 	(0.82	) 		 	(0.06	) 		 	(0.61	) 	
	  		  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	  	December 1 to
December 31,	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Loss for the period	  	 	(56,620	) 	 	 	(4,039	) 	 	 	(42,152	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss):													
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss		 	(13	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit and loss													
Cash flow hedges		 	—  	  		 	4,628	  		 	(3,863	) 	
Tax effect (Note 20)		 	—  	  		 	(3,001	) 		 	1,596	  	
Translation differences		 	21,328	  		 	(98,841	) 		 	5,763	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes		 	21,315	  		 	(97,214	) 		 	3,496	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total consolidated comprehensive loss		 	(35,305	) 		 	(101,253	) 		 	(38,656	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
As at December 31, 2012, 2013 AND 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	 	Share
capital	 	 	Net
investment/
Share
premium	 	 	Retained
earnings	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Cash
flow
hedge	 	 	Stock-based
compensation	 	 	Total equity	 	
Balance as at December 1, 2012	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,592	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,592	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period		 	—  	  		 	(13	) 		 	(56,620	) 		 	21,328	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(35,305	) 	
Loss for the period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(56,620	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(56,620	) 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		 	—  	  		 	(13	) 		 	—  	  		 	21,328	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	21,315	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as at December 31, 2012		 	—  	  		 	2,579	  		 	(56,620	) 		 	21,328	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(32,713	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as at January 1, 2013		 	—  	  		 	2,579	  		 	(56,620	) 		 	21,328	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(32,713	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(4,039	) 		 	(98,841	) 		 	1,627	  		 	—  	  		 	(101,253	) 	
Loss for the period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(4,039	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(4,039	) 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(98,841	) 		 	1,627	  		 	—  	  		 	(97,214	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as at December 31, 2013		 	—  	  		 	2,579	  		 	(60,659	) 		 	(77,513	) 		 	1,627	  		 	—  	  		 	(133,966	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as at January 1, 2014		 	—  	  		 	2,579	  		 	(60,659	) 		 	(77,513	) 		 	1,627	  		 	—  	  		 	(133,966	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital Increase		 	45	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	45	  	
Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(42,152	) 		 	5,763	  		 	(2,267	) 		 	—  	  		 	(38,656	) 	
Loss for the period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(42,152	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(42,152	) 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	5,763	  		 	(2,267	) 		 	—  	  		 	3,496	  	
Capitalization of PECs (Note 1 and 26)		 	—  	  		 	576,224	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	576,224	  	
Stock-based compensation (Note 19d)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	584	  		 	584	  	
IPO Proceeds, gross		 	3	  		 	72,290	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	72,293	  	
IPO costs		 	—  	  		 	(1,288	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,288	) 	
Other movements		 	—  	  		 	(10,370	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(10,370	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as at December 31, 2014		 	48	  		 	639,435	  		 	(102,811	) 		 	(71,750	) 		 	(640	) 		 	584	  		 	464,866	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements
 
F-6

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
For the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 	 	Note	 	December 1
to
December 31,
2012	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,
2013	 	 	For the year
ended
December 31,
2014	 	
Operating activities	 		 				 				 				
Profit/(loss) before tax	 		 	 	(48,488	) 	 	 	4,307	  	 	 	(23,619	) 	
Adjustments to profit/(loss):	 		 				 				 				
Amortization and depreciation	 	Note 22e)	 	 	7,500	  	 	 	128,976	  	 	 	119,820	  	
Impairment allowances	 		 	 	(2,792	) 	 	 	(2,026	) 	 	 	30,127	  	
Change in provisions	 		 	 	9,372	  	 	 	23,638	  	 	 	30,728	  	
Grants released to income	 		 	 	(809	) 	 	 	(1,702	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of fixed assets	 		 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,160	  	 	 	828	  	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of financial assets	 		 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(60	) 	
Finance income	 	Note 22g)	 	 	(2,595	) 	 	 	(10,832	) 	 	 	(17,326	) 	
Finance expenses	 		 	 	8,663	  	 	 	116,474	  	 	 	122,063	  	
Net exchange differences	 	Note 22g)	 	 	(24	) 	 	 	(16,614	) 	 	 	33,363	  	
Changes in fair value of financial instruments	 		 	 	—  	  	 	 	11,579	  	 	 	(27,272	) 	
Own work capitalized	 		 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(475	) 	
Other (gains)/losses	 		 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(36,380	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
				 	19,315	  		 	250,653	  		 	255,416	  	
Changes in working capital:															
Changes in trade and other receivables				 	59,574	  		 	41,628	  		 	82,576	  	
Changes in trade and other payables				 	(71,906	) 		 	(67,909	) 		 	(15,661	) 	
Other assets (payables)		Note 21		 	(8,025	) 		 	(20,742	) 		 	(43,837	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
				 	(20,357	) 		 	(47,023	) 		 	23,078	  	
Other cash flow from operating activities															
Interest paid				 	(3,340	) 		 	(63,269	) 		 	(96,497	) 	
Interest received				 	2,521	  		 	5,476	  		 	23,991	  	
Income tax paid				 	(6,467	) 		 	(30,750	) 		 	(18,986	) 	
Other payments				 	(11,467	) 		 	(19,795	) 		 	(28,088	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
				 	(18,753	) 		 	(108,338	) 		 	(119,580	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities				 	(68,283	) 		 	99,599	  		 	135,295	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment activities															
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets				 	(3,313	) 		 	(13,551	) 		 	(21,835	) 	
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment				 	(12,904	) 		 	(115,223	) 		 	(96,017	) 	
Acquisition of subsidiaries		Note 5		 	(795,363	) 		 	(13,284	) 		 	(7,460	) 	
Payments for financial instruments				 	(34,548	) 		 	(14,829	) 		 	(93,192	) 	
Disposals of intangible assets				 	—  	  		 	755	  		 	93	  	
Disposals of property, plant and equipment				 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	774	  	
Proceeds from sale of financial instruments				 	—  	  		 	32,731	  		 	66,562	  	
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries				 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	1,237	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow from/(used in) investment activities				 	(846,128	) 		 	(123,401	) 		 	(149,838	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities															
Proceeds from common stock		Note 1		 	2,626	  		 	—  	  		 	72,293	  	
Proceeds from borrowing from third parties				 	637,688	  		 	280,709	  		 	68,630	  	
Proceeds from borrowing from group companies				 	469,314	  		 	—  	  		 	85,080	  	
Repayment of borrowing from third parties				 	—  	  		 	(200,723	) 		 	(187,167	) 	
Repayment of borrowing from group companies				 	—  	  		 	(48,765	) 		 	—  	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities				 	1,109,628	  		 	31,221	  		 	38,836	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exchange differences				 	5,094	  		 	5,761	  		 	(26,344	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents				 	200,311	  		 	13,180	  		 	(2,051	) 	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period				 	—  	  		 	200,311	  		 	213,491	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period				 	200,311	  		 	213,491	  		 	211,440	  	
	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 29 are part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY ATENTO FLOATCO S.A., AND SUBSIDIARIES)
 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
1) ACTIVITY OF ATENTO S.A. AND CORPORATE INFORMATION
(a) Description of business
Atento S.A., formerly Atento Floatco S.A. (hereinafter the “Company”), and its subsidiaries (hereinafter “Atento Group”) are a group of companies that offer contact management services to their clients throughout the entire contract life cycle, through contact centers or multichannel platforms.
The Company was incorporated on March 5, 2014 under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, with its registered office in Luxembourg at 4, Rue Lou Hemmer.
The Atento Group was acquired in 2012 by Bain Capital Partners, LLC (hereinafter “Bain Capital”). Bain Capital is a private investment fund that invests in companies with a high growth potential. Notable among its investments in the Customer Relationship Management (hereinafter “CRM”) sector is its holding in Bellsystem 24, a leader in customer service in Japan, and Genpact, the largest business management services company in the world.
In December 2012, Bain Capital reached a definitive agreement with Telefónica, S.A. for the transfer of nearly 100% of the CRM business carried out by Atento Group companies (hereinafter the “Acquisition”), the parent company of which was Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios, S.A. (hereinafter “AIT”). The Venezuela based subsidiaries of the group headed by AIT, and AIT, except for some specific assets and liabilities, were not included in the Acquisition. Control was transferred for the purposes of creating the consolidated Atento Group on December 1, 2012. Until that time, the Company had been idle and the consolidated Atento Group did not exist. For this reason, these consolidated financial statements are presented since December 1, 2012, date the Atento Group was incorporated.
Note 3t contains a list of the companies which make up the Atento Group, as well as pertinent information thereon.
The mayority direct shareholder of the Company is a firm incorporated under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, ATALAYA Luxco PIKCo, S.C.A. (Luxembourg).
The Company’s corporate purpose is to hold business stakes of any kind in companies in Luxembourg and abroad, purchase and sell, subscribe or any other format, and transfer through sale, swap or otherwise of securities of any kind, and administration, management, control and development of the investment portfolio.
The Company may also act as the guarantor of loans and securities, as well as assisting companies in which it holds direct or indirect interests or that form part of its group. The Company may secure funds, with the exception of public offerings, through any kind of lending, or through the issuance of bonds, securities or debt instruments in general.
The Company may also carry on any commercial, industrial, financial, real estate business or intellectual property related activity that it deems necessary to meet the aforementioned corporate purposes.
The corporate purpose of its subsidiaries, with the exception of the intermediate holding companies, is to establish, manage and operate Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) centers through multichannel platforms; provide telemarketing, marketing and “call center” services through service agencies or in any other format currently existing or which may be developed in the future by the Atento Group; provide telecommunications, logistics, telecommunications system management, data transmission, processing and internet services and to promote new technologies in these areas; offer consultancy and advisory services to customers in all areas in connection with telecommunications, processing, integration systems and new technologies, and other services related to the above. Atento S.A. trades (under “ATTO”) on NYSE since October 3, 2014
 
F-8

Table of Contents
(b) Atento S.A. reorganization transaction
Atento S.A. was formed as a direct subsidiary of Atalaya Luxco Topco S.C.A. (“Topco”). In April 2014, Topco also incorporated Atalaya Luxco PIKCo S.C.A. (“PikCo”) and on May 15, 2014 Topco contributed to PikCo: (i) all of its equity interests in its then direct subsidiary, Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à r.l. (“Midco”), the consideration for which was an allocation to PikCo’s account “capital contributions not remunerated by shares” (the “Reserve Account”) equal to €2 million, resulting in Midco becoming a direct subsidiary of PikCo; and (ii) all of its debt interests in Midco (comprising three series of Preferred Equity Certificates (the “Original Luxco PECs”)), the consideration for which was the issuance by PikCo to Topco of Preferred Equity Certificates having an equivalent value. On May 30, 2014, Midco authorized the issuance of, and PikCo subscribed for, a fourth series of Preferred Equity Certificates (referred to, together with the Original Luxco PECs, as the “Luxco PECs”.
In October 2014, in connection with the completion of Atento S.A.’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), Topco transferred its entire interest in Midco (being €31,000 of share capital) to PikCo, the consideration for which was an allocation to PikCo’s Reserve Account equal to €31,000. PikCo then contributed (the “Contribution”) all of the Luxco PECs to Midco, the consideration for which was an allocation to Midco’s Reserve Account equal to the value of the Luxco PECs immediately prior to the Contribution. The Luxco PECs amounted to €460.0 million (approx. 576.2 million of U.S. dollars as at the capitalization date on October 3). Upon completion of the Contribution, the Luxco PECs were capitalized by Midco. PikCo then transferred the remainder of its interest in Midco (being €12,500 of share capital) to Atento S.A., in consideration for which Atento S.A. issued two new shares of its capital stock to PikCo. The difference between the nominal value of these shares and the value of Midco’s net equity was allocated to Atento S.A.’s share premium account. As a result of this transfer, Midco became a direct subsidiary of Atento S.A. A share split was also carried out, whereby Atento S.A. issued 2,219.212 ordinary shares for each 1 ordinary share outstanding. This entire process is collectively referred to as the “Reorganization Transaction”.
On October 7, 2014, upon the closing of the IPO, Atento S.A. issued 4,819,511 new ordinary shares without nominal value at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, representing proceeds of 72,293 thousand U.S. dollars. Giving effect to the completion of the IPO, Atento S.A. has 73,619,511 ordinary shares outstanding and owns 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Midco.
Pursuant to the Reorganization Transaction, Midco became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atento S.A., a newly-formed company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg with assets and liabilities for the purpose of facilitating the IPO, and which did not conduct any operations prior to the completion of the IPO. Following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, the financial statements present the consolidated results of Midco’s operations. The consolidated financial statements of Midco are substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of the Atento S.A. prior to the IPO, adjusted to reflect the Reorganization Transaction. Upon consummation, the Reorganization Transaction was retroactively reflected in Atento’s earnings per share calculations.
The net proceeds of the IPO, together with cash on hand, were used to repay the entire outstanding amount due under the Vendor Loan Note issued to an affiliate of Telefónica in connection with the Acquisition, of which €23.3 million (29.5 million U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing as at October 7, 2014) and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the IPO, including fees payable to Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain”), totaling 24.5 million U.S. dollars.
(c) Divestment transaction
On December 9, 2014, Atento S.A. through its indirect subsidiary, Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U., a sole-shareholder subsidiary of Atento Luxco 1, S.A. has entered into an agreement for the sale of the 100% of the share capital of ATENTO CESKÁ REPUBLIKA A.S., which owns its operations in the Czech Republic, with the Italian company COMDATA S.P.A., the impacts of the transaction were immaterials. This divestment was not considered as a discontinued operation under the IFRS 5 because it is not a relevant geographical area. The consolidation of this operation was until November 30, 2014.
2) BASIS OF PRESENTATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
a) True and fair view
As described in Note 1, Atento S.A. was incorporated as legal entity and as Group (Atento S.A. and subsidiaries) in 2014 due to the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO described in Note 1. Pursuant to the
 
F-9

Table of Contents
Reorganization Transaction, Midco became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atento S.A., a newly-formed company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg with nominal assets and liabilities for the purpose of facilitating the IPO, and which did not conduct any operations prior to the completion of the IPO. Following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, the financial statements present the consolidated results of Midco’s operations as if Atento S.A. always would have been operating. The consolidated financial statements of Midco were substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of the Atento S.A. prior to the IPO, adjusted to reflect the Reorganization Transaction. Incorporation of Atento S.A. (Floatco) has been considered a common control transaction, applying the pooling of interest method and therefore:
 
 	a)	Assets and liabilities of the combining entities (Atento S.A. and the Consolidated FS of Midco) have been reflected at their carrying amounts.	
 
 	b)	No adjustments are made to reflect fair values, or recognize any new assets or liabilities, at the date of the combination.	
 
 	c)	No new goodwill has been recognized as a result of the combination.	
 
 	d)	The income statement reflects the results of the combining entities for the full year (Atento S.A. and Midco Consolidated financials), irrespective of when the combination took place.	
 
 	e)	Impacts equity as long as the share capital of Atento S.A. shall be reflected.	
Upon consummation, the Reorganization Transaction was retroactively reflected in Atento’s earnings per share calculations.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by Management on the basis of the accounting records of Atento S.A. and its Group companies.
The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”) and IFRIC interpretations prevailing at December 31, 2014. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical costs basis, with the exception of derivative financial instruments and Contingent Value Instruments, which have been measured at fair value.
The consolidated financial statements have been issued by the Board and Audit Committee of the Company, Atento S.A. in Luxembourg on March 24, 2015. These consolidated financial statements have not been yet approved by the General Shareholders Meeting of the Parent Company. However, the Board of Directors expects them to be approved without amendments.
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS as issued by the IASB requires the use of certain key accounting estimates. IFRS also requires Management to exercise judgment throughout the process of applying the Atento Group’s accounting policies. Note 3s discloses the areas requiring a more significant degree of judgment or complexity and the areas where assumptions and estimates are more relevant to the consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 contains a detailed description of the most significant accounting policies used to prepare these consolidated financial statements.
The figures in these consolidated financial statements, comprising the consolidated statements of financial position, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, the consolidated statements of changes in equity, the consolidated statements of cash flow, and the notes thereto are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
These consolidated financial statements reflect the classification of companies in the TOPCO and subsidiaries group as Group companies, while separately identifying the pertinent balances and transactions of these companies from the remaining receivables, payables, income, expenses, proceeds and payments.
b) Comparative information
Although the figures for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 correspond to a full year of activity for the Atento Group, the figures for 2012, shown for comparative purposes, represent the period in which the Atento Group began its activity, from December 1 to December 31, 2012. Accordingly, the figures for 2013 and 2014 are not fully comparable with those for 2012.
 
F-10

Table of Contents
c) Consolidated statement of cash flow
The consolidated statement of cash flow has been prepared using the indirect method pursuant to IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flow”. Foreign currency transactions are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, in those cases where the currency differs from the presentation currency of Atento Group (U.S. dollar), as indicated in Note 3 b. The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents, maintained or owed, in foreign currency, is presented in the statement of cash flow to reconcile cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period and at period-end.
3) ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The main accounting policies used to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements are set out below. Except where otherwise indicated, these policies have been applied on a consistent basis for all periods shown in the statements.
a) Subsidiaries, business combinations and goodwill
Subsidiaries include all companies in which Atento Group is able to control financial and operating policies, a position which is generally accompanied by an ownership interest entitling it to more than half of the voting rights. To determine whether Atento Group controls another company, the existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. In cases where Atento Group does not hold more than 50% of the voting rights, but is able to guide the financial and operating policies of a given investee, an assessment is carried out to determine whether control exists.
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date in which their control is transferred to Atento Group, and they are desconsolidated from the date in that control ceases.
Atento Group applies the acquisition method when recognizing business combinations. The consideration given for the acquisition of a subsidiary is understood to correspond to the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities assumed vis-à-vis the former owners of the acquiree, and any equity instruments therein issued by Atento Group. The consideration given includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from any contingent consideration agreement.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by Atento Group is recognized at its fair value as at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of any contingent consideration deemed an asset or a liability are recognized in the income statement or as a change in other comprehensive income, in accordance with IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. Contingent consideration classified as equity is not remeasured, and any subsequent settlement thereof is also recognized in equity. Costs related to the acquisition are recognized as expenses in the year in which they are incurred.
Identifiable assets acquired and identifiable liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are initially measured at fair value as at the acquisition date.
Goodwill is initially measured as any excess of the total consideration received over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is greater than the aggregate consideration transferred, the difference is recognized in the income statement.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if there are certain events or changes in circumstances indicating potential impairment.
As part of this impairment testing, the goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to each cash-generating unit, or group of cash-generating units, that is expected to benefit from the synergies arising in the business combination.
The carrying amount of the assets allocated to each cash generating unit is then compared with its recoverable amount, which is the greater of its value in use or fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss is immediately taken to the income statement, and may not be reversed (see Section h).
b) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entities operate (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of U.S. dollars, which is the presentation currency of the Atento Group.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
c) Foreign currency translation
The results and financial position of all Atento Group entities (none of which uses the currency of an inflationary economy) whose functional currency is different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follow:
 
 	•	 	Statement of financial position assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date	
 
 	•	 	Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates for the year (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions)	
 
 	•	 	Proceeds and payments shown on the statement of cash flow are translated at the average exchange rates for the period (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions)	
 
 	•	 	Retained earnings are translated at historical exchange rates	
 
 	•	 	All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income	
Goodwill and fair value adjustments to net assets arising from the acquisition of a foreign company are considered to be assets and liabilities of the foreign company and are translated at year-end exchange rates. Exchange differences arising are recognized in other comprehensive income.
d) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions or valuation date, in the case of items being re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of these transactions and from the translation at reporting date exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income, such as qualifying as cash flow hedges.
e) Segment information
Segment information is presented in accordance with the internal information provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker, responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of operational segments, has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) responsible for strategic decisions.
The chief operating decision maker considers the business from a geographical perspective and analyzes it across three operational segments—EMEA, Americas and Brazil. Note 23 shows detailed information by segment.
f) Intangible assets
Intangible assets are stated at acquisition cost, less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.
The intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially measured at their fair value as at the acquisition date.
The acquisition cost comprises the purchase price, import duties and non-refundable taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates, and directly attributable costs of readying the asset for its intended use.
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed on a case-by-case basis to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful life and assessed for impairment whenever events or changes indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment.
The amortization charge on intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated income statement under “Depreciation and amortization”.
 
F-12

Table of Contents
Amortization methods and schedules are revised annually at the end of each reporting period and, where appropriate, adjusted prospectively.
Customer base
The customer base is stated at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over its useful life, which has been estimated to be between seven and twelve years. The customer base relates to all agreements, tacit or explicit, entered into between the Atento Group and the former owner of the Atento Group and between the Atento Group and other customers, in relation to the provision of services, and that were acquired as part of the business combinations indicated in Note 5.
Software
Software is measured at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over its useful life, generally estimated to be between three and five years. The cost of maintaining software is expensed as incurred.
Development costs directly attributable to the design and creation of software trails that are identifiable and unique, and that may be controlled by the Group, are recognized as an intangible asset providing the following conditions are met:
 
 	•	 	It is technically feasible for the intangible asset to be completed so that it will be available for use or sale.	
 
 	•	 	Management intends to complete the asset for use or sale.	
 
 	•	 	The Group has the capacity to use or sell the asset.	
 
 	•	 	It is possible to show evidence of how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits.	
 
 	•	 	Adequate technical, financial and other resources are available to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset.	
 
 	•	 	The outlay attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably determined.	
Directly attributable costs capitalized in the value of the software include the cost of personnel developing the programs and an appropriate percentage of overheads.
Costs that do not meet the criteria listed above are recognized as an expense as incurred. Expenditure for an intangible asset that is initially recognized within expenses for the period may not be subsequently recognized as intangible assets.
Capitalized software development costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which normally does not exceed three years.
Intellectual property
Amounts paid to acquire or use intellectual property are recognized under “Intellectual property”. Intellectual property is amortized on a straight line basis over its useful life, estimated at ten years.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives, which range from four to ten years.
g) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Land is not depreciated.
Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business combination are initially measured at their fair value as at the acquisition date.
The acquisition costs comprise the purchase price, import duties and non-refundable taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates, and directly attributable costs of readying the asset for its intended use.
 
F-13

Table of Contents
Acquisition costs also include, where appropriate, the initial estimates of decommissioning, withdrawal and site reconditioning costs when the Atento Group is obliged to bear this expenditure as a condition of using the assets. Repairs that do not prolong the useful life of the assets and maintenance costs are recognized directly in the income statement. Costs that prolong or improve the life of the asset are capitalized as an increase in the cost of the asset.
The Atento Group assesses the need to write down, if appropriate, the carrying amount of each item of property, plant and equipment to its period-end recoverable amount whenever there are indications that the assets’ carrying amount may not be fully recoverable through the generation of sufficient future revenue. The impairment allowance is reversed if the factors giving rise to the impairment cease to exist (see Section h).
The depreciation charge for items of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the consolidated income statement under “Depreciation and amortization”.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the useful life of the asset applying individual rates to each asset, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period. For assets acquired through a business combination, the Atento Group decided to maintain their previous useful lives.
The useful lives generally used by the Atento Group are as follow:

 	  	Years of useful life	
Owned buildings and leasehold improvements	  	5 – 40	
Plant and equipment	  	3 – 6	
Furniture	  	4 – 10	
Data processing equipment	  	1 – 5	
Vehicles	  	7	
Other property, plant and equipment	  	5 – 8	
h) Impairment of non-current assets
The Atento Group assesses as at each reporting date whether there is an indicator that a non-current asset may be impaired. If any such indicator exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required (e.g. goodwill), the Atento Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell or its value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flow is discounted to its present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered to be impaired. In this case, the carrying amount is written down to its recoverable amount, and the resulting loss is recognized in the income statement. Future depreciation/amortization charges are adjusted to reflect the asset’s new carrying amount over its remaining useful life. Management analyzes the impairment of each asset individually, except in the case of assets that generate cash flow which are interdependent on those generated by other assets (cash generating units).
The Atento Group bases the calculation of impairment on the business plans of the various cash generating units to which the assets are allocated. These business plans cover five years, and the projections in year five and beyond are modeled based on an estimated constant or decreasing growth rate.
When there are new events or changes in circumstances that indicate that a previously recognized impairment loss no longer exists or has been decreased, a new estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is made. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. This reversal is recognized in the income statement and the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
i) Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets
Upon initial recognition, the Atento Group classifies its financial assets into one of four categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments and available-for-sale financial assets. These classifications are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and modified where applicable.
 
F-14

Table of Contents
The Atento Group has classified all of its financial assets as loans and receivables, except for derivative financial instruments.
All purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the statement of financial position on the transaction date, i.e. when the commitment is made to purchase or sell the asset.
A financial asset is fully or partially derecognized from the statement of financial position only when:
1. The rights to receive cash flow from the asset have expired.
2. The Atento Group has assumed an obligation to pay the cash flow received from the asset to a third party or
3. The Atento Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flow from the asset to a third party, thereby substantially transferring all of the risks and rewards of the asset.
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and presented on a net basis in the statement of financial position when a legally enforceable right exists to offset the amounts recognized and the Atento Group intends to settle the assets and liabilities net or to simultaneously realize the asset and cancel the liability.
Loans and receivables include fixed-maturity financial assets not listed in active markets and which are not derivatives. They are classified as current assets, except for those maturing more than twelve months after the reporting date, which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at fair value plus any transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest method. Interest calculated using the effective interest method is recognized under finance income in the income statement.
The Atento Group assesses at each reporting date whether a financial asset is impaired. Where there is objective evidence of impairment of a financial asset valued at amortized cost, the amount of the loss to be taken to the income statement is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flow (without taking into account future losses), discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the impairment loss is expensed in the consolidated income statement.
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for the sale of goods or services in the normal course of business. Receivables slated for collection in twelve months or less are classified as current assets; otherwise, the balances are considered non-current assets.
Trade receivables are recognized at the original invoice amount. An impairment provision is recorded when there is objective evidence of collection risk. The amount of the impairment provision is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the doubtful trade receivables and their recoverable amount. In general, cash flow relating to short term receivables is not discounted.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position comprise cash on hand and in banks, demand deposits and other highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flow, cash and cash equivalents are shown net of any outstanding bank overdrafts.
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing debt (Borrowing)
Interest-bearing debt is initially recorded at the fair value of the consideration received, less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Any difference between the cash received (net of transaction costs) and the repayment value is recognized in the income statement over the life of the debt. Interest-bearing debt is considered to be non-current when the maturity date is longer than twelve months from the reporting date, or when the Atento Group has full discretion to defer settlement for at least another twelve months from that date.
 
F-15

Table of Contents
Financial liabilities are derecognized in the statement of financial position when the respective obligation is settled, cancelled or matures.
When the conditions agreed for a financial liability or part thereof are substantially modified, this modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. Conditions are considered substantially different when there is more than a 10% difference between the present value of cash flows discounted under the new terms using the original effective interest rate, including any commission paid net of any commission received, and the present discounted value of the cash flows remaining on the original financial liability. When an exchange of debt instruments or a modification of the conditions thereof is recorded as an extinction, the costs or commission incurred are recognized as part of the gains or losses on the extinction. When an exchange of debt instruments or a modification of conditions thereof is not recorded as an extinction, the costs and commission will adjust the carrying amount of the liability and be amortized throughout the remaining life of the modified liability.
Trade payables
Trade payables are payment obligations in respect of goods or services received from suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Trade payables falling due in twelve months or less are classified as current liabilities; otherwise, the balances are considered as non-current liabilities.
Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
j) Derivative financial instruments and hedging
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at their fair values as at the date on which they are contractually arranged. The fair value is reassessed at each reporting date.
The accounting treatment of any gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge and, where applicable, the nature of the hedge relationship.
The Atento Group designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedges.
At the inception of the hedge, the Atento Group documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives and the strategy for groups of hedges. The Atento Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedge and throughout the term thereof, of whether the derivatives used are highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items.
The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability, as applicable, if the remaining maturity of the hedged item exceeds twelve months, otherwise it is classified as a current asset or liability.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of the fair value of derivatives designated and classified as cash flow hedges is recognized in equity. Gains or losses in respect of the ineffective portion are taken to the income statement as incurred.
Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss.
When a hedging instrument matures or is sold, or when the requirements for hedge accounting are no longer met, any gain or loss accumulated in equity up until that moment remains in equity until the forecast transaction is definitively recognized in the income statement.
Derivatives which are not considered as hedging instruments
Variations in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not considered as hedging derivatives are recorded in the income statement.
 
F-16

Table of Contents
k) Share capital
The ordinary shares of the Company are classified in equity (Note 19).
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options are deducted from the proceeds raised in equity, net of the tax effect.
Whenever any Group company acquires shares in the Company (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company until the shares are cancelled, newly issued or sold. When these shares are subsequently reissued, all amounts received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the corresponding income tax effects, are included in the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.
l) Grants received
Government grants are recognized as “Deferred income” under “Other non-trade payables” within the statement of financial position when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with. The grants are released to income as “Operating grants”, classified under “Other operating income,” in the income statement in equal amounts over the useful life of the assets financed. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income over the period necessary to match the grant to the costs that it is intended to compensate.
m) Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Atento Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions for restructuring include penalties for the cancellation of leases and other contracts, as well as employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.
When the Atento Group is virtually certain that some or all of a provision is to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, a separate asset is recognized in the statement of financial position, and the expense relating to the provision is taken to the income statement, net of the expected reimbursement.
Provisions are measured at the present value of expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the specific risks inherent to the obligation. Any increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.
Contingent liabilities represent possible obligations to third parties, and existing obligations that are not recognized, given that it is not likely that an outflow of economic resources will be required in order to settle the obligation or because the amount cannot be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities are not recognized on the consolidated statement of financial position unless they are acquired for consideration as part of a business combination.
n) Employee benefits
Pension obligations
The Atento Group has arranged defined contribution pension plans for employees in Mexico and Brazil. Under defined contribution plans, the Atento Group pays fixed contributions to pension insurance plans managed publically or privately, on an obligatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Atento Group has no legal or implicit obligation to make further contributions if the fund fails to hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits corresponding to the services rendered in the present year and in prior years. The contributions are recognized as employee benefits when accrued. Benefits paid in advance are recognized as an asset insofar as they entail a cash reimbursement or a reduction in future payments.
Management Incentive Plan
In 2013, the shareholders of the Atento Group have established a management incentive plan as described in Note 26.
 
F-17

Table of Contents
Share-based payments
Atento S.A. operates a share-based compensation plan, under which the subsidiaries of Atento S.A. receive services from employees as consideration for the equity instruments of Atento S.A. The subsidiaries themselves are not party to any of the contracts; Atento S.A. will settle these agreements. The plan offers various instruments (award agreements, stock options, restricted stock units, etc.), but so far only two types of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) have been granted to selected employees on December 3, 2014.
The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the RSUs is recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements of Atento S.A. The total amount to be expensed is determined with reference to the fair value of the RSUs granted:
 
 	•	 	Including any market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s share price)	
 
 	•	 	Excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period) and	
 
 	•	 	Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the requirement for employees to save or hold shares for a specific period of time).	
At the end of each reporting period, the group revises its estimates of the number of RSUs that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revisions to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
When the RSUs vest, Atento S.A. will issue new shares or buy them back in the market. The proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.
The social security contributions payable in connection with the granting of the share options is considered an integral part of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as a cash-settled transaction.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are paid to employees when the Atento Group decides to terminate their employment contracts prior to the usual retirement age or when the employee agrees to resign voluntarily in exchange for these benefits. The Atento Group recognizes these benefits as an expense for the year, at the earliest of the following dates: (a) when the Atento Group is no longer able to withdraw the offer for these benefits; or (b) when the Atento Group company recognizes the costs of a restructuring effort as per IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”, and when this restructuring entails the payment of termination benefits. When benefits are offered in order to encourage the voluntary resignation of employees, termination benefits are measured on the basis of the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits to be paid in more than twelve months from the reporting date are discounted to their present value.
o) Income tax
The income tax expense includes all the expenses and credits arising from the corporate income tax levied on all the Atento Group companies.
Income tax expenses for each period represent the aggregate amounts of current and deferred taxes, if applicable.
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amounts are those that are enacted at the reporting date in each country in which the Atento Group operates.
Deferred taxes are calculated based on an analysis of the statement of financial position, in consideration of temporary differences generated from differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
The main temporary differences arise due to differences between the tax bases and carrying amounts of plant, property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and non-deductible provisions, as well as differences between the fair value and tax bases of net assets acquired from a business combination.
Furthermore, deferred tax assets arise from unused tax credits and tax loss carryforwards.
 
F-18

Table of Contents
The Atento Group determines deferred tax assets and liabilities by applying the tax rates that will be effective when the corresponding asset is received or the liability settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that are enacted (or substantively enacted) at the reporting date.
The carrying amounts of deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of that deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities associated with investments in subsidiaries and branches are not recognized when the timing of the reversal can be controlled by the parent company, and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax relating to items directly recognized in equity is also recognized in equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from business combinations are added to or deducted from goodwill.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
p) Revenue and expenses
Revenue and expenses are recognized on the income statement on an accruals basis, i.e. when the goods or services represented by them take place, regardless of when actual payment or collection occurs.
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received, and represents the amounts to be collected for goods or services sold, net of discounts, returns and value added tax. Revenue is recognized when the income can be reliably measured, when it is probable that the Group will receive a future economic benefit, and when certain conditions are met for each Group activity carried out.
Sales of services are recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, with reference to the percentage completion, when the revenue and costs of the services contract, as well as the stage of completion thereof, can be reliably estimated, and it is probable that the related receivables will be recovered. When one or more of these service contract elements cannot be reliably estimated, revenue from the sale of services are recognized only up to the amount of contract costs incurred the recovery of which is deemed to be probable.
The Atento Group obtains revenue mainly from the provision of customer services, recognizing the revenue when the teleoperation occurs (based on the stage of completion of the service provided) or when certain contact center consulting work is carried out.
Expenses are recognized in the income statement on an accruals basis, i.e. when the goods or services represented by them take place, regardless of when actual payment or collection occurs.
The Atento Group’s incorporation, start-up and research expenses, as well as expenses that do not qualify for capitalization under IFRS, are recognized in the consolidated income statement when incurred and classified in accordance with their nature.
q) Interest income and expenses
Interest expenses incurred in the construction of any qualified asset is capitalized during the time necessary to complete the asset and prepare it for the intended use. All other interest expenditure is expensed in the year in which it is incurred.
Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. When a loan or a receivable has been impaired, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount, discounting the estimated future cash flow at the instrument’s original effective interest rate and recognizing the discount as a decrease in interest income. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized when the cash is collected or on the basis of the recovery of the costs when the loan is secured.
 
F-19

Table of Contents
r) Leases (as lessee)
Leases where the lessor does not transfer substantially all of the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.
The Atento Group rents certain properties. Those lease arrangements under which the Atento Group holds the significant risks and benefits inherent in owning the leased item are treated as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized as an asset at the inception of the lease period and classified according to their nature. The related debt is recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments agreed, and the fair value of the leased asset. Lease payments are proportionally allocated to the principal of the lease liability and to finance charges. Finance charges are reflected in the income statement over the lease term so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the balance pending repayment in each period.
s) Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires the use of certain assumptions and estimates that affect the recognized amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses, as well as the related breakdowns.
Some of the accounting policies applied in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements required Management to apply significant judgments in order to select the most appropriate assumptions for determining these estimates. These assumptions and estimates are based on Management experience, the advice of consultants and experts, forecasts and other circumstances and expectations prevailing at year end. Management’s evaluation takes into account the global economic situation in the sector in which the Atento Group operates, as well as the future outlook for the business. By virtue of their nature, these judgments are inherently subject to uncertainty. Consequently, actual results could differ substantially from the estimates and assumptions used. Should this occur, the values of the related assets and liabilities would be adjusted accordingly.
At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, no relevant changes are forecast in the estimates. As a result, no significant adjustments in the values of the assets and liabilities recognized at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are expected.
Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available at each reporting date on the events analyzed, events that take place in the future might make it necessary to change these estimates in coming years. Changes in accounting estimates would be applied prospectively in accordance with the requirements of IAS 8, “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”, recognizing the effects of the changes in estimates in the related consolidated income statement.
An explanation of the estimates and judgments that entail a significant risk of leading to a material adjustment in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the coming financial year is as follow:
Revenue recognition
The Atento Group recognizes revenue on an accruals basis during the period in which the services are rendered, with reference to the stage of completion of the specific transaction, and assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided, as described in Note 3p above. Recognizing service revenue with reference to the stage of completion involves the use of estimates in relation to certain key elements of the service contracts, such as contract costs, period of execution and allowances related to the contracts. As far as is practical, the Atento Group applies its past experience and specific quantitative indicators in its estimates, considering the specific circumstances applicable to specific customers or contracts. If certain circumstances have occurred that may have an impact the initially estimated revenue, costs or percentage of completion, estimates are reviewed based on such circumstances. Such reviews may result in adjustments to costs and revenue recognized for a period.
Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
The accounting treatment of items of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets entails the use of estimates to determine their useful lives for depreciation and amortization purposes. In determining the useful
 
F-20

Table of Contents
life, it is necessary to estimate the level of use of assets as well as forecast technological trends in the assets. Assumptions regarding the level of use, the technological framework and the future development require a significant degree of judgment, bearing in mind that these aspects are rather difficult to foresee. Changes in the level of use of assets or in their technological development could result in a modification of their useful lives and, consequently, in the associated depreciation or amortization.
Estimated impairment of goodwill
The Atento Group tests goodwill for impairment annually, in accordance with the accounting principle described in Note 3h. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing as part of the cash-generating unit to which it has been allocated. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units defined in order to identify potential impairment in goodwill are determined on the basis of value in use, applying five-year financial forecasts based on the Atento Group’s strategic plans, approved and reviewed by Management. These calculations entail the use of assumptions and estimates, and require a significant degree of judgment. The main variables considered in the sensitivity analyses are growth rates, discount rates using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) and the key business variables.
Deferred taxes
The Atento Group assesses the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on estimates of future earnings. The ability to recover these deferred amounts depends ultimately on the Atento Group’s ability to generate taxable earnings over the period in which the deferred tax assets remain deductible. This analysis is based on the estimated timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, as well as estimates of taxable earnings, which are sourced from internal projections and are continuously updated to reflect the latest trends.
The appropriate classification of tax assets and liabilities depends on a series of factors, including estimates as to the timing and realization of deferred tax assets and the projected tax payment schedule. Actual income tax receipts and payments could differ from the estimates made by the Atento Group as a result of changes in tax legislation or unforeseen transactions that could affect the tax balances (see Note 20).
The Atento Group has recognized tax credits corresponding to losses carried forward since, based on internal projections, it is probable there will be future taxable profits against which they may be utilized.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date, and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of that deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognized when the Atento Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. This obligation may be legal or constructive, deriving from, inter alia, regulations, contracts, customary practice or public commitments that would lead third parties to reasonably expect that the Atento Group will assume certain responsibilities. The amount of the provision is determined based on the best estimate of the outlay required to settle the obligation, taking into account all available information as at the reporting date, including the opinions of independent experts such as legal counsel or consultants.
No provision is recognized if the amount of liability cannot be estimated reliably. In such cases, the relevant information would be provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Given the uncertainties inherent in the estimates used to determine the amount of provisions, actual outflows of resources may differ from the amounts recognized originally on the basis of these estimates (see Note 21).
Fair value of derivatives and contingent-value instruments
The Atento Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate risks, primarily derived from possible fluctuations in interest rates on loans received. Derivatives are recognized at the onset of the contract at fair value, subsequently re-measuring the fair value and adjusting as necessary at each reporting date.
 
F-21

Table of Contents
The fair values of derivative financial instruments are calculated on the basis of observable market data available, either in terms of market prices or through the application of valuation techniques. The valuation techniques used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments include the discounting of future cash flow associated with the instruments, applying assumptions based on market conditions at the valuation date or using prices established for similar instruments, among others. These estimates are based on available market information and appropriate valuation techniques. The fair values calculated could differ significantly if other market assumptions and/or estimation techniques were applied.
Discounted cash flow analyses are used to analyze the fair value of the contingent-value instruments (“CVIs”). The fair value of the CVIs is based upon discounted cash flow analyses, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation and results in a higher degree of financial statement volatility.
t) Consolidation method
All subsidiaries are fully consolidated. Intra-group income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation, as are all receivables and payables between Group companies. Gains and losses arising on intra-group transactions are also eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies of subsidiaries have been brought into line with those adopted in the Atento Group.
The details of Atento Group subsidiaries at December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

Name	 	Registered
address	 	Line of business	 	Functional
currency	 	% interest	 	Holding company	
Atalaya Luxco Midco, S.à.r.l	 	Luxembourg	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento S.A.	
						
Atento Luxco 1 S.A	 	Luxembourg	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atalaya Luxco Midco, S.à.r.l	
						
Atalaya Luxco 2. S.à.r.l	 	Luxembourg	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Luxco 1. S.A.	
						
Atalaya Luxco 3. S.à.r.l	 	Luxembourg	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Luxco 1. S.A.	
						
Atento Argentina. S.A (1)	 	Buenos Aires
(Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	90
10	 	Atalaya Luxco 2. S.à.r.l.
Atalaya Luxco 3. S.à.r.l.	
						
Global Rossolimo. S.L.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Luxco 1. S.A.	
						
Atento Spain Holdco 6. S.L.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Spain Holdco 2. S.A.U (2)	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco 6. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Teleservicios España. S.A.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco 2. S.A.U.	
						
Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría S.A.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Execution of
technological projects
and services, and
consultancy services	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
						
Atento Impulsa. S.A.U	 	Barcelona (Spain)	 	Management of
specialized
employment centers
for disabled workers	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
						
Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center. S.A.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Execution of
technological projects
and services, and
consultancy services	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Teleservicios España. S.A.U.	
						
Atento Maroc. S.A	 	Casablanca
(Morocco)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	MAD	 	99.9991	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
						
Atento B V	 	Amsterdam
(Netherlands)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco 2. S.A.U.	
						
Teleatento del Perú. S.A.C (3)	 	Lima (Peru)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	PEN	 	83.3333
(Class A)
16.6667
(Class B)	 	Atento B.V.
 
Atento Holding Chile. S.A.	
 
F-22

Table of Contents

Name	 	Registered
address	 	Line of business	 	Functional
currency	 	% interest	 	Holding company	
Woknal. S.A	 	Montevideo
(Uruguay)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	UYU	 	100	 	Atento B.V.	
						
Atento Colombia. S.A	 	Bogotá DC
(Colombia)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	COP	 	94.97871	 	Atento B.V.	
	 		 		 		 	0.00424	 	Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center. S.L.U.	
	 		 		 		 	0.00854	 	Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría. S.L.U.	
	 		 		 		 	5.004270	 	Atento Teleservicios España. S.A.U.	
	 		 		 		 	0.00424	 	Atento Teleservicios España. S.A.U.	
						
Atento Holding Chile. S.A	 	Santiago de Chile
(Chile)	 	Holding company	 	CLP	 	99.9999	 	Atento B.V.	
						
Atento Chile. S.A	 	Santiago de Chile
(Chile)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	CLP	 	99.99	 	Atento Holding Chile. S.A.	
						
Atento Educación Limitada	 	Santiago de Chile
(Chile)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	CLP	 	99
1	 	Atento Chile. S.A.
Atento Holding Chile. S.A.	
						
Atento Centro de Formación Técnica Limitada	 	Santiago de Chile
(Chile)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	CLP	 	99
1	 	Atento Chile. S.A.
Atento Holding Chile. S.A.	
						
Atento Spain Holdco 4. S.A.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Brasil. S.A	 	São Paulo (Brazil)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	BRL	 	99.999	 	Atento Spain Holdco 4. S.A.U.	
	 		 		 		 	0.01	 	Atento Luxco 1, S.A.	
						
Atento Brasil 1 Ltda (4)	 	São Paulo (Brazil)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	BRL	 	100	 	Atento Brasil. S.A.	
						
Atento Spain Holdco 5. S.L.U	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Holding company	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Ceská Republika, a.s. (5)	 	Praga (Czeck
Republic)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	EUR	 	100	 	Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U.	
						
Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V	 	Mexico	 	Holding company	 	MXN	 	99.9667	 	Atento Spain Holdco 5. S.L.U.	
	 		 		 		 	0.0333	 	Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	
						
Atento Puerto Rico. Inc	 	Guaynabo
(Puerto Rico)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	USD	 	100	 	Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V..	
						
Contact US Teleservices Inc	 	Houston, Texas
(USA)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	USD	 	100	 	Atento Mexicana. S.A. de C.V.	
						
Atento Panamá. S.A	 	Panama City	 	Operation of call
centers	 	USD	 	99	 	Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V.	
	 		 		 		 	1	 	Atento Mexicana. S.A. de C.V.	
						
Atento Atención y Servicios. S.A. de C.V	 	Mexico City
(Mexico)	 	Administrative,
professional and
consultancy services	 	MXN	 	99.998
 	 	Deutsche Bank México, S.A., IBM, División Fiduciaria Atento Servicios. S.A. de C.V.	
	 		 		 		 	0.002	 		
						
Atento Servicios. S.A. de C.V	 	Mexico City
(Mexico)	 	Sale of goods and
services	 	MXN	 	99.9995
 	 	Deutsche Bank México, S.A., IBM, División Fiduciaria Atento Atención y Servicios. S.A. de C.V.	
	 		 		 		 	0.0005	 		
						
Atento Centroamérica. S.A	 	Guatemala
(Guatemala)	 	Holding company	 	GTQ	 	99.9999	 	Atento Mexicana. S.A. de C.V.	
	 		 		 		 	0.0001	 	Atento El Salvador S.A. de C.V.	
						
Atento de Guatemala. S.A	 	Guatemala
(Guatemala)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	GTQ	 	99.99999	 	Atento Centroamérica. S.A.	
	 		 		 		 	0.00001	 	Atento El Salvador S.A. de C.V.	
 
F-23

Table of Contents

Name	 	Registered
address	 	Line of business	 	Functional
currency	 	% interest	 	Holding company	
Atento El Salvador. S.A. de C.V	 	City of San
Salvador (El
Salvador)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	USD	 	7.4054	 	Atento Centroamerica. S.A.	
	 		 		 		 	92.5946	 	Atento de Guatemala. S.A.	
						
Atento Nicaragua S.A (6)	 	Nicaragua	 	Operation of call
centers	 		 	1	 	Atento Centroamerica. S.A.	
	 		 		 		 	99	 	Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V.	
						
Atento Costa Rica S.A (7)	 	Costa Rica	 	Operation of call
centers	 		 	1	 	Atento Centroamerica. S.A.	
	 		 		 		 	99	 	Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V.	
 
(1)	At December 31, 2013, this company’s corporate name was Centros de Contacto Salta, S.A.	
(2)	On April 9th, 2013, this company was transformed into a Public Limited Company.	
(3)	Teleatento del Peru S.A.C. (Voting power held by each shareholder)	
The distribution of profits will be made in the amount and at the time resolved by the Annual General Meeting, and dividends will be paid in different proportions. The dividends will be distributed among the shareholders, following the agreed proportion, depending on the class of shares, in the following manner:
 	(i)	Holders of Class “A” shares will have the right to receive 99% of the overall of distributable profits produced by the Company in each opportunity.	
 	(ii)	Holders of Class “B” shares will have the right to receive one (1) per cent from the overall distributable profits produced by the Company in each opportunity.	
 
(4)	Incorporated to Atento Group on December 30, 2014.	
(5)	Sold on December 9th, 2014.	
(6)	Incorporated to Atento Group on the last quarter of 2014.	
(7)	Please refer to footnote n. 5.	
At December 31, 2013 and 2014, none of the Group’s subsidiaries is listed on a stock exchange and all use December 31 as their reporting date, except for Atento Luxco 1 S.A. which has debt securities listed in the Global Exchange Market in Ireland.
All Group companies subject to statutory audit as per local legislation have been audited.
u) New and amended standards and interpretations
The new and amended standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that have entered into force and been applied during the year are as follow:
Amendment to IAS 32, “Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
Amendment to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27, “Investment Entities’—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
IFRIC 21, “Levies”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
Amendments to IAS 39, “Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
These standards have not had a significant effect on the Atento Group’s consolidated financial statements, with the exception of modifications in presentation and disclosures that have been included in the Atento Group’s consolidated financial statements.
New and amended standards and interpretations that have yet to enter into force and that have not been adopted early by the Atento Group.
At the date of publication of these consolidation financial statements, the IASB has issued the following new and amended standards and interpretations, which enter into force for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015 and that the Atento Group has not adopted early.
 
F-24

Table of Contents
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, “Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortization”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016.
Annual improvements to IFRS’s 2010-2012 Cycle—Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014.
Annual improvements to IFRS’s 2011-2013 Cycle—Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014.
Annual Improvements to IFRS 2012-2014 Cycle—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016.
IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2017.
IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments”—effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
The Atento Group is currently assessing the impact of the application of these standards and amendments. Pursuant to the analyses conducted to date, the Atento Group estimates that the application of these amendments will not have a material impact on the Group consolidated financial statements during the period of its initial application.
4) FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
4.1 Financial risk factors
The Atento Group’s activities expose it to various types of financial risk: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and country risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Atento Group’s global risk management policy aims to minimize the potential adverse effects of these risks on the Atento Group’s financial returns. The Atento Group also uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
a) Market risk
Interest rate risk in respect of cash flow and fair value
Interest rate risk arises mainly as a result of changes in interest rates which affect: (i) finance costs of debt, bearing interest at variable rates (or debt with short term maturity which is expected to be renewed), as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, and (ii) the value of non-current liabilities that bear interest at fixed rates.
At December 31, 2014 48.0% of financial debt with third parties (excluding CVIs and the effect of financial derivative instruments) bore interests at variable rates, while at December 31, 2013 this amount was 43.2%.
The Atento Group’s finance costs are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. In 2013 and 2014, the rate to which the Atento Group had the greatest exposure was the Brazilian CDI rate.
As of December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments related to the Brazilian Debentures totaled $10.9 million, which was recorded as a financial asset. Based on our total indebtedness of $653.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and not taking into account the impact of our interest rate hedging instruments referred to above, a 1% change in interest rates would impact our net interest expense by $3.2 million.
As of December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments related to the Brazilian Debentures totaled $15.6 million, which was recorded as a financial asset. Based on our total indebtedness of $1,370.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and not taking into account the impact of our interest rate hedging instruments referred to above, a 1% change in interest rates would impact our net interest expense by $3.8 million.
The Atento Group’s policy is to monitor exposure to this risk. In that regard, as described in Note 14, the Atento Group has arranged interest rate swaps that have the economic effect of converting floating-rate borrowing into loans at fixed interest rates.
 
F-25

Table of Contents
The table below shows the impact on these value of derivatives of a +/-10 basis points variation in the CDI interest rate curves.

 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
INTEREST RATE	  	12/31/2014	 	
FAIR VALUE	  	 	10,916	  	
0.10%	  	 	10,434	  	
-0.10%	  	 	11,399	  	
Also, as described in Note 14, the Atento Group has cross-currency swap hedging instruments with the economic effect of covering cash flow related to the Senior Secured Notes issued in U.S. dollars.
Additionally, the Atento Group holds derivatives which are not considered as hedging instruments related to the cash flow generated in Mexican Pesos, Colombian Pesos and Peruvian Nuevos Soles.
The table below shows the impact on the value of the rest of derivatives of a +/-10 basis points variation in the interest rate curve.

 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
CROSS CURRENCY	  	12/31/2014	 	
FAIR VALUE	  	 	20,155	  	
0.10%	  	 	18,939	  	
-0.10%	  	 	21,487	  	
Foreign currency risk
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Atento Group entities held several borrowing and cash equivalents in currencies other than their functional currency.
The most significant exposure to foreign currency risk is derived from the U.S. dollar denominated Senior Secured Notes issued by the subsidiary Atento Luxco 1, S.A. in 2013 whose functional currency is the Euro. As indicated above, the Atento Group has cross-currency swap hedging instruments with the economic effect of covering cash flow related to the Senior Secured Notes issued in U.S. dollars.
 
F-26

Table of Contents
Sensitivity analysis of foreign currency risk
The Atento Group has reasonable control over its foreign currency risks, as its financial assets and financial liabilities denominated in currencies other than their functional are adequately matched. A sensitivity analysis based on the outstanding volume of financial assets and liabilities (applying a 10% appreciation of each asset/liability currency versus the functional currency) highlights the limited impact that such an event would have on the income statement is U.S. dollars.

2013	 	Financial assets ( * )	 	 	Financial liabilities ( * )	 	  	Sensitivity analysis	 	
Functional currency—financial asset/
liability currency	 	Functional
currency
(thousands)	 	 	Asset
currency
(thousands)	 	 	U.S. Dollar
(thousands)	 	 	Functional
currency
(thousands)	 	 	Liability
currency
(thousands)	 	 	U.S. Dollar
(thousands)	 	  	Appreciation of asset/
liability currency vs
functional currency	 	  	Appreciation
of financial
assets in
functional
currency	 	  	Income
statement
profit/(loss)
(thousands of
U.S. Dollar)	 	  	Appreciation
of financial
liabilities in
functional
currency	 	  	Income
statement
profit/(loss)
(thousands of
U.S. Dollar)	 	
Euro—USD	 	 	2,909	  	 	 	4,011	  	 	 	4,011	  	 	 	215,852	  	 	 	297,681	  	 	 	297,681	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	1.24118928	  	  	 	3,232	  	  	 	446	  	  	 	239,835	  	  	 	(33,075	) 	
Peruvian Nuevos Soles—USD	 	 	1,748	  	 	 	625	  	 	 	625	  	 	 	3,795	  	 	 	1,357	  	 	 	1,257	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.32183086	  	  	 	1,943	  	  	 	69	  	  	 	4,217	  	  	 	(151	) 	
Uruguayan Pesos—USD	 	 	7,507	  	 	 	351	  	 	 	351	  	 	 	3,540	  	 	 	165	  	 	 	165	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0420777	  	  	 	8,341	  	  	 	39	  	  	 	3,921	  	  	 	(18	) 	
Argentinian Pesos—USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	27	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	4	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.13801564	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	29	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Argentinian Pesos (CVI)	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	31,446	  	 	 	282,798	  	 	 	43,367	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	8.09381632	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	34,940	  	  	 	(4,819	) 	
Mexican Pesos—Euro	 	 	56,724	  	 	 	3,144	  	 	 	4,335	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.04987656	  	  	 	63,027	  	  	 	482	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Mexican Pesos—USD	 	 	34,488	  	 	 	2,636	  	 	 	2,636	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.068784727	  	  	 	38,320	  	  	 	293	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Colombian Pesos—USD	 	 	361,010	  	 	 	187	  	 	 	187	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.000467088	  	  	 	401,122	  	  	 	21	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Guatemalan Quetzal—USD	 	 	2,168	  	 	 	276	  	 	 	276	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.114775862	  	  	 	2,409	  	  	 	31	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Mexican Pesos	 	 	86	  	 	 	1,559	  	 	 	119	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	16.24009354	  	  	 	96	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
F-27

Table of Contents

2014	 	Financial assets ( * )	 	 	Financial liabilities ( * )	 	  	Sensitivity analysis	 	
Functional currency—financial asset/
liability currency	 	Functional
currency
(thousands)	 	 	Asset
currency
(thousands)	 	 	U.S. Dollar
(thousands)	 	 	Functional
currency
(thousands)	 	 	Liability
currency
(thousands)	 	 	U.S. Dollar
(thousands)	 	  	Appreciation of asset/
liability currency vs
functional currency	 	  	Appreciation
of financial
assets in
functional
currency	 	  	Income
statement
profit/(loss)
(thousands of
U.S. Dollar)	 	 	Appreciation
of financial
liabilities in
functional
currency	 	  	Income
statement
profit/(loss)
(thousands of
U.S. Dollar)	 	
Euro—USD	 	 	8,642	  	 	 	10,492	  	 	 	10,492	  	 	 	247,317	  	 	 	300,269	  	 	 	300,269	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	1.0926905	  	  	 	9,602	  	  	 	1,166	  	 	 	274,798	  	  	 	(33,365	) 	
Peruvian Nuevos Soles—USD	 	 	9,905	  	 	 	3,325	  	 	 	3,325	  	 	 	4,019	  	 	 	1,349	  	 	 	1,349	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.3021047	  	  	 	11,006	  	  	 	369	  	 	 	4,465	  	  	 	(150	) 	
Euro—Argentinian Pesos (CVI)	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29,964	  	 	 	311,077	  	 	 	36,379	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	9.3435965	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	33,293	  	  	 	(4,042	) 	
Mexican Pesos—Euro	 	 	998	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	68	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0502862	  	  	 	2,100	  	  	 	75	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Mexican Pesos—USD	 	 	10	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0610525	  	  	 	12	  	  	 	0	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Colombian Pesos—USD	 	 	113,579	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0003765	  	  	 	126,199	  	  	 	5	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Guatemalan Quetzal—USD	 	 	433	  	 	 	57	  	 	 	57	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.1184717	  	  	 	481	  	  	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Mexican Pesos	 	 	89	  	 	 	1,586	  	 	 	108	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	16.1077878	  	  	 	98	  	  	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Colombian Pesos	 	 	627	  	 	 	1,820,116	  	 	 	761	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	2,612.0110134	  	  	 	697	  	  	 	85	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Dirham Moroccan	 	 	335	  	 	 	3,690	  	 	 	407	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	9.9101566	  	  	 	372	  	  	 	45	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Euro—Peruvian Nuevos Soles	 	 	62	  	 	 	224	  	 	 	75	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	3.2552343	  	  	 	69	  	  	 	8	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Dirham Moroccan—Euro	 	 	246	  	 	 	22	  	 	 	27	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0817343	  	  	 	274	  	  	 	33	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Brazilian Reais—USD	 	 	66,409	  	 	 	25,001	  	 	 	25,001	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.3388299	  	  	 	73,788	  	  	 	2,778	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Chilean Pesos—Euro	 	 	47	  	 	 	0	  	 	 	0	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0012217	  	  	 	38	  	  	 	(0	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Chilean Pesos—USD	 	 	260	  	 	 	0	  	 	 	0	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10	% 	 	 	0.0014833	  	  	 	175	  	  	 	(0	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
(*)	Financial liabilities correspond to borrowing in currencies other than functional currencies (Senior Secured Notes, Finance Leases and CVIs). Financial Assets correspond to cash and cash equivalents in currencies other than functional currencies. Example of the income statement impact of appreciation of the asset/liability currency versus the functional currency. When conducting this sensitivity analysis, assuming depreciation, the income statement impact would be the same, but precisely reversed.	
 
F-28

Table of Contents
Country risk
To manage or mitigate country risk, the Atento Group repatriates the funds generated in the Americas and Brazil that are not required to pursue new, profitable business opportunities in the region. The capital structure of the Atento Group comprises two separate ring-fenced financings: (i) the Brazilian Debentures denominated in Brazilian Reais and (ii) the USD 300 million 7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020, together with the €50 million ($60.7 million) Revolving Credit Facility. The objective of combining a Brazilian term loan with a USD bond is to create a natural hedge for the interest payments on the Brazilian loan, which are serviced with cash flow from Atento Brazil denominated in Brazilian Reais.
Argentinian subsidiary sit outside of these two separate ring-fenced financings, and as a result, we do not rely on cash flow from these operations to serve our Company’s debt commitments.
b) Credit risk
The Atento Group seeks to conduct all of its business with reputable national and international companies and institutions of established solvency in their countries of origin, so as to minimize credit risk. As a result of this policy, the Atento Group has no material adjustments to make to its trade accounts (see Note 13 on impairment allowances).
Accordingly, the Atento Group’s commercial credit risk management approach is based on continuous monitoring of the risks assumed and the financial resources necessary to manage the Group’s various units, in order to optimize the risk-reward relationship in the development and implementation of business plans in the course of their regular business.
Credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents is managed by placing cash surpluses in high quality and highly liquid money market assets. These placements are regulated by a master agreement revised annually on the basis of the conditions prevailing in the markets and the countries where Atento operates. The master agreement establishes: (i) the maximum amounts to be invested per counterparty, based on their ratings (long and short term debt ratings); (ii) the maximum period of the investment; and (iii) the instruments in which the surpluses may be invested.
The Atento Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is primarily limited to the carrying amounts of its financial assets (see Notes 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15). The Atento Group holds no guarantees as collection insurance. As disclosed in Note 23, the Atento Group carries out significant transactions with the Telefónica Group. At December 31, 2014 the balance of accounts receivable with Telefónica Group amounted to 236,950 thousand U.S. dollars (302,234 the thousand U.S. dollars in 2013).
c) Liquidity risk
The Atento Group seeks to match its debt maturity schedule to its capacity to generate cash flow to meet the payments falling due, factoring in a comfortable cushion. In practice, this has meant that the Atento Group’s average debt maturity must be longer than the length of time required to pay its debt (assuming that internal projections are met). A maturity schedule for the Atento Group’s financial liabilities is provided in Note 16.
4.2 Capital Management
The Atento Group’s Finance Department, which is in charge of the capital management, takes various factors into consideration when determining the Group’s capital structure.
The Atento Group’s capital management goal is to determine the financial resources necessary both to continue its recurring activities and to maintain a capital structure that optimizes own and borrowed funds.
The Atento Group sets an optimal debt level in order to maintain a flexible and comfortable medium term borrowing structure, in order to be able to carry out its routine activities under normal conditions and also address new opportunities for growth. Debt levels are kept in line with forecast future cash flows and with quantitative restrictions imposed under financing contracts.
In addition to these general guidelines, other considerations and specifics are taken into account when determining the Atento Group’s financial structure, such as country risk in the broadest sense, tax efficiency and volatility in cash flow generation.
 
F-29

Table of Contents
As indicated in Note 17, among the restrictions imposed under financing arrangements, the debentures contract lays out certain general obligations and disclosures in respect of the lending institutions. Specifically, the borrower (BC Brazilco Participações, S.A., which has now merged with Atento Brasil, S.A.) must comply with the quarterly net financial debt/EBITDA ratio set out in the contract terms.
The contract also sets out additional restrictions, including limitations on dividends, payments and distributions to shareholders and capacity to incur additional debt.
The Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility, also described in Note 17, carries no financial covenant obligations regarding debt levels. However, the credit facility does impose limitations on the use of the funds, linked to compliance with a debt ratio. The contract also includes other restrictions, including: limitations on the distribution of dividends, payments or distributions to shareholders, the capacity to incur additional debt, and on investments and disposal of assets.
The Senior Secured Notes issued in 2013 carry no limitation covenant obligations regarding debt levels. However, the Notes do impose limitations on the distributions on dividends, payments or distributions to the shareholders, the incurring of additional debt, and on investments and disposals of assets.
As at the date of these consolidated financial statements, the Atento Group was in compliance with all restrictions established in the aforementioned financing contracts, and does not foresee any future non-compliance. To that end, the Atento Group regularly monitors figures for net financial debt with third parties and EBITDA.
The reconciliation between EBITDA and the consolidated income statement is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	December 1 to
December 31,	 	  	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Loss for the period from continuing operations	  	 	(56,620	) 	  	 	(4,039	) 	  	 	(42,152	) 	
Income tax expense	  	 	8,132	  	  	 	8,346	  	  	 	18,533	  	
Net finance expense	  	 	6,044	  	  	 	100,667	  	  	 	110,769	  	
Depreciation and Amortization	  	 	7,500	  	  	 	128,975	  	  	 	119,820	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
EBITDA		 	(34,944	) 		 	233,949	  		 	206,970	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net financial debt with third parties at December 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Senior Secured Notes (Note 17)	  	 	297,681	  	  	 	300,269	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures (Note 17)	  	 	345,854	  	  	 	245,932	  	
Bank borrowing (Note 17)	  	 	632	  	  	 	61,720	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 17)	  	 	11,877	  	  	 	9,010	  	
CVIs (Note 17)	  	 	43,367	  	  	 	36,379	  	
Vendor Loans (Note 17)	  	 	151,701	  	  	 	—  	  	
Derivative financial liabilities (Note 14)	  	 	15,962	  	  	 	1,193	  	
Less: Cash and cash equivalents (Note 15)	  	 	(213,491	) 	  	 	(211,440	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net financial debt with third parties		 	653,583	  		 	443,063	  	
4.3 Fair value estimation
The table below shows an analysis of the financial instruments measured at fair value, classified according to the valuation method used. The following valuation levels are used:
Prices (unadjusted) quoted in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1).
Data other than the Level 1 quoted price that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. price derivatives) (Level 2).
Data for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (Level 3).
 
F-30

Table of Contents
The Atento Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2013	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 2	 	  	Level 3	 	  	Total balance	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Derivatives (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	18,296	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	18,296	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets		 	—  	  		 	18,296	  		 	—  	  		 	18,296	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities																	
Derivatives (Note 14)		 	—  	  		 	(15,962	) 		 	—  	  		 	(15,962	) 	
CVIs (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(43,367	) 		 	(43,367	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities		 	—  	  		 	(15,962	) 		 	(43,367	) 		 	(59,329	) 	

																	
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2014	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 2	 	  	Level 3	 	  	Total balance	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Derivatives (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	32,265	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	32,265	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets		 	—  	  		 	32,265	  		 	—  	  		 	32,265	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities																	
Derivatives (Note 14)		 	—  	  		 	(1,193	) 		 	—  	  		 	(1,193	) 	
CVIs (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(36,379	) 		 	(36,379	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities		 	—  	  		 	(1,193	) 		 	(36,379	) 		 	(37,572	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
No transfers were carried out between the different levels during the year.
The following table reflects the movements of the Atento Group’s Contingent Value Instruments (“CVIs”) described in Note 17 measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs as at December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Fair value at the beginning of the period	  	 	(52,275	) 	  	 	(43,367	) 	
Change in fair value	  	 	(5,630	) 	  	 	(6,187	) 	
Translation differences	  	 	14,538	  	  	 	13,175	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Fair value at December 31 (Note 17)		 	(43,367	) 		 	(36,379	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
a) Level 1 financial instruments:
The fair value of financial instruments traded on active markets is based on the quoted market price at the reporting date. A market is considered active when trading prices are easily and regularly available through a stock exchange, financial intermediary, industry institution, price service or regulatory body, and when these prices reflect actual routine arm’s length market transactions. The quoted market price used for the Atento Group’s financial assets is the current bid price. These instruments are classified in Level 1, although as at the dates in question, the Atento Group had no Level 1 financial instruments.
b) Level 2 financial instruments:
The fair value of financial instruments not traded in an active market (i.e. OTC derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques. Valuation techniques maximize the use of available observable market data, and place as little reliance as possible on specific company estimates. If all of the significant inputs required to calculate the fair value of a financial instrument are observable, the instrument is classified in Level 2. The Atento Group’s Level 2 financial instruments comprise interest rate swaps used to hedge floating rate loans and cross currency swaps.
c) Level 3 financial instruments:
If one or more significant inputs are not based on observable market data, the instrument is classified in Level 3.
 
F-31

Table of Contents
The specific financial instrument valuation techniques used by the Atento Group include the following:
 
 	•	 	Quoted market prices or prices established by financial intermediaries for similar instruments.	
 
 	•	 	The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the future estimated cash flow based on estimated interest rate curves.	
 
 	•	 	The present value of foreign currency futures is determined using forward exchange rates at the reporting date, discounting the resulting amount from the present value.	
 
 	•	 	Discounted cash flow analyses are used to determine the fair value of the CVIs, as discussed in Note 17. The fair values of the CVIs are based upon discounted cash flow analyses for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation and result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. As observable market activity is often unavailable when estimating the fair value of the CVIs, we estimate the fair value using a modeling technique which includes the use of a variety of inputs/assumptions including interest rates or other relevant inputs. Changes in the significant underlying factors or assumptions (either an increase or a decrease) in any of these areas underlying our estimates may not result in a significant increase/decrease in the fair value measurement of the CVIs. For example, an increase of 100 basis points in the discount rate would not result in a significant decrease in the fair value of the CVIs.	
5) BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
a) Acquisition of the Atento Group by Bain Capital
In 2012 Bain Capital entered into an agreement with Telefónica, S.A. through Atento Luxco 1, S.A. and certain subsidiaries, to acquire the capital of the core companies forming the Atento Group, the parent of which was Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios S.A. (“AIT”), owned by the Telefónica Group and which was not transferred. These companies are located in Spain, Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Peru, Chile, Morocco, the Netherlands, the Czech Republic, Uruguay, Central America, the United States and Puerto Rico. The agreement did not extend to AIT’s operations in Venezuela or to shares in AIT itself, although certain AIT specific assets and liabilities did fall under the acquisition.
After obtaining the requisite business concentration approvals from the European Union authorities in October and November 2012, the formal agreement was signed on December 12, 2012 for a total acquisition price of 1,352,967 thousand U.S. dollars. According to the final contract, Bain Capital and Telefónica, S.A. undertook to establish a price adjustment mechanism based on the combined financial statements at November 2012. The parties agreed to a period of 45 business days following the closing date for those statements, as well as an additional 40 business days for the related audit.
The final amount of the consideration to be paid to the former owner of the Atento Group was determined during August 2013 and set at 993,789 thousand U.S. dollars for the equity of Atento after deducting the value of the debt to be refinanced and other adjustments, including a deferred consideration of 142,846 thousand U.S. dollars and a contingent consideration of 51,451 thousand U.S. dollars (CVIs).
The costs relating to the acquisition were recognized under other operating expenses in the consolidated income statement for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013 (62,395 thousand U.S. dollars and 1,381 thousand U.S. dollars respectively).
Although the acquisition documents were formally signed on December 12, 2012, control of the companies was actually acquired on December 1, 2012. Accordingly, the Company reflected the operations acquired in its 2012 income statement of that date.
 
F-32

Table of Contents
The table below sets out the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities undertaken, as well as the consideration transferred:

Fair value recognized upon acquisition as at December 1, 2012	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
Assets	  				
Intangible assets	  	 	466,257	  	
Property, plant and equipment	  	 	207,458	  	
Non-current financial assets	  	 	56,367	  	
Current receivables	  	 	612,464	  	
Deferred tax assets	  	 	189,209	  	
	  	 	 	 	
		 	1,531,755	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities					
Payables		 	(504,815	) 	
Provisions		 	(125,412	) 	
Deferred tax liabilities		 	(135,064	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
		 	(765,291	)  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total net identifiable assets at fair value		 	766,464	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill arising on the acquisition		 	227,325	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Consideration transferred (2012)		 	786,497	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Consideration transferred (2013)		 	12,995	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Consideration pending payment		 	194,297	  	
	  	 	 	 	
CVIs		 	51,451	  	
Vendor Loan Note		 	142,846	  	
The main assets acquired and liabilities undertaken at fair value were as follow:
 
 	•	 	Master Service Agreement with Telefónica S.A. of October 11, 2012 for certain countries, including Brazil, Mexico, Spain, Peru, Chile, Colombia and Argentina. This contract was arranged in order to strengthen the commercial ties between the Atento Group and Telefónica, and to enable the Atento Group to avoid the cost of establishing new centers, from a market standpoint. This intangible asset was valued using the income approach, through the Multi-period Excess Earnings Method (“MEEM”), at 225,360 thousand U.S. dollars. The useful life of this intangible asset has been estimated at nine years.	
 
 	•	 	Contractual relationships with customers other than Telefónica in the countries in which the Atento Group operates, primarily Brazil, Mexico, Spain, Colombia and Argentina. This intangible asset was valued using the income approach, through the MEEM, at 157,964 thousand U.S. dollars. The useful life has been estimated between seven and twelve years.	
 
 	•	 	Following the acquisition of control of the Atento Group by Bain Capital, new measurement tools were developed for labor contingency provisions in the different countries in which the Group operates. The Atento Group estimated the contingent liabilities as at the date on which control was acquired, in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”. As a result, the Atento Group has determined the need to increase provisions by 72,415 thousand U.S. dollars. The increase in these provisions has also entailed a 23,684 thousand U.S. dollars increase in deferred tax assets.	
 
 	•	 	The Atento Group recognized deferred tax assets with a fair value of 99,645 thousand U.S. dollars in respect of tax deductions for goodwill arising on the merger of two companies in the Brazilian sub-group.	
In addition, deferred tax liabilities totaling 33,075 thousand U.S. dollars were derecognized, given that the tax benefits associated with the goodwill rising on a previous merger between Group companies had already been obtained.
 
 	•	 	The Atento Group recognized an additional 128,173 thousand U.S. dollars (fair value) in deferred tax liabilities, primarily related with changes in the fair value of assets in the customer base.	
Goodwill recognized amounting to 227,325 thousand U.S. dollars chiefly relates to synergies expected from the acquisition.
 
F-33

Table of Contents
Atento Group Management (post-acquisition) had a managing period of one month in 2012 (as previously mentioned, the Atento Group was acquired on December 1, 2012), therefore Management considers that performing an estimate for the whole year is subject to many uncertainties, and therefore no such estimate is included in the consolidated financial statements.
b) Casa Bahia Contact Center Ltda.
As at December 30, 2014, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Atento Brasil S.A. acquired 100% of the share capital of Casa Bahia Contact Center Ltda. (“CBCC”), a call center services provider located in Brazil, for a total acquisition price of 20,343 thousand of reais (equivalent to 7,659 thousand U.S. dollars). As a result of the acquisition, the Atento group is expected to increase its presence in these markets. At December 30, 2014, this company has been renamed as Atento Brasil 1, Ltda.
The goodwill of 4,061 thousand U.S. dollars arose from the acquisition, which is attributable to the synergies derived from combining the operations of the Atento and CBCC. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
If the combination had taken place at the beginning of the year, revenue from continuing operations would have been 26,966 thousand U.S. dollars and loss before tax from continuing operations for the Group would have been 4,396 thousand U.S. dollars.
The table below sets out the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities undertaken, as well as the consideration transferred:

Fair value recognized upon acquisition as at December 30, 2014	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed	  				
Assets	  				
Cash and cash equivalentes	  	 	199	  	
Property, plant and equipment (Note 9)	  	 	2,598	  	
Intangible assets (Note 6)	  	 	5,551	  	
Trade and other receivables	  	 	11,793	  	
Liabilities	  				
Trade and other payables	  	 	3,656	  	
Contingent liability (Note 21)	  	 	11,594	  	
Deferred tax liabilities (Note 20b)	  	 	1,873	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total net identifiable assets at fair value		 	3,018	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill (Note 7)		 	4,061	  	
Translation differences		 	580	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration transferred		 	7,659	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	7,659	  	
	  	 	 	 	
The main assets acquired and liabilities undertaken at fair value were as follow:
 
 	•	 	Contractual relationship with customers other than CBCC. This intangible assets was valued using the income approach, through the MEEM, at 5,214 thousand U.S. dollars to be amortized over an estimated five-year useful life.	
 
 	•	 	The Atento Group recognized an additional of 1,873 thousand U.S. dollars (Fair value) in deferred tax liabilities, primarily due to changes in the fair value of assets in customer base.	
 
F-34

Table of Contents
6) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents the breakdown of intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and respective changes in the year:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance as at
December 31,
2012	 	 	Additions	 	 	Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance as at
December 31,
2013	 	
Costs	  				 				 				 				  				 				
Development	  	 	—  	  	 	 	1,671	  	 	 	(95	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(133	) 	 	 	1,443	  	
Customer base	  	 	390,097	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(26,380	) 	 	 	363,717	  	
Software	  	 	36,850	  	 	 	11,283	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,112	) 	 	 	47,017	  	
Other intangible assets	  	 	52,425	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,143	) 	 	 	51,282	  	
Work in progress	  	 	888	  	 	 	981	  	 	 	(754	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	35	  	 	 	1,150	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs		 	480,260	  		 	13,935	  		 	(853	) 		 	—  	  		 	(28,733	) 		 	464,609	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated amortization																									
Development		 	—  	  		 	(5	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(5	) 	
Customer base		 	(13	) 		 	(40,668	) 		 	13	  		 	—  	  		 	1,706	  		 	(38,962	) 	
Software		 	(1,411	) 		 	(16,074	) 		 	64	  		 	—  	  		 	213	  		 	(17,208	) 	
Other intangible assets		 	(1,018	) 		 	(13,933	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(706	) 		 	(15,657	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated amortization		 	(2,442	) 		 	(70,680	) 		 	77	  		 	—  	  		 	1,213	  		 	(71,832	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net intangible assets		 	477,818	  		 	(56,745	) 		 	(776	) 		 	—  	  		 	(27,520	) 		 	392,777	  	

																													
 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2013	 	 	Additions	 	 	Acquisition of
new entities
(Note 5b)	 	 	Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2014	 	
Cost	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Development	 	 	1,443	  	 	 	2,024	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(76	) 	 	 	(409	) 	 	 	(388	) 	 	 	2,594	  	
Customer base	 	 	363,717	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,214	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(43,983	) 	 	 	324,948	  	
Software	 	 	47,017	  	 	 	19,640	  	 	 	337	  	 	 	(185	) 	 	 	1,253	  	 	 	(7,849	) 	 	 	60,213	  	
Other intangible assets	 	 	51,282	  	 	 	2,550	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(6,514	) 	 	 	47,318	  	
Work in progress	 	 	1,150	  	 	 	754	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(844	) 	 	 	(120	) 	 	 	940	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost		 	464,609	  		 	24,968	  		 	5,551	  		 	(261	) 		 	—  	  		 	(58,854	) 		 	436,013	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated amortization																													
Development		 	(5	) 		 	(115	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	9	  		 	(111	) 	
Customer base		 	(38,962	) 		 	(38,120	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	10,171	  		 	(66,911	) 	
Software		 	(17,208	) 		 	(12,899	) 		 	—  	  		 	108	  		 	—  	  		 	2,136	  		 	(27,863	) 	
Other intangible assets		 	(15,657	) 		 	(9,685	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	2,064	  		 	(23,278	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated amortization		 	(71,832	) 		 	(60,819	) 		 	—  	  		 	108	  		 	—  	  		 	14,380	  		 	(118,163	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impairment		 	—  	  		 	(27,375	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	2,603	  		 	(24,772	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net intangible assets		 	392,777	  		 	(63,226	) 		 	5,551	  		 	(153	) 		 	—  	  		 	(41,871	) 		 	293,078	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
“Customer base” represents the fair value, within the business combination involving the acquisition of control of the Atento Group, of the intangible assets arising from service agreements (tacit or explicitly formulated in contracts) with Telefónica Group and with other customers. The addition of new entity in the customer base is related of the acquisition of CBCC, as mentioned in Note 5b.
Of the total customer base in 2014, the fair value assigned to commercial relationships with Telefónica at the acquisition date amounts to 186 million U.S. dollars, while the remaining amount relates to other customers. In terms of geographic distribution, the customer base corresponds to businesses in Brazil (143 million U.S. dollars), Spain (54 million U.S. dollars), Mexico (64 million U.S. dollars), Peru (18 million U.S. dollars), Colombia (4 million U.S. dollars), Chile (10 million U.S. dollars) and Argentina and Uruguay (7 million U.S. dollars).
“Other intangible assets” includes the intangible asset arising from the 11822 and 11825 directory services business, the “Atento” brand, and the domain names related therewith, as well as the intangible asset related with the customer analysis service for several Telefónica Group companies in Latin America.
 
F-35

Table of Contents
Development costs capitalized in 2014 were mainly related to in-house software development. No research and development expenses were recognized in the 2013 and 2014 income statement.
No impairment was recognized in respect of intangible assets in 2013, and Atento Group recognized 27.1 million U.S. dollars in customer base costs in 2014 (Note 8).
7) GOODWILL
Goodwill was generated on December 1, 2012 from by the acquisition of the Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) business from Telefónica, S.A. In December 30, 2014 an additional goodwill was generated from the acquisition of CBCC, a call center services provider in Brazil by Atento Brasil S.A., as described in Note 5.
The breakdown and changes in goodwill by cash generating units in 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2012	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	12/31/2013	 	  	Acquisitions
of new
entities
(Note 5b)	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Impairment
(Note 8)	 	 	12/31/2014	 	
Peru	  	 	37,467	  	  	 	(3,282	) 	 	 	34,185	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,385	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	32,800	  	
Chile	  	 	23,947	  	  	 	(2,037	) 	 	 	21,910	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(2,967	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,943	  	
Colombia	  	 	10,551	  	  	 	(870	) 	 	 	9,681	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,877	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7,804	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	3,962	  	  	 	(165	) 	 	 	3,797	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(45	) 	 	 	(3,752	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Mexico	  	 	2,842	  	  	 	(26	) 	 	 	2,816	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(316	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,500	  	
Spain	  	 	1,111	  	  	 	50	  	 	 	1,161	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(12	) 	 	 	(1,149	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Brazil	  	 	89,325	  	  	 	(11,405	) 	 	 	77,920	  	  	 	4,061	  	  	 	(9,200	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	72,781	  	
Argentina	  	 	61,348	  	  	 	(15,079	) 	 	 	46,269	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(11,626	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	34,643	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	230,553	  		 	(32,814	) 		 	197,739	  		 	4,061	  		 	(27,428	) 		 	(4,901	) 		 	169,471	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Details of goodwill in local currency are as follow (in thousands of currency units):

 	  	 	 	  	Bain Capital
Acquisition	 	  	CBCC
Acquisition	 	  	Total	 	
Peru	  	 	Nuevo Sol	  	  	 	97,714	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	97,714	  	
Chile	  	 	Peso	  	  	 	11,493,730	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	11,493,730	  	
Colombia	  	 	Peso	  	  	 	18,654,963	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	18,654,963	  	
Mexico	  	 	Peso	  	  	 	36,847	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	36,847	  	
Brazil	  	 	Real	  	  	 	182,536	  	  	 	10,786	  	  	 	193,322	  	
Argentina	  	 	Peso	  	  	 	294,178	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	294,178	  	
No impairment was recognized in 2013. At December 31, 2014, 3.8 million U.S dollars was recognized in the Czech Republic and 1.1 million U.S. dollars in Spain (Note 8).
8) IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
With respect to IAS 36, as at December 31, 2014 the judgments and estimates used by the Atento Group’s directors to calculate the recoverable amount of goodwill indicate that the carrying amount of each item of goodwill is recoverable at year end, based on the expected future cash flow from the cash-generating units to which they are allocated. The level of analysis performed by the Atento Group at the cash-generating unit level coincides with that performed at a country level.
Atento has no assets with indefinite useful lives, and therefore carries out no impairment tests of this type.
The Atento Group carries out its goodwill impairment tests using the various cash-generating units’ five-year strategic plans and budgets, approved by Management.
Cash flow is estimated using projected results before amortization/depreciation, finance costs, and taxes, based on the last period, and using the expected growth rates obtained from studies published in the sector and assuming said growth to be constant from the fifth year. Estimated cash flow determined in this manner is discounted using the WACC. The discount rates used reflect the current assessment of specific market risks in
 
F-36

Table of Contents
each of the cash-generating units, considering the time value of money and individual country risks not included in the cash flow estimates. WACC takes both the cost of debt and capital into account. The latter is obtained based on the profit expected by the shareholders of the Atento Group, while the former is obtained based on the Atento Group’s financing costs. In addition, the risks specific to each country were included in the WACC using corrective factors.
These tests are performed annually and whenever it is considered that the recoverable amount of goodwill may be impaired.
In May 2014, the Master Service Agreement (“MSA”) with Telefónica, which required the Telefónica Group companies to meet pre-agreed minimum annual revenue commitments to us through 2021, was amended to adjust these minimum revenue commitments in relation to Spain and Morocco, to reflect the expected lower level of activities in these territories. The provisions of the MSA required Telefónica to compensate the Company in case of shortfalls in these revenue commitments. As such, Telefónica agreed to compensate the Company with a non-cash penalty fee amounting to €25.4 million (equivalent to 35.1 million U.S. Dollars for the year ended December 31, 2014). This non-cash compensation was recorded in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2014 as other gains. The Company, in turn, used this amount to partially reduce and compensate the Vendor Loan Note to Telefónica which was paid off in 2014 (see Note 16).
Since the amendment to the MSA significantly affected the amount of expected revenue, this was considered as a triggering event for the purpose of evaluating the recoverable amount of the intangible assets recorded in relation to the MSA (as described in Note 5). Therefore, also considering the changes in expected revenue in other geographies, as at June 30, 2014 (second quarter) management performed an impairment test on the carrying amounts of customer relationship intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment using assumptions revised in accordance with the amendments to the MSA and with updated management expectations on cash flow generation from the different territories in which the company operates. The result of the testing performed was an impairment charge of 27,965 thousand U.S. dollars as at June 30, 2014 (27,375 thousand U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014) of the intangible assets related to the customer relationships with Telefónica in connection with the MSA, an impairment charge of 3,752 thousand U.S. dollars of goodwill in the Czech Republic and of 1,149 thousand U.S. dollars of goodwill in Spain, which have been recorded in the consolidated income statement as impairment charges.
At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the tests conducted did not reveal any impairment in the value of goodwill, since the related cash flows were in all cases higher than the carrying amount of the related cash-generating units, even after sensitivities were applied to the variables used, except for 3.8 million U.S. dollars in Czech Republic and 1,1 million U.S. dollars in Spain.
The pre-tax discount rates, which factor in country and business risks, and the projected growth rates were as follow:

 	  	Discount rate	 	
 	  	Brazil	 	 	Mexico	 	 	Spain	 	 	Colombia	 	 	Peru	 	 	Chile	 	 	Argentina	 	
December 2013	  	 	16.53	% 	 	 	12.21	% 	 	 	10.38	% 	 	 	12.50	% 	 	 	11.37	% 	 	 	11.27	% 	 	 	31.77	% 	
December 2014	  	 	17.96	% 	 	 	12.04	% 	 	 	9.20	% 	 	 	12.50	% 	 	 	11.71	% 	 	 	11.08	% 	 	 	42.25	% 	

 	  	Growth rate	 	
 	  	Brazil	 	 	Mexico	 	 	Spain	 	 	Colombia	 	 	Peru	 	 	Chile	 	 	Argentina	 	
December 2013	  	 	5.50	% 	 	 	3.10	% 	 	 	1.85	% 	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	2.50	% 	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	16.83	% 	
December 2014	  	 	5.80	% 	 	 	3.50	% 	 	 	0.95	% 	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	2.70	% 	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	23.35	% 	
In the event of a 10% increase in the discount rate used to calculate the recoverable amount of the CGUs in each country, with the other variables remaining unchanged, the recoverable amount would still be higher than the corresponding carrying amount. Management also considers that the appearance of potential competitors in the market in which the Atento Group operates could negatively affect the growth of its CGUs. In the event of a 10% decrease in the growth rate used to calculate the recoverable amount of the CGUs in each country, with all other variables remaining unchanged, the recoverable amount would also be higher than the corresponding carrying amount. In addition, if as a result of a fall in demand or an increase in costs, results before amortization/depreciation, finance cost and taxes margin (EBITDA margin) used for estimating cash flow were to decrease by 1% in each country, with all other variables remaining unchanged, the recoverable amount from each cash-generating unit would continue to be higher than its corresponding carrying amount.
 
F-37

Table of Contents
In addition to the above, specifically for certain countries, the following hypotheses were used:
For the Argentina CGU, the cash flow growth rate used was based on the country’s estimated inflation. In order to calculate the terminal value, a normalized conservative growth rate was assumed, taking into account a long term stabilization of macroeconomic variables. Cash flow for the Brazil and Mexico CGUs were estimated based on growth projections considering past business performance, using predicted inflation levels taken from external sources. For calculations regarding the Spanish CGU, negative and positive business forecasts were used which contemplate macroeconomic trends and changes in the environment.
As a result of amendments to IFRS 13, IAS 36 was modified to require disclosure of the recoverable amount of CGUs with carrying amounts which were significant to the entity’s total carrying amount of goodwill. However, in May 2013 IAS 36 was amended in order to eliminate this disclosures requirement. Recoverable amount disclosures will still be required for CGUs that have presented impairment losses during the year. The amendment is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, although early adoption is allowed. The Atento Group has adopted the amendment in 2013 in advance of its effective date.
9) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (PP&E)
Details of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and movements therein are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
December 31,
2012	 	 	Additions	 	 	Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2013	 	
Costs	  				 				 				 				 				 				
Land and natural resources	  	 	44	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	46	  	
Buildings	  	 	8,843	  	 	 	93	  	 	 	(121	) 	 	 	1,378	  	 	 	557	  	 	 	10,750	  	
Plant and machinery	  	 	7,060	  	 	 	1,150	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	581	  	 	 	(380	) 	 	 	8,411	  	
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets	  	 	204,698	  	 	 	68,505	  	 	 	(22,168	) 	 	 	4,685	  	 	 	(16,509	) 	 	 	239,211	  	
PP&E under construction	  	 	8,261	  	 	 	19,346	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(6,644	) 	 	 	(1,922	) 	 	 	19,041	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment		 	228,906	  		 	89,094	  		 	(22,289	) 		 	—  	  		 	(18,252	) 		 	277,459	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation																									
Buildings		 	(149	) 		 	(1,921	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(77	) 		 	(2,147	) 	
Plant and machinery		 	(250	) 		 	(2,623	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(24	) 		 	(2,897	) 	
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets		 	(4,045	) 		 	(53,751	) 		 	17,168	  		 	—  	  		 	(184	) 		 	(40,812	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(4,444	) 		 	(58,295	) 		 	17,168	  		 	—  	  		 	(285	) 		 	(45,856	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net property, plant and equipment		 	224,462	  		 	30,799	  		 	(5,121	) 		 	—  	  		 	(18,537	) 		 	231,603	  	

F-38

Table of Contents

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2013	 	 	Additions	 	 	Acquisition
of new
entities
(Note 5b)	 	 	Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Transalation
differences	 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2014	 	
Cost	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Land and natural resources	 	 	46	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	42	  	
Buildings	 	 	10,750	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,437	  	 	 	(1,365	) 	 	 	10,822	  	
Plant and machinery	 	 	8,411	  	 	 	2,051	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(254	) 	 	 	121	  	 	 	(748	) 	 	 	9,581	  	
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets	 	 	239,211	  	 	 	82,829	  	 	 	2,598	  	 	 	(8,973	) 	 	 	4,786	  	 	 	(37,975	) 	 	 	282,476	  	
PP&E under construction	 	 	19,041	  	 	 	10,240	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,905	) 	 	 	(3,031	) 	 	 	21,345	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment		 	277,459	  		 	95,120	  		 	2,598	  		 	(9,227	) 		 	1,439	  		 	(43,123	) 		 	324,266	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation																													
Buildings		 	(2,147	) 		 	(661	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,439	) 		 	428	  		 	(3,819	) 	
Plant and machinery		 	(2,897	) 		 	(1,093	) 		 	—  	  		 	117	  		 	2	  		 	336	  		 	(3,535	) 	
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets		 	(40,812	) 		 	(57,247	) 		 	—  	  		 	6,949	  		 	(2	) 		 	11,396	  		 	(79,716	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(45,856	) 		 	(59,001	) 		 	—  	  		 	7,066	  		 	(1,439	) 		 	12,160	  		 	(87,070	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net property, plant and equipment		 	231,603	  		 	36,119	  		 	2,598	  		 	(2,161	) 		 	—  	  		 	(30,963	) 		 	237,196	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions for the year mainly represent investments made in Brazil in response to the growth of the business and the upgrading of existing infrastructure (60,226 thousand U.S. dollars), construction of a new call center and upgrading of the infrastructure in place in Mexico (10,572 thousand U.S. dollars), investment in the expansion of structure in Central America (8,680 thousand U.S. dollars), equipment acquired under finance leases in Colombia and upgrading of the infrastructure in that country (4,943 thousand U.S. dollars); to new equipment under finance leases and upgrading of the current infrastructure in Peru (4,432 thousand U.S. dollars); and upgrading of the infrastructure in Spain (2,223 thousand U.S. dollars).
“Furniture, tools and other tangible assets” primarily comprises net items of that description in Spain, Mexico and Brazil amounting to 11,145 thousand U.S. dollars, 21,193 thousand U.S. dollars and 129,415 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively (16,335 thousand U.S. dollars, 22,303 thousand U.S. dollars and 119,298 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively in 2013) in connection with furnishings and fixtures in customer service centers in those countries.
The acquisition of new entities recognized in the account “Furniture, tools and other tangible assets” is related to the CBCC acquisition, as described in Note 5b.
Property, plant and equipment totaled 237,196 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2014 (231,603 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013 and 224,462 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2012) and are primarily on site in Mexico and Brazil (23,527 thousand U.S. dollars and 149,039 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively at December 31, 2014; 24,934 thousand U.S. dollars and 137,161 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively at December 31, 2013).
All Atento Group companies have contracted insurance policies to cover potential risks to their items of PP&E. The directors of the Parent Company considered that coverage of these risks was sufficient at December 31, 2013 and 2014.
No impairment was recognized in respect of items of property, plant and equipment in 2013 or 2014.
No interest expense was capitalized in 2013 or 2014 in respect of these assets.
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014 there were no firm commitments to acquire items of PP&E.
 
F-39

Table of Contents
10) LEASES AND SIMILAR ARRANGEMENTS
a) Finance leases
The Atento Group holds the following assets under finance leases:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
 	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	  	Net carrying
amount of asset	 	
Finance leases	  				  				
Furniture, tools and other tangible assets	  	 	9,392	  	  	 	7,714	  	
Software	  	 	38	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	9,430	  		 	7,714	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The assets acquired under finance leases are located in Brazil, Uruguay, Colombia and Peru.
The present value of future finance lease payments is as follow:

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Up to 1 year (Note 17)	 	 	5,341	  	 	 	4,747	  	
Between 1 and 5 years (Note 17)	 	 	6,536	  	 	 	4,263	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	11,877	  		 	9,010	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
11) FINANCIAL ASSETS
Details of financial assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2013	  	Loans and
receivables	 	  	Derivatives	 	  	Total	 	
Trade and other receivables (Note 13)	  	 	72	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	72	  	
Other financial assets (Note 12)	  	 	53,812	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	53,812	  	
Derivative financial instruments (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,439	  	  	 	15,439	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current financial assets		 	53,884	  		 	15,439	  		 	69,323	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables (Note 13) ( * )		 	516,960	  		 	—  	  		 	516,960	  	
Other financial assets (Note 12)		 	1,425	  		 	—  	  		 	1,425	  	
Derivative financial instruments (Note 14)		 	—  	  		 	2,857	  		 	2,857	  	
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 15)		 	213,491	  		 	—  	  		 	213,491	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current financial assets		 	731,876	  		 	2,857	  		 	734,733	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS		 	785,760	  		 	18,296	  		 	804,056	  	

(*)	Excluding prepayments.	

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2014	  	Loans and
receivables	 	  	Derivatives	 	  	Total	 	
Trade and other receivables (Note 13)	  	 	10,503	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,503	  	
Other financial assets (Note 12)	  	 	44,639	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	44,639	  	
Derivative financial instruments (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	32,265	  	  	 	32,265	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current financial assets		 	55,142	  		 	32,265	  		 	87,407	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables (Note 13) ( * )		 	447,683	  		 	—  	  		 	447,683	  	
Other financial assets (Note 12)		 	28,562	  		 	—  	  		 	28,562	  	
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 15)		 	211,440	  		 	—  	  		 	211,440	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current financial assets		 	687,685	  		 	—  	  		 	687,685	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS		 	742,827	  		 	32,265	  		 	775,092	  	

(*)	Excluding prepayments.	
 
F-40

Table of Contents
The carrying amount is similar to the fair value.
Credit risk arises from the possibility that the Atento Group might not recover its financial assets at the amounts recognized and in the established terms. Atento Group Management considers that the carrying amount of financial assets is similar to the fair value.
In December, the following factoring agreements without recourse were entered into, and as a consequence of this, the related trade receivables were written off:
As at December 31, 2014, Atento Teleservicios España S.A., Atento Chile S.A., Atento Brasil S.A. and Teleatento del Perú S.A.C. entered into factoring agreements without recourse, whose anticipated value was 65.1 million U.S. dollars, and as a consequence of this, the related trade receivables were written off.
12) OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
Details of other financial assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Other non-current receivables	  	 	2,428	  	  	 	5	  	
Non-current guarantees and deposits	  	 	51,384	  	  	 	44,634	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	53,812	  		 	44,639	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Other current receivables		 	—  	  		 	27,782	  	
Current guarantees and deposits		 	1,425	  		 	780	  	
Total current		 	1,425	  		 	28,562	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	55,237	  		 	73,201	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
“Guarantees and deposits” at December 31, 2013 and 2014 primarily comprise deposits with the courts in relation to legal disputes with employees of the subsidiary Atento Brasil, S.A. and for litigation underway with the Brazilian social security authority (Instituto Nacional do Seguro Social).
“Other current receivables” as at December 31, 2014 are comprised of 27,782 thousand U.S. dollars representing U.S. dollar short term financial investments held by the subsidiary Atento Brasil, S.A. These short term financial investments represent export credit notes with a maturity greater than 90 days. Upon maturity the Company will receive Brazilian Reais based on the U.S. dollar – Brazilian Reais foreign exchange rate at the maturity date.
13) TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Details of trade and other receivables are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Non-current trade receivables	  	 	72	  	  	 	10,503	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	72	  		 	10,503	  	
Current trade receivables		 	492,900	  		 	424,395	  	
Other receivables		 	12,540	  		 	9,978	  	
Prepayments		 	4,326	  		 	3,711	  	
Personnel		 	11,520	  		 	13,310	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current		 	521,286	  		 	451,394	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	521,358	  		 	461,897	  	

									
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Trade receivables	  	 	502,986	  	  	 	440,244	  	
Impairment allowances	  	 	(10,014	) 	  	 	(5,346	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade receivables, net		 	492,972	  		 	434,898	  	

F-41

Table of Contents
As at December 31, 2014 trade receivables not yet due for which no provision has been made amounted to 343,061 thousand U.S. dollars (422,086 thousand U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2013).
As at December 31, 2014 trade receivables due for which no provision has been made amounted to 91,837 thousand U.S. dollars (70,886 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013). These balances relate to certain independent customers with no recent history of default. The aging analysis of these accounts is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Less than 90 days	 	  	Between 90 and
180 days	 	  	Between 180 and
360 days	 	  	Over 360 days	 	  	Total	 	
12/31/2013	  	 	54,154	  	  	 	3,699	  	  	 	2,135	  	  	 	10,898	  	  	 	70,886	  	
12/31/2014	  	 	79,320	  	  	 	8,833	  	  	 	2,145	  	  	 	1,538	  	  	 	91,837	  	
Movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables in 2014 were as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Opening balance	  	 	(17,270	) 	  	 	(10,014	) 	
Allowance	  	 	(3,496	) 	  	 	(1,362	) 	
Reversal	  	 	5,522	  	  	 	3,027	  	
Application	  	 	4,212	  	  	 	793	  	
Translation differences	  	 	1,018	  	  	 	703	  	
Other	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,507	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Closing balance		 	(10,014	) 		 	(5,346	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The Atento Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is equivalent to the carrying amount of each of the aforementioned trade receivables categories. The Atento Group holds no guarantees as collection insurance.
14) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Details of derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
 	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	
Interest rate swaps—cash flow hedges	  	 	15,611	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,916	  	  	 	—  	  	
Cross-currency swaps—cash flow hedge	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(10,985	) 	  	 	3,837	  	  	 	—  	  	
Cross-currency swaps—that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting	  	 	2,685	  	  	 	(4,977	) 	  	 	17,512	  	  	 	(1,193	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	18,296	  		 	(15,962	) 		 	32,265	  		 	(1,193	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current portion		 	15,439	  		 	(15,962	) 		 	32,265	  		 	(1,193	) 	
Current portion		 	2,857	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Derivatives held for trading are classified as current assets or current liabilities. The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or a non-current liability, as applicable, if the remaining maturity of the hedged item exceeds twelve months. Otherwise, it is classified as a current asset or liability.
The Atento Group has contracted interest rate swaps to hedge fluctuations in interest rates in respect of debentures issued in Brazil (see Note 17).
At December 31, 2014, the notional principal of the interest rate swaps amounts to 553 million Brazilian Reais (equivalent to 208 million U.S. dollars). At December 31, 2013, the notional principal of the interest rate swaps amounts to 595 million Brazilian reais (equivalent to 254 million U.S. dollars).
During the year ended December 31, 2014 the average fixed interest rate was 13.2% (11.7% for the year ended at December 2013). Floating interest rates are pegged to the CDI plus 3.70%.
The Atento Group has arranged cross-currency swap instruments to cover U.S. dollar payments arising from the senior secured notes issued in 2014 (see Note 17).
 
F-42

Table of Contents
At December 31, 2014 details of cross-currency swaps that are designated and qualified as cash flow hedges were as follow:

Bank	 	Date	 	 	Maturity	 	 	Purchase
currency	 	 	Amount
purchased
(thousands)	 	 	Fixed rate
bank
counter
party
payment	 	 	Selling
currency	 	 	Amount
sold
(thousands)	 	 	Fixed rate
Atento
payment	 	 	Spot	 	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	738	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	560	  	 	 	7.5450	% 	 	 	0.7588	  	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	922	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	700	  	 	 	7.5450	% 	 	 	0.7592	  	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	25,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	18,560	  	 	 	7.5450	% 	 	 	0.7424	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/28/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	48,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	35,635	  	 	 	7.5450	% 	 	 	0.7424	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	60,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	44,543	  	 	 	7.5450	% 	 	 	0.7424	  	
Nomura	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/28/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	22,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	16,333	  	 	 	7.6050	% 	 	 	0.7424	  	
Nomura	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	27,500	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	EUR	  	 	 	20,416	  	 	 	7.6050	% 	 	 	0.7424	  	
Gains and losses on swap hedges recognized in equity will be taken to the income statements up through the maturity of the corresponding contracts as disclosed in the table above.
There were no ineffective hedge derivatives in 2013 and 2014.
The Atento Group also contracted the following cross currency swaps that are not designated and qualified as hedging instruments:

Bank	 	Date	 	 	Maturity	 	 	Purchase
currency	 	 	Amount
purchased
(thousands)	 	 	Fixed rate
bank
counter
party
payment	 	 	Selling
currency	 	 	Amount
sold
(thousands)	 	 	Fixed rate
Atento
payment	 	 	Spot	 	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	410	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	9,144	  	 	 	12.9500	% 	 	 	22.302	  	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	615	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	13,716	  	 	 	12.9500	% 	 	 	22.302	  	
Santander	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	16,667	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	211,833	  	 	 	12.9500	% 	 	 	12.71	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/28/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	40,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	508,400	  	 	 	12.9120	% 	 	 	12.71	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	60,000	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	762,600	  	 	 	12.9120	% 	 	 	12.71	  	
Nomura	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/28/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	23,889	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	303,628	  	 	 	12.9000	% 	 	 	12.71	  	
Nomura	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	01/29/2020	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	35,833	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	MXN	  	 	 	455,442	  	 	 	12.9000	% 	 	 	12.71	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	7,200	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	COP	  	 	 	12,819,600	  	 	 	8.2150	% 	 	 	1780.5	  	
Goldman Sachs	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	13,800	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	PEN	  	 	 	35,356	  	 	 	7.7900	% 	 	 	2.562	  	
BBVA	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	28,800	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	COP	  	 	 	51,278,400	  	 	 	8.2160	% 	 	 	1780.5	  	
BBVA	 	 	01/29/2013	  	 	 	01/29/2018	  	 	 	USD	  	 	 	55,200	  	 	 	7.3750	% 	 	 	PEN	  	 	 	141,422	  	 	 	7.7800	% 	 	 	2.625	  	
During the year ended December 31,2014, variations in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not considered as hedging derivatives recorded in the income statement amount to a net gain of 29,939 thousand U.S. dollars (a net loss of 5,470 thousand U.S. dollar for the year ended December 31, 2013).
15) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at banks	  	 	168,287	  	  	 	185,024	  	
Cash equivalents	  	 	45,204	  	  	 	26,416	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	213,491	  		 	211,440	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
As indicated in Note 25, the current accounts of some Group companies have been pledged in as guarantees.
“Cash equivalents” comprises short term fixed-income securities in Brazil, which mature in less than three months and accrue interest pegged to the CDI.
 
F-43

Table of Contents
16) FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Details of financial liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2013	  	Liabilities at fair
value through profit
and loss	 	  	Derivatives	 	  	Other financial
liabilities at
amortized cost	 	  	Total	 	
Debentures and bonds (Note 17)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	631,853	  	  	 	631,853	  	
Interest-bearing debt (Note 17)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	527	  	  	 	527	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,536	  	  	 	6,536	  	
CVIs (Note 17)	  	 	43,367	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	43,367	  	
Vendor Loans (Note 17)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	151,701	  	  	 	151,701	  	
Payable to Group companies (Note 26)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	519,607	  	
Derivative financial instruments (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,962	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,962	  	
Trade and other payables (Note 18) ( * )	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,033	  	  	 	1,033	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current financial liabilities		 	43,367	  		 	15,962	  		 	1,311,257	  		 	1,370,586	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Debentures and bonds (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	11,682	  		 	11,682	  	
Interest-bearing debt (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	105	  		 	105	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	5,341	  		 	5,341	  	
Trade and other payables (Note 18) ( * )		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	269,789	  		 	269,789	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current financial liabilities		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	286,917	  		 	286,917	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL FINANCIAL LIABILITIES		 	43,367	  		 	15,962	  		 	1,598,174	  		 	1,657,503	  	

(*)	Excluding deferred income and non-financial liabilities.	

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2014	  	Liabilities at fair
value through profit
and loss	 	  	Derivatives	 	  	Other financial
liabilities at
amortized cost	 	  	Total	 	
Debentures and bonds (Note 17)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	534,988	  	  	 	534,988	  	
Interest-bearing debt (Note 17)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	60,919	  	  	 	60,919	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,263	  	  	 	4,263	  	
CVIs (Note 17)	  	 	36,379	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	36,379	  	
Derivative financial instruments (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,193	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,193	  	
Trade and other payables (Note 18) ( * )	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	560	  	  	 	560	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current financial liabilities		 	36,379	  		 	1,193	  		 	600,730	  		 	638,302	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Debentures and bonds (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	11,213	  		 	11,213	  	
Interest-bearing debt (Note 17)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	801	  		 	801	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	4,747	  		 	4,747	  	
Trade and other payables (Note 18) ( * )		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	255,558	  		 	255,558	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current financial liabilities		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	272,319	  		 	272,319	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL FINANCIAL LIABILITIES		 	36,379	  		 	1,193	  		 	873,049	  		 	910,621	  	

(*)	Excluding deferred income and non-financial liabilities.	
 
F-44

Table of Contents
The maturity schedule for other financial liabilities, trade and other payables and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Maturity (years)	 	
2013	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	2018	 	  	More than
5 years	 	  	Total	 	
Payables to Group companies	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	519,607	  	
Senior Secured Notes	  	 	9,342	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	288,339	  	  	 	297,681	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures	  	 	2,340	  	  	 	27,518	  	  	 	57,804	  	  	 	69,365	  	  	 	80,926	  	  	 	107,901	  	  	 	345,854	  	
Finance leases	  	 	5,341	  	  	 	4,157	  	  	 	1,081	  	  	 	974	  	  	 	324	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	11,877	  	
Bank borrowing	  	 	105	  	  	 	393	  	  	 	134	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	632	  	
CVIs	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	43,367	  	  	 	43,367	  	
Vendor Loans	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	151,701	  	  	 	151,701	  	
Trade and other payables	  	 	269,789	  	  	 	1,033	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	270,822	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial liabilities		 	286,917	  		 	33,101	  		 	59,019	  		 	70,339	  		 	81,250	  		 	1,110,915	  		 	1,641,541	  	

																													
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Maturity (years)	 	
2014	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	2018	 	  	2019	 	  	More than
5 years	 	  	Total	 	
Senior Secured Notes	  	 	9,342	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	290,927	  	  	 	300,269	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures	  	 	1,871	  	  	 	16,538	  	  	 	61,126	  	  	 	71,313	  	  	 	95,084	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	245,932	  	
Finance leases	  	 	4,747	  	  	 	2,119	  	  	 	1,255	  	  	 	732	  	  	 	157	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,010	  	
Bank borrowing	  	 	801	  	  	 	12,789	  	  	 	15,199	  	  	 	15,199	  	  	 	15,199	  	  	 	2,533	  	  	 	61,720	  	
CVIs	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	36,379	  	  	 	36,379	  	
Trade and other payables	  	 	255,558	  	  	 	560	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	256,118	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial liabilities		 	272,319	  		 	32,006	  		 	77,580	  		 	87,244	  		 	110,440	  		 	329,839	  		 	909,428	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The Brazilian debentures contract established the following original repayment schedule:

2014	 	2015	 	2016	 	2017	 	2018	 	2019	 	Total	
7.0%	 	11.0%	 	15.0%	 	18.0%	 	21.0%	 	28.0%	 	100.0%	
As indicated in Note 17, the Brazilian subsidiary made three early repayments in 2014, totaling 68.9 million U.S. dollars (equivalent to 67.7 million U.S. dollars when converted by the average rate of December 2014). The new repayment schedule after those early repayments and over the initial amount of 915 million Brazilian Reais of Brazilian Debentures is as follow:

2015	 	2016	 	2017	 	2018	 	2019	 	Total	
0%	 	4.8701%	 	18.0%	 	21.0%	 	28.0%	 	71.9%	
 
F-45

Table of Contents
17) INTEREST-BEARING DEBT
Details of interest-bearing debt at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	31/12/2014	 	
Senior Secured Notes	  	 	288,339	  	  	 	290,927	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures	  	 	343,514	  	  	 	244,061	  	
Bank borrowing	  	 	527	  	  	 	60,919	  	
CVIs	  	 	43,367	  	  	 	36,379	  	
Vendor Loans	  	 	151,701	  	  	 	—  	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)	  	 	6,536	  	  	 	4,263	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Sub-total of borrowing from third parties		 	833,984	  		 	636,549	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Payable to Group companies (Note 26)		 	519,607	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	1,353,591	  		 	636,549	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Senior Secured Notes		 	9,342	  		 	9,342	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures		 	2,340	  		 	1,871	  	
Bank borrowing		 	105	  		 	801	  	
Finance lease payables (Note 10)		 	5,341	  		 	4,747	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Sub-total of borrowing from third parties		 	17,128	  		 	16,761	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current		 	17,128	  		 	16,761	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEBT		 	1,370,719	  		 	653,310	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Issuance of bonds—Senior Secured Notes
On January 29, 2013 Atento Luxco 1, S.A. issued 300,000 Senior Secured Notes with a nominal value of 1,000 U.S. dollars each, bearing interest at an annual rate of 7.375%. The bonds mature on January 29, 2020, and the issuer may redeem them early on January 29, 2016, if certain conditions have been met.
Details of the senior secured notes issuances are as follow:

Issuer	  	Issue date	 	  	Number of
bonds	 	  	Unit nominal value	 	  	Annual
interest rate	 	 	Maturity	 	
Atento Luxco 1, S.A.	  	 	January 29, 2013	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	1,000 U.S. dollars	  	  	 	7.375	% 	 	 	January 29, 2020	  	
All interest payments are made on a half-yearly basis.
The fair value of debt in relation to the issuance of senior secured notes, calculated on the basis of their quoted price at December 31, 2014, is 304,452 thousand U.S. dollars.
The fair value hierarchy of the senior secured notes is Level 1 as the fair value is based on the market price at the reporting date.
Details of the corresponding debt at each reporting date are as follow:

 	  	 	 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	 	 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Maturity	  	Currency	 	  	Principal	 	  	Accrued
interests	 	  	Total
debt	 	  	Principal	 	  	Accrued
interests	 	  	Total
debt	 	
2020	  	 	U.S. Dollar	  	  	 	288,339	  	  	 	9,342	  	  	 	297,681	  	  	 	290,927	  	  	 	9,342	  	  	 	300,269	  	
Brazilian bonds—Debentures
On November 22, 2012 BC Brazilco Participações, S.A. (now merged with Atento Brasil, S.A.) issued preferential bonds in Brazil (the “Debentures”), which were subscribed by institutional investors (the “Debenture holders”) and assumed by Bain Capital, for an initial amount of 915,000 thousand Brazilian Reais (equivalent to 365,000 thousand U.S. dollars). This long term financial commitment matures in 2019 and bears interest pegged to the Brazilian CDI (Interbank Deposit Certificate) rate plus 3.70%. Interest is paid on a half-yearly basis.
 
F-46

Table of Contents
On March 25, 2013 and June 11, 2013 Atento Brasil, S.A. repaid, in advance of the scheduled date, 71,589 thousand Brazilian Reais and 26,442 thousand Brazilian Reais respectively (equivalent to 35,545 thousand U.S. dollars and 12,287 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively).
On May 12, 2014 and June 26, 2014 Atento Brasil, S.A. repaid, in advance of the scheduled date, 34,358 thousand Brazilian Reais and 45,000 thousand Brazilian Reais respectively (equivalent to 15,502 thousand U.S. dollars and 20,372 thousand U.S. dollars respectively using the exchange rate corresponding to the date of the transaction).
On August 28, 2014 Atento Brasil, S.A. repaid, in advance of the schedule date, 80,000 thousand Brazilian Reais (equivalent to 33,058 thousands U.S. dollars).
Under the terms of the financing contract, the Brazilian subsidiary is subject to a financial covenant regarding the maximum debt level at the end of each quarter. To date, the company has complied with this covenant and does not foresee any future non-compliance.
Details of the corresponding debt at each reporting date are as follow:

 	  	 	 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	 	 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Maturity	  	Currency	 	  	Principal	 	  	Accrued
interests	 	  	Total
debt	 	  	Principal	 	  	Accrued
interests	 	  	Total
debt	 	
2019	  	 	Brazilian Real	  	  	 	343,514	  	  	 	2,340	  	  	 	345,854	  	  	 	244,061	  	  	 	1,871	  	  	 	245,932	  	
The carrying amount of debentures is similar to the fair value. The fair value is based on cash flow discounted and is classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Bank borrowing
Bank borrowings are held in the following currencies:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
 	  	Foreign
currency debt	 	  	U.S. Dollars
debt	 	  	Foreign
currency debt	 	  	U.S. Dollars
debt	 	
BRL	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	162,953	  	  	 	61,348	  	
MAD	  	 	5,170	  	  	 	632	  	  	 	3,413	  	  	 	372	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total						 	632	  						 	61,720	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The carrying amount of bank borrowing is similar to their fair value. The fair value is based on the cash flow discounted and is within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
On February 3, 2014, Atento Brasil S.A. entered into a credit agreement with Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social—BNDES (“BNDES”) in an aggregate principal amount of BRL 300 million (the “BNDES Credit Facility”), equivalent to 124 million U.S. dollars. Once the debtor met certain requirements in the signed contract, the loan automatically became available to the debtor. On March 27, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL 56.6 million (equivalent to 21.3 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014) of the total facility. On April 16, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL 23.7 million (equivalent to 8.9 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014) of the total facility. On July 16, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL 0.6 million (equivalent to 0.2 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014) of the facility. On August 13, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL 80.6 million (equivalent to 30.3 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014) of the facility. As at December 31, 2014, the total amount of BNDES disbursed was 68.8 million U.S. dollars when converted by the average rate of December 2014. As at December 31, 2014, the accrued interest amounted to BRL 1.6 million (equivalent to 0.6 million U.S. dollars).
 
F-47

Table of Contents
The total amount of the BNDES Credit Facility is divided into five tranches in the following amounts and subject to the following interest rates:

 	  	Amount of Each
Tranche	  	Interest Rate	
Tranche A	  	BRL 182,330,000.00	  	Long Term Interest Rate (Taxa de Juros de Longo Prazo—TJLP) plus 2.5% per annum	
Tranche B	  	BRL 45,583,000.00	  	SELIC Rate plus 2.5% per annum	
Tranche C	  	BRL 64,704,000.00	  	4.0% per year	
Tranche D	  	BRL 5,296,000.00	  	6.0% per year	
Tranche E	  	BRL 2,048,000.00	  	Long Term Interest Rate (Taxa de Juros de Longo Prazo—TJLP)	
The BNDES Credit Facility is to be repaid in 48 monthly installments. The first payment will be due on March 15, 2016 and the last payment will be due on February 15, 2020.
The BNDES Credit Facility contains covenants that restrict Atento Brasil S.A.’s ability to transfer, assign, charge or sell the intellectual property rights related to technology and products developed by Atento Brasil S.A. with the proceeds from the BNDES Credit Facility. As at December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with these covenants. The BNDES Credit Facility does not contain any other financial maintenance covenants.
The BNDES Credit Facility contains customary events of default including the following: (i) reduction of the number of the employees of Atento Brasil S.A. without providing a program support for outplacement, such as training, job seeking assistance and obtaining pre-approval of BNDES, (ii) existence of unfavorable court decision against the Company for the use of children as workforce, slavery or for any environmental crimes, and (iii) inclusion in the by-laws of Atento Brasil S.A. of any provision that restricts Atento Brasil S.A.’s ability to pay its obligations under the BNDES Credit Facility.
On January 28, 2013 Atento Luxco 1, S.A., Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. and Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V. (now merged within Atento Mexico Holdco, S. de R.L. de C.V. and as from July 21st, 2014) contracted a multi-currency revolving facility (“Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility”) at an amount of 50 million euros (equivalent to 60.7 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2014).
The new revolving facility allows for drawdowns in Euros, Mexican pesos and U.S. dollars. The interest rates for Euro drawdowns and Mexican Pesos drawdowns are the EURIBOR and the TIIE, respectively, and the LIBOR for drawdowns in any other currency, plus a 4.5% spread per year. This spread is subject to a step-down based on the debt ratio calculations.
The revolving facility matures on July 28, 2019. As at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 no amounts had been draw down on the revolving facility.
As at June 28, 2011, Atento Maroc, S.A. arranged a loan with Banco Sabadell for an amount of 21.2 million Moroccan Dirhams maturing on June 28, 2016 with an annual rate of interest of 6%. As at December 31, 2014, the principal loan balance was 3.4 million Dirhams (0.4 million U.S. dollars) (5.2 million Dirhams and 0.6 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2013).
Contingent Value Instruments
In relation to the acquisition described in Notes 1 and 5, two of the Company’s subholdings, Atalaya Luxco 2, S.à.r.l. (formerly BC Luxco 2, S.à.r.l.) and Atalaya Luxco 3, S.à.r.l. (formerly BC Luxco 3, S.à.r.l.), which held stakes in the Atento Group’s Argentinian subsidiaries, issued a CVI with the counterparties Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios, S.A. and Venturini S.A., a Telefónica subsidiary. The CVIs together have an aggregated nominal value of 666.8 million Argentinian Pesos.
The CVIs represent preferential debt of Atalaya Luxco 2 and Atalaya Luxco 3, and are subject to mandatory (partial) repayment in the following scenarios: (i) if the Argentinian subsidiaries maintain an excess-distributable cash balance, calculated as the greater of the sum of 30.3 million Argentinian Pesos (adjusted for inflation) or the sum that must be maintained by the subsidiaries to honor their financial obligations in each year, pursuant to their business plans; (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the shares of the Argentinian subsidiaries in respect of which the cash proceeds are distributed to Atalaya Luxco 2 and Atalaya Luxco 3; (iii) sale of the Atento Group whereby a portion of the price is allocated to the Argentinian subsidiaries, and (iv) payment of dividends by the Argentinian subsidiaries.
 
F-48

Table of Contents
The aforementioned instrument will be extinguished at the date on which the principal amount and interest pending payment show a zero balance (in respect of the repayment of outstanding debt or a reduction of the outstanding balance pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CVIs). Without prejudice to the above, the conditions of the CVIs stipulate that on October 12, 2022 the balance of this debt will be reduced to zero. Moreover, the principal amount pending payment must be reduced by the aggregate amount of any damages that may be incurred by the Argentinian subsidiaries as the result of noncompliance with the clauses stipulated in the purchase contract between Bain Capital and Telefonica. The CVIs do not bear interest and are recognized at fair value. During the term of the CVIs, holders have preferential purchase rights in the event that the Argentinian subsidiaries are sold.
Vendor Loans
On December 12, 2012, Midco issued the Vendor Loan Note at an aggregate principal amount of €110.0 million (equivalent of approximately 143 million U.S. dollars) to an affiliate of Telefónica. The Vendor Loan Note had a scheduled maturity of December 12, 2022. Interest on the Vendor Loan Note accrued at a fixed rate of 5.0% per annum, and was payable annually in arrears. Interest on the Vendor Loan Note was payable in cash, if: (i) no default (or similar event) is ongoing or would arise under any financing documents of the Company, as defined in the agreement governing the Vendor Loan Note, as a result of such interest payment or any distribution or payment by a subsidiary to Midco to enable Midco to make the interest payment, and (ii) the Company is able to lawfully upstream funds to Midco. Any interest that was not payable in cash was capitalized and added to the outstanding principal amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note. Interest was payable in cash only to the extent that the borrower has received upstream payments from its subsidiaries in excess of the lesser of: (A) the expenses incurred during such interest period in connection with the operation of the Company plus management and advisory fees paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC or (B) €35.0 million (increased by 3% for each subsequent interest period on a compounding basis). Additionally, following the sale of at least 66.66% of the business and assets of the Company, Midco shall be required to use the proceeds from such a sale to repay the Vendor Loan Note, subject to items (i) and (ii) above. The Vendor Loan Note did not contain any other financial maintenance covenants.
On May 16, 2014, Midco entered into an amendment letter and certain other related documentation with the VLN Lender which provided for certain amendments to be made to the Vendor Loan Note including, among others, changes reducing the principal amount of the Vendor Loan Note by €25.4 million (equivalent to $33.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2014). In addition, a portion of the total principal amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note was also reduced during the period ended December 31, 2014 by the proceeds of the issuance of the PIK Notes in 2020.
In addition, in May 30, 2014 Atalaya Luxco Midco issued €64 million of PECs (equivalent to 87 million U.S. dollars) which proceeds were applied to make a partial prepayment of the Vendor Loan Note.
On October 7, 2014, Midco prepaid to Telefónica the entire amount outstanding under the Vendor Loan Note for a total amount of €23.3 million (approximately $29.5 million). Consequently, as at December 31, 2014, there is no Vendor Loan outstanding balance.
18) TRADE AND OTHER NON-TRADE PAYABLES
Details of trade and other payables at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Other payables	  	 	1,033	  	  	 	560	  	
Deferred income	  	 	408	  	  	 	401	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	1,441	  		 	961	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Suppliers		 	109,635	  		 	104,004	  	
Advances		 	262	  		 	1,762	  	
Suppliers of fixed assets		 	29,500	  		 	31,736	  	
Personnel		 	124,795	  		 	111,154	  	
Other payables		 	5,597	  		 	6,904	  	
Deferred income		 	859	  		 	2,133	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current		 	270,648	  		 	257,693	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current and non-current		 	272,089	  		 	258,654	  	

F-49

Table of Contents
The carrying amount of trade and other non-trade payables is similar to the fair value, as the impact of discounting is not significant.
19) EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT
Share capital
As described in Note 1b, following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, the financial statements present before March 5, 2014 (date of incorporation of Atento S.A.) the consolidated results of Midco’s operations. The consolidated financial statements of Midco are substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of the Atento S.A. prior to the IPO, as adjusted for the Reorganization Transaction. Thus, the Reorganization Transaction was retroactively reflected in Atento’s earnings per share calculations.
As at December 31, 2014 share capital stood at 48 thousand U.S. dollars, divided into 73,619,511 shares. PikCo owns 85.1% of ordinary shares of Atento S.A.
Share premium
The share premium refers to the difference between the subscription price that the shareholders paid for the shares and their nominal value. Since this is a capital reserve, it can only be used to increase capital, offset losses, redeem, reimburse or repurchase shares.
Legal reserve
According to commercial legislation in Luxembourg, Atento S.A. must transfer 5% of its profits for the year to a legal a reserve until the reserve reaches 10% of share capital. The legal reserve cannot be distributed.
At December 31, 2013 and 2014, no legal reserve had been established, mainly due to the losses incurred by Atento S.A.
Retained earnings
Movements in retained earnings during 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Loss for 2012	  	 	(56,620	) 	
At December 31, 2012	  	 	(56,620	) 	
Loss for 2013	  	 	(4,039	) 	
At December 31, 2013	  	 	(60,659	) 	
Loss for 2014	  	 	(42,152	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2014		 	(102,811	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
Translation differences
Translation differences reflect the differences arising on account of exchange rate fluctuations when converting the net assets of fully consolidated foreign companies from local currency into Atento Group’s presentation currency (U.S. dollars) by the full consolidation method.
Share-based payments
a) Description of share-based payment arrangements
At December 31 2014, selected employees of Atento S.A. (directors, officers and other employees) had the following two share-based payment arrangements for the employees of its subsidiaries:
1. Time Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) (equity settled)
 
 	•	 	Grant date: December 3, 2014	
 
 	•	 	Amount: 256,134 RSUs	
 
F-50

Table of Contents

 	•	 	Vesting period: 50% vests on October 1, 2015 and the remaining 50% vests on October 1, 2016.	
 
 	•	 	There are no other vesting conditions.	
2. Performance RSU (equity settled)
 
 	•	 	Grant date: December 3, 2014	
 
 	•	 	Amount: 931,189 RSUs	
 
 	•	 	Vesting period: 100% of the RSUs vest on October 1, 2017.	
 
 	•	 	Performance-based vesting conditions:	
 
 	•	 	TSR Tranche: 50% of the RSUs shall satisfy the performance-vesting condition, if at all, based on the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) thresholds set forth, and measured from October 1, 2014 through the end of the financial quarter immediately preceding October 1, 2017; provided, that the baseline price for purposes of measuring the TSR compound annual growth will be $15.00. The thresholds are as follow:	
 
 	•	 	Below 10% compound annual growth: nil RSUs vest;	
 
 	•	 	10 % compound annual growth: 25% of the RSUs vest;	
 
 	•	 	22% compound annual growth: 100% of the RSUs vest; and	
 
 	•	 	Compound annual growth between 10% and 22%: RSUs vest based on a linear relationship	
 
 	•	 	Adjusted EBITDA Tranche: The remaining 50% of the RSUs shall satisfy the performance vesting condition, if at all, based on the Adjusted EBITDA thresholds set forth; provided, that for purposes of measuring the Adjusted EBITDA Tranche, the Performance Period shall include the time period between end of the financial quarter immediately preceding October 1, 2014 through the end of the financial quarter immediately preceding October 1, 2017. The thresholds are as follow:	
 
 	•	 	Below 8% compound annual growth: nil RSUs vest;	
 
 	•	 	8% compound annual growth: 25% of the RSUs vest;	
 
 	•	 	13.5% compound annual growth: 100% of the RSUs vest; and	
 
 	•	 	Compound annual growth between 8% and 13.5%: RSUs vest based on a linear relationship.	
The TSR Tranche and the Adjusted EBITDA Tranche are treated separately. Thus, for example, even if the TSR threshold is not met, provided the Adjusted EBITDA threshold is met, PRSUs will vest.
b) Measurement of fair value
The fair value of the RSUs for both arrangements has been measured using the Black-Scholes model. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the arrangement were not taken into account in measuring the fair value. The inputs used in the measurement of the fair values at the grant date are presented here below.

 	 	Time RSU	 	 	Performance RSU	 	 	 	
 	 	Time
RSU	 	 	Time
RSU	 	 	Adj.
EBITDA	 	 	TSR 1	 	 	TSR 2	 	 	Comments	
Variable	 				 				 				 				 				 		
Stock price (USD)	 	 	11.06	  	 	 	11.06	  	 	 	11.06	  	 	 	11.06	  	 	 	11.06	  	 	Stock price of Atento S.A. in USD at grant date December 3, 2014	
Strike price (USD)	 	 	0.01	  	 	 	0.01	  	 	 	0.01	  	 	 	19.97	  	 	 	27.74	  	 	Value close to nil will be paid	
Time (years)	 	 	1	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	3	  	 	Time to vest as per the contract	
Risk free rate	 	 	0.18	% 	 	 	0.57	% 	 	 	1.04	% 	 	 	1.04	% 	 	 	1.04	% 	 	USD risk free rate obtained from Bloomberg	
Expected volatility	 	 	4.11	% 	 	 	4.11	% 	 	 	4.11	% 	 	 	4.11	% 	 	 	4.11	% 	 	Assumption is made to base volatility on the average volatility of main competitors because Atento S.A. itself is listed in October 2014	
Dividend yield	 	 	2.00	% 	 	 	2.00	% 	 	 	2.00	% 	 	 	2.00	% 	 	 	2.00	% 	 	Assumption is made to set dividend yield at 2% because 1) there will be a limited ability to pay dividends in the near term and 2) it is in line with the dividend yield of the main competitors	
Value RSU in USD	 	 	10.83	  	 	 	10.62	  	 	 	10.41	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 		
 
F-51

Table of Contents
The Time RSU has been split into two options for valuation purposes to reflect correctly the fact that 50% of the Time RSUs vests on October 1, 2016 and the remaining 50% will vest on October 1, 2017.
The Performance RSU has one market condition which needs to be taken into account when determining the grant date fair value. Two scenarios have been used to determine this fair value. For scenario “TSR 1” a compound annual growth of 10% was used; and for scenario “TSR 2” a compound annual growth rate of 22%. Given the base line price of USD15.00 (which was the opening price when Atento went to the stock exchange), a current stock price of USD 11.06 and a low expected volatility, it is unlikely that the PRSUs of the TSR Tranche will vest. This results in a low valuation.
The Adjusted EBITDA Tranche is not included in the fair value condition as this tranche has a non-market performance condition.
c) Outstanding RSUs
Movement in the number of RSUs has been nil since the grant date as shown in the table below. Holders of the RSUs will receive the shares of Atento S.A. without having to make a payment once the RSUs vest.
Management has made the following assumptions regarding the service and non-market performance conditions:
 
 	•	 	At the start of the plan, the expectation was that 100% of the holders of both the RSUs will meet the service conditions of 2 and 3 years.	
 
 	•	 	For the second year, it is expected that 80% of the holders of the Time RSUs will meet the service condition of two years.	
 
 	•	 	For the second and third year, it is expected that 80% of the holders of the Performance RSUs will meet the service condition for three years.	
 
 	•	 	Finally, there is an 80% probability that the Adjusted EBITDA targets will be met.	
A reference is made to the accounting policy regarding these share-based payments.
An overview of the current RSUs that are outstanding is given in the table below:

Balance as at December 3, 2014	  	Number of
RSUs	 	  	Weighted average
of RSUs granted	 	  	Vesting date	
Time RSUs granted	  	 	256,134	  	  	 	USD 10.72	  	  	50% vests October 1, 2015, 50% vests October 1, 2016	
Performance RSU granted	  	 	931,189	  	  	 	USD 10.41	  	  	100% vests October 1, 2017	
Time/Performance RSUs vested	  	 	—  	  	  				  		
Time/Performance RSUs cancelled	  	 	—  	  	  				  		
Balance as at December 31, 2014	  				  				  		
Time RSUs granted	  	 	256,134	  	  				  		
Performance RSU granted	  	 	931,189	  	  				  		
The RSUs have been shared with the subsidiaries as follow:

Country	  	Time RSU	 	  	Performance RSU	 	
Argentina	  	 	13,881	  	  	 	20,600	  	
Brasil	  	 	102,267	  	  	 	312,236	  	
Chile	  	 	9,849	  	  	 	48,345	  	
Spain	  	 	49,269	  	  	 	136,539	  	
France	  	 	4,120	  	  	 	3,845	  	
Guatemala	  	 	2,047	  	  	 	1,911	  	
Mexico	  	 	51,195	  	  	 	112,446	  	
Morocco	  	 	2,937	  	  	 	2,742	  	
Peru	  	 	5,204	  	  	 	8,096	  	
United States	  	 	15,365	  	  	 	284,429	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	256,134	  		 	931,189	  	

F-52

Table of Contents
d) Expense recognized in Profit or Loss
In 2014, 584 thousand U.S. dollars related to stock-based compensation are recorded as employee benefit expenses.
20) TAX MATTERS
a) Income tax
The reconciliation between the income tax expense that would result in applying the statutory tax rate and the income tax expense recorded is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	December 1 to
December 31,	 	  	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Profit/(loss) before tax	  	 	(48,489	) 	  	 	4,307	  	  	 	(23,619	) 	
Income tax applying the statutory tax rate	  	 	(14,062	) 	  	 	1,259	  	  	 	(6,901	) 	
Permanent differences	  	 	7,733	  	  	 	17,291	  	  	 	12,026	  	
Adjustments due to international tax rates	  	 	14,453	  	  	 	(12,538	) 	  	 	4,584	  	
Tax credits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(92	) 	  	 	(295	) 	
Branches Income Tax	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,409	  	  	 	2,544	  	
Reduction of the domestic federal statutory rate	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,554	  	
Other	  	 	8	  	  	 	17	  	  	 	21	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total income tax expense		 	8,132	  		 	8,346	  		 	18,533	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Permanent differences in 2012 are mainly due to provision in Brazil and Mexico wich are not deductible for tax purpose. Permanent differences in 2013 are mainly due to provisions in Brazil which are not deductible for tax purposes. Permanent differences in 2014 are mainly due to provisions in Brazil, Peru and Colombia, which are not deductible for tax purposes, and as a consequence of the liquidation of the Peruvian branch, which required Spain to writte off its existing tax credits related to the branch.
The breakdown of the Atento Group’s income tax expense is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	December 1 to
December 31,	 	  	For the year ended
December 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Current tax expense	  	 	3,209	  	  	 	23,953	  	  	 	33,814	  	
Deferred tax	  	 	4,768	  	  	 	(11,372	) 	  	 	(15,669	) 	
Adjustment to prior years	  	 	155	  	  	 	(4,235	) 	  	 	388	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total income tax expense		 	8,132	  		 	8,346	  		 	18,533	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The effective tax rate on Atento Group’s consolidated earnings in 2012 was 16.77%. This rate is distorted because of the contribution of losses in the holding companies comprising the Group to Atento’s pre-tax result. For these losses, Atento has not registered the corresponding deferred tax assets. Stripping out this effect, the pre-tax profit would have stood at 26,101 thousand U.S. dollars, with an income tax expense of 8,121 thousand U.S. dollars. Consequently, the aggregate rate excluding the Group’s holding companies is 31.11%, in line with the reasonable parameters for a similar group.
The effective tax rate on Atento Group’s consolidated earnings in 2013 was 193.79%. This rate is distorted because of the contribution of losses in the holding companies comprising the Group to Atento’s pre-tax result. Stripping out this effect, the pre-tax profit would have stood at 111,272 thousand U.S. dollars, with an income tax expense of 33,378 thousand U.S. dollars. Consequently, the aggregate rate excluding the Group’s holding companies is 30%, in line with reasonable parameters for a comparable group.
The effective tax rate on Atento Group’s consolidated earnings in 2014 was (78.47%). This rate is distorted because of the contribution of losses in the holding companies comprising the Group to Atento’s pre-tax result, and the tax effect of the impairment described in Note 7. Stripping out this effect, the pre-tax profit would have stood at 124,809 thousand U.S. dollars, with an income tax expense of 51,984 thousand U.S. dollars. Consequently, the aggregate rate excluding the Group’s holding companies is 41.65%.
 
F-53

Table of Contents
The years open for inspection by the tax authorities for the main taxes applicable vary from one consolidated company to another, based on each country’s tax legislation, taking into account their respective statute of limitations periods. The directors of the Atento Group consider that no significant contingencies would arise from a review by the tax authorities of the operations in the years open to inspection, other than those described in Note 21.
b) Deferred tax assets and liabilities
The breakdown and balances of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	 	Thousand U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	Balance at
12/31/2012	 	 	Results	 	 	Equity	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2013	 	
 	 			 	Increases	 	 	Decreases	 	 	Increases	 	 	Decreases	 	 			 			 			
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS	 	 	190,293	  	 	 	27,856	  	 	 	(17,207	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(21,003	) 	 	 	179,939	  	
Unused tax losses ( * )	 	 	4,495	  	 	 	18,584	  	 	 	(2,104	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	339	  	 	 	21,314	  	
Unused tax credits	 	 	410	  	 	 	7,467	  	 	 	(7,221	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(142	) 	 	 	514	  	
Deferred tax assets (temporary differences)	 	 	185,388	  	 	 	1,805	  	 	 	(7,882	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(21,200	) 	 	 	158,111	  	
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES	 	 	(138,079	) 	 	 	(458	) 	 	 	15,538	  	 	 	(3,001	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6,718	  	 	 	(119,282	) 	
Deferred tax liabilities (temporary differences)	 	 	(138,079	) 	 	 	(458	) 	 	 	15,538	  	 	 	(3,001	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6,718	  	 	 	(119,282	) 	
 
(*)	Tax credits for loss carryforwards.	

 	 	Thousand U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	Balance at
12/31/2013	 	 	Results	 	 	Equity	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Acquisition
of new
entities	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2014	 	
 	 			 	Increases	 	 	Decreases	 	 	Increases	 	 	Decreases	 	 			 			 			 			
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS	 	 	179,939	  	 	 	48,016	  	 	 	(52,454	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(653	) 	 	 	(24,749	) 	 	 	38	  	 	 	150,137	  	
Unused tax losses ( * )	 	 	21,314	  	 	 	17,701	  	 	 	(15,832	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(645	) 	 	 	(4,400	) 	 	 	38	  	 	 	18,176	  	
Unused tax credits	 	 	514	  	 	 	224	  	 	 	(187	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(413	) 	 	 	(103	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	35	  	
Deferred tax assets (temporary differences)	 	 	158,111	  	 	 	30,091	  	 	 	(36,435	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	405	  	 	 	(20,246	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	131,926	  	
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES	 	 	(119,282	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	22,371	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,596	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	14,097	  	 	 	(1,911	) 	 	 	(83,132	) 	
Deferred tax liabilities (temporary differences)	 	 	(119,282	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	22,371	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,596	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	14,097	  	 	 	(1,911	) 	 	 	(83,132	) 	
 
(*)	Tax credits for loss carryforwards.	
As a result of the business combination described in Note 5a, the Company recognized deferred tax assets amounting to approximately 100 million U.S. dollars from existing Brazilian tax regulations which permit companies to deduct goodwill arising from business combinations. These deferred tax assets amounted to 72 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2013 (103 million U.S. dollars in 2012). The Company also considered this amount as part of the assets acquired in the business combination. The remaining amount relates to the differences in the tax and accounting criteria for recognizing the Company’s provisions for risks. Additional deferred tax assets arising from the business combinations amounting to 31 million U.S. dollars were recorded due to the recognition of labor contingencies and other. The remaining amount relates to the differences in the tax and accounting criteria for recognizing the Company’s provisions for risks.
As a result of the business combination described in Note 5a, the Company recognized deferred tax liabilities amounting to 1.9 million U.S. dollars due to the difference between the tax value of the customer base and the fair value allocated in the business combination, which amounted to 113 million U.S. dollars as at December 31, 2013 (131 million U.S. dollars in 2012).
As a result of the business combination described in Note 5b, the Company recognized deferred tax liabilities amounting to 1.7 million U.S. dollars due to the difference between the tax value of the customer base and the fair value allocated in the business combination.
 
F-54

Table of Contents
The following table presents the schedule for the reversal of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on the best estimates available at the respective estimation dates:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2013	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	2018	 	  	2019	 	  	Subsequent years	 	  	Total	 	
Tax losses	  	 	—  	  	  	 	823	  	  	 	1,579	  	  	 	2,460	  	  	 	2,713	  	  	 	3,003	  	  	 	10,736	  	  	 	21,314	  	
Deductible temporary differences	  	 	28,427	  	  	 	27,152	  	  	 	28,292	  	  	 	7,532	  	  	 	7,659	  	  	 	8,146	  	  	 	50,904	  	  	 	158,111	  	
Tax credits for deductions	  	 	514	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	514	  	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	28,941	  	  	 	27,975	  	  	 	29,871	  	  	 	9,992	  	  	 	10,372	  	  	 	11,149	  	  	 	61,639	  	  	 	179,939	  	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	14,506	  	  	 	14,460	  	  	 	14,422	  	  	 	15,216	  	  	 	15,173	  	  	 	15,137	  	  	 	30,368	  	  	 	119,282	  	

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
2014	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	2018	 	  	2019	 	  	2020	 	  	Subsequent years	 	  	Total	 	
Tax losses	  	 	702	  	  	 	1,346	  	  	 	2,098	  	  	 	2,313	  	  	 	2,560	  	  	 	2,560	  	  	 	6,595	  	  	 	18,174	  	
Deductible temporary differences	  	 	23,719	  	  	 	22,655	  	  	 	23,607	  	  	 	6,285	  	  	 	6,391	  	  	 	6,797	  	  	 	42,474	  	  	 	131,928	  	
Tax credits for deductions	  	 	35	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	35	  	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	24,456	  	  	 	24,001	  	  	 	25,705	  	  	 	8,598	  	  	 	8,951	  	  	 	9,357	  	  	 	49,069	  	  	 	150,137	  	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	10,078	  	  	 	10,051	  	  	 	10,605	  	  	 	10,575	  	  	 	10,549	  	  	 	10,528	  	  	 	20,746	  	  	 	83,132	  	
In addition, the Atento Group has not capitalized certain tax losses amounting to 71 million U.S. dollars generated by the holding companies in the one-month period ended December 31, 2012.
The balance of deferred taxes related with items in other comprehensive income is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Cash flow hedges	  	 	(3,001	) 	  	 	1,596	  	
c) Tax consolidation
Since January 1, 2013, the following Atento Group companies in Spain have paid tax as part of consolidated tax group 230/13:
Parent Company: Atento Spain Holdco S.L.U. (formerly Global Chaucer, S.L.U.) Subsidiaries:
 
 	•	 	Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U.	
 
 	•	 	Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría, S.A.U.	
 
 	•	 	Atento Impulsa, S.A.U.	
 
 	•	 	Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.A.U.	
 
 	•	 	Atento Spain Holdco 5, S.L.U. (formerly Global Kiowa, S.L.U.)	
 
 	•	 	Atento Spain Holdco 6, S.L.U. (formerly Global Benoni, S.L.U.)	
 
 	•	 	Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. (formerly Global Laurentia, S.L.U.) 1	
 
 	•	 	Atento Spain Holdco 4, S.A.U. (formerly BC Spain Holdco, S.A.U.)	
 
 	•	 	Global Rossolimo, S.L.U.	
Losses carried forward recognized by the tax group in 2014 (corrected for any adjustments on tax consolidation), amounting to 81,272 thousand U.S. dollars, will be offset by future profits obtained by the consolidated tax group.

1  	Converted into a Public Limited Company on April 9 th , 2013.	
 
F-55

Table of Contents
d) Public administrations
Details of receivables from public administrations and payables to public administrations at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	For the year ended December 31,	 	
Receivables	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Non-current	  				  				
Indirect taxes	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,851	  	
Current	  				  				
Indirect taxes	  	 	5,887	  	  	 	4,691	  	
Other taxes	  	 	12,891	  	  	 	6,071	  	
Income tax	  	 	12,962	  	  	 	13,603	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	31,740	  		 	29,216	  	

									
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	For the year ended December 31,	 	
Payables	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Non-current	  				  				
Social security	  	 	1,949	  	  	 	1,596	  	
Current	  				  				
Indirect taxes	  	 	28,317	  	  	 	28,903	  	
Other taxes	  	 	46,666	  	  	 	45,613	  	
Income tax	  	 	7,582	  	  	 	7,351	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	84,514	  		 	83,463	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
21) PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES
Movements in provisions during 2013 and 2014 were as follow:

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	12/31/2012	 	 	Allocation	 	 	Application	 	 	Reversal	 	 	Discounted	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	12/31/2013	 	
Non-current	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Provisions for liabilities	 	 	79,285	  	 	 	7,638	  	 	 	(15,360	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	11,669	  	 	 	(10,416	) 	 	 	72,816	  	
Provisions for taxes	 	 	5,432	  	 	 	5,750	  	 	 	(313	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	616	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,194	) 	 	 	10,291	  	
Provisions for dismantling	 	 	15,463	  	 	 	2,296	  	 	 	(149	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	(135	) 	 	 	(2,008	) 	 	 	15,468	  	
Other provisions	 	 	361	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	(396	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	74	  	 	 	446	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	487	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	100,541	  		 	15,685	  		 	(16,218	) 		 	—  	  		 	691	  		 	11,980	  		 	(13,617	) 		 	99,062	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current																																	
Provisions for liabilities		 	21,948	  		 	3,476	  		 	(3,634	) 		 	(475	) 		 	—  	  		 	(11,668	) 		 	(2,455	) 		 	7,192	  	
Provisions for taxes		 	938	  		 	—  	  		 	85	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(85	) 		 	938	  	
Provisions for dismantling		 	29	  		 	72	  		 	(28	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	135	  		 	(1	) 		 	207	  	
Other provisions		 	1,979	  		 	5,789	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,300	) 		 	—  	  		 	(446	) 		 	159	  		 	6,181	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current		 	24,894	  		 	9,337	  		 	(3,577	) 		 	(1,775	) 		 	—  	  		 	(11,979	) 		 	(2,382	) 		 	14,518	  	

F-56

Table of Contents

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	12/31/2013	 	 	Allocation	 	 	Acquisition
of new
entities	 	 	Application	 	 	Reversal	 	 	Discounted	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	12/31/2014	 	
Non-current	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Provisions for liabilities	 	 	72,816	  	 	 	11,635	  	 	 	2,104	  	 	 	(21,960	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,706	) 	 	 	56,889	  	
Provisions for taxes	 	 	10,291	  	 	 	3,906	  	 	 	9,490	  	 	 	(356	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,251	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,865	) 	 	 	21,717	  	
Provisions for dismantling	 	 	15,468	  	 	 	2,983	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(375	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,127	) 	 	 	15,949	  	
Other provisions	 	 	487	  	 	 	152	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(434	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	50	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	219	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total non-current		 	99,062	  		 	18,676	  		 	11,594	  		 	(23,125	) 		 	—  	  		 	1,301	  		 	—  	  		 	(12,734	) 		 	94,774	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current																																					
Provisions for liabilities		 	7,192	  		 	2,878	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,713	) 		 	(111	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,547	) 		 	6,699	  	
Provisions for taxes		 	938	  		 	69	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(61	) 		 	946	  	
Provisions for dismantling		 	207	  		 	5	  		 	—  	  		 	(135	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(14	) 		 	63	  	
Other provisions		 	6,181	  		 	9,269	  		 	—  	  		 	(3,116	) 		 	(58	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,475	) 		 	10,801	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current		 	14,518	  		 	12,221	  		 	—  	  		 	(4,964	) 		 	(169	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(3,097	) 		 	18,509	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
“Provisions for liabilities” primarily relate to provisions for legal claims underway in Brazil. Atento Brasil, S.A. has made payments in escrow related to legal claims from ex-employees and the Brazilian social security authority (Instituto Nacional do Seguro Social) amounting to 48,690 thousand U.S. dollar and 41,838 thousand U.S. dollar as at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
“Provisions for taxes” mainly relate to probable contingencies in Brazil in respect of social security payments, which could be subject to varying interpretations by the social security authorities concerned.
The amount recognized under “Provision for dismantling” corresponds to the necessary cost of covering the dismantling process of the installations held under operating leases for those entities contractually required to do so.
Given the nature of the risks covered by these provisions, it is not possible to determine a reliable schedule of potential payments, if any.
At December 31, 2014, lawsuits still before the courts were as follow:
At December 31, 2014, Atento Brasil was involved in approximately 10,022 labor-related disputes, filed by Atento’s employees or ex-employees for various reasons, such as dismissals or differences over employment conditions in general. The total amount of these claims was 100,863 thousand U.S. dollars, of which 53,931 thousand U.S. dollars are classified by the Company’s internal and external lawyers as probable, 38,257 thousand U.S. dollars are classified as possible, and 4,996 thousand U.S. dollars are classified as remote.
Moreover, as of December 31, 2014 Atento Brazil was party to 10 civil public actions filed by the Labor Prosecutor’s Office due to alleged irregularities mainly concerning daily and general working routine, lack of overtime control and improper health and safety conditions in the workplace. The total amount involved in these claims was approximately BRL68.0 million, of which BRL2.2 million relate to claims that have been classified as probable by our internal and external lawyers, for which amount Atento Brazil has established a reserve, as indicated in the paragraph above. We expect that our ultimate liability for these claims, if any, will be substantially less than the full amount claimed. These claims are generally brought with respect to specific jurisdictions in Brazil, and it is possible that in the future similar claims could be brought against us in additional jurisdictions. We cannot assure you that these current claims or future claims brought against us will not result in liability to us, and that such liability would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, at December 31, there are labor-related disputes belonging to the company CBCC totaling 1,166 thousand dollars. According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Moreover, Atento Brasil, S.A. has 26 civil lawsuits ongoing for various reasons (17 in 2013). The total amount of these claims is approximately 3,199 thousand U.S. dollars (1,061 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
 
F-57

Table of Contents
In addition, at December 31, 2014 Atento Brasil, S.A. has 29 disputes ongoing with the tax authorities and social security authorities, for various reasons relating to infraction proceedings filed (33 in 2013). The total amount of these claims is approximately 33,796 thousand U.S. dollars (47,532 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Lastly, there are other contingencies which are classified as possible by the Company amounting to 11,120 thousand U.S. dollars.
At December 31, 2014 Teleatento del Perú, S.A.C. has a lawsuit underway with the Peruvian tax authorities amounting to 8,509 thousand U.S. dollars (9,473 thousand U.S. dollars in 2013). According to the Company’s external attorneys, materialization of the risk event is possible.
At December 31, 2014 Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U. and the rest of Spanish companies was party to labor-related disputes filed by Atento employees or former employees for different reasons, such as dismissals and disagreements regarding employment conditions, totaling 4,401 thousand U.S. dollars (2,251 thousand U.S. dollars in 2013). According to the Company’s external lawyers, materialization of the risk event is possible.
At December 31, 2014 Atento México S.A. de CV was a party to labor-related disputes filed by Atento employees or former employees for different reasons, such as dismissals and disagreements regarding employment conditions, totaling 5,897 thousand U.S. dollars (4,823 thousand U.S. dollars in 2013). According to the Company’s external lawyers, materialization of the risk event is possible.
Provision for restructuring in Spain
On June 26, 2014, the Company communicated to the Spanish Labor Unions a headcount reduction plan in Spain (“Expediente de Regulación de Empleo”) which took into consideration a maximum number of terminations amounting to 9% (up to 672 employees) of the total headcount of Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. The estimated costs incurred in the personnel restructuring and other costs directly attributable to the restructuring at an amount equivalent to 13,918 thousand U.S. dollars as at September 30, 2014 were accrued and recognized in “Other provisions”. As at September 30, 2014, the vast majority of total costs incurred in connection with this restructuring process (11,484 thousand U.S. dollars) had already been paid.
An appeal against this agreement was filed by a minority of the unions before the Spanish National Court, claiming that the restructuring was null and void on a number of grounds. On November 12, 2014, the court issued its decision, and rejected each of the minority unions’ claims, except with respect to the claim that there was a defect in the referendum procedure conducted by the majority unions. The court ruled that there was a defect in the majority unions’ referendum procedure, and as a result, declared the Company’s headcount reduction plan to be null and void.
The court, based on that nullity, declared that the Company must reinstate all dismissed employees and pay their salaries in full for the period from when they were dismissed until reinstatement. The employees would be required to pay back the severance payments received upon termination. On November 19, 2014, the Company appealed this decision before the Spanish Supreme Court.
On December 12, 2014, the Spanish National Court approved a settlement agreement reached between the Company’s subsidiary in Spain and all seven trade unions with representation in the legal proceedings, which provides a headcount reduction of 476 employees of the total initially proposed headcount in the collective dismissal program.
According to the agreement reached, 179 employees will be readmitted to their prior positions with the Company on the terms they had before the process began, including receiving the same salary.
This unanimous agreement and its approval by the Spanish National Court bring to an end the process and reflect the efforts of all parties involved to reach a beneficial solution for all stakeholders.
 
F-58

Table of Contents
22) REVENUE AND EXPENSES
a) Revenue
The breakdown of revenue at the Atento Group for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Revenue	  				  				  				
Services rendered	  	 	190,875	  	  	 	2,341,115	  	  	 	2,298,324	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	190,875	  		 	2,341,115	  		 	2,298,324	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
b) Other operating income
Details of other operating income recognized in the consolidated income statements for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Other operating income	  				  				  				
Other operating income	  	 	920	  	  	 	2,587	  	  	 	3,605	  	
Operating grants	  	 	809	  	  	 	1,698	  	  	 	716	  	
Income from indemnities and other non-recurring income	  	 	55	  	  	 	57	  	  	 	187	  	
Gains on disposal of non-current assets	  	 	30	  	  	 	25	  	  	 	71	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	1,814	  		 	4,367	  		 	4,579	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
c) Supplies
Details of amounts recognized under “Supplies” during the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Supplies	  				  				  				
Subcontracted services	  	 	2,257	  	  	 	13,094	  	  	 	6,017	  	
Infrastructure leases (Note 10)	  	 	351	  	  	 	2,279	  	  	 	3,164	  	
Purchases of materials	  	 	229	  	  	 	570	  	  	 	1,123	  	
Communications	  	 	955	  	  	 	18,288	  	  	 	27,334	  	
Other	  	 	4,575	  	  	 	81,109	  	  	 	67,170	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	8,367	  		 	115,340	  		 	104,808	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
d) Employee benefit expenses
Details of amounts recognized under “Employee benefit expenses” during the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Employee benefit expense	  				  				  				
Salaries and wages	  	 	86,423	  	  	 	1,297,424	  	  	 	1,296,861	  	
Social security	  	 	11,448	  	  	 	159,109	  	  	 	153,821	  	
Supplementary pension contributions	  	 	336	  	  	 	705	  	  	 	850	  	
Termination benefits	  	 	2,850	  	  	 	24,212	  	  	 	22,347	  	
Other welfare costs	  	 	25,650	  	  	 	162,047	  	  	 	162,494	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	126,707	  		 	1,643,497	  		 	1,636,373	  	

F-59

Table of Contents
The average headcount in the Atento Group in 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the breakdown by country is as follow:

 	  	Average headcount	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Brazil	  	 	84,031	  	  	 	86,413	  	  	 	82,702	  	
Central America	  	 	3,758	  	  	 	4,051	  	  	 	4,161	  	
Chile	  	 	4,056	  	  	 	3,883	  	  	 	4,703	  	
Colombia	  	 	4,895	  	  	 	5,400	  	  	 	6,274	  	
Spain	  	 	14,491	  	  	 	13,830	  	  	 	12,121	  	
Morocco	  	 	2,032	  	  	 	1,544	  	  	 	1,367	  	
Mexico	  	 	18,861	  	  	 	18,823	  	  	 	20,033	  	
Peru	  	 	10,109	  	  	 	10,561	  	  	 	12,874	  	
Puerto Rico	  	 	797	  	  	 	763	  	  	 	706	  	
United States	  	 	377	  	  	 	405	  	  	 	419	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	791	  	  	 	933	  	  	 	673	  	
Argentina and Uruguay	  	 	9,346	  	  	 	9,151	  	  	 	8,062	  	
Corporate	  	 	94	  	  	 	75	  	  	 	81	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	153,638	  		 	155,832	  		 	154,176	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
e) Depreciation and amortization
The depreciation and amortization charges recognized in the consolidated income statements for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Intangible assets (Note 6)	  	 	2,428	  	  	 	70,680	  	  	 	60,819	  	
Property, plant and equipment (Note 9)	  	 	5,072	  	  	 	58,295	  	  	 	59,001	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	7,500	  		 	128,975	  		 	119,820	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
f) Other operating expenses
The breakdown of “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated income statements for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Other operating expenses	  				  				  				
External services provided by other companies	  	 	89,932	  	  	 	339,817	  	  	 	346,736	  	
Losses on disposal of fixed assets	  	 	(324	) 	  	 	1,160	  	  	 	899	  	
Taxes other than income tax	  	 	—  	  	  	 	14,497	  	  	 	10,397	  	
Other ordinary management expenses	  	 	5,743	  	  	 	196	  	  	 	2,160	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	95,351	  		 	355,670	  		 	360,192	  	

F-60

Table of Contents
Details of “External services provided by other companies” under “Other operating expenses” are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
External services provided by other companies	  				  				  				
Leases (Note 25c)	  	 	11,231	  	  	 	118,335	  	  	 	106,345	  	
Installation and maintenance	  	 	4,791	  	  	 	44,688	  	  	 	35,997	  	
Lawyers and law firms	  	 	2,055	  	  	 	12,264	  	  	 	13,159	  	
Tax advisory services	  	 	263	  	  	 	329	  	  	 	240	  	
Consultants	  	 	11,780	  	  	 	36,255	  	  	 	30,436	  	
Audits and other related services	  	 	4,106	  	  	 	2,740	  	  	 	6,911	  	
Studies and work performed	  	 	106	  	  	 	1,497	  	  	 	724	  	
Other external professional services	  	 	43,878	  	  	 	45,044	  	  	 	76,923	  	
Publicity, advertising and public relations	  	 	299	  	  	 	7,753	  	  	 	9,327	  	
Insurance premiums	  	 	175	  	  	 	1,998	  	  	 	1,987	  	
Travel expenses	  	 	1,539	  	  	 	13,984	  	  	 	14,666	  	
Utilities	  	 	3,548	  	  	 	35,627	  	  	 	31,701	  	
Banking and similar services	  	 	352	  	  	 	625	  	  	 	8,734	  	
Other	  	 	5,809	  	  	 	18,678	  	  	 	9,586	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL		 	89,932	  		 	339,817	  		 	346,736	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The amounts recognized under “Consultants” and “Other external professional services” in the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 primarily relate to expenses incurred on the acquisition of the Atento Group from Telefónica, S.A. and other integration related costs.
As at December 31, 2014, the total amount paid related to IPO costs was 43.8 million U.S. dollars, of which 1.3 million U.S. dollars were capitalized.
g) Finance income and costs
The breakdown of “Finance income” and “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statements for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Finance income	  				  				  				
Interest received from third parties	  	 	2,595	  	  	 	10,832	  	  	 	17,326	  	
Gains on the fair value of financial instruments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,934	  	  	 	40,902	  	
Gains on the disposal of financial assets	  	 	—  	  	  	 	27	  	  	 	60	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total finance income		 	2,595	  		 	17,793	  		 	58,288	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Finance costs													
Interest paid to Group companies (Note 26)		 	(1,934	) 		 	(25,652	) 		 	(25,435	) 	
Interest paid to third parties		 	(6,728	) 		 	(90,820	) 		 	(95,243	) 	
Discounts to the present value of provisions and other liabilities		 	(1	) 		 	(1,215	) 		 	(1,385	) 	
Losses on the disposal of financial assets		 	—  	  		 	(161	) 		 	—  	  	
Loss in the fair value of financial instruments		 	—  	  		 	(17,226	) 		 	(13,631	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total finance cost		 	(8,663	) 		 	(135,074	) 		 	(135,694	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The breakdown of “Foreign Exchange gains” and “Foreign Exchange losses” is shown in the table below:

 	  	2012	 	
Thousands of U.S. dollars	  	Exchange gains	 	  	Exchange losses	 	  	Net	 	
Foreign Exchange gains/(losses)	  				  				  				
Loans and receivables	  	 	19	  	  	 	(940	) 	  				
Other financial transactions	  	 	2,926	  	  	 	(2,892	) 	  				
Current transactions	  	 	2,303	  	  	 	(1,392	) 	  				
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	5,248	  		 	(5,224	) 		 	24	  	

F-61

Table of Contents

 	  	2013	 	
Thousands of U.S. dollars	  	Exchange gains	 	  	Exchange losses	 	  	Net	 	
Foreign Exchange gains/(losses)	  				  				  				
Loans and receivables	  	 	23,781	  	  	 	(10,842	) 	  				
Other financial transactions	  	 	1,329	  	  	 	(519	) 	  				
Current transactions	  	 	24,982	  	  	 	(22,117	) 	  				
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	50,092	  		 	(33,478	) 		 	16,614	  	

													
 	  	2014	 	
Thousands of U.S. dollars	  	Exchange gains	 	  	Exchange losses	 	  	Net	 	
Foreign Exchange gains/(losses)	  				  				  				
Loans and receivables	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(32,905	) 	  				
Current transactions	  	 	36,576	  	  	 	(37,034	) 	  				
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	36,576	  		 	(69,939	) 		 	(33,363	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
23) FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY SEGMENT
The CEO is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). Management has determined the operational segments on the basis of the information reviewed by the CEO for the purposes of allocating resources and appraising performance. The results measurement used by the CEO to appraise the performance of the Atento Group’s segments is earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below).
The CEO considers the business from the geographical perspective in the following areas:
 
 	•	 	EMEA, which combines the activities carried out regionally in Spain, Morocco and the Czech Republic 2 .	
 
 	•	 	The Americas, which includes the activities carried out by the various Spanish-speaking companies in Mexico, Central and South America. It also includes transactions in the United States.	
 
 	•	 	Brazil, which is managed separately in view of its different language and major importance.	
Inter-segment transactions are carried out at market prices.
The Atento Group uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to track the performance of its segments and to establish operating and strategic targets. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides an important measure of the segment’s operating performance because it allows management to evaluate and compare the segments’ operating results, including their return on capital and operating efficiencies, from period to period by removing the impact of their capital structure (interest expenses), asset bases (depreciation and amortization), and tax consequences. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude acquisition and integration costs, restructuring costs, sponsor management fees, asset impairments, site relocation costs, financing fees and other items which are not related to our core operating results.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are a commonly reported measure and are widely used among analysts, investors and other interested parties in the Atento Group’s industry, although not a measure explicitly defined in IFRS, and therefore, may not be comparable to similar indicators used by other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to the profit for the year as a measurement of our consolidated earnings or as an alternative to consolidated cash flow from operating activities as a measurement of our liquidity.

2  	Until December 2014 (See note 27).	
 
F-62

Table of Contents
The major data for these segments in the one month period ended December 31, 2012 was as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	EMEA	 	 	Americas	 	 	Brazil	 	 	Other and
eliminations	 	 	Total
Group	 	
Sales to other companies	  	 	8,809	  	 	 	31,540	  	 	 	57,411	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	97,760	  	
Sales to Telefónica Group customers	  	 	21,792	  	 	 	32,476	  	 	 	38,847	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	93,115	  	
Intragroup sales	  	 	73	  	 	 	60	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(133	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other operating income and expenses	  	 	(26,235	) 	 	 	(49,584	) 	 	 	(80,541	) 	 	 	(69,459	) 	 	 	(225,819	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	4,439	  	 	 	14,492	  	 	 	15,717	  	 	 	(69,592	) 	 	 	(34,944	) 	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	(1,287	) 	 	 	(2,750	) 	 	 	(3,375	) 	 	 	(88	) 	 	 	(7,500	) 	
Operating profit/(loss)	  	 	3,152	  	 	 	11,742	  	 	 	12,342	  	 	 	(69,680	) 	 	 	(42,444	) 	
Financial results	  	 	(818	) 	 	 	(2,660	) 	 	 	(2,564	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(6,044	) 	
Income tax	  	 	(645	) 	 	 	(241	) 	 	 	27,478	  	 	 	(34,724	) 	 	 	(8,132	) 	
Profit/(loss) for the period	  	 	1,689	  	 	 	8,841	  	 	 	37,256	  	 	 	(104,406	) 	 	 	(56,620	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	4,439	  	 	 	14,492	  	 	 	15,717	  	 	 	(69,592	) 	 	 	(34,944	) 	
Acquisition and integration costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	62,395	  	 	 	62,395	  	
Restructuring costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	4,661	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,661	  	
Site relocation costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	709	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	709	  	
Other	  	 	(578	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(588	) 	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	 	3,861	  	 	 	19,153	  	 	 	16,426	  	 	 	(7,207	) 	 	 	32,233	  	
Capital expenditure	  	 	3,954	  	 	 	12,318	  	 	 	10,288	  	 	 	1,811	  	 	 	28,371	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	148,657	  	 	 	353,323	  	 	 	426,846	  	 	 	4,007	  	 	 	932,833	  	
Allocated assets	  	 	542,536	  	 	 	733,245	  	 	 	918,481	  	 	 	(233,300	) 	 	 	1,960,962	  	
Allocated liabilities	  	 	362,123	  	 	 	436,595	  	 	 	793,503	  	 	 	401,454	  	 	 	1,993,675	  	
The major data for these segments in the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	EMEA	 	 	Americas	 	 	Brazil	 	 	Other and
eliminations	 	 	Total
Group	 	
Sales to other companies	  	 	119,515	  	 	 	401,979	  	 	 	683,110	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,204,604	  	
Sales to Telefónica Group customers	  	 	243,264	  	 	 	370,225	  	 	 	523,022	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,136,511	  	
Intragroup sales	  	 	278	  	 	 	499	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(777	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other operating income and expenses	  	 	(338,802	) 	 	 	(657,436	) 	 	 	(1,055,441	) 	 	 	(55,487	) 	 	 	(2,107,166	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	24,255	  	 	 	115,267	  	 	 	150,691	  	 	 	(56,264	) 	 	 	233,949	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	(24,398	) 	 	 	(47,695	) 	 	 	(55,886	) 	 	 	(996	) 	 	 	(128,975	) 	
Operating profit/(loss)	  	 	(143	) 	 	 	67,572	  	 	 	94,805	  	 	 	(57,260	) 	 	 	104,974	  	
Financial results	  	 	(18,358	) 	 	 	(3,891	) 	 	 	(43,913	) 	 	 	(34,505	) 	 	 	(100,667	) 	
Income tax	  	 	7,770	  	 	 	(19,305	) 	 	 	(17,710	) 	 	 	20,899	  	 	 	(8,346	) 	
Profit/(loss) for the period	  	 	(10,731	) 	 	 	44,376	  	 	 	33,182	  	 	 	(70,866	) 	 	 	(4,039	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	24,255	  	 	 	115,267	  	 	 	150,691	  	 	 	(56,264	) 	 	 	233,949	  	
Acquisition and integration costs	  	 	585	  	 	 	618	  	 	 	5,992	  	 	 	22,068	  	 	 	29,263	  	
Restructuring costs	  	 	1,890	  	 	 	2,506	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	8,453	  	 	 	12,849	  	
Sponsor management fees	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9,130	  	 	 	9,130	  	
Site relocation costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,845	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,845	  	
Financing fees	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	561	  	 	 	5,543	  	 	 	6,104	  	
Other	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,005	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,005	  	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	 	26,730	  	 	 	118,391	  	 	 	161,094	  	 	 	(11,070	) 	 	 	295,145	  	
Capital expenditure	  	 	7,180	  	 	 	31,812	  	 	 	63,241	  	 	 	796	  	 	 	103,029	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	136,916	  	 	 	303,329	  	 	 	377,933	  	 	 	3,941	  	 	 	822,119	  	
Allocated assets	  	 	535,645	  	 	 	694,391	  	 	 	853,018	  	 	 	(240,874	) 	 	 	1,842,180	  	
Allocated liabilities	  	 	361,576	  	 	 	398,067	  	 	 	661,039	  	 	 	555,464	  	 	 	1,976,146	  	
 
F-63

Table of Contents
The major data for these segments in the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	EMEA	 	 	Americas	 	 	Brazil	 	 	Others and
eliminations	 	 	Total
Group	 	
Sales to other companies	  	 	127,291	  	 	 	408,485	  	 	 	693,165	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,228,941	  	
Sales to Telefónica Group	  	 	207,241	  	 	 	370,527	  	 	 	491,615	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,069,383	  	
Sales to other group companies	  	 	252	  	 	 	407	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(659	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other operating income and expense	  	 	(359,883	) 	 	 	(672,172	) 	 	 	(1,025,955	) 	 	 	(33,344	) 	 	 	(2,091,354	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	(25,099	) 	 	 	107,247	  	 	 	158,825	  	 	 	(34,003	) 	 	 	206,970	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	(20,430	) 	 	 	(42,959	) 	 	 	(55,372	) 	 	 	(1,059	) 	 	 	(119,820	) 	
Operating profit/(loss)	  	 	(45,529	) 	 	 	64,288	  	 	 	103,453	  	 	 	(35,062	) 	 	 	87,150	  	
Financial results	  	 	(13,611	) 	 	 	(14,716	) 	 	 	(42,917	) 	 	 	(39,525	) 	 	 	(110,769	) 	
Income tax	  	 	15,308	  	 	 	(19,641	) 	 	 	(22,271	) 	 	 	8,071	  	 	 	(18,533	) 	
Profit/(loss) for the period	  	 	(43,832	) 	 	 	29,931	  	 	 	38,265	  	 	 	(66,516	) 	 	 	(42,152	) 	
EBITDA	  	 	(25,099	) 	 	 	107,247	  	 	 	158,825	  	 	 	(34,003	) 	 	 	206,970	  	
Acquisition and integration related costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	39	  	 	 	8,784	  	 	 	1,037	  	 	 	9,860	  	
Restructuring costs	  	 	16,602	  	 	 	8,092	  	 	 	1,354	  	 	 	667	  	 	 	26,715	  	
Sponsor management fees	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7,285	  	 	 	7,285	  	
Site relocation costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,668	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,668	  	
Financing and IPO fees	  	 	—  	  	 	 	405	  	 	 	1,893	  	 	 	49,657	  	 	 	51,955	  	
Asset impairments and Other	  	 	34,938	  	 	 	1,902	  	 	 	(406	) 	 	 	(34,530	) 	 	 	1,904	  	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	 	26,441	  	 	 	117,685	  	 	 	172,118	  	 	 	(9,887	) 	 	 	306,357	  	
Capital expenditure	  	 	4,182	  	 	 	38,014	  	 	 	76,616	  	 	 	1,276	  	 	 	120,088	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	76,081	  	 	 	257,322	  	 	 	363,103	  	 	 	3,239	  	 	 	699,745	  	
Allocated assets	  	 	456,829	  	 	 	658,054	  	 	 	813,004	  	 	 	(269,986	) 	 	 	1,657,901	  	
Allocated liabilities	  	 	312,676	  	 	 	378,782	  	 	 	611,560	  	 	 	(109,983	) 	 	 	1,193,035	  	
“Other and eliminations” includes activities of the following intermediate holdings in Spain: Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U., Atento Spain Holdco 6, S.L.U. and Global Rossolimo, S.L.U., as well as inter-group transactions between segments.
The breakdown of sales to customers by the main countries where the Atento Group operates is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Country	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Spain	  	 	27,515	  	  	 	327,351	  	  	 	306,599	  	
Morocco	  	 	2,099	  	  	 	20,863	  	  	 	18,417	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	987	  	  	 	14,565	  	  	 	9,516	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )	  	 	73	  	  	 	278	  	  	 	252	  	
EMEA	  	 	30,674	  	  	 	363,057	  	  	 	334,784	  	
Argentina	  	 	19,211	  	  	 	198,710	  	  	 	151,939	  	
Chile	  	 	4,897	  	  	 	68,454	  	  	 	79,270	  	
Colombia	  	 	5,015	  	  	 	65,738	  	  	 	69,522	  	
El Salvador	  	 	1,266	  	  	 	12,753	  	  	 	13,929	  	
United States	  	 	1,416	  	  	 	20,142	  	  	 	20,727	  	
Guatemala	  	 	1,073	  	  	 	14,405	  	  	 	15,323	  	
Mexico	  	 	20,749	  	  	 	265,198	  	  	 	274,999	  	
Peru	  	 	8,301	  	  	 	102,168	  	  	 	131,772	  	
Puerto Rico	  	 	1,350	  	  	 	14,898	  	  	 	12,777	  	
Uruguay	  	 	716	  	  	 	9,565	  	  	 	8,017	  	
Panama	  	 	22	  	  	 	173	  	  	 	737	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )	  	 	60	  	  	 	499	  	  	 	407	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Americas		 	64,076	  		 	772,703	  		 	779,419	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Brazil		 	96,258	  		 	1,206,132	  		 	1,184,780	  	
Other and eliminations ( * )		 	(133	) 		 	(777	) 		 	(659	) 	
Total sales to non-Group customers		 	190,875	  		 	2,341,115	  		 	2,298,324	  	

(*)	Includes revenue holding-company level as well as consolidation adjustments.	
 
F-64

Table of Contents
As stated in Note 5, the Atento Group signed a framework contract with Telefónica that expires in December 31, 2021. In 2014, approximately 46.5% of service revenue were generated from business with Telefónica Group companies (48.5% in 2013 and 48.8% in 2012).
As stated in Note 9, property, plant and equipment totaled 237,196 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2014 (231,603 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013 and 224,462 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2012) and are primarily on site in Mexico and Brazil (23,527 thousand U.S. dollars and 149,039 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively at December 31, 2014; 24,934 thousand U.S. dollars and 137,161 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively at December 31, 2013).
24) RESULTS PER SHARE
Basic results per share are calculated by dividing the profits attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods.

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Result attributable to equity holders of the Company	  				 				 				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss for the period/year (thousands of U.S. dollars) (1)		 	(56,620	) 		 	(4,039	) 		 	(42,152	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of outstanding ordinary shares (2)		 	68,800	  		 	68,800	  		 	69,603	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic result per share (per U.S. dollars)		 	(0.82	) 		 	(0.06	) 		 	(0.61	) 	

(1)	Since a value close to nil will be paid for the ordinary shares in connection with the stock option plan there is no adjustment to net loss for the year.	
(2)	The weighted average number of shares was calculated considering the convertion of ordinary shares had ocurred at October 7 th , 2014 (see Note 19).	
Diluted results per share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to reflect the hypothetical conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares. There is no difference between basic results and diluted results per share.
25) COMMITMENTS
a) Guarantees and commitments
As at December 31, 2013 and 2014 the Atento Group had issued various guarantees and commitments to third parties amounting to 233,413 thousand U.S. and 234,990 thousand U.S. dollars respectively.
The transactions guaranteed and their respective amounts at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Guarantees	  				  				
Financial, labor related, tax and rental transactions	  	 	97,431	  	  	 	158,499	  	
Contractual obligations	  	 	135,830	  	  	 	76,486	  	
Other	  	 	152	  	  	 	5	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	233,413	  		 	234,990	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The Company’s directors consider that no liabilities will arise from these guarantees in addition to those already recognized.
The breakdown shown in the table above relates to guarantees extended by Atento Group companies, classified by their purpose. Of these guarantees, the majority relate to commercial purposes and rental activities, the bulk of the remaining guarantees relates to tax and labor-related procedures.
b) Other financial commitments
As described in Note 17, on November 22, 2012 BC Brazilco Participações, S.A. (now merged with Atento Brasil, S.A.) issued debentures in Brazil, subscribed by institutional investors and assumed by Bain. This long term financial commitment matures in 2019.
 
F-65

Table of Contents
In addition, on December 26, 2012 a trust agreement was signed between Atento Brasil, S.A. BC Brazilco Participações, S.A. and Banco BTG Pactual, S/A (as the depository bank) in order to guarantee this debenture issue.
As a result of the bonds issue by Atento Luxco 1, S.A. (formerly BC Luxco 1, S.A.) and the arrangement of the Super Senior Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement described in Note 17, in April and May 2013 the following financial documents adherence and guarantee agreements were signed, inter alia:
1. Adherence to financial documents by Atento Atención y Servicios S.A. de C.V., Atento Impulsa, S.A.U., Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría, S.A.U., Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center S.A.U., Atento Colombia S.A., Teleatento del Perú S.A.C., and Atento Holding Chile, S.A. as Post Closing Guarantors.
2. Pledge of shares in Atento Group companies guaranteeing the financial loans, including Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V., Atento Servicios, S.A. de C.V. and Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. as “Initial Guarantors”, as well as Atento Atención y Servicios S.A. de C.V., Atento Impulsa, S.L.U., Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría, S.L.U., Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.L.U., Atento Colombia S.A., Teleatento del Peru S.A.C. and Atento Holding Chile, S.A. as “Post-Closing Guarantors”.
3. Pledge on the current accounts of Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U., Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría, S.A.U., Atento Impulsa, S.A.U., and Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.A.U. Current accounts of these subsidiaries amount to 24,409 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013, and 41,091 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2014.
Lastly, on April 29, 2013 Atento Mexico Holdco S.R.L. de C.V. and Atento Mexicana S.A. de C.V. entered into a trust agreement with CITIBANK N.A. London as bond underwriter for the loan contract, and as bond coverage guarantor.
c) Operating leases
The breakdown of total minimum future lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Up to 1 year	  	 	90,930	  	  	 	73,717	  	
Between 1 and 5 years	  	 	170,692	  	  	 	181,632	  	
More than 5 years	  	 	33,116	  	  	 	36,986	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	294,738	  		 	292,335	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total operating lease expenses recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2014 amount to 3,164 thousand U.S. dollars (2,279 thousand U.S. dollars in 2013 and 351 thousand U.S. dollars in 2012) under “Infrastructure leases” (see Note 22c) and 106,345 thousand U.S. dollars (118,335 thousand in 2013 and 11,231 thousand U.S. dollars in 2012) under “External services provided by other companies” (see Note 22f).
No contingent payments on operating leases were recognized in the consolidated income statements for the one month period ended December 31, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.
The operating leases where Atento Group acts as lessee are mainly on premises used as call centers. These leases have various termination dates, with the latest in 2024.
At December 31, 2014 the payment commitment for the early cancellation of these leases amounts to 141,779 thousand U.S. dollars (147,914 thousand U.S. dollars in 2013 and 185,394 thousand U.S. dollars in 2012).
26) RELATED PARTIES
Directors
The directors of the Company as at the date on which the financial statements were prepared are Melissa Bethell, Aurelien Vasseur, Francisco Tosta Valim, Thomas Ianotti, Luis Javier Castro, Stuart Gent, Devin O’Reilly, and Alejandro Reynal.
 
F-66

Table of Contents
The directors currently serving on the Board of the Company received no remuneration whatsoever for their functions as directors in 2013 nor in 2014. At December 31, 2014, the directors acquired the right on the share-based payments, as described in Note 19.
Key management personnel
Key management personnel include those persons empowered and responsible for planning, directing and controlling the Atento Group’s activities, either directly or indirectly.
Key management personnel with executive duties in the Atento Group in 2013 and 2014 are as follow:
2013

Name	  	Post	
Alejandro Reynal Ample	  	Chief Executive Officer	
Mª Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez Sedano	  	Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director	
Diego Lopez San Román ( * )	  	Director of Business Development	
Juan Enrique Gamé	  	Regional Director—South America	
Mariano Castaños Zemborain	  	Regional Director—EMEA	
Nelson Armbrust	  	Regional Director—Brazil	
Miguel Matey Marañón	  	Regional Director—North America and Mexico	
Mauricio Teles Montilha	  	Chief Financial Officer	
José Ignacio Cebollero Bueno	  	Director of Human Resources	
John Robson	  	Director of Global Technology	
 
(*)	Until December 15, 2013.	
2014

Name	  	Post	
Alejandro Reynal Ample	  	Chief Executive Officer	
Mauricio Teles Montilha	  	Chief Financial Officer	
Mª Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez Sedano	  	Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director	
Juan Enrique Gamé	  	Regional Director—South America	
Jose María Pérez Melber	  	Regional Director—EMEA	
Mariano Castaños Zemborain	  	Regional Director Commercial	
Bruce Dawson	  	Regional Director Near Shore	
Michael Flodin	  	Regional Diretor of Operations	
Nelson Armbrust	  	Regional Director—Brazil	
José Ignacio Cebollero Bueno	  	Director of Human Resources	
Miguel Matey Marañón	  	Regional Director—North America and Mexico	
The following table shows the total remuneration paid to the Atento Group’s key management personnel in 2012, 2013 and 2014:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Total remuneration paid to key management personnel	  	 	374	  	  	 	8,303	  	  	 	5,491	  	
The breakdown of the remuneration shown above is as follow:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Salaries and variable remuneration	  	 	7,896	  	  	 	4,990	  	
Salaries	  	 	3,401	  	  	 	2,999	  	
Variable remuneration	  	 	1,365	  	  	 	1,991	  	
Other remuneration related to Management Incentive Program	  	 	3,130	  	  	 	—  	  	
Payment in kind	  	 	407	  	  	 	501	  	
Medical insurance	  	 	70	  	  	 	72	  	
Life insurance premiums	  	 	17	  	  	 	8	  	
Other	  	 	320	  	  	 	421	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	8,303	  		 	5,491	  	

F-67

Table of Contents
In July 2013, the Shareholders of Atento Group implemented a Management Incentive Plan ( “MIP”) pursuant to which certain of the Group’s senior management are granted the opportunity to invest in the Group. The eligibility of managers to participate is determined by the remuneration committee of the company.
Managers who participate in the MIP are required to subscribe to various classes of shares in a Luxembourg special purpose vehicle that is indirectly invested in Atalaya Luxco Topco S.C.A (“Topco”), the ultimate parent company of the Group. The shares held by each MIP participant fall into two categories: co-investment shares and performance shares.
The co-investment shares effectively allow managers to participate in dividends and other distributions on a pro rata and pari passu basis with Topco’s other shareholders. The performance shares only participate in dividends and other distributions if Topco’s majority shareholder achieves certain specified returns on its investment in Topco, with the performance shares being entitled to receive a progressively larger share of all dividends and other distributions (up to a pre-determined maximum percentage) as the total proceeds received by Topco’s majority shareholder reach certain pre-agreed hurdles.
MIP participants are only entitled to hold shares for so long as they are employed by a member of the Group. In the event that a MIP participant’s employment is terminated, his/her shares can be bought back at a pre-specified price that is linked to the circumstances surrounding the termination of the relevant manager’s employment and the length of time that such manager has held his/her shares.
In connection with the MIP, the participants were granted an amount in cash exclusively for the purpose of acquiring the shares described above which has been accounted for as a compensation expense in 2014. The Board of Directors does not expect any significant future impact in the financial statements as a consequence of this Program.
On July 18, 2013, Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U., an indirect subsidiary, entered into a revolving facility agreement with Atalaya Management Luxco Investment pursuant to which Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. provided a Euro revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to €3.0 million (4.1 million U.S. dollars) to Atalaya Management Luxco Investment for the purpose of acquiring an immaterial ownership interest in a related party. As at December 31, 2013, the management loan had an outstanding balance of 2,423 thousand U.S. dollars which is included in other non-current receivables (See Note 12) on the statement of financial position. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 6% per annum, matures on July 18, 2023 and was capitalized in full in April 2014.
On April 25, 2014, Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. contributed its receivable for the outstanding amount under the Facility (2,494 thousand euros equivalent to 3,449 U.S. dollars) to Atalaya Management Luxco Investment in exchange for the issuance by Atalaya Management Luxco Investment of a Class 4 Preference Share, fully subscribed by Atento Spain Holdco 2, S.A.U. On May 30, 2014, the Class 4 Preference Share was redeemed for a total consideration of 2,508 thousand euros (equivalent to 3,413 thousand U.S. dollars). The redemption price was fully paid in cash.
Balances and transactions with the Sole Shareholder and other related parties
The table below sets out balances and transactions with ATALAYA Luxco TOPCO, S.C.A, in 2013 and 2014 (in thousand U.S. dollars):

 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	12/31/2014	 	
Non-current payables to Group companies	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	—  	  	
Atalaya Luxco Topco, S.C.A.	  	 	519,607	  	  	 	—  	  	
Atalaya Luxco Topco, S.C.A payables are composed of the following: (i) four series of Preferred Equity Certificates (PECs, ALPECs and PPPECs) issued by the Atalaya Luxco Topco Company and subscribed by the Company, totaling 550.2 million U.S. dollars at October 3, 2014 (517.4 million U.S. dollars in 2013); (ii) interest accruing pending payment amounting to 26.0 million U.S. dollars at October 3, 2014 (2.2 million U.S. dollars in 2013).
The outlay for interest on these debts in 2014 was 25.4 million U.S. dollars (25.7 million U.S. dollars in 2013).
 
F-68

Table of Contents
Preferred Equity Certificates
On December 3, 2012 the Company authorized the issuance of the following Preferred Equity Certificates (“PECs”):
 
 	•	 	Series 1: 50,000,000,000 PECs with a par value of 0.01 Euros each. These PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this date in certain scenarios, and accrue interest of 8.0309%. As at December 31, 2012 and 2013 the Company had issued 23,580,000,000 Series 1 PECs for an aggregate amount of 311,114 and 325,192 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively. The interest capitalized in 2013 totaled 26,100 thousand U.S. dollars (equivalent to 26,479 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2013). The interest accruing at December 31, 2013 totaled 2,197 thousand U.S. dollars.	
 
 	•	 	Series 2: 200,000 PECs with a par value of 0.01 Euros each. These PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this in certain scenarios.	
The yield is equal to the profit recognized for Luxembourg generally accepted accounting practices in connection with the “Specified Assets” (meaning the investment of the Company in the Luxco 1 Series 2 PECs, as defined in the terms and conditions of the Series 2 PECs) and not previously taken into account, less any loss recognized under the Luxembourg generally accepted accounting practices in connection with the Specified Assets for a previous “Accrual Period” (as defined in the terms and conditions of the Series 2 PECs), less a proportional amount of any direct expense (including overhead expenses) borne by the Company during the Accrual Period in relation to the Specified Assets and less the losses of the Company in relation to the Specified Assets during the Accrual Period, including any such losses carried forward from previous Accrual Periods, this amount is then divided by the number of Series 2 PECs in issue at any time in that period.
At December 31, 2012 and 2013 the Company had issued 200,000 Series 2 PECs for an aggregate amount of 3 thousand U.S. dollar.
 
 	•	 	Series 3: 25,000,000,000 PECs with a par value of 0.01 Euros each. These PECs mature after 60 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this in certain scenarios. The yield equals to the “Specified Income” (meaning the sum of all income and capital gains derived by the Company from the Eligible Assets less losses of the Company carried forward less all other expenses of the Company connected to the investment in the Eligible Assets, as defined in the terms and conditions of the Series 3 PECs) for each accounting period comprised in this “Accrual Period” (as defined in the terms and conditions of the Series 3 PECs) divided by 365 (or if a leap year, 366) and, respectively in the case of each such number so ascertained, multiplied by the number of days of each such accounting period that comprised that Accrual Period, then divided by the number of Series 3 PECs in issue. At December 31, 2013 the Company had issued 12,017,800,000 Series 3 PECs for an aggregate amount of 165,737 thousand U.S. dollars.	
 
 	•	 	Series 4: 50,000,000,000 PECs with a par value of 0.01 euro each. These PECs mature after 30 years, but may be withdrawn prior to this date in certain scenarios, and accrued interest of 5%. At June 30, 2014 the Company had issued 6,414,652,564 Series 4 PECs for an aggregate amount of 64,147 thousand euros, equivalent to 87,285 thousand U.S. dollars.	
The PECs were classified as subordinated debt with respect to the Company’s other present and future obligations.
The table below provides a summary of PECs and respective movements in 2014:

 	  	 	 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
PEC	  	Maturity	 	  	12/31/2013	 	  	Issuance	 	  	Interest
capitalized	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Capitalizations	 	 	12/31/2014	 	
Series 1 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	353,867	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	20,749	  	  	 	(33,885	) 	 	 	(340,731	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 2 PECs	  	 	2042	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,197	  	  	 	(181	) 	 	 	(3,019	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 3 PECs	  	 	2072	  	  	 	165,737	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(15,322	) 	 	 	(150,415	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Series 4 PECs	  	 	2044	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	87,285	  	  	 	1,489	  	  	 	(7,083	) 	 	 	(81,691	) 	 	 	—  	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total						 	519,607	  		 	87,285	  		 	25,435	  		 	(56,471	) 		 	(575,856	) 		 	—  	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Given the specific features and conditions of these instruments and their recent date of issuance, the PECs’s book values approximate their fair value, and they are at Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
F-69

Table of Contents
Transactions with Bain Capital
On December 12, 2012, Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a consulting services agreement with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, an investment adviser to certain of the Bain Capital funds, pursuant to which it agreed to provide general executive, business development and other financial advisory services to us. Pursuant to the consulting services agreement, Bain Capital Partners, LLC received an annual fee equal to the greater of €5.0 million and 3.00% of the Company’s annual EBITDA, plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
Additionally, pursuant to a transaction services agreement between Atento Spain Holdco S.L.U. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, dated as of December 12, 2012, it provides certain transaction-specific advisory services. Pursuant to this agreement, Atento Spain Holdco, S.L.U. paid Bain Capital Partners, LLC a transaction fee of $20.3 million in December 2012 principally related to the Acquisition, and it has agreed to pay transaction fees for advice and support relating to future transactions by us (including, without limitation, any share, asset or debt purchase, capital expenditures and refinancing of existing indebtedness) equal to 1.00% of the aggregate transaction value of each such future transaction plus any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees of any accountants, attorneys or other advisors retained by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates) incurred in connection with the investigation, negotiation and consummation of such future transaction.
The transaction services agreement and consulting services agreements each have a one-year initial term and are thereafter subject to automatic one-year extensions unless Bain Capital Partners, LLC provides written notice of termination at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any extension thereof. Bain Capital Partners, LLC may also terminate the agreements at any time by delivering to us written notice of termination. The agreements include customary indemnities in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. The transaction services agreement and the consulting services agreement were amended on May 17, 2013.
On October 7, 2014, the parties thereof entered into a deed of termination in relation to the consulting services agreement and the transaction services agreement. In connection with such termination, Atento paid to Bain Capital Partners, LLC a termination fee of $23.0 million and a transaction fee of $1.5 million.
Our payment of fees to Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 2014 in connection with these agreements amounted to $31.5 million.
27) OTHER INFORMATION
a) Auditors’ fees
The fees to the various member firms of the Ernst & Young international organization, of which Ernst & Young, S.L., auditors of the Atento Group in 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounted to a 1,320 thousand U.S. dollars, 1,836 thousand U.S. dollars and 3,534 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
Details of these amounts are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Audit fees ( * )	  				  				  				
Audit services	  	 	1,320	  	  	 	1,836	  	  	 	3,534	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	1,320	  		 	1,836	  		 	3,534	  	

(*)	Audit services: services included in this heading are mainly the audit of the annual and interim financial statements and the review of the 20-F report to be filed with the Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the audit services related to the IPO. These fees include amounts in respect of fully consolidated Atento Group companies.	
b) Restricted net assets
Certain of our consolidated subsidiaries are restricted from remitting certain funds to us including paying certain dividends, purchasing or redeeming capital stock, making certain payments on subordinated debt from our current indenture agreements and as a result of a variety of regulations, contractual or statutory requirements.
 
F-70

Table of Contents
Our ability to distribute funds is limited by the indenture governing, our Senior Secure Notes, the Brazilian Debentures, the VLN and our CVIs and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred equity. Restricted payments are generally limited by compliance with leverage ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios and permitted payment baskets. The Company may in the future require additional cash resources from the subsidiaries due to changes in business conditions or merely to declare and pay dividends to make distributions to shareholders.
As described in Note 1, Atento S.A. was incorporated as legal entity and as Group (Atento S.A. and subsidiaries) in 2014 due to the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO described in Note 1. Pursuant to the Reorganization Transaction, Midco became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atento S.A., a newly-formed company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg with nominal assets and liabilities for the purpose of facilitating the IPO, and which did not conduct any operations prior to the completion of the IPO. Following the Reorganization Transaction and the IPO, the financial statements present the consolidated results of MidCo’s operations as if Atento S.A. always would have been operating. The consolidated financial statements of Midco were substantially the same as the consolidated financial statements of the Atento S.A. prior to the IPO, adjusted to reflect the Reorganization Transaction. Incorporation of Atento S.A. (Floatco) has been considered a common control transaction, applying the pooling of interest method.
 
F-71

Table of Contents
In consequence, the separate condensed financial statements of the Company are presented below:
ATENTO S.A.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 	  	Fort the year ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
ASSETS	  				  				
Investments in affiliates	  	 	—  	  	  	 	644,398	  	
Loans to affiliates	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Trade and other receivables	  	 	—  	  	  	 	342	  	
Other assets	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4	  	
Other receivables from public administrations	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10	  	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,333	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS		 	—  	  		 	654,087	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY									
Borrowings		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Other debt		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Accounts payable and other liabilities		 	—  	  		 	9,878	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL LIABILITIES		 	—  	  		 	9,878	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Share capital		 	—  	  		 	45	  	
Share premium		 	—  	  		 	640,035	  	
Retained earnings		 	—  	  		 	(19,884	) 	
Translation differences		 	—  	  		 	24,014	  	
Stock-based compensation		 	—  	  		 	584	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY		 	—  	  		 	643,625	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	—  	  					
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY		 	—  	  		 	653,503	  	

F-72

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A.
CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 	  	Fort the year ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	
Revenue	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other operating expenses	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(19,971	) 	
Finance income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4	  	
Finance expense	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Net finance expense	  	 	—  	  	  	 	92	  	
(LOSS) BEFORE TAX	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(19,879	) 	
Income tax expense	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(4	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE PERIOD		 	—  	  		 	(19,883	) 	

F-73

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Thousands of US Dollars)

 	 	For the year ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Loss for the period/year	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(19,883	) 	
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	 				 				
Translation differences	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,014	  	
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,014	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total consolidated comprehensive loss		 	—  	  		 	4,131	  	

F-74

Table of Contents
ATENTO S.A.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 	 	For the year ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Operating activities	 				 				
Loss before tax	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(19,879	) 	
Adjustments to loss:	 				 				
Gains/(losses) on disposal of financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(3	) 	
Net exchange differences	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(88	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
						 	(91)	  	
Changes in working capital:									
Change in trade and other receivable		 	—  	  		 	353	  	
Change in trade and other payable		 	—  	  		 	9,874	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
						 	10,227	  	
Other cash flows from operating activities									
Interest received		 	—  	  		 	3	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
						 	3	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities						 	(9,740)	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities									
Investment in affiliates		 	—  	  		 	(55,036	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities		 	—  	  		 	(55,036)	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities									
Proceeds from common stock		 	—  	  		 	72,293	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities		 	—  	  		 	72,293	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exchange differences						 	1,816	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		 	—  	  		 	9,333	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		 	—  	  		 	9,333	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information only and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Basis of preparation
The presentation of the Company’s stand-alone condensed financial statement has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the accompanying consolidated financial statements except that, the Company records its investment in subsidiaries under the cost method of accounting. Such investments are presented on the statements of financial position as ‘‘Investment in affiliates’’ at cost less any identified impairment loss.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, there were no material contingencies, significant provisions of long term obligations, mandatory dividend or redemption requirements of redeemable stocks or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements, if any.
Reconciliation (in thousands of U.S. dollar)

IFRS Profit/(loss) reconciliation	 	For the year ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Company IFRS profit/(loss) for the period	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(19,883	) 	
Additional profit/(loss) if subsidiaries had been accounted for using the equity method	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(22,269	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated IFRS profit/(loss) for the period		 	—  	  		 	(42,152	) 	

F-75

Table of Contents

IFRS Equity reconciliation	 	For the year ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	
Parent shareholders’ equity	 	 	—  	  	 	 	643,625	  	
Additional equity if subsidiaries had been accounted for using the equity method	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(178,759	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated IFRS shareholders’ equity		 	—  	  		 	464,866	  	

F-76

Table of Contents
28) CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULES
The following consolidating financial information presents Consolidating Condensed Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and Consolidating Condensed Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 for: (i) (Atento S.A.) (the “Parent”); (ii) (Luxco 1) (the “Subsidiary Issuers”); (iii) the guarantor subsidiaries; (iv) the non-guarantor subsidiaries; (v) elimination entries necessary to consolidate the Parent with the Subsidiary Issuers, the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (vi) the Company on a consolidated basis. The Subsidiary Issuers and the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Parent, either directly or indirectly. All guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. This financial information is being presented in relation to the Company’s guarantee of the payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the notes issued by BC Luxco 1 S.A. Refer to Note 16 “Financial Liabilities” for further information of these guaranteed notes. The principal elimination entries relates to investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions.
Consolidating Condensed Statements of Operations (thousands of U.S. dollars)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
Revenue	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	944,073	  	 	 	944,073	  	 	 	1,404,966	  	 	 	(7,924	) 	 	 	2,341,115	  	
Other operating income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,117	  	 	 	2,117	  	 	 	2,020	  	 	 	230	  	 	 	4,367	  	
Own work capitalized	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	563	  	 	 	563	  	 	 	385	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	948	  	
Supplies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(57,694	) 	 	 	(57,694	) 	 	 	(57,637	) 	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	(115,340	) 	
Employee benefit expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(685,639	) 	 	 	(685,639	) 	 	 	(1,016,018	) 	 	 	58,160	  	 	 	(1,643,497	) 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(68,940	) 	 	 	(68,940	) 	 	 	(40,858	) 	 	 	(19,177	) 	 	 	(128,975	) 	
Changes in trade provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,674	  	 	 	1,674	  	 	 	352	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,026	  	
Other operating expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5,250	) 	 	 	(104	) 	 	 	(143,690	) 	 	 	(143,794	) 	 	 	(218,864	) 	 	 	12,238	  	 	 	(355,670	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)		 	—  	  		 	(5,250	) 		 	(104	) 		 	(7,536	) 		 	(7,640	) 		 	74,346	  		 	43,518	  		 	104,974	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance income		 	—  	  		 	56,381	  		 	28,021	  		 	6,638	  		 	34,659	  		 	11,343	  		 	(84,590	) 		 	17,793	  	
Finance costs		 	—  	  		 	(61,661	) 		 	(32,954	) 		 	(68,134	) 		 	(101,088	) 		 	(77,122	) 		 	104,797	  		 	(135,074	) 	
Net foreign exchange gains/(loss)		 	—  	  		 	(207	) 		 	—  	  		 	6,362	  		 	6,362	  		 	10,066	  		 	393	  		 	16,614	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET FINANCE EXPENSE		 	—  	  		 	(5,487	) 		 	(4,933	) 		 	(55,134	) 		 	(60,067	) 		 	(55,713	) 		 	20,600	  		 	(100,667	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX		 	—  	  		 	(10,737	) 		 	(5,037	) 		 	(62,670	) 		 	(67,707	) 		 	18,633	  		 	64,118	  		 	4,307	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expenses		 	—  	  		 	(613	) 		 	(4	) 		 	13,665	  		 	13,661	  		 	(3,893	) 		 	(17,501	) 		 	(8,346	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE PERIOD ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT		 	—  	  		 	(11,350	) 		 	(5,041	) 		 	(49,005	) 		 	(54,046	) 		 	14,740	  		 	46,617	  		 	(4,039	) 	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-77

Table of Contents
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento
S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
Revenue	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	962,723	  	 	 	962,723	  	 	 	1,336,502	  	 	 	(901	) 	 	 	2,298,324	  	
Other operating income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,393	  	 	 	4,393	  	 	 	761	  	 	 	(575	) 	 	 	4,579	  	
Own work capitalized	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	209	  	 	 	209	  	 	 	266	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	475	  	
Supplies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(45,844	) 	 	 	(45,844	) 	 	 	(58,412	) 	 	 	(552	) 	 	 	(104,808	) 	
Employee benefit expenses	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	(716,376	) 	 	 	(716,387	) 	 	 	(920,400	) 	 	 	415	  	 	 	(1,636,373	) 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(61,675	) 	 	 	(61,675	) 	 	 	(39,573	) 	 	 	(18,572	) 	 	 	(119,820	) 	
Changes in trade provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(111	) 	 	 	(111	) 	 	 	1,776	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,665	  	
Other operating expenses	 	 	(19,970	) 	 	 	(2,265	) 	 	 	(95	) 	 	 	(151,243	) 	 	 	(151,338	) 	 	 	(191,060	) 	 	 	4,441	  	 	 	(360,192	) 	
Other gains	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,753	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	35,092	  	 	 	35,092	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(33,753	) 	 	 	35,092	  	
Impairment charges	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31,792	) 	 	 	(31,792	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31,792	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)		 	(19,971	) 		 	31,488	  		 	(106	) 		 	(4,624	) 		 	(4,730	) 		 	129,860	  		 	(49,497	) 		 	87,150	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance income		 	4	  		 	92,298	  		 	33,395	  		 	38,939	  		 	72,334	  		 	21,870	  		 	(128,218	) 		 	58,288	  	
Finance costs		 	—  	  		 	(67,185	) 		 	(29,636	) 		 	(68,986	) 		 	(98,622	) 		 	(72,991	) 		 	103,104	  		 	(135,694	) 	
Net foreign exchange gains/(loss)		 	88	  		 	(30,475	) 		 	—  	  		 	(37,725	) 		 	(37,725	) 		 	4,274	  		 	30,475	  		 	(33,363	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET FINANCE EXPENSE		 	92	  		 	(5,362	) 		 	3,759	  		 	(67,772	) 		 	(64,013	) 		 	(46,847	) 		 	5,361	  		 	(110,769	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX		 	(19,879	) 		 	26,126	  		 	3,653	  		 	(72,396	) 		 	(68,743	) 		 	83,013	  		 	(44,136	) 		 	(23,619	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expenses		 	(4	) 		 	(1,144	) 		 	(4	) 		 	6,232	  		 	6,228	  		 	(30,892	) 		 	7,279	  		 	(18,533	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE PERIOD ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT		 	(19,883	) 		 	24,982	  		 	3,649	  		 	(66,164	) 		 	(62,515	) 		 	52,121	  		 	(36,857	) 		 	(42,152	) 	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
 
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-78

Table of Contents
Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheets (thousands of U.S. dollars)
As of December 31, 2013

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
ASSETS	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
NON-CURRENT ASSETS	 	 	—  	  	 	 	927,758	  	 	 	668,624	  	 	 	694,822	  	 	 	1,363,446	  	 	 	523,373	  	 	 	(1,743,196	) 	 	 	1,071,381	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	218,542	  	 	 	218,542	  	 	 	25,213	  	 	 	149,022	  	 	 	392,777	  	
Goodwill	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	74,583	  	 	 	74,583	  	 	 	86,218	  	 	 	36,938	  	 	 	197,739	  	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	90,499	  	 	 	90,499	  	 	 	141,104	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	231,603	  	
Investments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	226,377	  	 	 	2,562	  	 	 	218,547	  	 	 	221,109	  	 	 	79,846	  	 	 	(527,332	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Non-current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	701,381	  	 	 	666,062	  	 	 	38,003	  	 	 	704,065	  	 	 	68,535	  	 	 	(1,404,658	) 	 	 	69,323	  	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	72	  	 	 	(44	) 	 	 	72	  	
Other receivables from public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other non-current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	698,696	  	 	 	666,062	  	 	 	35,274	  	 	 	701,336	  	 	 	55,709	  	 	 	(1,401,929	) 	 	 	53,812	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,685	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,685	  	 	 	2,685	  	 	 	12,754	  	 	 	(2,685	) 	 	 	15,439	  	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54,648	  	 	 	54,648	  	 	 	122,457	  	 	 	2,834	  	 	 	179,939	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CURRENT ASSETS	 	 	—  	  	 	 	38,850	  	 	 	231	  	 	 	440,298	  	 	 	440,529	  	 	 	358,273	  	 	 	(66,853	) 	 	 	770,799	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	588	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	287,821	  	 	 	287,825	  	 	 	293,323	  	 	 	(28,711	) 	 	 	553,025	  	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	188	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	269,124	  	 	 	269,124	  	 	 	280,284	  	 	 	(28,310	) 	 	 	521,286	  	
Current income tax receivables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	6,375	  	 	 	6,379	  	 	 	6,584	  	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	12,962	  	
Other receivables from public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	394	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,322	  	 	 	12,322	  	 	 	6,455	  	 	 	(394	) 	 	 	18,777	  	
Other current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,412	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,021	  	 	 	1,021	  	 	 	3,263	  	 	 	(12,413	) 	 	 	4,283	  	
Other financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,412	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,021	  	 	 	1,021	  	 	 	405	  	 	 	(12,413	) 	 	 	1,425	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,858	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,858	  	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	—  	  	 	 	25,850	  	 	 	227	  	 	 	151,456	  	 	 	151,683	  	 	 	61,687	  	 	 	(25,729	) 	 	 	213,491	  	
	 				 				 				 				 	 	—  	  	 				 				 				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS	 	 	—  	  	 	 	966,608	  	 	 	668,855	  	 	 	1,135,120	  	 	 	1,803,975	  	 	 	881,646	  	 	 	(1,810,049	) 	 	 	1,842,180	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-79

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY
HOLDERS OF THE PARENT	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(29,986	) 	 	 	(2,976	) 	 	 	(105,653	) 	 	 	(108,629	) 	 	 	111,426	  	 	 	(106,777	) 	 	 	(133,966	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share capital	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,591	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,591	  	 	 	2,591	  	 	 	216,658	  	 	 	(221,840	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Share premium	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	2,592	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	2,590	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	2,579	  	
Retained earnings	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(67,654	) 	 	 	(5,359	) 	 	 	(49,002	) 	 	 	(54,361	) 	 	 	14,739	  	 	 	46,617	  	 	 	(60,659	) 	
Translation differences	 	 	—  	  	 	 	43,753	  	 	 	(209	) 	 	 	(50,563	) 	 	 	(50,772	) 	 	 	(130,272	) 	 	 	59,778	  	 	 	(77,513	) 	
Cash flow hedge	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8,677	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8,677	) 	 	 	(8,677	) 	 	 	10,304	  	 	 	8,677	  	 	 	1,627	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES	 	 	—  	  	 	 	977,949	  	 	 	671,308	  	 	 	1,044,205	  	 	 	1,715,513	  	 	 	554,741	  	 	 	(1,656,916	) 	 	 	1,591,287	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	59,998	  	 	 	59,998	  	 	 	35,007	  	 	 	24,277	  	 	 	119,282	  	
Interest-bearing debt	 	 	—  	  	 	 	288,339	  	 	 	151,701	  	 	 	292,660	  	 	 	444,361	  	 	 	389,623	  	 	 	(288,339	) 	 	 	833,984	  	
Non-current payables to Group companies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	673,648	  	 	 	519,607	  	 	 	673,086	  	 	 	1,192,693	  	 	 	30,158	  	 	 	(1,376,892	) 	 	 	519,607	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,962	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,962	  	 	 	15,962	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(15,962	) 	 	 	15,962	  	
Non-current provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,105	  	 	 	2,105	  	 	 	96,957	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	99,062	  	
Non-current non trade payables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	394	  	 	 	394	  	 	 	1,047	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,441	  	
Other non-current payables to public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,949	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,949	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CURRENT LIABILITIES	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,645	  	 	 	523	  	 	 	196,568	  	 	 	197,091	  	 	 	215,478	  	 	 	(46,356	) 	 	 	384,859	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing debt	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9,491	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	11,977	  	 	 	11,977	  	 	 	5,152	  	 	 	(9,492	) 	 	 	17,128	  	
Current payables to Group companies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7,771	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,771	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Trade and other payables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,383	  	 	 	523	  	 	 	175,522	  	 	 	176,045	  	 	 	204,877	  	 	 	(29,093	) 	 	 	353,213	  	
Trade payables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	786	  	 	 	100	  	 	 	63,410	  	 	 	63,510	  	 	 	69,832	  	 	 	(24,232	) 	 	 	109,897	  	
Current income tax payable	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	5,413	  	 	 	5,420	  	 	 	2,162	  	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	7,582	  	
Other current payables to public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	573	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	38,169	  	 	 	38,169	  	 	 	36,814	  	 	 	(573	) 	 	 	74,983	  	
Other non-trade payables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	416	  	 	 	68,530	  	 	 	68,946	  	 	 	96,069	  	 	 	(4,281	) 	 	 	160,751	  	
Current provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9,069	  	 	 	9,069	  	 	 	5,449	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	14,518	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	 	 	—  	  	 	 	966,608	  	 	 	668,855	  	 	 	1,135,120	  	 	 	1,803,975	  	 	 	881,645	  	 	 	(1,810,049	) 	 	 	1,842,180	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-80

Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
ASSETS	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
NON-CURRENT ASSETS	 	 	644,398	  	 	 	945,359	  	 	 	643,112	  	 	 	651,622	  	 	 	1,294,734	  	 	 	523,375	  	 	 	(2,465,726	) 	 	 	942,140	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	143,946	  	 	 	143,946	  	 	 	34,559	  	 	 	114,573	  	 	 	293,078	  	
Goodwill	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	62,316	  	 	 	62,316	  	 	 	80,099	  	 	 	27,056	  	 	 	169,471	  	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	85,237	  	 	 	85,237	  	 	 	151,959	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	237,196	  	
Investments	 	 	644,398	  	 	 	249,986	  	 	 	26,170	  	 	 	218,547	  	 	 	244,717	  	 	 	79,846	  	 	 	(1,218,947	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Non-current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	695,373	  	 	 	616,942	  	 	 	82,186	  	 	 	699,128	  	 	 	88,181	  	 	 	(1,390,424	) 	 	 	92,258	  	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39	  	 	 	39	  	 	 	10,507	  	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	10,503	  	
Other receivables from public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29	  	 	 	29	  	 	 	4,851	  	 	 	(29	) 	 	 	4,851	  	
Other non-current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	674,024	  	 	 	616,942	  	 	 	60,769	  	 	 	677,711	  	 	 	61,907	  	 	 	(1,369,003	) 	 	 	44,639	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21,349	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21,349	  	 	 	21,349	  	 	 	10,916	  	 	 	(21,349	) 	 	 	32,265	  	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	59,390	  	 	 	59,390	  	 	 	88,731	  	 	 	2,016	  	 	 	150,137	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CURRENT ASSETS	 	 	9,689	  	 	 	40,856	  	 	 	1,600	  	 	 	402,350	  	 	 	403,950	  	 	 	340,826	  	 	 	(79,560	) 	 	 	715,761	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	356	  	 	 	7,886	  	 	 	1,535	  	 	 	256,563	  	 	 	258,098	  	 	 	256,098	  	 	 	(46,679	) 	 	 	475,759	  	
Trade and other receivables	 	 	342	  	 	 	6,734	  	 	 	1,527	  	 	 	240,055	  	 	 	241,582	  	 	 	248,263	  	 	 	(45,527	) 	 	 	451,394	  	
Current income tax receivables	 	 	4	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	8,469	  	 	 	8,477	  	 	 	5,122	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	13,603	  	
Other receivables from public administrations	 	 	10	  	 	 	1,142	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	8,039	  	 	 	8,039	  	 	 	2,713	  	 	 	(1,142	) 	 	 	10,762	  	
Other current financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,643	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	643	  	 	 	643	  	 	 	27,919	  	 	 	(3,643	) 	 	 	28,562	  	
Other financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,643	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	643	  	 	 	643	  	 	 	27,919	  	 	 	(3,643	) 	 	 	28,562	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	9,333	  	 	 	29,327	  	 	 	65	  	 	 	145,144	  	 	 	145,209	  	 	 	56,809	  	 	 	(29,238	) 	 	 	211,440	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS	 	 	654,087	  	 	 	986,215	  	 	 	644,712	  	 	 	1,053,972	  	 	 	1,698,684	  	 	 	864,201	  	 	 	(2,545,286	) 	 	 	1,657,901	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-81

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT	 	 	644,210	  	 	 	46,956	  	 	 	611,541	  	 	 	(99,256	) 	 	 	512,285	  	 	 	149,230	  	 	 	(887,815	) 	 	 	464,866	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share capital	 	 	45	  	 	 	119	  	 	 	96	  	 	 	119	  	 	 	215	  	 	 	216,709	  	 	 	(217,040	) 	 	 	48	  	
Net investment / Share premium	 	 	639,451	  	 	 	22,770	  	 	 	630,687	  	 	 	22,770	  	 	 	653,457	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	(676,240	) 	 	 	639,435	  	
Retained earnings	 	 	(19,884	) 	 	 	(42,673	) 	 	 	(1,712	) 	 	 	(115,166	) 	 	 	(116,878	) 	 	 	66,860	  	 	 	9,764	  	 	 	(102,811	) 	
Translation differences	 	 	24,014	  	 	 	74,585	  	 	 	(17,530	) 	 	 	866	  	 	 	(16,664	) 	 	 	(141,541	) 	 	 	(12,144	) 	 	 	(71,750	) 	
Cash flow hedge	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,845	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,845	) 	 	 	(7,845	) 	 	 	7,205	  	 	 	7,845	  	 	 	(640	) 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	584	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	584	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES	 	 	—  	  	 	 	916,374	  	 	 	31,578	  	 	 	970,711	  	 	 	1,002,289	  	 	 	498,274	  	 	 	(1,598,732	) 	 	 	818,205	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	36,367	  	 	 	36,367	  	 	 	31,647	  	 	 	15,118	  	 	 	83,132	  	
Interest-bearing debt	 	 	—  	  	 	 	290,927	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	295,255	  	 	 	295,255	  	 	 	341,294	  	 	 	(290,927	) 	 	 	636,549	  	
Non-current payables to Group companies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	624,254	  	 	 	31,578	  	 	 	635,565	  	 	 	667,143	  	 	 	26,550	  	 	 	(1,317,947	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Derivative financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,193	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,193	  	 	 	1,193	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,193	) 	 	 	1,193	  	
Non-current provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,940	  	 	 	1,940	  	 	 	92,834	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	94,774	  	
Non-current non trade payables	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	391	  	 	 	391	  	 	 	4,353	  	 	 	(3,783	) 	 	 	961	  	
Other non-current payables to public administrations	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,596	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,596	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CURRENT LIABILITIES	 	 	9,877	  	 	 	22,885	  	 	 	1,594	  	 	 	182,518	  	 	 	184,112	  	 	 	216,694	  	 	 	(58,738	) 	 	 	374,830	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing debt	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10,385	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	13,294	  	 	 	13,294	  	 	 	4,808	  	 	 	(11,726	) 	 	 	16,761	  	
Current payables to Group companies	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10,459	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10,459	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Trade and other payables	 	 	9,877	  	 	 	2,041	  	 	 	1,594	  	 	 	156,202	  	 	 	157,796	  	 	 	206,399	  	 	 	(36,553	) 	 	 	339,560	  	
Trade payables	 	 	1,443	  	 	 	906	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	62,172	  	 	 	62,231	  	 	 	66,596	  	 	 	(25,410	) 	 	 	105,766	  	
Current income tax payable	 	 	3	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	4,797	  	 	 	4,805	  	 	 	2,543	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	7,351	  	
Other current payables to public administrations	 	 	289	  	 	 	747	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	37,131	  	 	 	37,131	  	 	 	37,096	  	 	 	(747	) 	 	 	74,516	  	
Other non-trade payables	 	 	8,142	  	 	 	380	  	 	 	1,527	  	 	 	52,102	  	 	 	53,629	  	 	 	100,164	  	 	 	(10,388	) 	 	 	151,927	  	
Current provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	13,022	  	 	 	13,022	  	 	 	5,487	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,509	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	 	 	654,087	  	 	 	986,215	  	 	 	644,713	  	 	 	1,053,973	  	 	 	1,698,686	  	 	 	864,198	  	 	 	(2,545,285	) 	 	 	1,657,901	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-82

Table of Contents
Consolidating Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (thousands of U.S. dollars)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent (Atento
S.A.)	 	 	Subsiridiary
issuer
(Luxco 1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group *)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-
guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Total	 	
Operating activities	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Loss before tax	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10,738	) 	 	 	(5,037	) 	 	 	(62,668	) 	 	 	(67,705	) 	 	 	18,760	  	 	 	63,990	  	 	 	4,307	  	
Adjustments to loss:	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Amortization and depreciation	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	68,935	  	 	 	68,935	  	 	 	40,858	  	 	 	19,183	  	 	 	128,976	  	
Impairment allowances	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(351	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,674	) 	 	 	(1,674	) 	 	 	(351	) 	 	 	350	  	 	 	(2,026	) 	
Change in provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	23,638	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	23,638	  	
Grants released to income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,702	) 	 	 	(1,702	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,702	) 	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of fixed assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	56	  	 	 	56	  	 	 	2,845	  	 	 	(1,741	) 	 	 	1,160	  	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of financial assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,348	  	 	 	1,348	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,348	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Finance income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(50,225	) 	 	 	(28,021	) 	 	 	(452	) 	 	 	(28,473	) 	 	 	(10,569	) 	 	 	78,435	  	 	 	(10,832	) 	
Finance expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	48,864	  	 	 	32,954	  	 	 	55,163	  	 	 	88,117	  	 	 	71,493	  	 	 	(92,000	) 	 	 	116,474	  	
Net exchange differences	 	 	—  	  	 	 	207	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(6,363	) 	 	 	(6,363	) 	 	 	(10,251	) 	 	 	(207	) 	 	 	(16,614	) 	
Change in financial instruments fair value	 	 	—  	  	 	 	8,710	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,495	  	 	 	5,495	  	 	 	3,844	  	 	 	(6,470	) 	 	 	11,579	  	
Own work capitalized	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(384	) 	 	 	384	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other (gains)/ losses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	—  	  		 	7,205	  		 	4,933	  		 	120,806	  		 	125,739	  		 	121,123	  		 	(3,414	) 		 	250,653	  	
Changes in working capital:																																	
Change in trade and other receivable		 	—  	  		 	589	  		 	(4	) 		 	(19,093	) 		 	(19,097	) 		 	23,518	  		 	36,618	  		 	41,628	  	
Change in trade and other payable		 	—  	  		 	1,186	  		 	72	  		 	(34,014	) 		 	(33,942	) 		 	9,039	  		 	(44,192	) 		 	(67,909	) 	
Other assets (payables)		 	—  	  		 	54,640	  		 	—  	  		 	(7,661	) 		 	(7,661	) 		 	158,694	  		 	(226,416	) 		 	(20,743	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	—  	  		 	56,415	  		 	68	  		 	(60,768	) 		 	(60,700	) 		 	191,251	  		 	(233,990	) 		 	(47,024	) 	
Other cash flows from operating activities																																	
Interest paid		 	—  	  		 	(64,464	) 		 	(32,954	) 		 	(22,652	) 		 	(55,606	) 		 	(77,122	) 		 	133,923	  		 	(63,269	) 	
Interest received		 	—  	  		 	50,225	  		 	28,021	  		 	6,540	  		 	34,561	  		 	10,569	  		 	(89,879	) 		 	5,476	  	
Income tax paid		 	—  	  		 	613	  		 	—  	  		 	(24,454	) 		 	(24,454	) 		 	(8,941	) 		 	2,032	  		 	(30,750	) 	
Other payments		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	4,954	  		 	4,954	  		 	(14,717	) 		 	(10,032	) 		 	(19,795	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	—  	  		 	(13,626	) 		 	(4,933	) 		 	(35,612	) 		 	(40,545	) 		 	(90,211	) 		 	36,044	  		 	(108,338	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities		 	—  	  		 	39,256	  		 	(4,970	) 		 	(38,242	) 		 	(43,212	) 		 	240,923	  		 	(137,368	) 		 	99,599	  	

F-83

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent (Atento
S.A.)	 	 	Subsiridiary
issuer
(Luxco 1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group *)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-
guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Total	 	
Investing activities	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8,651	) 	 	 	(8,651	) 	 	 	(19,981	) 	 	 	15,081	  	 	 	(13,551	) 	
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(39,144	) 	 	 	(39,144	) 	 	 	(49,960	) 	 	 	(26,119	) 	 	 	(115,223	) 	
Acquisition of subsidiaries	 	 	—  	  	 				 	 	(49,419	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(49,419	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	36,135	  	 	 	(13,284	) 	
Payments for financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(326,135	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(54,040	) 	 	 	(54,040	) 	 	 	(73,120	) 	 	 	438,466	  	 	 	(14,829	) 	
Disposals of intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	690	  	 	 	690	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	65	  	 	 	755	  	
Disposals of property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5,849	) 	 	 	5,849	  	 	 	—  	  	
Proceeds from sale of financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,538	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,037	  	 	 	10,156	  	 	 	32,731	  	
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities		 	—  	  		 	(307,597	) 		 	(49,419	) 		 	(101,145	) 		 	(150,564	) 		 	(144,873	) 		 	479,633	  		 	(123,401	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities																																	
Proceeds from common stock		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Proceeds from borrowings from third parties		 	—  	  		 	280,709	  		 	151,701	  		 	304,460	  		 	456,161	  		 	—  	  		 	(456,161	) 		 	280,709	  	
Proceeds from borrowings from group companies		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(97,151	) 		 	—  	  		 	(97,151	) 		 	—  	  		 	97,151	  		 	—  	  	
Repayment of borrowings from third parties		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(203,214	) 		 	(203,214	) 		 	—  	  		 	2,491	  		 	(200,723	) 	
Repayment of borrowings from group companies		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(48,765	) 		 	—  	  		 	(48,765	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities		 	—  	  		 	280,709	  		 	54,550	  		 	101,246	  		 	155,796	  		 	(48,765	) 		 	(356,519	) 		 	31,221	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exchange differences										 	(212	) 		 	4,087	  		 	3,875	  		 	—  	  		 	1,886	  		 	5,761	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		 	—  	  		 	12,368	  		 	(51	) 		 	(34,054	) 		 	(34,105	) 		 	47,285	  		 	(12,368	) 		 	13,180	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		 	—  	  		 	13,482	  		 	278	  		 	185,510	  		 	185,788	  		 	14,523	  		 	(13,482	) 		 	200,311	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		 	—  	  		 	25,850	  		 	227	  		 	151,456	  		 	151,683	  		 	61,808	  		 	(25,850	) 		 	213,491	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-84

Table of Contents
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
Operating activitie s	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Loss before tax	 	 	(19,879	) 	 	 	26,126	  	 	 	3,652	  	 	 	(72,396	) 	 	 	(68,744	) 	 	 	83,014	  	 	 	(44,136	) 	 	 	(23,619	) 	
Adjustments to loss:	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Amortization and depreciation	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	61,675	  	 	 	61,675	  	 	 	39,573	  	 	 	18,572	  	 	 	119,820	  	
Impairment allowances	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	31,903	  	 	 	31,903	  	 	 	(1,776	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	30,127	  	
Change in provisions	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,696	  	 	 	12,696	  	 	 	18,202	  	 	 	(170	) 	 	 	30,728	  	
Grants released to income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	735	  	 	 	735	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(735	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of fixed assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	971	  	 	 	971	  	 	 	(143	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	828	  	
Gains/(losses) on disposal of financial assets	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(56	) 	 	 	(56	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	37	  	 	 	(60	) 	
Finance income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(54,876	) 	 	 	(33,395	) 	 	 	(631	) 	 	 	(34,026	) 	 	 	(18,383	) 	 	 	89,959	  	 	 	(17,326	) 	
Finance expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	59,743	  	 	 	29,637	  	 	 	61,543	  	 	 	91,180	  	 	 	66,803	  	 	 	(95,663	) 	 	 	122,063	  	
Net exchange differences	 	 	(88	) 	 	 	30,475	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	37,725	  	 	 	37,725	  	 	 	(4,274	) 	 	 	(30,475	) 	 	 	33,363	  	
Change in financial instruments fair value	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(29,939	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(29,969	) 	 	 	(29,969	) 	 	 	2,700	  	 	 	29,936	  	 	 	(27,272	) 	
Own work capitalized	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(209	) 	 	 	(209	) 	 	 	(266	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(475	) 	
Other (gains)/ losses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(33,753	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(35,092	) 	 	 	(35,092	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	32,465	  	 	 	(36,380	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	(91	) 		 	(28,388	) 		 	(3,758	) 		 	141,291	  		 	137,533	  		 	102,436	  		 	43,926	  		 	255,416	  	
Changes in working capital:																																	
Change in trade and other receivable		 	353	  		 	7,295	  		 	1,528	  		 	(35,473	) 		 	(33,945	) 		 	(38,182	) 		 	147,055	  		 	82,576	  	
Change in trade and other payable		 	9,874	  		 	656	  		 	1,070	  		 	(12,947	) 		 	(11,877	) 		 	(6,623	) 		 	(7,691	) 		 	(15,661	) 	
Other assets (payables)		 	—  	  		 	317	  		 	464	  		 	91,468	  		 	91,932	  		 	46,113	  		 	(182,199	) 		 	(43,837	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	10,227	  		 	8,268	  		 	3,062	  		 	43,048	  		 	46,110	  		 	1,308	  		 	(42,835	) 		 	23,078	  	
Other cash flows from operating activities																																	
Interest paid		 	—  	  		 	(59,743	) 		 	(4,202	) 		 	(61,543	) 		 	(65,745	) 		 	(66,672	) 		 	95,663	  		 	(96,497	) 	
Interest received		 	3	  		 	37,316	  		 	—  	  		 	12,765	  		 	12,765	  		 	11,223	  		 	(37,316	) 		 	23,991	  	
Income tax paid		 	—  	  		 	(9	) 		 	(2	) 		 	(17,158	) 		 	(17,160	) 		 	(1,733	) 		 	(84	) 		 	(18,986	) 	
Other payments		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(6,745	) 		 	(6,745	) 		 	(21,343	) 		 	—  	  		 	(28,088	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	3	  		 	(22,436	) 		 	(4,204	) 		 	(72,681	) 		 	(76,885	) 		 	(78,525	) 		 	58,263	  		 	(119,580	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities		 	(9,740	) 		 	(16,430	) 		 	(1,248	) 		 	39,262	  		 	38,014	  		 	108,233	  		 	15,218	  		 	135,295	  	

F-85

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	GUARANTORS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Parent
(Atento S.A.)	 	 	Subsidiary
Issuer
(Luxco1)	 	 	Guarantor
(Midco)	 	 	Guarantor
(Restricted
Group*)	 	 	Total	 	 	Non-Guarantor
(Other**)	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Consolidated
(Atento S.A.)	 	
Investing activities	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,166	) 	 	 	(7,166	) 	 	 	(14,612	) 	 	 	(57	) 	 	 	(21,835	) 	
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(24,433	) 	 	 	(24,433	) 	 	 	(55,923	) 	 	 	(15,661	) 	 	 	(96,017	) 	
Investment in affiliates	 	 	(55,036	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(23,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(23,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	78,036	  	 	 	—  	  	
Acquisition of subsidiaries	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,460	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7,460	) 	
Payments for financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(93,192	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(93,192	) 	
Disposals of intangible assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,287	  	 	 	1,287	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,194	) 	 	 	93	  	
Disposals of property, plant and equipment	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	316	  	 	 	316	  	 	 	458	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	774	  	
Proceeds from sale of financial instruments	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	66,562	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	66,562	  	
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,237	  	 	 	1,237	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,237	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities		 	(55,036	) 		 	—  	  		 	(23,000	) 		 	(28,759	) 		 	(51,759	) 		 	(104,167	) 		 	61,124	  		 	(149,838	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities																																	
Proceeds from common stock		 	72,293	  		 	23,000	  		 	55,036	  		 	—  	  		 	55,036	  		 	—  	  		 	(78,036	) 		 	72,293	  	
Proceeds from borrowings from third parties		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	68,630	  		 	—  	  		 	68,630	  	
Proceeds from borrowings from group companies		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	85,080	  		 	—  	  		 	85,080	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	85,080	  	
Repayment of borrowings from third parties		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(116,003	) 		 	(2,514	) 		 	(118,517	) 		 	(68,650	) 		 	—  	  		 	(187,167	) 	
Repayment of borrowings from group companies		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities		 	72,293	  		 	23,000	  		 	24,113	  		 	(2,514	) 		 	21,599	  		 	(20	) 		 	(78,036	) 		 	38,836	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exchange differences		 	1,816	  		 	(3,093	) 		 	(27	) 		 	(14,301	) 		 	(14,328	) 		 	(8,923	) 		 	(1,816	) 		 	(26,344	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		 	9,333	  		 	3,477	  		 	(162	) 		 	(6,312	) 		 	(6,474	) 		 	(4,877	) 		 	(3,510	) 		 	(2,051	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		 	—  	  		 	25,850	  		 	227	  		 	151,456	  		 	151,683	  		 	61,687	  		 	(25,729	) 		 	213,491	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		 	9,333	  		 	29,327	  		 	65	  		 	145,144	  		 	145,209	  		 	56,810	  		 	(29,239	) 		 	211,440	  	

*	Restricted Group has been adjusted to remove the operations of Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l. The column includes Luxco 1 as parent of this “Guarantor Restricted Group”.	
**	Other are Atento’s indirect subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina, and its direct subsidiaries Atalaya Luxco 2 S.à.r.l. and Atalaya Luxco 3 S.à.r.l.	
 
F-86

Table of Contents
29) EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
The Company has evaluated events through March 24, 2015, which is the date on which the consolidated financial statements authorized for issued by the Board of Directors, and has determined that there were no additional subsequent events after December 31, 2014 requiring adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
a) Microsoft licenses
At January 2, 2015, Atento Brazil S.A. entered into a master agreement regarding the acquisition of rights to use Microsoft’ software from SofwareONE Commerce and Computer Services Ltda. (“Contractor”), in which the Contractor provides Microsoft’ software licenses Atento and its affiliates in Brazil, Colombia, Corporation, El Salvador, Peru, Guatemala, Mexico, and United States of America (“USA”).
Acquisition prices stated in the agreements, which will be paid in 3 (three) annual payments due on January 2, 2015, 2016 and 2017, are summarized below:

Description	  	Thousands of US dollars	 	
SoftwareONE agreement	  	 	37,440	  	
Microsoft agreements (not received for analysis in this memorandum)	  	 	7,920	  	
	  	 	 	 	
		 	45,360	  	
	  	 	 	 	
The agreement expires in three years from the date of the agreement and it is non-cancellable.
 
F-87

Table of Contents
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Sole Shareholder of Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l.
We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out statements of financial position of Atalaya Luxco Midco Predecessor (the “Predecessor”), as defined in Notes 1 and 2 of the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements, as of December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, and the related combined carve-out statements of income, comprehensive income, invested equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven-month period ended November 30, 2012. These combined carve-out financial statements are the responsibility of Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à.r.l.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined carve-out financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined carve-out financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined carve-out financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined carve-out financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined carve-out financial position of the Predecessor at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, and the combined carve-out results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven-month period ended November 30, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We draw attention to the fact that, as described in Note 2 (Basis of preparation), the Predecessor has not operated as a separate legal entity. These combined carve-out financial statements are, therefore, not necessarily indicative of results that would have occurred if the Predecessor had been a separate standalone entity during the years presented or of the future results of the Predecessor.
Ernst & Young, S.L.

/s/    Carlos Hidalgo Andres	
Carlos Hidalgo Andrés	
Madrid, Spain
April 30, 2014
 
F-88

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 	  	Notes	  	As of
January 1,
2011	 	  	As of
December 31,
2011	 	  	As of
November 30,
2012	 	
ASSETS	  		  				  				  				
NON-CURRENT ASSETS	  		  	 	590,216	  	  	 	613,575	  	  	 	587,416	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Intangible assets		(Note 6)		 	107,533	  		 	101,718	  		 	82,932	  	
Goodwill		(Note 7)		 	171,917	  		 	189,071	  		 	179,322	  	
Property, plant and equipment		(Note 8)		 	187,137	  		 	208,396	  		 	209,971	  	
Non-current financial assets		(Note 9)		 	54,691	  		 	51,752	  		 	56,367	  	
Deferred tax assets		(Note 18)		 	68,938	  		 	62,638	  		 	58,824	  	
CURRENT ASSETS				 	562,312	  		 	611,026	  		 	676,355	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables		(Note 10)		 	416,812	  		 	484,934	  		 	546,310	  	
Current income tax receivables		(Note 18)		 	2,581	  		 	7,997	  		 	34,557	  	
Current tax receivables		(Note 18)		 	13,319	  		 	11,587	  		 	9,630	  	
Current financial assets		(Note 9)		 	56,520	  		 	24,575	  		 	36,240	  	
Other assets				 	3	  		 	28	  		 	—  	  	
Cash and cash equivalents		(Note 11)		 	73,076	  		 	81,905	  		 	49,618	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS				 	1,152,527	  		 	1,224,601	  		 	1,263,771	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES INVESTED EQUITY				 	658,132	  		 	631,225	  		 	670,067	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total net parent investment		(Note 2)		 	644,460	  		 	616,667	  		 	670,067	  	
Non-controlling interests		(Note 16)		 	13,672	  		 	14,558	  		 	—  	  	
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES				 	55,439	  		 	160,233	  		 	139,023	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities		(Note 18)		 	42,528	  		 	45,397	  		 	39,965	  	
Interest-bearing debt		(Note 5,12,13)		 	471	  		 	102,220	  		 	75,426	  	
Non-current provisions		(Note 17)		 	9,982	  		 	12,518	  		 	23,555	  	
Other non-trade payables		(Note 14)		 	2,458	  		 	98	  		 	77	  	
CURRENT LIABILITIES				 	438,956	  		 	433,143	  		 	454,681	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing debt		(Note 5,12,13)		 	33,932	  		 	24,740	  		 	13,017	  	
Trade payables		(Note 15)		 	65,678	  		 	103,174	  		 	103,826	  	
Income tax payables		(Note 18)		 	8,563	  		 	11,234	  		 	47,396	  	
Current tax payables		(Note 18)		 	97,195	  		 	87,998	  		 	76,362	  	
Current provisions		(Note 17)		 	12,922	  		 	24,077	  		 	29,442	  	
Other non-trade payables		(Note 14)		 	220,666	  		 	181,920	  		 	184,638	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES				 	1,152,527	  		 	1,224,601	  		 	1,263,771	  	
	  		  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 24 are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements
 
F-89

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 COMBINED CARVE-OUT INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 	  	Notes	 	 	For the year ended
December 31,	 	 	January 1 to
November 30,	 	
	  			 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Revenue	  	 	(Note 19a)	  	 	 	2,417,286	  	 	 	2,125,928	  	
Other operating income	  	 	(Note 19b)	  	 	 	7,221	  	 	 	1,857	  	
Supplies	  	 	(Note 19c)	  	 	 	(129,845	) 	 	 	(105,508	) 	
Employee benefits expense	  	 	(Note 19d)	  	 	 	(1,701,918	) 	 	 	(1,482,842	) 	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	(Note 19f)	  	 	 	(78,503	) 	 	 	(78,148	) 	
Changes in trade provisions	  	 	(Note 10)	  	 	 	(2,690	) 	 	 	(13,945	) 	
Other operating expenses	  	 	(Note 19g)	  	 	 	(356,001	) 	 	 	(283,577	) 	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT						 	155,550	  		 	163,765	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance income		 	(Note 19h)	  		 	10,931	  		 	11,581	  	
Finance costs		 	(Note 19h)	  		 	(19,193	) 		 	(23,508	) 	
Net foreign exchange loss						 	(2,820	) 		 	(976	) 	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET FINANCE EXPENSE		 	(Note 19h)	  		 	(11,082	) 		 	(12,903	) 	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS						 	144,468	  		 	150,862	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expense		 	(Note 18)	  		 	54,856	  		 	60,706	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD (from continuing operations)						 	89,612	  		 	90,156	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations		 	(Note 21)	  		 	722	  		 	0	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD						 	90,334	  		 	90,156	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit attributable to:													
Net parent investment						 	87,937	  		 	89,749	  	
Non-controlling interests		 	(Note 16	) 		 	2,397	  		 	407	  	
Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the parent (U.S. dollars)						 	N/A	  		 	N/A	  	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 24 are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements
 
F-90

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	January 1 to
November 30,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Profit for the period	  	 	90,334	  	 	 	90,156	  	
Other comprehensive income	  				 				
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
			
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss	  				 				
(Losses)/ gains on cash flow hedges	  	 	(418	) 	 	 	(2,560	) 	
Tax effect	  	 	125	  	 	 	768	  	
Currency translation differences	  	 	(47,638	) 	 	 	(4,629	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
		 	(47,931	) 		 	(6,421	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income for the period		 	42,403	  		 	83,735	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Attributable to:									
Net parent investment		 	41,517	  		 	82,251	  	
Non-controlling interests		 	886	  		 	1,484	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income for the period		 	42,403	  		 	83,735	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 24 are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements
 
F-91

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 	 	Net parent
investment	 	 	Hedges	 	 	Currency
translation
differences	 	 	Total net
parent
investment	 	 	Non-controlling
interests
(Note 16)	 	 	Total
invested
equity	 	
Balance at December 31, 2010 (Note 2)	 	 	587,383	  	 	 	1,483	  	 	 	55,594	  	 	 	644,460	  	 	 	13,672	  	 	 	658,132	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit for the period		 	87,937	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	87,937	  		 	2,397	  		 	90,334	  	
Other comprehensive income for the period		 	—  	  		 	(293	) 		 	—  	  		 	(293	) 		 	—  	  		 	(293	) 	
Translation differences		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(46,127	) 		 	(46,127	) 		 	(1,511	) 		 	(47,638	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income for the period		 	87,937	  		 	(293	) 		 	(46,127	) 		 	41,517	  		 	886	  		 	42,403	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Movements in net parent investment (Note 2)		 	(69,310	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(69,310	) 		 	—  	  		 	(69,310	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2011		 	606,010	  		 	1,190	  		 	9,467	  		 	616,667	  		 	14,558	  		 	631,225	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit for the period		 	89,749	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	89,749	  		 	407	  		 	90,156	  	
Other comprehensive income for the year		 	—  	  		 	(1,792	) 		 	—  	  		 	(1,792	) 		 	—  	  		 	(1,792	) 	
Translation differences		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(5,706	) 		 	(5,706	) 		 	1,077	  		 	(4,629	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income for the year		 	89,749	  		 	(1,792	) 		 	(5,706	) 		 	82,251	  		 	1,484	  		 	83,735	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends paid		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(5,790	) 		 	(5,790	) 	
Acquisition of non-controlling interests		 	10,252	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	10,252	  		 	(10,252	) 		 	—  	  	
Movements in net parent investment (Note 2)		 	(39,103	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(39,103	) 		 	—  	  		 	(39,103	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at November 30, 2012		 	666,908	  		 	(602	) 		 	3,761	  		 	670,067	  		 	—  	  		 	670,067	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 24 are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements
 
F-92

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 	  	Year ended
December 31	 	 	January 1 to
November 30	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES	  				 				
Profit before tax from continuing operations	  	 	144,468	  	 	 	150,862	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit before tax from discontinuing operations		 	722	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit before taxation		 	145,190	  		 	150,862	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments for:		 	100,201	  		 	144,169	  	
Depreciation and amortization (Note 19f)		 	78,504	  		 	78,148	  	
Changes in provisions		 	(4,507	) 		 	30,066	  	
Impairment losses		 	11,224	  		 	21,658	  	
Allocation of government grants		 	(1,902	) 		 	(751	) 	
Losses on derecognition and disposal of fixed assets		 	5,800	  		 	2,145	  	
Finance income (Note 19h)		 	(10,931	) 		 	(11,581	) 	
Finance expense (Note 19h)		 	19,193	  		 	23,508	  	
Net foreign exchange loss		 	2,820	  		 	976	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Changes in working capital		 	(94,283	) 		 	(78,684	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables		 	(64,380	) 		 	(77,647	) 	
Trade and other payables		 	(29,464	) 		 	7,925	  	
Other payables		 	(439	) 		 	(8,962	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other cash flows from operating activities		 	(34,520	) 		 	(52,735	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid		 	(21,300	) 		 	(13,231	) 	
Interest received		 	21,029	  		 	11,158	  	
Payment of taxes		 	(34,249	) 		 	(50,662	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash from operating activities		 	116,588	  		 	163,612	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES									
Payments for investments		 	(165,193	) 		 	(118,856	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets		 	(73,921	) 		 	(12,083	) 	
Property, plant & equipment		 	(91,272	) 		 	(90,493	) 	
Financial assets		 	—  	  		 	(16,280	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from disposals		 	30,596	  		 	134	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Property, plant & equipment		 	5,642	  		 	134	  	
Other financial assets		 	24,954	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash from investing activities		 	(134,597	) 		 	(118,722	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES									
Acquisition of non-controlling interest		 	—  	  		 	(10,252	) 	
Issuance of loans		 	127,226	  		 	39,624	  	
Repayment of loans		 	(32,528	) 		 	(77,710	) 	
Payment for dividends		 	(67,739	) 		 	(26,647	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash from financing activities		 	26,959	  		 	(74,985	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of changes in exchange rates		 	(121	) 		 	(2,192	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		 	8,829	  		 	(32,287	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period		 	73,076	  		 	81,905	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period		 	81,905	  		 	49,618	  	
The accompanying Notes 1 to 24 are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements
 
F-93

Table of Contents
ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO PREDECESSOR
 NOTES TO THE COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. COMPANY INFORMATION
Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios S.A.U. (“AIT”) and subsidiaries (“AIT Group”) comprised a group of companies that offered contact management services to their clients throughout the entire contract life cycle through contact centers or multichannel platforms. The AIT Group was a 100% owned subsidiary of Telefónica S.A., the parent of a group of companies operating in the telecommunications, media and entertainment sectors (the “Telefónica Group”). The AIT Group operated in 15 countries worldwide offering its multi-national clients high-quality, tailored services for the customer-facing parts of their business. The core solutions offered to clients include customer service, sales, collections, technical support, service desk, back office support and other BPO/CRM processes, including increasingly sophisticated services, such as back-office financial processing of new credit applications. AIT Group services range from basic customer services to the management of sophisticated business processes through multiple channels using complex technologies.
In December 2012, certain funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain Capital”) entered into an agreement with Telefónica, S.A. for the acquisition of nearly 100% of the business of customer relationship management (“CRM”) carried out by the subsidiaries of the AIT Group (the “Acquisition”). Bain Capital, through a newly created entity denominated Atalaya Luxco Midco, S.á.r.l. (the “Successor” or “Midco”) and certain of its affiliates, acquired nearly all the subsidiaries of AIT (together, the “Acquired Subsidiaries”), except for the AIT Group subsidiaries in Venezuela and the remaining assets and liabilities of AIT itself. Although the formalization of the agreement occurred on December 12, 2012, the date of acquisition of control for the purpose of the business combination was December 1, 2012, the date as of which the operations acquired have been incorporated into the Successor’s financial statements.
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION
Atalaya Luxco Midco Predecessor, which represents the historical financial information of the Acquired Subsidiaries (the “Predecessor”), is not an existing legal entity for the periods presented in these combined carve-out financial statements. Management has prepared these combined carve-out financial statements for the purpose of including them in a prospectus as historical financial information of the operations of the AIT Group acquired by the Successor as described in Note 1 and for the purpose of allowing comparability with the Successor consolidated financial statements for the periods after the Acquisition. The Successor consolidated financial statements for the periods after the Acquisition are comprised of the Successor and its subsidiaries. The combined carve-out financial statements also provide a fair presentation of the combined entity’s financial position and allow users to assess the ability of the reporting entity to generate cash flows.
The combined carve-out financial statements are presented as of December 31, 2011 and as of management’s closing period of November 30, 2012, which is the last day before the Successor acquired control of the Acquired Subsidiaries. These combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).
The accompanying combined financial statements are presented on a combined carve-out basis from AIT and its subsidiaries’ historical consolidated financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed by the European Union, which, for the periods presented herein, do not present differences as compared to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These combined carve-out financial statements are prepared based on the historical results of operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities of the Predecessor acquired by Successor and that are part of its consolidated group after the Acquisition, applying the principles underlying the consolidation procedures of International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements.
The combined carve-out financial statements portray all the costs of doing business of the Predecessor, in line with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 1.B.1. Accordingly, the following describes the most significant allocations and assumptions applied by the directors when preparing the combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor.
The combined carve-out financial statements do not include the results of operations of the Venezuelan subsidiaries of the AIT Group, as these were not acquired in the Acquisition. The Venezuelan subsidiaries were
 
F-94

Table of Contents
separately managed, separately financed and have their own historical books and records. All intercompany trading transactions, all of which were transacted on an arm’s length basis, and balances between the Predecessor and the Venezuelan entities have been included as third-party transactions in the combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor.
In addition, the combined carve-out financial statements do not include certain assets, liabilities, reserves and the related income and expenses of AIT which were not acquired in the Acquisition and do not reflect the operations of the combined entities. The main assets and liabilities which have been carved out from AIT and are therefore not reflected in the combined carve-out financial statements are described below:
 
 	•	 	Cash and cash equivalents of AIT, together with any related income, as they were not acquired as part of the Acquisition.	
 
 	•	 	Short-term and long-term debt held by AIT with financial institutions, as the debt was not part of the Acquisition and such debt and the related interest expense are not representative of the operations of the combined entities because the funds obtained through these loans were not utilized in the operations of the combined entities.	
 
 	•	 	Deferred tax assets of AIT, because the fiscal benefits of the deferred tax assets are utilized by Telefónica, S.A. in its consolidated tax filing and were not utilized for the fiscal benefit of AIT or its subsidiaries. The Telefónica Group ultimately bears the obligation for filing tax returns with the regulatory tax administration. Further, deferred tax assets were not acquired by Bain Capital as there was no fiscal benefit to AIT’s acquired assets and liabilities or the acquired subsidiaries.	
The main impact from the carve-out of the Venezuelan subsidiaries and certain assets and liabilities of AIT is the following for each of the periods (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 	  	January 1, 2011	 	  	December 31, 2011	 	 	November 30, 2012	 	
Non-current assets	  	 	46,030	  	  	 	24,594	  	 	 	26,970	  	
Current assets	  	 	44,759	  	  	 	58,158	  	 	 	46,754	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets		 	90,789	  		 	82,752	  		 	73,724	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-current liabilities		 	502	  		 	441	  		 	(428	) 	
Current liabilities		 	17,758	  		 	36,502	  		 	26,782	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity		 	72,529	  		 	45,809	  		 	47,370	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Liabilities and Equity		 	90,789	  		 	82,752	  		 	73,724	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues		 	—  	  		 	89,178	  		 	72,188	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit (Loss)		 	—  	  		 	(14,830	) 		 	(11,543	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit (loss) for the year/period		 	—  	  		 	(60,172	) 		 	3,463	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In addition, certain AIT operating expenses attributable to the combined entities were included in the combined carve-out income statements to reflect the actual costs incurred to operate the business of the Acquired Subsidiaries. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that would have been incurred by the Predecessor if it had operated as a separate entity during all of the periods presented.
All intercompany transactions and accounts within the Predecessor and its controlled entities have been eliminated in full. Transactions between the Predecessor and the parts of the AIT Group that were not acquired in the Acquisition that were previously eliminated in the consolidated financial statements of the AIT Group have been reinstated in these combined carve-out financial statements. Transactions that have taken place with the Telefónica Group (including the parts of the AIT Group) that were not acquired are regarded as transactions with related parties and as such have been disclosed in accordance of IAS 24, Related Party Disclosures.
These combined carve-out financial statements include a theoretical income tax calculation as if the entities were separate legal entities preparing income taxes at the company level.
As these financial statements have been prepared on a combined carve-out basis, it is not meaningful to show share capital or provide an analysis of reserves. Therefore, amounts which reflect the carrying value of investments of AIT in the combined entities are disclosed as “Net parent investment”, while carrying value of net assets attributable to shareholders other than AIT are presented as “Non-controlling interests”. The amounts reflected in Movements in net parent investment in the combined statement of changes in invested equity refer to
 
F-95

Table of Contents
payments of dividends made by certain subsidiaries to the former shareholder (AIT), which have been considered as transactions with third parties, the change of the net assets among periods acquired in the Acquisition from AIT and the payments made by the combined entities related to acquired assets. In addition, as the combined entities have no historical capital structure since the Predecessor was not an existing legal entity during the periods presented, earnings per share as required by IAS 33, Earnings per Share have not been presented.
Accordingly, after carving-out the abovementioned transactions, the total “Net parent investment” as of January 1, 2011 is a result of the following main net assets:

January 1, 2011	  	Assets	 	  	Current Liabilities	 	  	Non current liabilities	 	  	Net assets	 	
Gr. Atento (Total)	  	 	1,152,527	  	  	 	438,956	  	  	 	55,439	  	  	 	658,132	  	
Gr. Atento Argentina	  	 	51,845	  	  	 	29,974	  	  	 	312	  	  	 	21,559	  	
Atento Holding Chile	  	 	17,012	  	  	 	108	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	16,904	  	
Gr. Atento Chile	  	 	50,000	  	  	 	12,294	  	  	 	810	  	  	 	36,896	  	
Atento Perú, SAC	  	 	50,590	  	  	 	21,783	  	  	 	362	  	  	 	28,445	  	
Gr. Atento Mexico	  	 	105,621	  	  	 	42,949	  	  	 	14	  	  	 	62,658	  	
Gr. Atento Centroamérica	  	 	23,232	  	  	 	4,772	  	  	 	62	  	  	 	18,398	  	
Atento Colombia	  	 	22,927	  	  	 	10,612	  	  	 	40	  	  	 	12,275	  	
Atento Texas	  	 	8,334	  	  	 	2,629	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	5,705	  	
Atento Puerto Rico + USA	  	 	9,405	  	  	 	2,286	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,119	  	
Atento do Brasil, LTDA (Brasil)	  	 	641,718	  	  	 	245,261	  	  	 	53,189	  	  	 	343,268	  	
Gr. Atento España	  	 	105,059	  	  	 	49,914	  	  	 	469	  	  	 	54,676	  	
Atento Marruecos	  	 	19,327	  	  	 	7,254	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	12,073	  	
Atento Italia	  	 	355	  	  	 	958	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(604	) 	
Atento Chequia	  	 	5,849	  	  	 	1,804	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,045	  	
Atento N.V.	  	 	27,958	  	  	 	122	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	27,836	  	
AIT	  	 	13,295	  	  	 	6,236	  	  	 	180	  	  	 	6,879	  	
The combined statements of cash flows have been prepared under the indirect method in accordance with IAS 7, Cash Flow Statements. Foreign currency transactions are translated at the average exchange rate for the year, in those cases where the currency differs from the presentation currency of the Predecessor (the U.S. dollar), as outlined in Note 3b. The net change in cash and cash equivalents reflects the movement in the corresponding year, with the beginning balances for each year taking into account the impact of differences arising from the translation of foreign currency balances using the aforementioned translation method.
Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used in preparation of the underlying combined carve-out financial statements are reasonable. However, the combined carve-out financial statements herein do not necessarily reflect what the Predecessor’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been if the Predecessor had operated as a separate entity during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of the Predecessor´s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
The figures in these combined carve-out financial statements are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated. The U.S. dollar is the Predecessor´s presentation currency, which differs from the AIT Group’s presentation currency, which was the Euro. Therefore, the change in the presentation currency of the combined entities, compared to the currency in which they were historically presented under the AIT Group reporting, has been treated as a change in accounting policy and accounted for retrospectively. There has been no effect due to this change other than the presentation of all numbers in U.S. dollars and the inclusion of an opening statement of financial position as of the beginning of the comparative period.
These combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments, which have been measured at fair value.
3. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies used in preparing the combined carve-out financial statements were as follows:
a) Goodwill
For acquisitions taking place after January 1, 2004, the IFRS transition date of the Predecessor, goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition consideration over the acquirer’s interest, at the acquisition date, in the
 
F-96

Table of Contents
fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired from a subsidiary. After initial measurement, goodwill is carried at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses.
In the transition to IFRS, the Predecessor availed itself of the exemption allowing it not to restate business combinations taking place before January 1, 2004. As a result, the accompanying combined carve-out statements of financial position include goodwill as of the opening balance sheet date of January 1, 2011 as previously carried in the financial statements of AIT and translated into the new presentation currency, U.S. dollars. Deferred tax liabilities due to temporary differences related to goodwill arise due to the amortization of goodwill for tax purposes, as goodwill is not amortized for accounting purposes.
In all cases, goodwill is recognized as an asset denominated in the currency of the company acquired.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if there are certain events or changes in circumstances indicating the possibility that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable.
The potential impairment loss is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (“CGU”) or group of CGUs to which the goodwill is allocated based on the identified synergies that will benefit the CGU or group of CGUs. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, the CGU is considered impaired and a provision is recognized to reflect the loss. The impairment then obtained is allocated to goodwill first and the remainder provision (if any) proportionally to the rest of the assets of the CGU. The goodwill impairment is irreversible impairment.
b) Translation methodology
The combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor´s foreign subsidiaries were translated to U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, except for:
 
 	1.	Net parent investment, which was translated at historical exchange rates.	
 
 	2.	Income statements, which were translated at the average exchange rates for the period.	
 
 	3.	Cash flow statements, which were translated at the average exchange rates for the period.	
Goodwill and fair value adjustments of statement of financial position items arising on the acquisition of an interest in a foreign operation are treated as part of the assets and liabilities of the acquired company and, therefore, translated at its closing rate at period end.
The exchange rate differences arising from the application of this method are included in “Translation differences” under “Total Net parent investment” in the accompanying combined statements of financial position, net of the portion of said differences attributable to non-controlling interests, which is shown under “Non-controlling interests”.
c) Foreign currency transactions
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a different currency than the functional currency of the combined entities are initially recorded at the functional currency rate at the date of the transaction and retranslated at the rate of exchange at the close of the period, recognizing the difference between both amounts in profit or loss for the period.
d) Intangible assets
“Intangible assets” are stated at acquisition cost, less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition.
Acquisition cost comprises the purchase price, including import duties and non-refundable taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates, and directly attributable costs of readying the asset for its intended use.
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed on a case-by-case basis to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful life and
 
F-97

Table of Contents
assessed for impairment whenever events or changes indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. At December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 there were no intangible assets with an indefinite useful life.
The amortization charge is recognized in the consolidated income statement under “Depreciation and amortization.”
Amortization methods and schedules are revised annually at each financial year-end and, where appropriate, adjusted prospectively.
Computer software
Software is measured at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life, generally estimated at between three and five years.
Intellectual property
Amounts paid to acquire or use intellectual property are recognized under “Intellectual property”. Intellectual property is amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life, estimated at 10 years.
Other intangible assets and development costs
Development costs are recognized when specific criteria are satisfied, being these criteria mainly related with the probability of generating future revenue because the project developed is viable, the availability of resources and the intention to finalize the project, being the costs associated to it reliably estimated.
These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which ranges from 4 to 10 years.
e) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Land is not depreciated. Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition.
Acquisition cost comprises the purchase price, including import duties and non-refundable taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates, and directly attributable costs of readying the asset for its intended use.
Cost also includes, where appropriate, the initial estimate of decommissioning, withdrawal and site reconditioning costs when the Predecessor is obliged to bear the expenditures because of the use of the assets.
Repairs which do not prolong the useful life of the assets and maintenance costs are recognized directly in the income statement. Costs which prolong or improve the life of the asset are capitalized as an increase in the cost of the asset.
The Predecessor assesses the need to write down, if appropriate, the carrying amount of each item of property, plant and equipment to its recoverable amount at each financial year-end, whenever there are indications that the assets’ carrying amount may not be fully recoverable through the generation of sufficient future revenue. The impairment provision is reversed if the factors giving rise to the impairment cease to exist (see Note 3f).
The depreciation charge for property, plant and equipment is recognized in the consolidated income statement under “Depreciation and amortization.”
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset applying individual rates to each asset, which are reviewed at each financial year-end. For those assets acquired through a business combination, the Group decided to maintain its useful lives.
The useful lives generally used by the Predecessor are as follows:

 	  	Years of useful life	 	
Owned buildings and Leasehold improvements	  	 	5 – 40	  	
Plant and equipment	  	 	5 – 6	  	
Furniture	  	 	10	  	
Data processing equipment	  	 	4 – 5	  	
Transport equipment	  	 	7	  	
Other property, plant and equipment	  	 	5 – 8	  	
 
F-98

Table of Contents
f) Impairment of non-current assets
The Predecessor assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a non-current asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required (e.g. goodwill), the Predecessor estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell or its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using an after-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered to be impaired. In this case, the carrying amount is written down to its recoverable amount and the resulting loss is recognized in the income statement. Future depreciation/amortization charges are adjusted for the asset’s new carrying amount over its remaining useful life. Management analyzes the impairment of each asset individually, except in the case of assets that generate cash flows which are interdependent on those generated by other assets (cash-generating units).
The Predecessor bases the calculation of impairment on the business plans of the various cash generating units to which the assets are allocated. These business plans cover five years. The projections in year five and beyond are modeled based on an estimated constant or decreasing growth rate.
When there are new events or changes in circumstances that indicate that a previously recognized impairment loss no longer exists or has been decreased, a new estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is made. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the income statement and the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
g) Leases (as lessee)
Leases where the lessor does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Those lease arrangements that transfer to the Predecessor the significant risks and benefits inherent in holding the leased item are treated as finance leases, with the asset recorded at the inception of the lease, classified by type, and the related debt recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the principal of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are reflected in the income statement over the lease term.
h) Financial assets
All purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the statement of financial position on the trade date, i.e., when the commitment is made to purchase or sell the asset.
On the date of initial recognition, the Predecessor classifies its financial assets in four categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to- maturity investments, and available-for-sale financial assets. These classifications are revised at year end and modified where applicable. The Predecessor classifies all its financial assets as loans and receivables, except for derivative financial instruments, which are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.
This category of loans and receivables consists of fixed-maturity financial assets not listed in active markets. These assets are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognized in the income statement when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.
An impairment analysis of financial assets is performed at each statement financial position date. If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on a financial asset carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future expected credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.
 
F-99

Table of Contents
A financial asset is only fully or partially derecognized from the statement of financial position when:
 
 	1.	the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;	
 
 	2.	The Predecessor has assumed an obligation to pay the cash flows received from the asset to a third party; or	
 
 	3.	The Predecessor has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset to a third party and transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset.	
i) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the combined carve-out statement of financial position comprise cash on hand and at banks, demand deposits and other highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
These items are stated at historical cost, which does not differ significantly from realizable value.
For the purpose of the combined carve-out statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are shown net of any outstanding bank overdrafts.
j) Financial liabilities
Debts are recognized initially at fair value, which is usually the amount of the consideration received, less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the cash received (net of transaction costs) and the repayment value is recognized in the income statement over the life of the debt. Debts are shown as non-current liabilities when the maturity date is longer than 12 months or the Predecessor has the unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months from the statement of financial position date.
Financial liabilities are derecognized from the statement of financial position when the corresponding obligation is settled, cancelled or matures. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender under substantially different terms, such an exchange is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference between the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the income statement.
k) Derivative financial instruments and hedging
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value, normally equivalent to cost. Their carrying amounts are subsequently re-measured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining hedged item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.
The accounting treatment of any gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on whether the derivative in question meets all the criteria for hedge accounting and, if appropriate, on the nature of the hedge. The Predecessor documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Predecessor also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
Fair value hedge:
Changes in fair value of the hedging derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged are recognized in the income statement. The Predecessor only applies fair value hedge accounting for hedging debts incurred in currencies other than those of countries where it operates or where the companies taking on the debt are domiciled. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in the income statement within ‘finance costs’. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized in the income statement within finance income or finance costs, as applicable.
 
F-100

Table of Contents
If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest method is used is amortized to profit or loss over the period to maturity.
Cash flow hedge:
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the income statement within finance income or finance costs, as applicable.
Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognized in the income statement within finance income or finance costs, as applicable.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within finance income or finance costs, as applicable.
The fair value of the derivative portfolio reflects estimates based on calculations made using observable market data, as well as specific pricing and risk-management tools commonly used by financial entities.
l) Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognized at the original invoice amount and at the accrued amount when unbilled. A provision for impairment is recorded when there is objective evidence of impairment. The amount of the impairment provision is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the doubtful trade receivables and their recoverable amount. In general, cash flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted.
m) Grants received
Government grants are recognized in the account “Deferred income”, part of “Other non-trade payables” in the statement of financial position. Where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with, they are released to income in equal amounts over the useful life of the related assets as “Government grants” under “Other operating income” in the income statement. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income over the period necessary to match the grant to the costs that it is intended to compensate.
n) Provisions
Provisions are recognized when as a result of a past event, for which the Predecessor has a present obligation (legal or constructive), it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Predecessor expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain, in which case the expense relating to the provision is presented in the statement of financial position net of such reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted, and the corresponding increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.
o) Share-based payments linked to the Telefónica, S.A. share price.
Certain Predecessor management had a variable remuneration scheme which is linked to the quoted share price of Telefónica, S.A.
The Directors’ remuneration plan lasts for seven years and comprises five three-year cycles (or completely independent payment dates), the first commencing on July 1, 2006. The right, granted at the commencement of each cycle, to receive a certain number of Telefónica, S.A. shares at the end of the same cycle is subject to
 
F-101

Table of Contents
certain conditions being met. Telefónica, S.A. invoices the cost of the plan to its subsidiaries at the end of each cycle. The invoices are for the total cost, equal to the fair value of the instruments delivered, calculated at the beginning date of each cycle.
Due to its characteristics, this plan is subject to IFRS 2, Share-based payments, on the grounds that it is the entity that was the parent during the predecessor reporting period (Telefónica, S.A.) that granted the share option rights for its own shares to the employees of a subsidiary. Thus, it is treated as a share-based payment transaction, and the Predecessor recognizes the expense corresponding to its employees with a balancing entry in accounts payable with Telefonica spread out over each three-year cycle.
p) Income tax
This heading in the accompanying combined carve-out income statement includes all the expenses and credits arising from the combined entities calculated using a method consistent with a separate tax return basis, as if the Predecessor was a separate tax payer (see Note 2). Income tax expense of each period is the aggregate amount of current and deferred taxes, if applicable.
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date. The entity offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities if there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and the Predecessor intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Deferred taxes are calculated based on analysis of the statement of financial position, in consideration of temporary differences generated from differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
The main temporary differences arise due to differences between the tax bases and carrying amounts of plant, property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and non-deductible provisions, as well as differences between the fair value and tax bases of net assets acquired from a subsidiary.
Furthermore, deferred taxes arise from unused tax credits and tax loss carryforwards.
The Predecessor determines deferred tax assets and liabilities by applying the tax rates expected to be effective for the period when the corresponding asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that had been enacted (or substantively enacted) by the statement of financial position date.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow part or all of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each statement of financial position date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities associated with investments in subsidiaries and branches are not recognized where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled by the parent company and it is not probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax relating to items directly recognized in equity is also recognized in equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from business combinations are added to or deducted from goodwill.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
q) Revenue recognition
Revenue and expenses are recognized in the income statement on an accrual basis, i.e. when the goods or services represented by them take place, regardless of when actual payment or collection occurs.
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for services rendered in the normal course of the Predecessor’s activities. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes or value added taxes,
 
F-102

Table of Contents
returns, allowances and discounts. Revenue is recognized when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for the Predecessor’s activities as described below.
For sales of services, revenue is recognized in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to stage of completion of the specific transaction and assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided, when the costs and revenue of the service contract, as well as its percentage of completion, can be reliably measured and it is probable that the related receivables will be collected. When one or more elements of a service contract cannot be reliably measured, revenue is recognized only to the extent of contract costs incurred that it is probable that will be recovered.
The Predecessor obtains revenue mainly from the provision of customer services, recognizing the revenue when the teleoperation occurs (based on the stage of completion of the service provided) or when certain contact center consulting work is carried out.
r) Expenses
Expenses are recognized in the income statement on an accrual basis; i.e. when the goods or services represented by them take place, regardless of when actual payment or collection occurs.
The Predecessor’s incorporation, start-up and research expenses, as well as expenses that do not qualify for capitalization under IFRS, are recognized in the combined carve-out income statement when incurred and classified in accordance with their nature.
s) Employee benefits
Pension Obligations
The Predecessor provides a pension plan for managers, which is deemed a defined contribution plan. The plan is financed exclusively by the entity via contributions at a certain percentage of the executive’s fixed remunerations. These percentages vary depending on the employee’s professional category. The group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
For defined contribution plans, the group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense as part of “Employee benefits expense” when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Termination benefits
Under current labor legislation, the companies are required to pay indemnities to employees whose contracts are terminated under certain conditions. Reasonably quantifiable severance indemnities are therefore recognized as an expense in the year in which the decision to terminate the employment is made.
t) Use of estimates and management’s judgment
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of financial position date that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.
A significant change in the facts and circumstances on which these estimates are based could have a material impact on the Predecessor´s results and financial position.
Revenue Recognition
The Predecessor recognizes revenues on an accrual basis during the period in which the services are rendered, by reference to the stage of completion of the specific transaction and assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total service to be provided, as described in Note 3 q) above.
 
F-103

Table of Contents
Recognizing service revenue by reference to the stage of completion involves the use of estimates in relation to certain key elements of the service contracts, such as contract costs, period of execution and allowances related to the contracts. As far as practicable the Predecessor applies past experience and specific quantitative indicators in its estimates, considering the specific circumstances applicable to specific customers or contracts. If certain circumstances have occurred that may have an impact on the initially estimated revenue, costs or percentage of completion, estimates are reviewed based on such circumstances. Such reviews may result in adjustments to costs and revenue recognized for a period.
Property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill
The accounting treatment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets entails the use of estimates to determine their useful life for depreciation and amortization purposes and to assess fair value at their acquisition date, especially significant in relation to assets acquired in business combinations.
Determining useful life requires making estimates in connection with future technological developments and alternative uses for assets. There is a significant element of judgment involved in making technological development assumptions, since the timing and scope of future technological advances are difficult to predict.
When an item of property, plant and equipment or an intangible asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is recognized in the income statement for the period. The decision to recognize an impairment loss involves estimates of the timing and amount of the impairment, as well as analysis of the reasons for the potential loss. Furthermore, additional factors, such as technological obsolescence, the suspension of certain services and other circumstantial changes are taken into account.
The Predecessor evaluates the performance of its cash-generating units regularly to identify potential impairment of goodwill. Determining the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units to which goodwill is allocated also entails the use of assumptions and estimates and requires a significant element of judgment (see Note 7).
Deferred taxes
The Predecessor assesses the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on estimates of future earnings. The ability to recover these taxes depends ultimately on the Predecessor’s ability to generate taxable earnings over the period for which the deferred tax assets remain deductible. This analysis is based on the estimated timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, as well as estimates of taxable earnings, which are sourced from internal projections and are continuously updated to reflect the latest trends.
The appropriate classification of tax assets and liabilities depends on a series of factors, including estimates as to the timing and realization of deferred tax assets and the projected tax payment schedule. Actual income tax receipts and payments could differ from the estimates made by the Predecessor as a result of changes in tax legislation or unforeseen transactions that could affect tax balances. (see Note 18).
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Predecessor has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. This obligation may be legal or constructive, deriving, inter alia, from regulations, contracts, customary practice or public commitments that lead third parties to reasonably expect that the Predecessor will assume certain responsibilities. The amount of the provision is determined based on the best estimate of the outflow of resources required to settle the obligation, bearing in mind all available information at the closing date, including the opinions of independent experts such as legal counsel or consultants.
No provision is recognized if the amount of liability cannot be estimated reliably. In this case, the relevant information is provided in the notes to the financial statements.
Given the uncertainties inherent in the estimates used to determine the amount of provisions, actual outflows of resources may differ from the amounts recognized originally on the basis of the estimates. (see Note 17).
u) Combination method
The full consolidation method is applied to all combined entities. Under this method, all their assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows are included in the combined carve-out financial statements after
 
F-104

Table of Contents
the appropriate adjustments and eliminations of inter-group transactions. Combined entities are those in which the Predecessor owns more than half of the voting rights or has the ability to govern their financial and operating policies.
In the case of combined entities whose adopted accounting policies and principles differ from those of the Predecessor, adjustments or restatements were made upon combination in order to present the combined carve-out financial statements on a uniform basis for adaptation to IFRS.
All material accounts and transactions between combined companies were eliminated on consolidation.
v) Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests represent the portion of profit and loss and net assets of the combined entities not held by the Predecessor and are presented in the combined income statement and within equity in the combined statement of financial position, separately from the net parent investment (see Note 2). The Predecessor accounts for transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners. The difference between any consideration paid or received and relevant share of the carrying value of net assets acquired or sold, is recorded in the net parent investment.
w) New standards issued and early adopted as of November 30, 2012
The Predecessor opted for the early adoption of the following amendment issued by the IASB:

Standards and amendments	  	Effective date—annual
periods beginning after:	
IAS 1—Financial statement presentation	  	July 1, 2012—early
adoption permitted,	
Regarding the presentation of (1) other comprehensive income and (2) third statement of financial position without the related financial statement notes	  	January 1, 2013—early
adoption permitted	
x) New standards and IFRIC interpretations issued but not yet adopted as of November 30, 2012
A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after November 30, 2012, and have not been applied in preparing these combined carve-out financial statements. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor, except the following:

Standard Reference	  	Topic	  	Effective date—annual
periods beginning after:	
IFRS 9	  	Financial instruments	  	January 1, 2015	
IFRS 10	  	Consolidated financial statements	  	January 1, 2013	
IFRS 11	  	Joint arrangements	  	January 1, 2013	
IFRS 12	  	Disclosures of interests in other entities	  	January 1, 2013	
IFRS 13	  	Fair value measurement	  	January 1, 2013	
IAS 19	  	Employee benefits	  	January 1, 2013	
With respect to such standards, the Predecessor has also evaluated its early application. The standards in the table above have not been early adopted because the Predecessor has concluded that their impact to the combined carve-out financial statements is not significant.
There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the group.
 
F-105

Table of Contents
4. COMBINED ENTITIES
The Predecessor´s combined entities at November 30, 2012 are as follows:

Registered name	 	Registered
address	 	Line of business	 	Functional
currency	 	%
interest (1)	 	 	Holding company	
Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U.	 	Madrid (Spain)	 	Operation of call centers	 	EUR	 	 	100	  	 	.	
Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría, S.L.U.	 	Madrid
(Spain)	 	Execution of technological projects and services, and consulting services	 	EUR	 	 	100	  	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
Atento Impulsa, S.L.U. (3)	 	Barcelona (Spain)	 	Management of specialized employment centers for disabled workers	 	EUR	 	 	100	  	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
Contact US Teleservices Inc	 	Houston—Texas (USA)	 	Operation of call centers	 	USD	 	 	100	  	 	Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.	
Atento Brasil, S.A.	 	Sao Paulo (Brazil)	 	Operation of call centers	 	BRL	 	 	99.999	  	 	Atento N.V.	
Teleatento del Perú, S.A.C.	 	Lima (Peru)	 	Operation of call centers	 	PEN	 	 
 	83.3333
16.6667	  
  	 	Atento N.V. Atento Holding Chile, S.A.	
Atento Colombia, S.A.	 	Bogota DC (Colombia)	 	Operation of call centers	 	COP	 	 

 
 	94.97871
0.00854
0.00424
0.00424
5.00427	  

  
  	 	Atento N.V.
Atento Venezuela, S.A.
Atento Brasil, S.A. Teleatento del Perú, S.A.C.
Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.	
Atento Holding Chile, S.A.	 	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	 	Holding company	 	CLP	 	 	99.9999	  	 	Atento N.V.	
Centros de Contacto Salta, S.A.	 	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	95
5	  
  	 	Atento Holding Chile, S.A. Atento N.V.	
Mar del Plata Gestiones y Contactos, S.A.	 	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	95
5	  
  	 	Atento Holding Chile, S.A. Atento N.V.	
Microcentro de Contacto, S.A.	 	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	95
5	  
  	 	Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.
Atento N.V.	
Córdoba Gestiones y Contactos, S.A.	 	Cordoba (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	95
5	  
  	 	Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.
Atento N.V.	
Atusa, S.A.	 	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	5
95	  
  	 	Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.
Atento N.V.	
Atento Chile, S.A. (2)	 	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	CLP	 	 	71.16	  	 	Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.	
Atento Educación Limitada	 	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	CLP	 	 
 	99
1	  
  	 	Atento Chile, S.A.
Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.	
Atento Centro de Formación Técnica Limitada (4)	 	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	 	Operation of call centers	 	CLP	 	 
 	99
1	  
  	 	Atento Chile, S.A.
Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.	
Atento Argentina, S.A.	 	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	ARS	 	 
 	24.44
75.56	  
  	 	Atento N.V.
Atento Holding
Chile, S.A.	
Atento Puerto Rico, Inc.	 	Guaynabo
(Puerto Rico)	 	Operation of call
centers	 	USD	 	 	100	  	 	Atento N.V.	
Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico City (Mexico)	 	Operation of call centers	 	MXN	 	 
 	99.999998
0.000002	  
  	 	Atento N.V.
Atento Colombia, S.A.	
Atento Servicios, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico City (Mexico)	 	Sale of goods and services	 	MXN	 	 
 	99.9995
0.0005	  
  	 	Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.
Atento N.V.	
Atento Atención y Servicios, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico City (Mexico)	 	Administrative, professional and consulting services	 	MXN	 	 
 	99.998
0.002	  
  	 	Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.
Atento Servicios, S. A. de C.V.	
Atento Centroamérica, S.A.	 	Guatemala (Guatemala)	 	Holding company	 	GTQ	 	 
 	99.9999
0.0001	  
  	 	Atento N.V.
Atento El Salvador S.A. de C.V.	
 
F-106

Table of Contents

Registered name	 	Registered
address	 	Line of business	 	Functional
currency	 	%
interest (1)	 	 	Holding company	
Atento de Guatemala, S.A.	 	Guatemala (Guatemala)	 	Operation of call centers	 	GTQ	 	 
 	99.99999
0.00001	  
  	 	Atento Centroamérica. S.A.
Atento El Salvador S.A. de C.V.	
Atento El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.	 	City of San Salvador
(El Salvador)	 	Operation of call centers	 	USD	 	 
 	7.4054
92.5946	  
  	 	Atento Centroamerica, S.A.
Atento de Guatemala, S.A.	
Atento Maroc, S.A.	 	Casablanca (Morocco)	 	Operation of call centers	 	MAD	 	 	99.9991	  	 	Atento Teleservicios España S.A.U.	
Woknal, S.A.	 	Montevideo (Uruguay)	 	Operation of call centers	 	UYU	 	 	100	  	 	Atento N.V.	
Atento Ceská Republika, a.s.	 	Prague (Czech
Republic)	 	Telemarketing and other financial and business services	 	CZK	 	 	100	  	 	Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios, S.A.U.	
Atento Panamá, S.A.	 	Panama City	 	Operation of call centers	 	USD	 	 
 	99
1	  
  	 	Atento N.V.
Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.	

(1)	Shareholdings with voting rights.	
(2)	The remaining 28.84% interest is owned by Telefónica CTC Chile (27.41%), Compañía de Teléfonos Transmisiones Regionales S.A (0.47%) and Telefónica Empresas S.A. (0.96%).	
Changes in the combined entities
In 2011, Atento Italia S.R.L. was liquidated for failing to conduct business. The business dissolution request was filed with the Italian Chamber of Commerce on August 25, 2010. On October 14, 2011, a court ruling was issued in favor of the Predecessor over a labor suit filed by a former company employee. As a result, the company’s assets and liabilities were liquidated and returned to the sole shareholder (Atento, N.V.) at the end of 2011.
On March 2, 2012, the company Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.L was registered with the Mercantile Register of Madrid.
There were also the following changes to the combined entities’ equity:
 
 	•	 	On February 28, 2011, Atento, N.V. subscribed in full to the equity issue undertaken by Woknal, establishing a share premium of 400,000 Uruguayan pesos, remaining as the company’s sole shareholder.	
 
 	•	 	On December 20, 2011, this company carried out another equity issue, for 30,250,000 Uruguayan pesos, with Atento, N.V. again remaining as its sole shareholder.	
 
 	•	 	On December 22, 2011, Atento Argentina’s capital increased by 1,000,000 Argentinean pesos in a transaction carried out by Atento, N.V., which is now a shareholder.	
There were no other changes in the combined entities in 2012.
5. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY
Financial risk factors
The Predecessor´s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Predecessor´s overall risk management strategy focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the entity’s financial performance. The Predecessor uses derivatives to limit both interest and foreign currency risks on otherwise unhedged positions and to adapt its debt structure to market conditions.
Risk management is carried out by the finance department under policies approved by the respective corporate governance bodies. The finance department identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the operating units.
 
F-107

Table of Contents
Market Risk:
Foreign exchange risk:
The Predecessor operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Brazilian Real. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.
The Predecessor´s management uses derivatives to hedge debts incurred in currencies other than those of countries where it operates or where the companies taking on the debt are domiciled. It aims to ensure that the hedging derivative and the underlying risk hedged belong to the same company. It also seeks to ensure that hedges cover the whole debt for the entire term of the transaction being hedged.
In 2011, Atento Brasil, S.A. arranged a loan with Bradesco in the amount of 5,834 thousand U.S. dollars which was paid off on November 5, 2012. There is no outstanding balance for this loan as of November 30, 2012. In accordance with its risk hedging policy, the Predecessor has hedged this loan with a swap contract covering the entire debt throughout the term of the transaction and had classified these financial instruments as fair-value hedges from inception.
The details of the hedging instruments at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Year	  	Underlying loan
(thousand)	 	  	Nominal in reais
(thousand)	 	  	Interest rate	 	 	Interest rate on
reais	 	
2011	  	 	USD 5,834	  	  	 	10,219 BRL	  	  	 	10.87	% 	 	 	112.5% CDI	  	
The hedging instruments are 100% effective.
At December 31, 2011 the equivalent fair value of the Predecessor´s interest rate hedges denominated in foreign currencies was estimated to be a liability of 1,664 thousand U.S. dollars, increasing current borrowings recognized under “Interest-bearing debt.”
At December 31, 2011, the Predecessor recognized financial losses of 365 thousand U.S. dollars in the income statement under “Finance costs” resulting from the settlement of financial derivative transactions and their measurement at the close date.
Sensitivity analysis of foreign currency risk:
The Predecessor has reasonable control over its foreign currency risks as its financial assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their functional are adequately matched. The following sensitivity analysis, based on the outstanding volume of financial assets and liabilities (applying a 10% appreciation of each asset/liability currency versus the functional currency), highlights the limited impact that such an event would have on the income statement.

2011	 	
(in thousands)	 	Financial assets	 	 	Financial liabilities	 	 	Sensitivity analysis	 	
Functional—
Asset/liability
currency	 	Functional
currency	 	 	Asset
currency	 	 	U.S.
dollar	 	 	Functional
currency	 	 	Liability
currency	 	 	U.S.
dollar	 	 	Appreciation
of asset/
liability
currency vs.
functional	 	 	Functional
currency of
financial
assets	 	 	Functional
currency of
financial
liabilities	 	 	Profit or
(loss)
(U.S.
dollar)	 	
CLP-USD	 	 	645,086	  	 	 	1,242	  	 	 	1,242	  	 	 	64,942	  	 	 	125	  	 	 	125	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	716,761	  	 	 	72,158	  	 	 	124	  	
CLP-EUR	 	 	74,009	  	 	 	110	  	 	 	142	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	82,232	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	16	  	
COP-USD	 	 	468,918	  	 	 	241	  	 	 	241	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	521,019	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	27	  	
MXN-USD	 	 	440	  	 	 	32	  	 	 	32	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	489	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4	  	
ARS-USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	856	  	 	 	199	  	 	 	199	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	951	  	 	 	(22	) 	
UYU-USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	19,474	  	 	 	979	  	 	 	979	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21,638	  	 	 	(109	) 	
BRL-USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	11,015	  	 	 	5,872	  	 	 	5,872	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,239	  	 	 	(652	) 	
 
F-108

Table of Contents

2012	 	
(in thousands)	 	Financial assets	 	 	Financial liabilities	 	 	Sensitivity analysis	 	
Functional—
Asset/liability
currency	 	Functional
currency	 	 	Asset
currency	 	 	U.S.
dollar	 	 	Functional
currency	 	 	Liability
currency	 	 	U.S.
dollar	 	 	Appreciation
of asset/
liability
currency vs.
functional	 	 	Functional
currency of
financial
assets	 	 	Functional
currency of
financial
liabilities	 	 	Profit or
(loss)
(U.S.
dollar)	 	
UYU-USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,793	  	 	 	651	  	 	 	651	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	14,214	  	 	 	(72	) 	
CLP-USD	 	 	2,333,117	  	 	 	4,857	  	 	 	4,857	  	 	 	32,667	  	 	 	68	  	 	 	68	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	2,592,354	  	 	 	36,296	  	 	 	532	  	
ARS-USD	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	469	  	 	 	97	  	 	 	97	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	521	  	 	 	(11	) 	
MXN-USD	 	 	21,350	  	 	 	1,652	  	 	 	1,652	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	23,722	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	184	  	
COP-USD	 	 	270,758	  	 	 	149	  	 	 	149	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	300,842	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	
CLP-EUR	 	 	12,832	  	 	 	21	  	 	 	27	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	14,258	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	
GTQ-USD	 	 	5,091	  	 	 	645	  	 	 	645	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	% 	 	 	5,657	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	71	  	

*	Financial liabilities correspond to borrowings in currencies other than functional currencies. Financial assets correspond to cash and cash equivalents in currencies other than functional currencies. Example of the impact on profit of an appreciation of the asset/liability currency versus the functional currency. If we were to conduct this sensitivity analysis, assuming a depreciation, the impact on profit would be the same, but with the opposite sign.	
Country risk
To manage or mitigate country risk, the Predecessor transfers to Europe the funds generated in Latin America that are not required for the pursuit of new, profitable business opportunities in the region.
The net amounts transferred in this respect in 2011 and 2012 were 68,879 and 15,471 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively in the form of dividends, interest and loan principal.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises mainly as a result of changes in interest rates which affect: (i) finance costs of debt bearing a variable interest rate (or short term maturity debt expected to be rolled over), and (ii) the value of non-current liabilities that bear fixed interest rates. Midco’s finance costs are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates.
The rates to which the Predecessor was most exposed in 2011 and 2012 were mainly the Euribor rate and the Brasilian CDI interbank rate.
Net finance expense increased by 16% from 11,082 thousand U.S. dollars to 12,903 thousand U.S. dollars in 2011 and 2012, respectively. Excluding exchange gains/losses, net finance expense amounted to 8,262 thousand U.S. dollars and 11,927 thousand U.S. dollars in 2011 and 2012, respectively.
At November 30, 2012, 90% of the total nominal debt bears a variable interest rate (92% at December 31, 2011).
Sensitivity analysis of interest rate risk:
The sensitivity of finance costs to changes in interest rates can be illustrated by calculating the impact of a 100 basis point increase in all interest rates of currencies in which there is a financial position at November 30, 2012, and assuming no change in currency composition of the closing position.
Credit risk:
The Predecessor’s maximum exposure to credit risk on financial assets is the carrying amount of the financial assets (see Note 9).
The Predecessor seeks to conduct all its business with renowned national and international companies and institutions of established solvency in their countries of origin, so as to minimize credit risk. As a result of this policy, the Predecessor has no material adjustments to make to its trade accounts (see Notes 9 & 10).
The Predecessor’s commercial credit risk management approach is based on continuous monitoring of the risk assumed and the financial resources necessary to manage the Predecessor’s various units, in order to optimize the risk-reward relationship in the development and implementation of their business plans in their ordinary management.
 
F-109

Table of Contents
Credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents is managed by placing cash surpluses in high quality and highly liquid money-market assets. These placements are regulated by a Master Agreement which is revised annually based on conditions of the market and countries where the Predecessor operates. The Master Agreement sets: (i) the maximum amounts to be invested by counterparty based on their ratings (long- and short-term debt rating); (ii) the maximum period of the investment; and (iii) the instruments in which the surpluses may be invested.
The Predecessor’s maximum exposure to credit risk is primarily represented by the carrying amounts of its financial assets.
Liquidity risk:
The Predecessor seeks to match its debt maturity schedule to its capacity to generate cash flows to meet the payments falling due, factoring in a degree of cushion. In practice, this has meant that the Predecessor’s debt maturity must be longer than the length of time required to pay its debt (assuming that internal projections are met).
At December 31, 2011, and November 30, 2012, the average term to maturity of the Predecessor’s gross financial debt (126,960 thousand U.S. dollars and 90,462 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively) was 3.42 and 1.88 years, respectively. At the same dates, current financial assets and cash and cash equivalents totalled 106,480 thousand U.S. dollars and 85,858 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively, sufficient to enable the Predecessor to service its payables in accordance with the maturity schedule.
Capital Management:
The Predecessor’s finance department, which is in charge of capital management, takes into consideration several factors when determining the Predecessor’s capital structure, with the aim of ensuring sustainability of the business and maximizing the value to shareholders. The Predecessor monitors its cost of capital with a goal of optimizing its capital structure. In order to do this, the Predecessor monitors the financial markets and updates to standard industry approaches for calculating weighted average cost of capital, or WACC.
These general principles are refined by other considerations and the application of specific variables, such as country risk in the broadest sense, or the volatility in cash flow generation, when determining the Predecessor financial structure. Considering the nature of these combined carve-out financial statements described in Note 1, no specific ratio related to capital management has been presented.
Fair value estimation:
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:
 
 	•	 	Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1).	
 
 	•	 	Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2).	
 
 	•	 	Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).	
The following table presents the group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2011.

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 2	 	  	Level 3	 	  	Total	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Derivatives (Note 9)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	449	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	449	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets		 	—  	  		 	449	  		 	—  	  		 	449	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities																	
Derivatives (Note 13)		 	—  	  		 	2	  		 	—  	  		 	2	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities		 	—  	  		 	2	  		 	—  	  		 	2	  	

F-110

Table of Contents
The following table presents the group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 30 November 2012.

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 2	 	  	Level 3	 	  	Total	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Derivatives	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities																	
Derivatives (Note 13)		 	—  	  		 	1,000	  		 	—  	  		 	1,000	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities		 	—  	  		 	1,000	  		 	—  	  		 	1,000	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:
 
 	•	 	The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable yield curves;	
 
 	•	 	The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date, with the resulting value discounted back to present value;	
6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The breakdown, amount and movement in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 were as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2010	 	 	Additions	 	 	Decreases
or
Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	
Cost:	  				 				 				 				 				 				
Development costs	  	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4	  	
Intellectual Property	  	 	—  	  	 	 	20,931	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(809	) 	 	 	20,122	  	
Computer software	  	 	134,087	  	 	 	16,157	  	 	 	(145	) 	 	 	2,002	  	 	 	(13,226	) 	 	 	138,875	  	
Other intangible assets	  	 	77,323	  	 	 	5,817	  	 	 	(11,335	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,261	) 	 	 	67,544	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets		 	211,414	  		 	42,905	  		 	(11,480	) 		 	2,002	  		 	(18,296	) 		 	226,545	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation:																									
Development costs		 	(4	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(4	) 	
Intellectual Property		 	—  	  		 	(1,349	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	94	  		 	(1,255	) 	
Computer software		 	(96,811	) 		 	(14,325	) 		 	100	  		 	(3	) 		 	9,262	  		 	(101,777	) 	
Other intangible assets		 	(7,021	) 		 	(10,760	) 		 	2,756	  		 	3	  		 	944	  		 	(14,078	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(103,836	) 		 	(26,434	) 		 	2,856	  		 	—  	  		 	10,300	  		 	(117,114	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Software impairment losses		 	(45	) 		 	—  	  		 	45	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Other intangible assets		 	—  	  		 	(8,237	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	524	  		 	(7,713	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total impairment losses		 	(45	) 		 	(8,237	) 		 	45	  		 	—  	  		 	524	  		 	(7,713	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net intangible assets		 	107,533	  		 	8,234	  		 	(8,579	) 		 	2,002	  		 	(7,472	) 		 	101,718	  	

F-111

Table of Contents

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	 	Additions	 	 	Decreases
or
Disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Cost:	  				 				 				 				 				 				
Development costs	  	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4	  	
Intellectual Property	  	 	20,122	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	74	  	 	 	20,196	  	
Computer software	  	 	138,875	  	 	 	8,393	  	 	 	(1,722	) 	 	 	1,017	  	 	 	(5,576	) 	 	 	140,987	  	
In process	  	 	—  	  	 	 	96	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	97	  	
Other intangible assets	  	 	67,544	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,538	) 	 	 	66,006	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets		 	226,545	  		 	8,489	  		 	(1,722	) 		 	1,017	  		 	(7,039	) 		 	227,290	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation:																									
Development costs		 	(4	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(4	) 	
Intellectual Property		 	(1,255	) 		 	(1,598	) 		 	—  	  		 	381	  		 	(20	) 		 	(2,492	) 	
Computer software		 	(101,777	) 		 	(15,382	) 		 	1,722	  		 	—  	  		 	4,788	  		 	(110,649	) 	
Other intangible assets		 	(14,078	) 		 	(9,175	) 		 	—  	  		 	(381	) 		 	441	  		 	(23,193	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(117,114	) 		 	(26,155	) 		 	1,722	  		 	—  	  		 	5,209	  		 	(136,338	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other intangibles assets		 	(7,713	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(307	) 		 	(8,020	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total impairment losses		 	(7,713	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(307	) 		 	(8,020	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net intangible assets		 	101,718	  		 	(17,666	) 		 	—  	  		 	1,017	  		 	(2,137	) 		 	82,932	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2011
On May 3, 2011, the AIT Group and Telefónica Internacional, S.A.U. (“TISA”) agreed to extend the duration of the contracts signed on November 13, 2009 recognizing the combined entities as the exclusive supplier of customer analysis services for certain Telefónica Group companies in Latin America from 36 to 48 months. The original contract was signed on October 30, 2009 by Digitex Informática, S.L. (“Digitex”) and TISA by which Digitex hired the services of TISA to act as intermediary to obtain the right to be an exclusive supplier of the customer analysis services for several Telefónica Group companies in Latin America. Subsequently, on November 13, 2009, an agreement was signed with Digitex to transfer part of the rights acquired by Digitex, with the explicit agreement of TISA.
As a result, AIT Group acquired the right to be the exclusive supplier, through its subsidiaries in Central and South America, of 80% of the abovementioned customer analysis services for 12 Telefónica Group companies in Latin America (amounting to approximately 59,199 thousands U.S. dollars), which has been classified under “other intangible assets”.
This asset was assessed for impairment due to the existence of indicators of potential impairment. The asset was considered impaired and an impairment loss was recognized. Decreases to “Other intangible assets” relate entirely to the portion of the impairment considered irreversible, net of accumulated amortization, for 8,579 thousand U.S. dollars (see Note 19g).
The impairment losses balance reflects the remainder of the reversible impairment loss of the asset for 8,237 thousand U.S. dollars. This impact was recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement under “Other operating expenses” (see Note 19g).
On September 30, 2011, Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. and Telefónica de España S.A.U. agreed to sell the business related to the 11822, 11825, and 1212 telephone information services for 48,611 thousand U.S. dollars (36,000 thousand euros) based on a valuation performed by a third party. The amount paid (48,611 thousand U.S. dollars) was allocated to intangible assets (25,136 thousands U.S. dollars), goodwill (31,016 thousands U.S. dollars) and deferred tax liabilities (7,541 thousands U.S. dollars).
On May 24, 2011, the AIT Group acquired the Atento brand through a purchase-sale agreement with Telefónica, S.A. for the amount of 1,669 thousand U.S. dollars (1,200 thousand euros).
2012
Additions of intangible assets mainly relate to acquisitions of computer software for 8,393 thousand U.S. dollars.
 
F-112

Table of Contents
The breakdown of fully depreciated items of intangibles still in use at December 31, 2011, and November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2011	 	  	11/30/2012	 	
Computer software and other intangible assets	  	 	57,789	  	  	 	56,067	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	57,789	  		 	56,067	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
7. GOODWILL
The breakdown, amount, and movement of goodwill in the combined entities in 2011 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands of USD):

 	  	Balance at
01/01/11	 	  	Additions	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/11	 	  	Additions	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
11/30/12	 	
Atento Brasil, Ltda.	  	 	121,218	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(13,544	) 	 	 	107,674	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(11,834	) 	 	 	95,840	  	
Teleatento del Perú, S.A.C.	  	 	37,851	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,586	  	 	 	39,437	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,773	  	 	 	41,210	  	
Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.	  	 	6,462	  	  	 	31,016	  	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	35,978	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	131	  	 	 	36,109	  	
Atento Chile, S.A	  	 	620	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(61	) 	 	 	559	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	45	  	 	 	604	  	
Atento Ceská Republika, a.s.	  	 	5,766	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(343	) 	 	 	5,423	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	136	  	 	 	5,559	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	171,917	  		 	31,016	  		 	(13,862	) 		 	189,071	  		 	—  	  		 	(9,749	) 		 	179,322	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 the movement of goodwill was due to translation differences affecting the initial amounts, and the purchase of the assets related to the 11822, 11825, and 1212 telephone information services businesses in an amount of 31,016 thousand U.S. dollars (See Note 6).
Regarding the impairment test of goodwill in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of Assets, as of December 31, 2011 and as of November 30, 2012, judgments and estimates used to calculate the recoverable amount of goodwill as described in Note 3f indicate that the carrying amount of each item of goodwill is recoverable, based on the expected future cash flows from the CGU or groups of CGU to which they are allocated. The level of analysis performed by the Predecessor at a CGU level coincides with that performed at country level.
Cash flow forecasts are based on projected growth rates (average percentage is 2%) that are constant from year five. These tests are performed annually and whenever it is considered that the recoverable amount of goodwill may be impaired.
The estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using pre-tax discount rates, which factor in country and business risks and are applied as follows:

 	  	Discount rate	 	
U.S. dollars	  	Brazil	 	 	Chile	 	 	Spain	 	 	Peru	 	 	Czech Republic	 	
December 2011	  	 	12.66	% 	 	 	10.61	% 	 	 	10.87	% 	 	 	10.29	% 	 	 	8.88	% 	
November 2012	  	 	13.18	% 	 	 	11.28	% 	 	 	12.00	% 	 	 	10.29	% 	 	 	9.01	% 	
The impairment tests conducted in 2011 and 2012 did not identify any impairment in the carrying value of goodwill, since the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded the carrying value, in all cases, of the related CGU.
The Predecessor has no intangible assets with indefinite useful life and therefore carries out no impairment tests of this type.
In addition, a sensitivity analysis was performed on changes that could reasonably be expected to occur in the principal measurement variables, and recoverable amount remains above the net carrying amount.
 
F-113

Table of Contents
8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The breakdown, amount and movement in “Property, plant and equipment” in the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 were as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. Dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2010	 	 	Additions	 	 	Decreases or
disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	
Cost:	  				 				 				 				 				 				
Land and natural resources	  	 	70	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(26	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	43	  	
Buildings and leasehold improvements	  	 	4,504	  	 	 	7,478	  	 	 	(686	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(615	) 	 	 	10,681	  	
Plant, machinery and tools	  	 	53,056	  	 	 	1,909	  	 	 	(216	) 	 	 	747	  	 	 	(3,926	) 	 	 	51,570	  	
Furniture	  	 	519,684	  	 	 	84,973	  	 	 	(13,082	) 	 	 	5,138	  	 	 	(49,213	) 	 	 	547,500	  	
PP&E in progress	  	 	9,122	  	 	 	4,338	  	 	 	(129	) 	 	 	(7,887	) 	 	 	(263	) 	 	 	5,181	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment		 	586,436	  		 	98,698	  		 	(14,139	) 		 	(2,002	) 		 	(54,018	) 		 	614,975	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation:																									
Buildings and leasehold improvements		 	(812	) 		 	(451	) 		 	327	  		 	—  	  		 	47	  		 	(889	) 	
Plant, machinery and tools		 	(41,787	) 		 	(3,546	) 		 	29	  		 	(14	) 		 	3,115	  		 	(42,203	) 	
Furniture		 	(356,664	) 		 	(48,072	) 		 	10,914	  		 	14	  		 	30,635	  		 	(363,173	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(399,263	) 		 	(52,069	) 		 	11,270	  		 	—	  		 	33,797	  		 	(406,265	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impairment losses on data processing Equipment		 	(36	) 		 	(297	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	19	  		 	(314	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total impairment losses		 	(36	) 		 	(297	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	19	  		 	(314	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net property, plant and equipment		 	187,137	  		 	46,332	  		 	(2,869	) 		 	(2,002	) 		 	(20,202	) 		 	208,396	  	

																									
 	  	Thousands of U.S. Dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	 	Additions	 	 	Decreases or
disposals	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Cost:	  				 				 				 				 				 				
Land and natural resources	  	 	43	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	43	  	
Buildings and leasehold improvements	  	 	10,681	  	 	 	609	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(310	) 	 	 	40	  	 	 	11,020	  	
Plant, machinery and tools	  	 	51,570	  	 	 	420	  	 	 	(144	) 	 	 	(623	) 	 	 	2,792	  	 	 	54,015	  	
Furniture	  	 	547,500	  	 	 	53,538	  	 	 	(16,301	) 	 	 	4,609	  	 	 	(28,468	) 	 	 	560,878	  	
PP&E in progress	  	 	5,181	  	 	 	13,877	  	 	 	(47	) 	 	 	(4,692	) 	 	 	(881	) 	 	 	13,438	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment		 	614,975	  		 	68,444	  		 	(16,492	) 		 	(1,016	) 		 	(26,517	) 		 	639,394	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation:																									
Buildings and leasehold improvements		 	(889	) 		 	(1,405	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(20	) 		 	(2,314	) 	
Plant, machinery and tools		 	(42,203	) 		 	(2,861	) 		 	55	  		 	—  	  		 	(2,270	) 		 	(47,279	) 	
Furniture		 	(363,173	) 		 	(47,727	) 		 	14,157	  		 	—  	  		 	17,320	  		 	(379,423	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated depreciation		 	(406,265	) 		 	(51,993	) 		 	14,212	  		 	—  	  		 	15,030	  		 	(429,016	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impairment losses on data processing equipment		 	(314	) 		 	(38	) 		 	26	  		 	—  	  		 	(81	) 		 	(407	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total impairment losses		 	(314	) 		 	(38	) 		 	26	  		 	—  	  		 	(81	) 		 	(407	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net property, plant and equipment		 	208,396	  		 	16,413	  		 	(2,254	) 		 	(1,016	) 		 	(11,568	) 		 	209,971	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense of 52,069 and 51,993 has been included in “Depreciation and amortization” in 2011 and 2012, respectively (see Note 19f).
The PP&E in progress balance is comprised of assets acquired but not placed in use as of December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012.
PP&E includes the following amounts where the Predecessor is a lessee under a finance lease:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2011	 	 	11/30/2012	 	
Cost-capitalized finance lease	  	 	1,337	  	 	 	7,636	  	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	(641	) 	 	 	(755	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net book amount		 	696	  		 	6,881	  	

F-114

Table of Contents
The movements in the PP&E balance were due to the following transactions:
2011
The additions mainly relate to investments in Colombia, Spain and Argentina for the upgrade of equipment and to renovate and upgrade obsolete equipment at existing centers and bring it in line with customer requirements, and in Brazil and Peru to adapt new centers.
2012
In the eleven months ended November 30, 2012, investments amounting to 50,578 thousand U.S. dollars were made in furniture, plant and equipment in Brazil for the construction of the new “Uruguay Site” and to maintain business with customers in that country. Additions in Spain amounted to 6,262 thousand U.S. dollars to build centers in a number of places (e.g. Glorias, Bilbao, Perú) given the need for an increasing number of positions to meet customer demand.
Disposals of assets relate mainly to replacements of old equipment with new equipment acquired under a finance lease.
The breakdown of fully depreciated items of property, plant and equipment still in use at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. Dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2011	 	  	11/30/2012	 	
Plant machinery and tools	  	 	32,077	  	  	 	904	  	
Furniture and other	  	 	245,339	  	  	 	260,020	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	277,416	  		 	260,924	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The combined companies hold insurance policies to cover the potential risks related to property, plant and equipment used in operation.
9. FINANCIAL ASSETS
The breakdown of the Predecessor´s financial assets by category at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	December 31, 2011	 	
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Other financial
assets at fair value
through P&L	 	  	Loans,
receivables,
and other	 	  	Held-to
maturity
investments	 	  	Hedging
derivatives	 	  	Total	 	
Non-Current Financial Assets	  				  				  				  				  				
Loans	  	 	—  	  	  	 	23	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	23	  	
Loans with related party (Note 23)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,112	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,112	  	
Investments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,291	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,291	  	
Deposits and guarantees given	  	 	—  	  	  	 	47,326	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	47,326	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	51,752	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	51,752	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current Financial Assets																					
Trade and other receivables (excluding pre-payments)		 	—  	  		 	481,415	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	481,415	  	
Short-term loans		 	—  	  		 	21,698	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	21,698	  	
Deposits and guarantees		 	—  	  		 	2,428	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	2,428	  	
Other short term financial instruments		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	449	  		 	449	  	
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 11)						 	81,905	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	81,905	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	587,446	  		 	—  	  		 	449	  		 	587,895	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial assets		 	—  	  		 	639,175	  		 	—  	  		 	449	  		 	639,624	  	

 
F-115

Table of Contents

 	  	November 30, 2012	 	
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Other financial
assets at fair value
through P&L	 	  	Loans,
receivables,
and other	 	  	Held-to
maturity
investments	 	  	Hedging
derivatives	 	  	Total	 	
Non-Current Financial Assets	  				  				  				  				  				
Loans	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,528	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,528	  	
Deposits and guarantees given	  	 	—  	  	  	 	48,839	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	48,839	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	56,367	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	56,367	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current Financial Assets																					
Trade and other receivables (excluding pre-payments)		 	—  	  		 	540,799	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	540,799	  	
Short-term loans		 	—  	  		 	33,717	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	33,717	  	
Deposits and guarantees given		 	—  	  		 	2,523	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	2,523	  	
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 11)		 	—  	  		 	49,618	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	49,618	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	626,657	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	626,657	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial assets		 	—  	  		 	683,024	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	683,024	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The categories in this disclosure are determined by IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (“IAS 39). The breakdown presented excludes pre-payments from the ‘trade and other receivables’ balance of 3,519 and 5,511 thousand U.S. dollars for 2011 and 2012, respectively, as this analysis is required only for financial instruments.
The balances of “Deposits and guarantees given” at December 31, 2011 and at November 30, 2012 mainly include deposits posted with the courts in respect of legal disputes with employees by subsidiary Atento Brasil, S.A. and for litigation underway with the Brazilian social security authority, the “Instituto Nacional do Seguro Social” (INSS—see Note 17).
Within “Current financial assets”, at December 31, 2011 and at November 30, 2012, “short-term loans” totaled 21,698 and 33,717 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively, comprising primarily of short-term balances on deposits in Brazilian banks (21,311 and 33,713 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively), which accrued in both periods an average interest rate of approximately 11%.
The Predecessor mainly conducts transactions with the Telefónica Group and BBVA. Financial asset fair value approximates the related book value as such the credit risk mainly relates to the book value of the financial assets.
10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
The breakdown of “Trade and other receivables” at December 31, 2011 and November 30, and 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Trade receivables from third parties	  	 	210,359	  	  	 	226,191	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Receivable from Related Parties		 	253,671	  		 	307,815	  	
Sundry receivables from Related Parties		 	2,610	  		 	4,341	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total receivables from Related Parties (Note 23)		 	256,281	  		 	312,156	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Other receivables		 	7,760	  		 	9,990	  	
Receivable from employees		 	10,775	  		 	11,331	  	
Prepayments of current expenses		 	3,519	  		 	5,511	  	
Impairment allowances		 	(3,760	) 		 	(18,869	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables		 	484,934	  		 	546,310	  	

F-116

Table of Contents
The amounts and breakdown of “Trade receivables from third parties” at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Receivables billed	  	 	140,858	  	  	 	150,416	  	
Receivables unbilled	  	 	69,501	  	  	 	75,775	  	
	  				  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade receivables		 	210,359	  		 	226,191	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The amounts and breakdown of “Receivable from Related parties” at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Receivables billed	  	 	162,156	  	  	 	154,914	  	
Receivables unbilled	  	 	91,515	  	  	 	152,901	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Receivable from Related Parties		 	253,671	  		 	307,815	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Receivables unbilled represent revenue for which services have been rendered but remain unbilled due to the timing of when the services are rendered and billed. The book value of trade and other receivables approximates fair value.
The breakdown of movements in “Impairment allowances” in 2011 and 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of
U.S. dollars	 	
Impairment allowances at 12/31/2010	  	 	(3,967	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
Allowances		 	(3,282	) 	
Reversals		 	592	  	
Applications		 	2,543	  	
Translation differences		 	354	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Impairment allowances at 12/31/2011		 	(3,760	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
Allowances		 	(13,945	) 	
Reversals		 	—  	  	
Applications		 	(939	) 	
Translation differences		 	(225	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
Impairment allowances at 11/30/2012		 	(18,869	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
The ageing of receivables for 2011 and 2012 is as follows

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	  	Amount due	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Amount not yet
due	 	  	Up to 90
days	 	  	90 – 180
days	 	  	180 – 360
days	 	  	More than 360
days	 	
Receivables billed	  	 	140,858	  	  	 	79,837	  	  	 	41,952	  	  	 	11,358	  	  	 	5,821	  	  	 	1,890	  	

 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	  	Amount not yet
due	 	  	Up to 90
days	 	  	90 – 180
days	 	  	180 – 360
days	 	  	More than 360
days	 	
Receivables billed	  	 	150,416	  	  	 	101,533	  	  	 	31,229	  	  	 	14,134	  	  	 	525	  	  	 	2,995	  	
As of November 30, 2012, the amount of the provision was 18,869 thousands of U.S. dollars (2011: 3,760 thousands of U.S. dollars).
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned above. The Predecessor does not hold any collateral as security.
Receivables from employees are mainly comprised of salary advances to employees of the combined entities.
 
F-117

Table of Contents
11. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The breakdown of cash held is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	81,905	  	  	 	49,618	  	
Cash equivalents	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents		 	81,905	  		 	49,618	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
All cash and cash equivalent balances at combined entities comprising the Predecessor are available for use without restriction.
12. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
The breakdown of the Predecessor´s financial liabilities by category at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	December 31, 2011	 	
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Liabilities at fair
value through
P&L	 	  	Derivatives
used for
hedging	 	  	Other financial
liabilities at
amortized cost	 	  	Total	 	
Non-Current Financial Liabilities	  				  				  				  				
Bank Borrowings	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	111,588	  	  	 	111,588	  	
Derivative financial instruments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	336	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	336	  	
Other non-trade payables	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	65	  	  	 	65	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	336	  		 	111,653	  		 	111,989	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current Financial Liabilities																	
Bank Borrowings		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	15,370	  		 	15,370	  	
Derivative financial instruments		 	—  	  		 	(334	) 		 	—  	  		 	(334	) 	
Other non-trade payables		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	68,763	  		 	68,763	  	
Trade payables		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	103,174	  		 	103,174	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	(334	) 		 	187,307	  		 	186,973	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial liabilities		 	—  	  		 	2	  		 	298,960	  		 	298,962	  	

																	
 	  	November 30, 2012	 	
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Liabilities at fair
value through
P&L	 	  	Derivatives
used for
hedging	 	  	Other financial
liabilities at
amortized cost	 	  	Total	 	
Non-Current Financial Liabilities	  				  				  				  				
Bank Borrowings	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	74,607	  	  	 	74,607	  	
Derivative financial instruments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	819	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	819	  	
Other non-trade payables	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	56	  	  	 	56	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	819	  		 	74,663	  		 	75,482	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current Financial Liabilities																	
Bank Borrowings		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	12,834	  		 	12,834	  	
Derivative financial instruments		 	—  	  		 	183	  		 	—  	  		 	183	  	
Other non-trade payables		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	45,269	  		 	45,269	  	
Trade payables		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	103,826	  		 	103,826	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	—  	  		 	183	  		 	161,929	  		 	162,112	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total financial liabilities		 	—  	  		 	1,002	  		 	236,592	  		 	237,594	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The categories in this disclosure are determined by IAS 39.
 
F-118

Table of Contents
13. INTEREST-BEARING DEBT AND DERIVATIVES
Interest-bearing debt and derivatives at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 was as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	December 31, 2011	 	  	November 30, 2012	 	
Current	  				  				
Foreign-currency loans	  	 	8,856	  	  	 	12,489	  	
U.S. dollar loans	  	 	6,514	  	  	 	345	  	
Financial instruments—Derivatives (note 12)	  	 	(334)	  	  	 	183	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current interest-bearing debt		 	15,036	  		 	13,017	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-Current									
Foreign-currency loans		 	110,927	  		 	74,134	  	
U.S. dollar loans		 	661	  		 	473	  	
Financial instruments—Derivatives (note 12)		 	336	  		 	819	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total non-current interest-bearing debt		 	111,924	  		 	75,426	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total loans		 	126,960	  		 	88,443	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The loans listed above mature until 2016 and bear interest at an average rate of 2.90% (2011: 4.14%).
Derivatives are represented by interest rate swaps and they are held to hedge interest rate risk associated to the syndicated credit facility in euros described below. The notional amount of such derivatives is 35,709 thousands Euros.
The exposure of the group’s borrowings based on the maturity date at the end of the reporting period is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	December 31, 2011	 	  	November 30, 2012	 	
1 year or less	  	 	15,036	  	  	 	13,017	  	
1 to 2 years	  	 	11,831	  	  	 	73,147	  	
2 to 3 years	  	 	5,249	  	  	 	2,090	  	
3 to 4 years	  	 	94,542	  	  	 	189	  	
Over 5 years	  	 	302	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	126,960	  		 	88,443	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The carrying amounts and fair value of the borrowings are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Carrying amount	 	  	Fair value	 	
 	  	December 31, 2011	 	  	November 30, 2012	 	  	December 31, 2011	 	  	November 30, 2012	 	
Foreign-currency loans	  	 	119,783	  	  	 	86,625	  	  	 	119,783	  	  	 	86,625	  	
U.S. dollar loans	  	 	7,175	  	  	 	818	  	  	 	7,175	  	  	 	818	  	
Financial instruments—Derivatives (note 12)	  	 	2	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	1,000	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total loans		 	126,960	  		 	88,443	  		 	126,960	  		 	88,443	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The fair value hierarchy of the borrowings is level 2. The fair value methodology used for the disclosure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows.
U.S. dollar loans
 
 	•	 	On November 16, and December 9, 2010, Atento Brasil, S.A. arranged loans with Bradesco. The amount of loans were 5,834 and 19,905 thousands of U.S. dollars, respectively. These loans matured on	
 
F-119

Table of Contents

 	November 11, and December 5, 2011, respectively. The interest rates applicable to these loans were 11.44% and 11.85%, respectively. On November 11, 2011, an extension to one loan was granted by Bradesco. The loan was for 5,834 thousands U.S. dollars, matured on November 5, 2012, and had interest of 11.26%.	
 
 	•	 	U.S. dollar loans also include a finance lease for 651 thousands of U.S. dollar held by Woknal, S.A. which commenced on October 2010 and matures on April 2014.	
An overview of the foreign-currency loans outstanding at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 is given below:

 	  	Outstanding balance at December 31, 2011
(in thousands of local currency and U.S. dollars)	 	
 	  	Local currency	 	  	Underlying debt in
dollars	 	  	Derivatives
committed in
dollars (*)	 	  	Total	 	
EUR	  	 	81,196	  	  	 	105,060	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	105,060	  	
MAD	  	 	21,200	  	  	 	2,464	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,464	  	
COP	  	 	10,961,873	  	  	 	5,643	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	5,643	  	
CLP	  	 	82,234	  	  	 	158	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	158	  	
ARS	  	 	27,839	  	  	 	6,458	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,458	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total						 	119,783	  		 	—  	  		 	119,783	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Euro loans
 
 	•	 	On March 29, 2011, Atento, N.V. and Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U., entered into a syndicated credit facility with Banco Santander, S.A. and HSBC Bank plc. The loan comprises two separate facilities. Facility A is a term loan which will be repaid in installments of 15% at the end of 2012, 20% at the end of 2013, 25% at the end of 2014 and the remaining 40% at March 29, 2015, while all amounts under Facility B shall be repaid on the last day of each interest period unless they are refinanced on such date by means of a new loan entered into under Facility B, the aggregate amount of which being equal to or less than the maturing amount borrowed under Facility B due for repayment until the final maturity date, which is March 29, 2015. The maturity schedule is as follows:	

Year	  	Tranche A	 	  	Tranche B	 	
Current	  	 	2,845	  	  	 	—  	  	
Non-current	  	 	80,866	  	  	 	21,349	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	83,711	  		 	21,349	  	

 	•	 	The interest rate for each period is the annual rate calculated by adding the spread applicable at any given time under the terms of the credit facility agreement and the EURIBOR rate at a term equivalent to the interest period agreed at all times. The interest on the syndicated credit facility is linked to the EURIBOR rate plus a spread ranging from 1.60% to 2.10% based on compliance with the net financial debt/EBITDA ratio.	
 
 	•	 	The commitments and obligations of the parties are those ordinarily assumed in syndicated financing transactions. Some of the financing arranged by Atento is subject to compliance with certain financial covenants on consolidated figures. All the covenants were being complied with at the date of preparation of these combined carve-out financial statements.	
 
 	•	 	This credit facility is guaranteed by other Atento companies (the “Guarantors”). At the date of these combined carve-out financial statements, the Guarantors are Atento Brasil, S.A. and Atento Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.	
Other foreign-currency loans
 
 	•	 	On February 28, 2011, Atento Colombia, S.A. arranged a loan with BBVA Colombia for 15,700,000 thousand Colombian pesos, maturing on February 28, 2013. Applicable interest is DTF plus a spread of 1.8%. The loan was pre-paid on November 28, 2012. The amount of this loan as of December 31, 2011 was 4,969 thousands U.S. dollars.	
 
F-120

Table of Contents

 	•	 	On July 21, 2011, Atento Colombia, S.A. arranged a loan with BBVA Colombia for 1,800,000 thousand Colombian pesos. The loan matured and was repaid on July 19, 2012 and had interest of DTF plus a spread of 2.5%. The amount of this loan as of December 31, 2011 was 673 thousands U.S. dollars.	
 
 	•	 	On April 15, 2011, Microcentro, S.A. arranged a loan with HSBC Argentina, S.A. for 8,000 thousand Argentinean pesos, maturing on April 12, 2013, with interest of 19%. This loan was pre-paid on November 28, 2011.	
 
 	•	 	On April 15, 2011, Centro de Contactos Salta arranged a loan with HSBC Argentina, S.A. for 18,300 thousand Argentinean pesos, maturing on April 12, 2013, with interest of 19%. This loan was pre-paid on November 28, 2011.	
 
 	•	 	On June 28, 2011, Atento Marruecos, S.A. arranged a loan with Banco Sabadell, for 21,200 thousand dirham, maturing on June 28, 2016, with interest of 6%. A portion of this loan of 10,000 dirham was pre-paid November 2012. As of November 30, 2012 this loan had an outstanding balance of 879 thousand U.S. dollars (2,464 U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2011).	
 
 	•	 	Other foreign currency loans include a finance lease held by Atento Chile, S.A. which was cancelled on November 2013. As of November 30, 2012 this loan had an outstanding balance of 74 thousands U.S. dollars (158 thousands U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2011).	

 	  	Outstanding balance at November 30, 2012
(in thousands of local currency and U.S. dollars)	 	
 	  	Local currency	 	  	Underlying debt in
dollars	 	  	Derivatives
committed  in
dollars ( * )	 	  	Total	 	
EUR	  	 	60,659	  	  	 	78,770	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	78,770	  	
BRL	  	 	14,540	  	  	 	6,900	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,900	  	
MAD	  	 	7,547	  	  	 	879	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	879	  	
CLP	  	 	35,621	  	  	 	74	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	74	  	
	  				  				  	 	—  	  	  				
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total						 	86,623	  		 	—  	  		 	86,623	  	

 	•	 	On January 2, 2012, Atento Brasil, S.A. arranged a loan with Banco Santander for 30,000 thousand Brazilian reais. It matures on January 2, 2014 and bears interest at 112.8% of the CDI. This loan was pre-paid on November 2012.	
 
 	•	 	On March 1, 2012, Atento Brasil, S.A. arranged a loan with Banco Santander for 40,000 thousand Brazilian reais, maturing on January 2, 2014 and bearing interest at 112.5% of the CDI. This loan was pre-paid on November 2012.	
14. OTHER NON-TRADE PAYABLES
The breakdown of “Other non-trade payables” in 2011 and 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Current	  				  				
Wages and salaries payable	  	 	112,687	  	  	 	138,573	  	
Payables to suppliers of property, plant and Equipment	  	 	57,996	  	  	 	36,434	  	
Other non-trade payables	  	 	8,546	  	  	 	2,965	  	
Other non-trade payables to related parties	  	 	2,221	  	  	 	5,870	  	
Deferred income	  	 	470	  	  	 	796	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total other non-trade payables		 	181,920	  		 	184,638	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Non-current									
Other payables		 	65	  		 	56	  	
Deferred income		 	33	  		 	21	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total other non-trade payables		 	98	  		 	77	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
“Non-current other payables” mainly includes amounts owed to public administrations by Atento Brasil, S.A. and deferred income is primarily composed of government grants.
 
F-121

Table of Contents
15. TRADE PAYABLES
The breakdown of “Trade payables” at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Current	  				  				
Payable on purchases	  	 	75,121	  	  	 	58,088	  	
Other trade payable to related parties	  	 	28,027	  	  	 	29,566	  	
Advances received	  	 	26	  	  	 	9,006	  	
Other trade payable	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,166	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	103,174	  		 	103,826	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At November 30, 2012, advances received of 9,006 thousand U.S. dollars represent cash received from the Telefónica Group for client services to be performed.
16. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
In 2011 and 2012, changes recognized in non-controlling interests (NCI) were as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Company (non-controlling interest)	  	Balance at
12/31/2010	 	 	Profit for
the year	 	 	Dividends
paid	 	  	Transfers	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	
Atento Chile, S.A. (Telefónica Chile)	  	 	13,872	  	 	 	2,356	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,462	) 	 	 	14,766	  	
Atento Centro de Formación	  	 	94	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(4	) 	 	 	86	  	
Atento Educación Limitada (Telefónica Chile)	  	 	(294	) 	 	 	45	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(45	) 	 	 	(294	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	13,672	  		 	2,397	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,511	) 		 	14,558	  	

																													
 	  	 	 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Company (non-controlling interest)	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	 	Profit for
the year	 	  	Dividends
paid	 	 	Transfers	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Acquisition
of NCI	 	 	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Atento Chile, S.A. (Telefónica Chile)	  	 	14,766	  	 	 	361	  	  	 	(5,790	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	1,181	  	 	 	(10,518	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Atento Centro de Formación	  	 	86	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	2	  	 	 	(88	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Atento Educación Limitada (Telefónica Chile)	  	 	(294	) 	 	 	46	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(107	) 	 	 	355	  	 	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	14,558	  		 	407	  		 	(5,790	) 		 	—  	  		 	1,076	  		 	(10,251	) 		 	—  	  	

F-122

Table of Contents
17. PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES
The amounts of and changes in current and non-current provisions for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Balance at
12/31/2010	 	  	Increases	 	  	Decreases	 	 	Unwinding
Discount	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	
Non-current	  				  				  				 				 				 				 				
Provision for employee benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	197	  	  	 	(586	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	902	  	 	 	(57	) 	 	 	456	  	
Provision for tax	  	 	—  	  	  	 	24	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	23	  	
Provision for dismantling	  	 	9,949	  	  	 	2,077	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	1,077	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,419	) 	 	 	11,684	  	
Provisions for other claims	  	 	33	  	  	 	347	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(25	) 	 	 	355	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	9,982	  		 	2,645	  		 	(586	) 		 	1,077	  		 	902	  		 	(1,502	) 		 	12,518	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current																													
Provision for employee benefits		 	—  	  		 	1,488	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(103	) 		 	1,385	  	
Provision for employee claims		 	—  	  		 	18,050	  		 	(24,664	) 		 	(2,908	) 		 	30,629	  		 	(1,431	) 		 	19,676	  	
Provision for tax		 	—  	  		 	793	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	16	  		 	809	  	
Provision for dismantling		 	1,201	  		 	270	  		 	(431	) 		 	144	  		 	—  	  		 	(132	) 		 	1,052	  	
Provisions for other claims		 	4,891	  		 	225	  		 	(175	) 		 	1	  		 	(4,229	) 		 	(180	) 		 	533	  	
Other provisions		 	6,830	  		 	8	  		 	(859	) 		 	—  	  		 	(5,175	) 		 	(182	) 		 	622	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	12,922	  		 	20,834	  		 	(26,129	) 		 	(2,763	) 		 	21,225	  		 	(2,012	) 		 	24,077	  	

																													
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Increases	 	  	Decreases	 	 	Unwinding
Discount	 	  	Transfers	 	  	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
Non-current	  				  				  				 				  				  				 				
Provision for employee benefits	  	 	456	  	  	 	3,069	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(177	) 	 	 	3,348	  	
Provision for tax	  	 	23	  	  	 	4,950	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	297	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(421	) 	 	 	4,849	  	
Provision for dismantling	  	 	11,684	  	  	 	5,127	  	  	 	(208	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,600	) 	 	 	15,003	  	
Other provisions	  	 	355	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	355	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	12,518	  		 	13,146	  		 	(208	) 		 	297	  		 	—  	  		 	(2,198	) 		 	23,555	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current																													
Provision for employee benefits		 	1,385	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,372	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(13	) 		 	—  	  	
Provision for employee claims		 	19,676	  		 	19,610	  		 	(15,219	) 		 	2,132	  		 	—  	  		 	(2,499	) 		 	23,700	  	
Provision for tax		 	809	  		 	95	  		 	(27	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	38	  		 	915	  	
Provision for dismantling		 	1,052	  		 	—  	  		 	(988	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(36	) 		 	28	  	
Provisions for other claims		 	533	  		 	85	  		 	(124	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(56	) 		 	438	  	
Other provisions		 	622	  		 	4,329	  		 	(650	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	60	  		 	4,361	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	24,077	  		 	24,119	  		 	(18,380	) 		 	2,132	  		 	—  	  		 	(2,506	) 		 	29,442	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increases and decreases in this caption during 2012 correspond mainly to the provisions for employee claims and to the provisions for other claims in Brazil and Argentina in the amounts of 12,769 and a decrease of 9,439 thousand U.S. dollars, and 6,926 and a decrease of 5,791 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively. Additionally, the amount registered in “Transfers” in 2011 is related to a reclassification recorded from the account “Trade and other payables” to this heading.
The balance of this provision at November 30, 2012 is mainly comprised of an amount of 12,426 thousand U.S. dollars corresponding to Brazil (7,784 thousand U.S. dollars at December 31, 2011), and 10,399 thousand U.S. dollars corresponding to Argentina (2011: 10,496 thousand U.S. dollars).
Given the nature of the risks covered by these provisions, it is not possible to determine a reliable schedule of potential payments.
Current and non-current provisions for dismantling mainly include the provision for the dismantling of Atento Brasil, S.A. for the amount of 14,266 thousand U.S. dollars (2011: 12,264 thousand U.S. dollars).
Details of ongoing litigation as of November 30, 2012 are described in the following paragraphs.
 
F-123

Table of Contents
In relation to Atento Brasil’s ongoing litigation with the Brazilian Social Security Authorities (INSS) and the Regional Labor Department (classified in 2010 as remote risk), for the payment in cash for transport passes to employees, in December 2011 binding decision (súmula) number 60 was handed down establishing that the amount paid in cash to employees in connection with “transport passes” is exempt from social security contributions. This decision is binding for both the administrative and legal authorities, and implies a favorable result for Atento Brasil in relation to all ongoing litigation. Although at the preparation date of the combined carve-out financial statements, the court’s final decision on the INSS litigation is still pending, Atento Brasil’s position has resulted favorable in all instances and therefore the risk associated to this litigation has been evaluated as possible.
At November 30, 2012 Atento Brasil was involved in approximately 8,031 labor-related disputes, filed by the Predecessor´s employees or ex-employees for various reasons, including dismissals or differences over employment conditions in general. The total amount of these claims is 281,744 thousand U.S. dollars, with possible claims, as classified by the Company’s internal and external lawyers, totalling 82,287 thousand U.S. dollars. For the most part, the further along the legal proceedings in this type of case in Brazil, the more remote the possible risk. Taking account of the amount of litigation that arises in Brazil and past experience in this type of claim, the Company has recognized provisions at November 30, 2012 amounting to 12,426 thousand U.S. dollars, which in the opinion of its directors based in part on the advice of legal advisors is sufficient to cover the risk of payments likely to be made because of these claims.
Additionally, as of November 30, 2012, Atento Brasil has 28 lawsuits ongoing with the Tax Authorities and Social Security Department for various reasons relating to infraction proceedings filed. The total amount of these claims is approximately 31,171 thousand U.S. dollars, and according to the Company’s external lawyers, the risk of materialization is possible.
Lastly, Atento Brasil has 21 civil lawsuits in progress relating to different causes. The total amount of these claims is approximately 6,721 thousand U.S. dollars, for which, according to the Company’s external lawyers, the risk of materialization is possible.
At November 30, 2012, Teleatento del Perú had a pending lawsuit against the Peruvian tax authority (Administración Tributaria Peruana) in the amount of 10,885 thousand U.S. dollars, for which, according to the Company’s external lawyers, the risk of materialization is possible.
18. TAX MATTERS
The breakdown of the Predecessor’s income tax expense is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Current tax:	  				  				
Current tax expense	  	 	54,310	  	  	 	61,989	  	
Adjustment in respect to prior years	  	 	206	  	  	 	305	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current tax		 	54,516	  		 	62,294	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax		 	340	  		 	(1,588	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total income tax expense		 	54,856	  		 	60,706	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The effective tax rate paid by the Predecessor is 37.97% at December 31, 2011 and 40.24% at November 30, 2012. If we analyze the aggregated effective tax rate not considering the holding companies, the effective tax rate will approximate 38% and 33% at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, respectively, which are deemed reasonable effective tax rates. Further, the calculated tax rate is within the Predecessor’s range of reasonable parameters given that the official standard rates applicable to the main the Predecessor combined companies range from 28% to 47%. As there are no significant permanent differences, it was not considered necessary to provide further disclosures on the reconciliation of accounting and tax profit other than the changes in deferred taxes outlined below.
The combined entities file taxes separately in accordance with the tax legislation of their respective countries of incorporation.
 
F-124

Table of Contents
The years open for review by the tax inspection authorities for the main taxes applicable vary from one company to another, based on each country’s tax legislation, taking into account their respective statute-of-limitations periods. The Predecessor´s management considers that no significant contingencies would arise from a review by the tax authorities of the operations in the years open to inspection.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
The breakdown in these headings at January 1, 2011, December 31, 2011, and November 30, 2012, and the movements during the years then ended are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2010	 	  	Increases	 	  	Decreases	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS	  	 	68,938	  	  	 	7,826	  	  	 	(8,752	) 	 	 	(373	) 	 	 	(5,001	) 	 	 	62,638	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unused tax losses(*)		 	25,776	  		 	469	  		 	(7,552	) 		 	70	  		 	(2,102	) 		 	16,661	  	
Unused tax credits		 	813	  		 	4,895	  		 	(107	) 		 	(719	) 		 	531	  		 	5,413	  	
Deferred tax assets (temporary differences)		 	42,349	  		 	2,462	  		 	(1,093	) 		 	276	  		 	(3,430	) 		 	40,564	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES		 	42,528	  		 	7,934	  		 	(315	) 		 	(82	) 		 	(4,668	) 		 	45,397	  	

(*)	Tax credits for loss carryforwards	

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Balance at
12/31/2011	 	  	Increases	 	  	Decreases	 	 	Transfers	 	 	Translation
differences	 	 	Balance at
11/30/2012	 	
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS	  	 	62,638	  	  	 	22,678	  	  	 	(22,979	) 	 	 	(356	) 	 	 	(3,157	) 	 	 	58,824	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unused tax losses(*)		 	16,661	  		 	1,773	  		 	(12,194	) 		 	310	  		 	(1,002	) 		 	5,548	  	
Unused tax credits		 	5,413	  		 	195	  		 	(28	) 		 	(666	) 		 	7	  		 	4,921	  	
Deferred tax assets (temporary differences)		 	40,564	  		 	20,710	  		 	(10,757	) 		 	—  	  		 	(2,162	) 		 	48,355	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES		 	45,397	  		 	—  	  		 	(1,498	) 		 	—  	  		 	(3,934	) 		 	39,965	  	

(*)	Tax credits for loss carryforwards	
Deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 arose mainly from unused tax losses in Brazil (16,427 thousands U.S. Dollars in 2011 and 5,041 thousands U.S. Dollars in 2012 respectively) and temporary differences as a result of differing depreciation and amortization rates of assets for accounting and tax purposes in Brazil (17,806 thousands U.S. dollars in 2011 and 26,629 thousands U.S. Dollars in 2012 respectively).
Deferred tax assets has been registered in the statement of financial position in conformity with the best estimate on the future results, to the extent it is probable that above mentioned assets are recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, mainly include temporary differences arising from the amortization of Atento Brasil, S.A. goodwill for tax purposes.
 
F-125

Table of Contents
The following table presents the schedule for the reversal of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on the best estimates available at the respective estimation dates:
2011

  	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	Subsequent
years	 	  	Total	 	
Tax losses	  	 	9,764	  	  	 	6,897	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	16,661	  	
Recognized	  	 	9,764	  	  	 	6,897	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	16,661	  	
Not recognized	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Deductible temporary differences	  	 	27,267	  	  	 	5,898	  	  	 	5,912	  	  	 	1,197	  	  	 	91	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	190	  	  	 	40,564	  	
Recognized	  	 	27,267	  	  	 	5,898	  	  	 	5,912	  	  	 	1,197	  	  	 	91	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	190	  	  	 	40,564	  	
Not recognized	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Tax credits	  	 	144	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	626	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,643	  	  	 	5,413	  	
Recognized	  	 	144	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	626	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,643	  	  	 	5,413	  	
Not recognized	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets		 	37,175	  		 	12,795	  		 	6,538	  		 	1,197	  		 	91	  		 	9	  		 	4,833	  		 	62,638	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Recognized		 	37,175	  		 	12,795	  		 	6,538	  		 	1,197	  		 	91	  		 	9	  		 	4,833	  		 	62,638	  	
Not recognized		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities		 	631	  		 	239	  		 	238	  		 	89	  		 	143	  		 	52	  		 	44,005	  		 	45,397	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
2012

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	2018	 	  	Subsequent
years	 	  	Total	 	
Tax losses	  	 	5,548	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	5,548	  	
Recognized	  	 	5,548	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	5,548	  	
Not recognized	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Deductible temporary differences	  	 	47,074	  	  	 	298	  	  	 	56	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	927	  	  	 	48,355	  	
Recognized	  	 	47,074	  	  	 	298	  	  	 	56	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	927	  	  	 	48,355	  	
Not recognized	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Tax credits	  	 	84	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,837	  	  	 	4,921	  	
Recognized	  	 	84	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,837	  	  	 	4,921	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets		 	52,706	  		 	298	  		 	56	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	5,764	  		 	58,824	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Recognized		 	52,706	  		 	298	  		 	55	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	5,764	  		 	58,824	  	
Not recognized		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities		 	34,648	  		 	1,173	  		 	796	  		 	659	  		 	597	  		 	565	  		 	1,527	  		 	39,965	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Public administrations and Income Tax Payable
The breakdown of current tax receivable, income tax payables, other receivables from public administrations and other payables to public administrations at December 31, 2011, and November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Receivables	  	12/31/2011	 	  	11/30/2012	 	
Current	  				  				
Indirect tax	  	 	3,735	  	  	 	3,173	  	
Social security	  	 	966	  	  	 	—  	  	
Withholding tax	  	 	489	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other	  	 	6,397	  	  	 	6,457	  	
Income taxes receivable	  	 	7,997	  	  	 	34,557	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	19,584	  		 	44,187	  	

F-126

Table of Contents

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Payables	  	12/31/2011	 	  	11/30/2012	 	
Current	  				  				
Personal income tax withholdings	  	 	45,560	  	  	 	40,332	  	
Indirect taxes	  	 	22,973	  	  	 	17,023	  	
Social security	  	 	9,912	  	  	 	9,668	  	
Other	  	 	9,553	  	  	 	9,339	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	11,234	  	  	 	47,396	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	99,232	  		 	123,758	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
19. REVENUE AND EXPENSE
a) Revenue
The breakdown of “Revenue” at the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven-month period ended November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Rendering of services to Telefónica Group companies (see Note 23)	  	 	1,235,944	  	  	 	1,065,376	  	
Rendering of services to other companies	  	 	1,181,342	  	  	 	1,060,552	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	2,417,286	  		 	2,125,928	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
b) Other operating income
The breakdown of “Other operating income” in the combined carve-out income statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Non-core and other operating income from Telefónica Group companies (Note 23)	 	 	431	  	 	 	755	  	
Non-core and other operating income from other companies	 	 	1,184	  	 	 	(161	) 	
Income from compensation and other non-recurring	 	 	—  	  	 	 	479	  	
Government grants	 	 	1,902	  	 	 	751	  	
Gains on disposal of non-current assets
(see Notes 6 & 8)	 	 	3,704	  	 	 	33	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total		 	7,221	  		 	1,857	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
c) Supplies
The breakdown of this heading by item and related party or external company for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 was as follows:

 	 	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Induced business	 	 	47,504	  	 	 	38,667	  	
Infrastructure lease	 	 	940	  	 	 	—	  	
Other	 	 	349	  	 	 	3,665	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total supplies by Telefónica Group companies (see Note 23)		 	48,793	  		 	42,332	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Induced business		 	2,996	  		 	2,976	  	
Infrastructure lease		 	35,147	  		 	25,309	  	
Other		 	42,909	  		 	34,891	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total supplies by other companies		 	81,052	  		 	63,176	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
TOTAL		 	129,845	  		 	105,508	  	

F-127

Table of Contents
d) Employee benefits expense
The breakdown of this heading for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 was as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Wages and salaries	  	 	1,213,452	  	  	 	1,104,700	  	
Termination benefits	  	 	30,719	  	  	 	29,390	  	
Social security	  	 	246,789	  	  	 	146,265	  	
Restructuring	  	 	10,106	  	  	 	4,274	  	
Supplementary pension contributions	  	 	611	  	  	 	3,252	  	
Other welfare expenses	  	 	200,241	  	  	 	194,961	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL		 	1,701,918	  		 	1,482,842	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Supplementary pension contributions refer to a defined contribution structured through contributions at a certain percentage of the executive’s fixed remuneration. These percentages vary depending on the employee’s professional category. The plan envisages extraordinary contributions depending on the personal circumstances of each manager.
e) Number of employees
The average Predecessor workforce in 2011 and 2012 and the breakdown by country are as follows:

Headcount	 	
Country	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Argentina (1)	  	 	8,465	  	  	 	9,308	  	
Brazil	  	 	79,664	  	  	 	82,876	  	
Central America (2)	  	 	4,073	  	  	 	3,696	  	
Chile	  	 	4,684	  	  	 	4,314	  	
Colombia	  	 	3,867	  	  	 	4,513	  	
Spain (4)	  	 	15,170	  	  	 	14,624	  	
Morocco	  	 	2,159	  	  	 	2,196	  	
Mexico (3)	  	 	19,052	  	  	 	17,401	  	
Peru	  	 	8,646	  	  	 	9,744	  	
Puerto Rico	  	 	573	  	  	 	684	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	689	  	  	 	584	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	147,042	  		 	149,940	  	

(1)	Includes staff in Uruguay	
(2)	Includes staff in Guatemala, El Salvador and Panama	
(3)	Includes staff in Texas	
(4)	Includes corporate staff previously at Atento Inversiones y Teleservicios	
f) Depreciation and amortization
The depreciation and amortization charges recognized in the combined carve-out income statements in 2011 and 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 6)	  	 	26,434	  	  	 	26,155	  	
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(see Note 8)	  	 	52,069	  	  	 	51,993	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	78,503	  		 	78,148	  	

F-128

Table of Contents
g) Other operating expenses
The breakdown of “Other operating expenses” in the combined carve-out income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. Dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
External services provided by Telefónica Group companies (see Note 23)	  	 	17,810	  	  	 	15,234	  	
External services provided by other companies	  	 	311,844	  	  	 	257,346	  	
Impairment allowance on Intangible assets and Property, plant and equipment (see Notes 6 & 8)	  	 	8,534	  	  	 	38	  	
Taxes other than income tax	  	 	7,978	  	  	 	9,167	  	
Other operating expenses with Group companies	  	 	—  	  	  	 	37	  	
Other operating expenses with other companies	  	 	343	  	  	 	(234	) 	
Write-off and disposals of non-current assets
(see Note 6)	  	 	9,492	  	  	 	1,989	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL		 	356,001	  		 	283,577	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The breakdown of “External services” under “Other operating expenses” by related party or external company for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
External services, Telefónica Group companies:	  				  				
Leases (see Note 22)	  	 	10,746	  	  	 	10,017	  	
Installation and maintenance	  	 	1,282	  	  	 	307	  	
Communications	  	 	942	  	  	 	1,339	  	
Publicity, advertising and public relations	  	 	203	  	  	 	46	  	
Insurance premiums	  	 	171	  	  	 	183	  	
Other	  	 	4,466	  	  	 	3,342	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total external services, Telefónica Group companies		 	17,810	  		 	15,234	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
External services, associates and other companies									
Leases (see Note 22)		 	127,274	  		 	103,325	  	
Installation and maintenance		 	41,047	  		 	38,453	  	
Lawyers and law firms		 	6,057	  		 	5,066	  	
Tax advisory		 	283	  		 	153	  	
Consultants		 	10,029	  		 	6,572	  	
Audit and other services		 	2,066	  		 	1,501	  	
Studies and work performed		 	84	  		 	44	  	
Other external professional services		 	5,520	  		 	3,316	  	
Advertising		 	1,002	  		 	1,285	  	
Fairs and events		 	1,656	  		 	1,089	  	
Public relations		 	348	  		 	440	  	
Other publicity, advertising and public relations		 	5,164	  		 	3,662	  	
Insurance premiums		 	1,493	  		 	1,465	  	
Travel expenses		 	17,865	  		 	10,032	  	
Utilities		 	34,368	  		 	33,681	  	
Banking and similar services		 	660	  		 	1,821	  	
Other		 	56,927	  		 	45,479	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total external services, associates and other companies		 	311,843	  		 	257,384	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL		 	329,653	  		 	272,618	  	

F-129

Table of Contents
h) Finance income, costs and net foreign exchange gain (loss)
The breakdown of “Finance income”, “Finance costs” and “net foreign exchange gain (loss) in the combined carve-out income statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 was as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Income from securities and loans to Telefónica Group companies	  	 	558	  	  	 	280	  	
Income from securities and loans to other companies	  	 	10,374	  	  	 	11,301	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	10,932	  		 	11,581	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Finance costs on borrowings from Telefónica Group companies		 	823	  		 	243	  	
Finance costs on borrowings from other companies		 	18,370	  		 	23,265	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	19,193	  		 	23,508	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The breakdown of “Exchange gains” and “Exchange losses” for the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Exchange gains	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Loans and receivables	  	 	1,053	  	  	 	63	  	
Other financial transactions	  	 	583	  	  	 	7,993	  	
Trade transactions	  	 	8,610	  	  	 	1,888	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	10,246	  		 	9,944	  	

									
 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Exchange losses	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Loans and receivables	  	 	416	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other financial transactions	  	 	8,574	  	  	 	7,085	  	
Trade transactions	  	 	4,076	  	  	 	3,835	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	13,066	  		 	10,920	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
i) Auditors’ fees
The fees paid in 2012 to the various member firms of the Ernst & Young international organization, to which Ernst & Young, S.L. (the auditors of the Predecessor ) belongs, amounted to 1,112 thousand U.S. dollars. Fees paid in 2011 to the same firm, which also audited the Predecessor those years, amounted to 2,025 thousand U.S. dollars.
These fees include amounts paid in respect of fully consolidated Spanish and foreign Predecessor companies.
20. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is represented by the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM takes a geographic approach to decision-making, dividing the business up into three segments:
 
 	•	 	EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), which combines the activities carried out regionally in Spain, Morocco and the Czech Republic.	
 
 	•	 	Americas, which includes the activities carried out by the various Spanish-speaking companies in Mexico, Central and South America. It also includes operations in the United States.	
 
 	•	 	Brazil, which given its different language and importance is managed separately.	
Intersegment transactions are measured using market prices.
 
F-130

Table of Contents
The Predecessor uses earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA to track the performance of its segments and to establish operating and strategic targets. Management believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides an important measure of the segment’s operating performance because it allows management to evaluate and compare the segments’ operating results, including their return on capital and operating efficiencies, from period to period by removing the impact of their capital structure (interest expenses), asset bases (depreciation and amortization), discontinued operations and tax consequences. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude acquisition and integration related costs, restructuring costs, asset impairments, site relocation costs, financing fees and other items which are not correlated to our core operating results.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are a commonly reported measure and is widely used among analysts, investors and other interested parties in the Predecessor´s industry, although not a measure explicitly defined in IFRS, and therefore, may not be comparable to similar indicators used by other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to profit for the year as a measurement of our combined carve-out earnings or as an alternative to combined carve-out cash flows from operating activities as a measurement of our liquidity.
2011

 	  	EMEA	 	 	Americas	 	 	Brazil	 	 	Other and
eliminations	 	 	Group total	 	
Sales to other companies	  	 	104,976	  	 	 	358,930	  	 	 	716,952	  	 	 	484	  	 	 	1,181,342	  	
Sales to Telefónica Group and other Group companies	  	 	291,729	  	 	 	320,229	  	 	 	626,169	  	 	 	(2,183	) 	 	 	1,235,944	  	
Other operating income and expenses	  	 	(362,646	) 	 	 	(584,108	) 	 	 	(1,197,450	) 	 	 	(39,029	) 	 	 	(2,183,233	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA		 	34,059	  		 	95,051	  		 	145,671	  		 	(40,728	) 		 	234,053	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization		 	(8,673	) 		 	(30,074	) 		 	(37,464	) 		 	(2,292	) 		 	(78,503	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)		 	25,386	  		 	64,977	  		 	108,207	  		 	(43,020	) 		 	155,550	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net finance (expense) income		 	(1,021	) 		 	(4,823	) 		 	(4,896	) 		 	(342	) 		 	(11,082	) 	
Income tax		 	(6,894	) 		 	(15,956	) 		 	(29,258	) 		 	(2,748	) 		 	(54,856	) 	
Profit for the period (from continuing operations)		 	17,471	  		 	44,198	  		 	74,053	  		 	(46,110	) 		 	89,612	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discontinued operations		 	722	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	722	  	
Profit for the period		 	18,193	  		 	44,198	  		 	74,053	  		 	(46,110	) 		 	90,334	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-controlling interests		 	—  	  		 	(2,397	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(2,397	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent		 	18,193	  		 	41,801	  		 	74,053	  		 	(46,110	) 		 	87,937	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA		 	34,059	  		 	95,051	  		 	145,671	  		 	(40,728	) 		 	234,053	  	
Adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA:																					
Restructuring costs		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	8,046	  		 	8,046	  	
Asset impairments		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	8,577	  		 	8,577	  	
Other		 	(1,118	) 		 	—  	  		 	(4,367	) 		 	1,712	  		 	(3,773	) 	
Adjusted EBITDA		 	32,941	  		 	95,051	  		 	141,304	  		 	(22,393	) 		 	246,903	  	
Capital expenditure		 	49,620	  		 	37,178	  		 	52,600	  		 	2,205	  		 	141,603	  	
Fixed assets		 	81,067	  		 	125,337	  		 	260,035	  		 	32,746	  		 	499,185	  	
Allocated assets		 	201,153	  		 	400,270	  		 	588,822	  		 	34,356	  		 	1,224,601	  	
Allocated liabilities		 	124,022	  		 	195,736	  		 	241,543	  		 	32,075	  		 	593,376	  	
 
F-131

Table of Contents
2012

 	  	EMEA	 	 	Americas	 	 	Brazil	 	 	Other and
eliminations	 	 	Group total	 	
Sales to other companies	  	 	105,174	  	 	 	324,390	  	 	 	630,860	  	 	 	128	  	 	 	1,060,552	  	
Sales to Telefónica Group and other Group companies	  	 	242,627	  	 	 	337,725	  	 	 	485,948	  	 	 	(924	) 	 	 	1,065,376	  	
Other operating income and expenses	  	 	(306,417	) 	 	 	(569,881	) 	 	 	(989,860	) 	 	 	(17,857	) 	 	 	(1,884,015	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA		 	41,384	  		 	92,234	  		 	126,948	  		 	(18,653	) 		 	241,913	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization		 	(12,240	) 		 	(29,549	) 		 	(35,721	) 		 	(638	) 		 	(78,148	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)		 	29,144	  		 	62,685	  		 	91,227	  		 	(19,291	) 		 	163,765	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net finance (expense) income		 	(1,387	) 		 	(2,689	) 		 	(6,762	) 		 	(2,065	) 		 	(12,903	) 	
Income tax		 	(8,239	) 		 	(25,868	) 		 	(25,881	) 		 	(718	) 		 	(60,706	) 	
Non-controlling interests		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Discontinued operations		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent		 	19,518	  		 	34,128	  		 	58,584	  		 	(22,074	) 		 	90,156	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA		 	41,384	  		 	92,234	  		 	126,948	  		 	(18,653	) 		 	241,913	  	
Adjustments to adjusted EBITDA:																					
Acquisition and integration costs		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	221	  		 	221	  	
Restructuring costs		 	1,440	  		 	2,466	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	3,906	  	
Asset impairments		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	—  	  	
Site relocation costs		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	1,736	  		 	—  	  		 	1,736	  	
Other		 	(11,381	) 		 	(471	) 		 	—  	  		 	—  	  		 	(11,852	) 	
Adjusted EBITDA		 	31,443	  		 	94,229	  		 	128,684	  		 	(18,432	) 		 	235,924	  	
Capital expenditure		 	9,728	  		 	11,350	  		 	55,392	  		 	463	  		 	76,933	  	
Fixed assets		 	86,027	  		 	106,064	  		 	247,971	  		 	32,163	  		 	472,225	  	
Allocated assets		 	231,106	  		 	414,093	  		 	607,652	  		 	10,920	  		 	1,263,771	  	
Allocated liabilities		 	138,388	  		 	196,137	  		 	411,598	  		 	(152,419	) 		 	593,704	  	
Other and eliminations includes the activities of certain intermediate holding companies as well as intersegment transactions. The amount included in Other and eliminations of Allocated liabilities for 2012 corresponds mainly to the elimination of intragroup dividend payables from Brazil.
The breakdown of external and inter-segment sales by the main countries where the Predecessor operates for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012 is as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
Country	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Spain	  	 	351,590	  	  	 	311,038	  	
Morocco	  	 	33,343	  	  	 	26,628	  	
Czech Republic	  	 	11,717	  	  	 	9,947	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
EMEA		 	396,650	  		 	347,613	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Argentina		 	138,853	  		 	177,794	  	
Chile		 	73,987	  		 	64,073	  	
Colombia		 	50,783	  		 	54,950	  	
El Salvador		 	11,507	  		 	13,343	  	
United States		 	18,203	  		 	16,528	  	
Guatemala		 	13,936	  		 	13,846	  	
Mexico		 	261,632	  		 	213,478	  	
Peru		 	86,318	  		 	85,725	  	
Puerto Rico		 	14,237	  		 	13,747	  	
Uruguay		 	7,583	  		 	7,718	  	
Panama		 	249	  		 	177	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Americas		 	677,288	  		 	661,379	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Brazil		 	1,342,864	  		 	1,116,808	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Other and eliminations		 	484	  		 	128	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Group and non-Group revenue		 	2,417,286	  		 	2,125,928	  	

F-132

Table of Contents
Inter-segment transactions are carried out at arm’s length prices.
Transactions accounting for 10% of the Predecessor´s revenue from operations, in this case transactions with the Telefónica Group, are detailed in Note 23. Transactions with BBVA represent approximately 8% of revenue from operations for the eleven months ended November 30, 2012 (9% for the year ended December 31, 2011).
21. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In 2011, the only company considered a discontinued operation was Atento Italia, S.R.L. which was definitively liquidated in 2011.
In 2011, the results of discontinued operations were included in the combined carve-out income statement as shown in the table below:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	2011	 	
Income	  	 	722	  	
Expenses	  	 	—	  	
Operating income	  	 	722	  	
Net finance income (expense)	  	 	—	  	
Profit before tax from discontinued operation	  	 	722	  	
Income tax expense	  	 	—  	  	
Net profit attributable to the discontinued operation	  	 	722	  	
There were no discontinued operations in 2012.
22. COMMITMENTS AND RIGHTS
Operating lease commitments
The minimum commitments on operating leases, classified as maturing in less than one year, between one and five years, and over five years, are as follows:
2011

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Less than 1 year	 	  	1 to 5 years	 	  	More than
5 years	 	  	Total	 	
Lease payment commitments with third parties	  	 	121,007	  	  	 	209,620	  	  	 	69,343	  	  	 	399,970	  	
Lease payment commitments with related parties	  	 	7,078	  	  	 	3,418	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,496	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	128,085	  		 	213,038	  		 	69,343	  		 	410,466	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
2012

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	Less than 1 year	 	  	1 to 5 years	 	  	More than
5 years	 	  	Total	 	
Lease payment commitments with third parties	  	 	102,298	  	  	 	193,642	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	295,940	  	
Lease payment commitments with related parties	  	 	3,972	  	  	 	211	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	4,183	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	106,270	  		 	193,853	  		 	—  	  		 	300,123	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total expenses on operating leases recognized in the combined carve-out income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2012 under Infrastructure leasing from related parties (see Notes 19c & 23) amount to 940 thousand U.S. dollars and nil thousands of U.S. dollars, respectively.
 
F-133

Table of Contents
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2012 under Infrastructure leasing from other companies (see Note 19c) total expenses amount to 35,147 thousand U.S. dollars and 298 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2012 under External services provided by related parties (see Note 19g) total expenses related to leases amount to 10,746 thousand U.S. dollars and 10,017 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2012 under External services provided by other companies (see Note 19g) total expenses related to leases amount to 127,274 thousand U.S. dollars and 103,325 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
There are no contingent payments on operating leases recognized in the consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2012.
The operating leases where the combined entities act as lessee are mainly on premises intended for use as call centers. These leases have various termination dates, with the latest terminating in 2020.
At December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, the payment commitment for the early cancellation of these leases amounts to 265,824 and 179,884 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
Guarantees
At December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012, the Predecessor had various guarantees and commitments with third parties amounting to 147,287 thousand U.S. dollars and 138,042 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
The transactions guaranteed and their respective amounts at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	12/31/2011	 	  	11/30/2012	 	
Financial transactions	  	 	113,229	  	  	 	83,846	  	
Contractual obligations with existing and potential customers	  	 	32,685	  	  	 	54,151	  	
Other	  	 	1,373	  	  	 	45	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total		 	147,287	  		 	138,042	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The parent company’s directors consider that no contingencies will arise from these guarantees in addition to those already recognized.
23. RELATED PARTIES
As indicated in Note 2 regarding the shareholding and operating relationships between the Predecessor and Telefónica, S.A., the companies belonging to the combined entities have been listed separately in the statement of financial position, income statement, statement of cash flow and the notes to the financial statements where such disclosure was necessary.
All services provided by the Predecessor are billed at arm’s length prices irrespective of any relationship that may exist with customers that are companies included in the Telefónica Group.
To guarantee that prices are freely negotiated and arranged with related parties on an arm’s length basis, the Predecessor and the various Telefónica Group companies have established negotiation procedures whereby belonging to the same group is not a precondition for contracting services. Accordingly, to win service contracts, the prices offered must be competitive with those available in the marketplace.
To this end, the Predecessor performs regular internal and external studies to determine the objective benchmark price in each country for each service provided and thus ensure that all of the Predecessor’s commercial transactions with Telefónica Group companies are carried out on an arm’s length basis.
 
F-134

Table of Contents
On May 8, 2007, Telefónica, S.A. and AIT signed a Master Agreement for the provision of services that came into effect in October 2008. In April 2011, the first addendum to this Master Agreement was signed, extending its term until December 31, 2016. Telefónica Group companies also adhered to the addendum of the Master Agreement, implying that all specific contracts in force shall be extended to December 31, 2016.
Transactions carried out between the Predecessor and the Telefónica Group in 2012 and 2011 that are not disclosed in other notes are detailed below.
Assets & Liabilities
The breakdown of assets and liabilities balances with Telefónica Group companies at December 31, 2011 and November 30, 2012 was as follows:

 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Receivables	  				  				
Loans	  	 	1,112	  	  	 	4	  	
Receivables	  	 	253,671	  	  	 	307,815	  	
Other receivables	  	 	2,610	  	  	 	4,341	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	257,393	  		 	312,160	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Other Assets									
Deposits and guarantees		 	179	  		 	187	  	
Prepayments		 	83	  		 	614	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	262	  		 	801	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Payables									
Payable		 	28,027	  		 	29,566	  	
Other payables		 	2,221	  		 	5,870	  	
Tax payable (related to consolidated taxes)		 	4,908	  		 	—  	  	
Dividend payable to Telefónica		 	1	  		 	1,949	  	
Advances		 	4	  		 	8,659	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
		 	35,161	  		 	46,044	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The long-term loan granted by Atento Brasil to Telesp Brasil, an affiliate of Telefónica, is included under “Financial assets”.
In September 2012, Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. arranged a credit line with Telefónica Finanzas, S.A.U. maturing in September 2012 for up to 33,926 thousand U.S. dollars. At September 30, 2012, Atento Teleservicios España, S.A.U. had drawn down 19,561 thousand U.S. dollars. The maturity of this credit line has been extended to November 13, 2012. Credit line was paid-off and closed out as of November 30, 2012.
In June 2012, Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.L.U. signed a credit line with Telefónica Finanzas, S.A.U. maturing in September 2012 with a limit of 1,127 thousand U.S. dollars. At September 30, 2012, Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center, S.L.U. had drawn down 474 thousand U.S. dollars. The maturity of this credit line has been extended to November 13, 2012. The credit line was paid-off and closed out as of November 30, 2012.
Main transactions
The main transactions with Telefónica Group companies in 2011 and 2012 are as follows:

Transactions with Telefónica Group Companies	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Income	  				  				
Revenue and other Operating Income	  	 	1,236,375	  	  	 	1,066,132	  	
Finance Income	  	 	557	  	  	 	280	  	
Expenses	  				  				
Supplies	  	 	(48,793	) 	  	 	(42,332	) 	
External services	  	 	(17,810	) 	  	 	(15,234	) 	
Finance Costs	  	 	(823	) 	  	 	(242	) 	
Net translation differences	  	 	(2,857	) 	  	 	(235	) 	
Other administrative expenses	  	 	(220	) 	  	 	(1,045	) 	
 
F-135

Table of Contents
Directors and Key management compensation
The members of the Board of Directors of the Predecessor as of November 30, 2012 are those listed below:

Name	  	Position in the
Board of Directors	
Francisco Javier de Paz Mancho	  	Chairman	
Luis Iturbe Sanz de Madrid	  	Vice Chairman	
Alejandro Reynal Ample	  	Chief Executive Officer	
Claudio Vilar Furtado	  	Director	
José Benito de Vega	  	Director	
José Ignacio Calderón Balanzategui	  	Director	
Natalia Sainz Stuyck	  	Director	
Pierre Villar Iroumé	  	Director	
Nicolás Bonilla Villalonga	  	Director	
David Mª Jiménez-Blanco Carrillo de Albornoz	  	Director	
Oscar Maraver Sánchez–Valdepeñas	  	Director	
Alicia Herrán Fernández	  	Director	
Reyes Cerezo Rodríguez-Sedano	  	Non-Executive Secretary	
The following table show the total compensation paid to the Predecessor’s Board of Directors and key management in 2011 and 2012:

 	  	Thousands of U.S. dollars	 	
 	  	January –
December 2011	 	  	January –
November 2012	 	
Total compensation paid to Board of Directors	  	 	1,948	  	  	 	2,051	  	
Total compensation paid to Key Management	  	 	5,280	  	  	 	5,213	  	
Salary and other compensation	  	 	4,255	  	  	 	4,800	  	
Health insurance	  	 	31	  	  	 	54	  	
Payments of life insurance premiums	  	 	40	  	  	 	18	  	
Pension Plan	  	 	75	  	  	 	65	  	
Other benefits	  	 	879	  	  	 	276	  	
Indemnities paid to senior executives in 2011 and 2012 totaled 5,289 and 3,330 thousand U.S. dollars, respectively.
Share-based payments linked to the Telefónica, S.A. share price
In 2011 and during part of 2012, the Telefónica Group had the following shared-based payment plans linked to the share price of Telefónica, S.A. These plans have been settled in connection with the acquisition of the combined entities described in Note 1.
Telefónica, S.A. share plan: “Performance Share Plan”
At the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Telefónica S.A. on June 21, 2006, its shareholders approved the introduction of a long-term incentive plan for managers and senior executives of Telefónica S.A. and other Telefónica Group companies, including Midco Sarl. Under this plan, selected participants who met the qualifying requirements were given a certain number of Telefónica S.A. shares as a form of variable compensation.
The Plan was initially intended to last seven years. It is divided into five phases, each three years long, beginning on July 1 (the “Start Date”) and ending on June 30 three years later (the “End Date”). At the start of each phase the number of shares to be awarded to Plan beneficiaries is determined based on their success in meeting targets set. The shares are delivered, assuming targets are met, at the End Date of each phase. Each phase is independent from the others. The first started on July 1, 2006 (with shares to be delivered, if targets are met, on or after July 1, 2009) and the fifth phase began on July 1, 2010 (with any shares earned delivered on or after July 1, 2013).
Award of the shares is subject to a number of conditions:
 
 	•	 	The beneficiary must continue to work for the company throughout the three years of the phase, subject to certain special conditions related to departures.	
 
F-136

Table of Contents

 	•	 	The actual number of shares awarded at the end of each phase will depend on success in meeting targets and the maximum number of shares assigned to each executive. Success is measured by comparing the total shareholder return (TSR), which includes both the share price and dividends offered by Telefónica shares, with the TSRs offered by a basket of listed telecom companies that comprise the comparison group. Each employee who is a member of the Plan is assigned at the start of each phase a maximum number of shares. The actual number of shares awarded at the end of the phase is calculated by multiplying this maximum number by a percentage reflecting their success at the date in question. This will be 100% if the TSR of Telefónica, S.A. is equal to or better than that of the third quartile of the Comparison Group and 30% if Telefónica, S.A.’s TSR is in line with the median. The percentage rises linearly for all points between these two benchmarks. If the TSR is below average no shares are awarded.	
When each phase matures, it is Telefónica, S.A. that is responsible for delivering the appropriate number of shares, determined as described above, to all the senior managers of the Telefónica Group taking part in the Plan. In this respect, at the end of each phase, Telefónica, S.A. will charge the Predecessor companies the share of the cost attributable to its managers and executives, calculated as the fair value on the grant date of the securities delivered.
Long-term incentive plan based on Telefónica, S.A. shares: “Performance and Investment Plan”
At the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Telefónica, S.A on May 18, 2011, a new long-term share-based incentive plan called the “Performance and Investment Plan” (the “Plan” or “PIP”) was approved for Telefónica Group directors and senior executives.
Under this Plan, a certain number of shares of Telefónica, S.A. will be delivered to participants selected by the Company who have opted to take part in the scheme and meet the requirements and conditions stipulated to this end.
The Plan includes the possibility of co-investment so that all participants may receive an additional number of shares. This is also subject to compliance with certain stated requirements and targets of the Plan.
The Plan lasts five years and is divided into three independent three-year phases (i.e. delivery of the shares for each three-year phase three years after the start date). The first phase began on July 1, 2011 (with the delivery of the related shares from July 1, 2014). The third phase will begin on July 1, 2013 (with delivery of the related shares from July 1, 2016).
The specific number of Telefónica, S.A. shares deliverable within the maximum amount established to each member at the end of each phase will be contingent and based on the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) of Telefónica, S.A. shares (from the reference value) throughout the duration of each phase compared to the TSRs of the companies included in the Dow Jones Global Sector Titans Telecommunications Index. For the purposes of this Plan, these companies make up the comparison group (“Comparison Group”).
The TSR is the indicator used to determine the Telefónica Group’s medium- and long-term value generation, measuring the return on investment for each shareholder. For the purposes of this Plan, the return on investment of each phase is defined as the sum of the increase or decrease in the Telefónica, S.A. share price and dividends or other similar items received by the shareholder during the phase in question.
At the beginning of each phase, each Participant is allocated a notional number of shares. The number of shares to be delivered under the Plan is expected to range from:
 
 	•	 	30% of the number of notional shares if Telefónica, S.A.’s TSR is at least equal to the median of the Comparison Group, and	
 
 	•	 	100% if Telefónica, S.A.’s TSR is within the third quartile or higher than that of the Comparison Group. The percentage is calculated using linear interpolation when it falls between the median and third quartile.	
The Plan includes an additional condition regarding compliance by all or part of the Participants with a target investment and holding period of Telefónica, S.A. shares (“Co-Investment”), to be determined for each Participant, as appropriate, by the Board of Directors based on a report by the Appointments, Compensation and Good Governance Commission.
 
F-137

Table of Contents
In addition, and independently of any other conditions or requirements that may be established, in order to be entitled to receive the corresponding shares, each Participant must be a Telefónica Group employee at the delivery date for each phase, except in special cases as deemed appropriate.
Shares will be delivered at the end of each phase (i.e., in 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively). The specific delivery date will be determined by the Board of Directors or the committee or individual entrusted by the Board to do so.
The shares to be delivered to Participants, subject to compliance with the pertinent legal requirements in this connection, may be either (a) treasury shares in Telefónica, S.A. acquired by Telefónica, S.A. itself or by any of the Telefónica Group companies; or (b) newly-issued shares.
2011
The third phase of the plan ended on June 30, 2011. A total of 72,176 shares were delivered by Telefónica, S.A. to the Predecessor’s managers.
At December 31, 2011, the maximum number of shares assigned to the Predecessor’s executives amounted to 255,668 shares.
The average term outstanding on these entitlements at December 31, 2011 is 1.5 years.
Therefore, at December 31, 2011, the amount recognized by the Predecessor was 1,480 thousand U.S. dollars, with the cost accrued in the period charged to personnel expenses for the portion of the cost accrued during the year, considering the time elapsed from the launch of the Plan to the statement of financial position date, as well as the best estimate of the total cost attributable to it. This Plan was terminated in 2012 upon the close of the Acquisition.
24. EVENTS AFTER THE END OF THE REPORTING PERIOD
We have evaluated subsequent events through April 29, 2014, the date these combined carve-out financial statements were available to be issued and have identified the following subsequent events. In December 2012, Telefónica, S.A. and certain funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC reached a definitive agreement for the acquisition, through the Successor, of the 100% of the businesses carried out by the combined entities. After the acquisition date, which was established on December 1, 2012, the combined entities are controlled by the Successor directly or through intermediate holding companies. The consideration paid amounts to approximately 1,022,184 thousand U.S. dollars.
The Successor has accounted for the acquisition of the combined entities in accordance with IFRS 3, Business Combinations, and has recorded assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value.
At February 3, 2014, Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Economico e Social (BNDES) granted a credit facility to the subsidiary Atento Brasil, S.A. for an amount equivalent to approximately 124.5 million U.S. dollars. On March 27, 2014 and April 16, 2014, BNDES disbursed BRL 56.6 million (24.8 million U.S. dollars) and BRL 23.7 million (10.6 million U.S. dollars) portions respectively of the total facility, accounting for 26.8% of total credit line.
 
F-138

Exhibit 2.3
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 2, 2015, among Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à r.l. (“Midco”), Atento S.A. (“Parent” and, together with Midco, the “New Guarantors”), Atento Luxco 1 S.A. (f/k/a BC Luxco 1 S.A.), a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Company”), each other existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), dated as of January 29, 2013, providing for the issuance of 7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, the New Guarantors desire to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured basis, the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (each, a “New Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. DEFINED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to provide a New Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, as though such New Guarantor were a Guarantor and such New Guarantor’s New Guarantee were a “Note Guarantee” for purposes of Article 10 of the Indenture; provided , however, that the New Guarantees will be provided on an unsecured basis and no collateral or other form of security will be provided by, or required of, the New Guarantors in respect of such New Guarantees. For the avoidance of doubt, the New Guarantors will not be deemed to be Guarantors, nor will the New Guarantees be deemed Note Guarantees, under the Indenture.
3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. To the extent permitted by law, no past, present or future director, member, officer, employee, incorporator, or shareholder of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Guarantors or the New Guarantors under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
4. NOTICES. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture, and to the same address provided therein for the Company.
5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE NEW GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
7. ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE NEW GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
8. APPOINTMENT OF PROCESS AGENT. Any suit, action or proceeding against the New Guarantors with respect to this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes, or the New Guarantees may be brought in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York, New York, as the Person bringing such proceeding arising out of or related to this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes, or the New Guarantees, may elect in its sole discretion. The New Guarantors hereby consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such proceeding and has irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in any such court and to the fullest extent it may effectively do so and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such proceeding or any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court. Each of the New Guarantors has agreed that service of all writs, claims, process and summonses in any such proceeding brought against it in the State of New York may be made upon Corporation Service Company, located at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, New York (the “Process Agent”). Each of the New Guarantors has irrevocably appointed the Process Agent as its agent and true and lawful attorney in fact in its name, place and stead to accept such service of any and all such writs, claims, process and summonses, and has agreed that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice to it of any such service of process shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. Each of the New Guarantors have agreed to maintain at all times an agent with offices in New York City to act as its Process Agent. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability to serve any such writs, process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
11. TRUSTEE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION. The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals contained in this Supplemental Indenture or any representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
* * * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

ATALAYA LUXCO MIDCO S.À R.L.	
		
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur	
		Name:    Aurelien Vasseur	
		Title:      Manager	
	
ATENTO S.A.	
		
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur	
		Name:    Aurelien Vasseur	
		Title:      Director	
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

			
COMPANY:	
	
ATENTO LUXCO 1 S.A.	
		
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur	
		Name:  Aurelien Vasseur	
		Title:      Director	
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

			
GUARANTORS:	
	
ATENTO MEXICANA, S.A. DE C.V.	
		
By:		/s/ Miguel Matey	
		Name:  Miguel Matey	
		Title:        Legal Representative	
	
ATENTO SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V.	
		
By:		/s/ Miguel Matey	
		Name:  Miguel Matey	
		Title:        Legal Representative	
	
ATENTO TELESERVICIOS ESPAÑA, S.A.U.	
		
By:		/s/ Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez-Sedano	
		Name:    Reyes Cerezo Rodriguez-Sedano	
		Title:      Power of Attorney	
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

			
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Trustee	
		
By:		/s/ Jillian Hamblin	
		Name:    Jillian Hamblin	
		Title:      Vice President	
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.7

To:		Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. as Agent	
		
From:		Atento S.A. and Atalaya Luxco Midco S.à r.l. and Atento Luxco 1 S.A.	
		
Dated:		23 February 2015	
Dear Sirs
Atento – Super Senior Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement dated 28 January 2013 (the “Facilities Agreement”)
 
1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement. This deed (the “ Accession Deed ”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1-3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.	
 
2.	Each of:	
 
 	(a)	Atento S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, whose registered office is at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg and which is registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 185.761; and	
 
 	(b)	Atalaya Luxco Midco, a société à responsabilité limitée incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, whose registered office is at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg, has a share capital of EUR 12,500 and which is registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 173.142,	
Agree to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents as Additional Guarantors pursuant to Clause 29.4 ( Additional Guarantors ) of the Facilities Agreement.
 
3.	Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in the Facilities Agreement, the guarantee granted by the Parent and Atalaya Luxco Midco (collectively, the “ Up-Stream Guarantors ”) under Clause 23 of the Facilities Agreement (the “ Guarantee ”) for the obligations of Atento S.A. and in respect of the Parent also for the obligations of Atalaya Luxco Midco shall be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:	
 
 	(a)	95% of such Up-Stream Guarantor’s actif net determined as at the date on which a demand is made under the Guarantee, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities; and	
 
 	(b)	95% of such Up-Stream Guarantor’s actif net determined as at the date of the Facilities Agreement or, with regard to Atalaya Luxco Midco, determined on the date hereof, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities.	
For the purpose of determining the amount of the actif net referred to above, the assets of the Up-Stream Guarantor will be valued at their market value rather than their book value, as determined by an investment bank of good repute or a Luxembourg independent auditor ( réviseur d’entreprises agréé ), to be appointed by the Agent in its absolute discretion at the cost of the Up-Stream Guarantors and instructed by the Agent to act independently. The Up-Stream Guarantors acknowledge that they are not entitled to challenge the appointment of and the valuation made by the investment bank of good repute or the Luxembourg independent auditor ( réviseur d’entreprises agréé ).
“ Intra-Group Liabilities ” as referred to above shall mean any amounts owed by the Up-Stream Guarantor to any other member of the group of companies to which it belongs (including, for the avoidance of doubt,

any amounts owed that are represented by hybrid instruments such as preferred equity certificates) and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Finance Documents.
The above guarantee limitation shall not apply to (i) any amounts borrowed by an Up-Stream Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries under the Finance Documents and (ii) any amounts borrowed under the Finance Documents and on-lent, or otherwise made available, to the Up-Stream Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (in any form whatsoever).
For the avoidance of doubt, the above guarantee limitation only applies to the Guarantee granted by the Parent for the obligations of Atento S.A. and Atalaya Luxco Midco and to the Guarantee granted by Atalaya Luxco Midco for the obligations of Atento S.A. and shall not affect or prejudice in any way the Guarantee granted by the Up-Stream Guarantors for the obligations of any other Obligors.
 
4.	Atento S.A’s administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement are as follows:	
Address: 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg
Fax No.: 352 2678 6060

Attention:        		Mr. Aurélien Vasseur	

5.	Atalaya Luxco Midco’s administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement are as follows:	
Address: 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, Luxembourg
Fax No.: 352 2678 6060

Attention:        		Mr. Aurélien Vasseur	
 
6.	This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.	
THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed by the parties hereto and is delivered on the date stated above.
[ Signature pages follow ]

EXECUTED AS A DEED

Atento S.A									
						
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur				Signature of Director					
		Aurelien Vasseur				Name of Director					
in the presence of:

/s/ Linda Becker				Signature of witness									
Linda Becker				Name of witness									
4 rue Lou Hemmer				Address of witness									
L-1748 Luxembourg													
							
Office Administrator				Occupation of witness									
The Parent:

Atento Luxco S.A.			
			
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur			
		Aurelien Vasseur			
[ Signature page to the SSRCF Accession Deed ]

EXECUTED AS A DEED

Atalaya Luxco Midco									
						
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur				Signature of Director					
		Aurelien Vasseur				Name of Director					
in the presence of:

/s/ Linda Becker				Signature of witness									
Linda Becker				Name of witness									
4 rue Lou Hemmer				Address of witness									
L-1748 Luxembourg													
							
Office Administrator				Occupation of witness									
The Parent:

		
Atento Luxco S.A.			
			
By:		/s/ Aurelien Vasseur			
		Aurelien Vasseur			
[ Signature page to the SSRCF Accession Deed ]

Exhibit 4.12
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of October 6, 2014, by and among Atento S.A. (the “ Company ”), Atalaya Luxco Pikco S.C.A. (“PikCo”), each of the Persons listed on the signature pages attached hereto (the “ Other Investors ”) and each other Person who executes a joinder hereto (collectively with PikCo and the Other Investors, the “ Holders ,” and each a “ Holder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 1.
1. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.
“ Business Day ” means any day of the year on which national banking institutions in New York are open to the public for conducting business and are not required or authorized to close.
“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“ Free Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
“ Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.
“ Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s ordinary shares, nominal value €1.00 per share of the Company or any successor security thereto.
“ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or other entity, or a governmental entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).
“ Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to any Holder, (ii) any securities of the Company issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) immediately above and clause (iii) immediately below by way of dividend, split, combination, recapitalization, exchange, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any Ordinary Shares held by any Holder on the date hereof or thereafter. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a Holder whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.
“ Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 below.
“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force).
“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“ PikCo Registrable Securities ” means the Registrable Securities acquired by, issued or issuable to, or otherwise owned by PikCo and its Affiliates.
2. Demand Registrations.
(a) Requests for Registration . Subject to this Section 2, the Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities may request registration, whether underwritten or otherwise, under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1, Form F-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”) or on Form S-3 or Form F-3 or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”), if available. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2 and any underwritten offerings with respect thereto, are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations ”. Each request for a Long-Form Registration or

Short-Form Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such request for a Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, the Company will give written notice of such requested registration to all other Holders and will include (subject to the provisions of this Agreement including clause (d) below) in such registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the notice of Demand Registration and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such notice of Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this agreement.
(b) Long-Form Registrations . The Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities will be entitled to request unlimited Long-Form Registrations in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses. A registration will not count as the permitted Long-Form Registration until it has become effective and unless the holders of PikCo Registrable Securities, are able to register and sell at least 90% of the PikCo Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; it being understood and agreed that the requisite Holders of PikCo Registrable Securities making a request for a Demand Registration hereunder may withdraw from such registration at any time prior to the effective date of such Demand Registration, in which case such request will not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations for such Holders, irrespective of whether or not such registration is effected.
(c) Short-Form Registrations . The Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to the use of a Short Form Registration. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities.
(d) Shelf Registration .
(i) Subject to the availability of required financial information, as promptly as practicable after the Company receives written notice of a request for a Shelf Registration, the Company shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act for the Shelf Registration (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the initial filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and once effective, the Company shall cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain continuously effective for such time period as is specified in such request, but for no time period longer than the period ending on the earliest of (A) the third anniversary of the date of filing of such Shelf Registration, (B) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration, and (C) the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration in existence.
(ii) In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”)) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement (“ Shelf Registrable Securities ”), so long as the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect, and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection therewith. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “ Shelf Offering Request ”) for such offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering (the “ Shelf Offering ”). As promptly as practicable, but no
 
2

later than two Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Shelf Offering Notice ”) of such Shelf Offering Request to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Sections 2(e) and 8 hereof, shall include in such Shelf Offering the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other holder of Shelf Registrable Securities that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within five days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within 20 days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, unless a longer period is agreed to by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that made the Shelf Offering Request), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Shelf Offering Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the holders of a majority of the PiKCo Registrable Securities wish to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Holders only need to notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Offering two Business Days prior to the day such offering is to commence (unless a longer period is agreed to by the holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade) and the Company shall promptly notify other holders of Registrable Securities and such other holders of Registrable Securities must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade) and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three Business Days after the date it commences); provided that the holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the underwritten block trade.
(iv) The Company shall, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to effect such Shelf Offering.
(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings . The Company will not include in any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities included in such registration (which consent shall be at their sole discretion). If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration, subject to the first sentence of this clause (e), (i) first, the number of PikCo Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata , if necessary, among the Holders based on the number of PikCo Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder of PikCo Registrable Securities, and (ii) second, any other securities of the Company requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata , if necessary, on the basis of the number of shares of such other securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder.
 
3

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings.
(i) The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration in which Registrable Securities were included pursuant to Section 3 and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included. The Company may, with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, postpone, for up to 60 days from the date of the request, the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement for up to 60 days from the date of the Suspension Notice (as defined below) and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities (such period, the “ Suspension Period ”) by providing written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities if (A) the Company’s board of directors determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction or (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction; provided that in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to withdraw such request for a Demand Registration or underwritten Shelf Offering and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve-month period, except with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. The Company also may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in paragraph (f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 5(e) (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give a notice to the holders of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. A Holder shall not affect any sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Suspension Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and to the Holders’ counsel, if any, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.
(iii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(f), the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time
 
4

during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and provide copies of any supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that there are no longer Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.
(g) Selection of Underwriters . In the case of a Demand Registration, subject to Section 2(d)(iii) above, the Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, which investment banker(s) and manager(s) will be nationally recognized and reasonably acceptable to the Company.
(h) Other Registration Rights . Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, without the prior written consent of a majority of the Holders of PikCo Registrable Securities.
3. Piggyback Registrations.
(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register or offer pursuant to a registration statement any of its Ordinary Shares in an underwritten offering under the Securities Act other than pursuant to (i) a Demand Registration (which will be governed by Section 2 above), or (ii) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8, S-4, F-4 or any similar or successor form, and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration or underwriting and will, subject to the provisions of this Agreement including clauses (c) and (d) below, include in such registration or underwriting (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice thereof.
(b) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, the Company will include in such registration all securities requested to be included in such registration; provided , that if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the number of PikCo Registrable Securities which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (iii) third, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the other Holders, which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, if necessary pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by such Holder, and (iv) fourth, other securities, if any, requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.
(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of Holders of the Company’s securities (which registration was granted in accordance with Section 2(h) above), the Company will include in such registration all securities requested to be included in such registration; provided , that if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of securities owned by such holder, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Holders of such securities on the basis of the number of securities owned by such Holder, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.
 
5

(d) Selection of Underwriters . In case of a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten offering, the Company will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, which investment banker(s) and manager(s) will be nationally recognized and reasonably acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration.
(e) Obligations of Seller . During such time as any Holder may be engaged in a distribution of securities pursuant to an underwritten Piggyback Registration, such Holder shall distribute any Registrable Securities held by such Holder only under the registration statement and solely in the manner described in the registration statement.
(f) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3 whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 6.
4. Holdback Agreements.
(a) In connection with all underwritten Demand Registrations and underwritten Piggyback Registrations other than the Company’s initial public offering, no Holder shall effect any such transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities for such period of time prior to and after (x) the effective date of such registration, or (y) the date of the offering document use, as the underwriters managing the offering require in their sole discretion (each a “ Following Holdback Period ”), except as part of such underwritten registration, provided that such time period shall not extend beyond 90 days after the pricing of the offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Ordinary Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period.
(b) The Company (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during such period of time as may be required by the underwriters managing such underwritten registration following the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration, and (ii) shall cause each holder of at least 5% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its Ordinary Shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any such securities during such period, except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted, unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing.
5. Registration Procedures. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:
(a) in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to one counsel selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed), which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel, and include in any Short-Form Registration such additional information reasonably requested by a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, or the underwriters, if any, for marketing purposes, whether or not required by applicable securities laws;
 
6

(b) notify each Holder of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the lesser of (x) 180 days and (y) such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement have been sold and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;
(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;
(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process ( i.e ., service of process which is not limited solely to securities law violations) in any such jurisdiction);
(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, (i) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company will promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
(f) prepare and file promptly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and notify such Holders prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when any event has occurred as the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, in case any of such Holders or any underwriter for any such Holders is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall use its best efforts to prepare promptly upon request of any such Holder or underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and such rules and regulations;
(g) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
(i) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request
 
7

in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a share split or a combination of share);
(j) make available at reasonable times for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement subject to the applicable person(s) executing a nondisclosure agreement in reasonable form and substance if reasonably required by the Company;
(k) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;
(l) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
(m) permit any Holder which Holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;
(n) use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Ordinary Shares included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and in the event of the issuance of any such stop order or other such order the Company shall advise such Holders of such stop order or other such order promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof and shall use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;
(o) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
(p) cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;
(q) use its reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with the methods of distribution for the Registrable Securities;
(r) in the case of any underwritten, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a “cold comfort” letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the Holders being sold reasonably request;
(s) if Registrable Securities are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, to include in the registration statement to be used, or in the case of a Shelf Registration, the prospectus supplement to be used, all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Securities; and
 
8

(t) provide a legal opinion of one (or more if requested by the underwriters in such offering) of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature;
(u) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;
(v) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and
(w) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, file a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.
If any such registration or comparable statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company and if, in its sole and exclusive judgment, such Holder is or might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company, such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to such Holder and presented to the Company in writing, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar Federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder; provided , that with respect to this clause (ii) such Holder shall furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel to such effect, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
6. Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and any and all counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority of the PikCo Registrable Securities and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company and the expenses related to any “Road Show” for an underwritten offering, including travel, meals and lodging (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such Person’s account.
 
9

7. Indemnification.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder, its partners, members, officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse such Holder, partners, members, director, officer or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder, partner, member, director, officer, employee, agent, representative or controlling person in connection with the investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or by such Holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders.
(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will (i) indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact relating to such Holder and provided by such Holder to the Company or the Company’s agent contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in, or based upon, any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder; provided , that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, to each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, and (ii) reimburse the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Persons in connection with the investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished to such Holder by such Persons expressly for use therein. In connection with an underwritten offering in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act).
(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that failure to give such notice shall not affect the right of such Person to indemnification hereunder unless such failure is prejudicial to the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such claim) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its prior written consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.
 
10

(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder also agree to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in the event the indemnification provided for herein is unavailable for any reason.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 7(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(f) No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an underwritten public offering conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control, unless such provisions expressly state otherwise.
8. Participation in Underwritten Registrations .
(a) No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters, provided that no Holder shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockup agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided , that no Holder included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters other than representations and warranties regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with such Holder’s obligations under Section 4 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto
(b) Price and Underwriting Discounts . In the case of an underwritten Demand Registration or Underwritten Takedown requested by Holders pursuant to this Agreement, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms of the related
 
11

underwriting agreement for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering.
(c) Suspended Distributions . Each Person that is participating in any registration under this Agreement, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(e), shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 5(e). In the event the Company has given any such notice, the applicable time period set forth in Section 5(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 8(c) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5(e).
9. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:
(a) make and keep current public information available, within the meaning of Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act;
(b) file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and Exchange Act (after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c) so long as any party hereto owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Person forthwith upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time commencing ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as such Person may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.
(d) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders in any sale and or transfer of Registrable Securities including by means not involving a registration statement.
10. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent via facsimile to the recipient accompanied by a certified or registered mailing. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the applicable parties hereto at such address or to the attention of such other person as is specified in the Company’s books and records or such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
11. Miscellaneous .
(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company will not enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.
(b) Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

12

(c) Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver to or of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective against the Company or the other Persons party hereto unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no modification, amendment or waiver to or of this Agreement or any provision hereof that adversely affects the rights or obligations hereunder of any particular Holder or group of Holders while not similarly affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all Holders shall be effective against such Holder or group of Holders unless approved in writing by such Holder or the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by such group of Holders, as the case may be. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.
(d) Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or Holders are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent Holder.
(e) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.
(g) GOVERNING LAW . ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOMESTIC LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(h) Time is of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge of any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.
(i) Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
 
13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

ATENTO S.A.	
		
By:	 	/s/ Aurelien Vasseur	
Name:    Aurélien Vasseur	
Title:    Director	
	
ATALAYA LUXCO PIKCO S.C.A.	
		
By:	 	/s/ Aurelien Vasseur	
Name:    Aurélien Vasseur	
Title:    Manager	
 
14

Exhibit 4.13
CONSULTING SERVICES AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Consulting Services and Information Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 7, 2014 by and between Atento S.A., a société anonyme incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “ Company ”) on the one hand, and Bain Capital, Ltd. and Portfolio Company Advisors Ltd, each a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (and its successors and assigns) (the “ Consultants ”), on the other hand.
The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be deemed to take effect as from the termination of the Consulting Services Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”).
WHEREAS, Consulting Services (as defined herein) have since the Effective Date been rendered by the Consultants to the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (each Subsidiary and Affiliate, a “ Beneficiary Affiliate ” and, together, the “ Beneficiary Affiliates ”) pursuant to the terms hereof and the Company hereby confirms its retention of the Consultants, and the Consultants confirm their wish to be retained, to provide the Consulting Services to the Company and to each of the Beneficiary Affiliates as required during the Term (defined below) and any extension thereof;
WHEREAS, the parties wish to establish a framework agreement to outline the terms of their overall relationship; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. Term . This Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”), which initial term shall be automatically extended thereafter on a year-to-year basis unless the parties agree otherwise at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated prior to expiration of the Term or any extension thereof upon (i) a willful material breach of this Agreement by a party which is not cured within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written notice from the other party requiring cure, (ii) written agreement of the Company and the Consultants, or (iii) the Consultants delivering a written termination notice to the Company. The provisions of Section 6 to Section 19 (inclusive) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
2. Consulting Services . The Consultants have performed and may perform certain consulting services, as further described below (collectively, the “ Consulting Services ”), for the benefit of the Company and/or the Beneficiary Affiliates. The Consulting Services may include, without limitation, support and advice in connection with the following and services of the following categories:
(a) general executive services;
(b) business development services;
(c) finance related services, including assistance in the preparation of financial projections;
(d) marketing, including monitoring of ongoing marketing plans and strategies;
(e) operations and project management;
(f) human resources including searching for and hiring of executives, other than in respect of specific transactions;

(g) advice relating to the restructuring of the businesses of the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate; and
(h) other services for the Company and/or the Beneficiary Affiliates or their respective Subsidiaries upon which the Company, the Beneficiary Affiliates, and the Consultant agree.
Legal services have not been and will not be provided by the Consultants. The Consulting Services have been and will be conducted in support of the members of management and boards of directors of the Company and the Beneficiary Affiliates and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Consulting Services shall be considered provided by outside consultants and not managers of the Company and/or any of the Beneficiary Affiliates. The Consultant shall not have any authority or power to commit the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate to any contract with any third party pursuant to this Agreement.
Subject to Section 3 and Section 8 , the Consulting Services shall be provided free-of-charge.
3. Consulting Expenses.
In consideration for the performance of the Consulting Services, the Company hereby agrees to pay (or to procure that one or more of the Beneficiary Affiliates shall pay), the following expenses.
(a) The Company shall pay to the Consultants (or, at the Consultant’s request, its designee(s)), all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Consultants and/or their Affiliates in rendering the Consulting Services, including irrecoverable VAT thereon (the “ Consulting Expenses ”).
(b) On the first Business Day of each calendar quarter the Company shall pay to the Consultants (or at the Consultant’s request, to the designee(s)) the Consulting Expenses incurred by the Consultants during the previous calendar quarter.
(c) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason under Section 1 , the Company shall pay all amounts accrued but unpaid pursuant to this Agreement as of the date of such termination. Any amount payable pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be paid no later than 31 January of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which this Agreement is terminated.
(d) All Consulting Expenses shall be paid by wire transfer in cash or other immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by the Consultants.
4. Recharge of Consulting Expenses and Other Matters . The Consultants acknowledge that the Company may recharge to the Beneficiary Affiliates such proportion of the Consulting Expenses as relates to the benefit provided to such Beneficiary Affiliates by the relevant Consulting Services. The Consultants shall, if requested, provide the Company and/or the Beneficiary Affiliates (as relevant) with such evidence as they may reasonably request of the Consulting Services provided for the benefit of the Company and/or such Beneficiary Affiliates (as the case may be).
5. Information Rights . The Company shall furnish to Consultants such financial information regarding the Company and its Affiliates as the Consultants may reasonably request, including monthly management reports and the annual budget, in each case as soon as practicable, and in any case, for the monthly management report, within 30 days of the end of the month.
(a) Each Consultant hereby acknowledges that (i) it is aware, and that it will advise each of its Affiliates and Consultant’s and its Affiliates’ respective representatives who are provided any Confidential Information (as defined in Section 6 hereof) of the Company, including the information provided pursuant to this Section 5 , that the U.S. securities laws prohibit any person who has received from an issuer material non-public information from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or
 
-2-

from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities, and (ii) each Consultant is familiar with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and agrees that Consultant, its Affiliates and their respective representatives will not use, or communicate to any person under circumstances where it is reasonably likely that such person is likely to use or cause any person to use, any such information in contravention of the Exchange Act or any of its rules and regulations, including Rules 10b-5 and 14e-3.
6. Confidentiality.
(a) From and after the date hereof, each Consultant shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates to, maintain in confidence and use only in connection with its investment in the Company and for purposes of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means all information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or its Subsidiaries in the possession of or furnished to Consultant.
(b) Each Consultant may disclose Confidential Information to its Subsidiaries, Affiliates, counsel, advisers, consultants, outside contractors, bankers, financing sources, and other agents, on the condition that such Persons agree to keep the Confidential Information confidential to the same extent as such disclosing party is required to keep the Confidential Information confidential, solely to the extent it is reasonably necessary or appropriate to fulfill its obligations or to exercise its rights under this Agreement; provided that the disclosing party shall remain liable with respect to any breach of this Section 6 by any such Subsidiaries, Affiliates, counsel, advisers, consultants, bankers, financing sources, outside contractors and other agents.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) above, each Consultant may disclose such Confidential Information (i) to the extent necessary or advisable in order to perform the Consulting Services hereunder, provided that the Person to which disclosure the Confidentiality Information is made is under a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information, (ii) to the extent Consultant is legally compelled (by oral questions, interrogatories, request for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, (iii) for purposes of reporting to its members, partners or stockholders the performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries and for purposes of including applicable information in its financial statements, (iv) to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law, rule or regulation; provided that in connection with any such disclosure (A) a disclosing party shall only disclose such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed in connection with the foregoing, (B) to the extent reasonably practicable, a disclosing party shall provide the Company with prompt and advance written notice of any such intended disclosure so that the Company has a reasonable opportunity to limit such disclosure, or (if applicable, and to the extent reasonably practicable) seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy to prevent such disclosure, and (C) a disclosing party shall use its reasonable efforts to seek confidential treatment (consistent with the terms hereof) by the Person to whom such disclosure is made. Consultants acknowledge that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Section 6 and that the Company shall be entitled to equitable relief in a court of law in the event of, or to prevent, a breach or threatened breach of this Section 6 .
(d) The obligation not to disclose Confidential Information shall not apply to any part of such Confidential Information that (i) is or becomes patented, published, or otherwise part of the public domain other than by acts of Consultant in contravention of this Agreement, (ii) is disclosed to a Consultant by a third party, unless such Confidential Information was obtained by such third party directly or indirectly from Consultant hereto on a confidential basis, (iii) prior to disclosure under this Agreement, was already in the possession of a Consultant, unless such Confidential Information was obtained directly or indirectly from Consultant on a confidential basis, or (iv) is independently acquired or developed by a Consultant other than by acts of a Consultant in contravention of this Agreement.
 
-3-

7. Liability . Neither Consultant nor any of their Affiliates, partners, members, agents, advisors and controlling Persons (nor their respective directors, officers and employees) (collectively, the “ Consultant’s Group ”) shall be liable to any of the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate for any Loss arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Consulting Services. Consultants make no representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the Consulting Services to be provided by any member of the Consultant’s Group. Except as Consultants may otherwise elect in writing after the date hereof: (a) each member of the Consultant’s Group shall have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly (i) engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company and the Beneficiary Affiliates or (ii) do business with any client or customer of the Company and the Beneficiary Affiliates; (b) no member of the Consultant’s Group shall be liable to the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any of the activities referred to in the foregoing sub-section (a) or of such member’s participation therein; and (c) in the event that any member of the Consultant’s Group acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a constitute an opportunity (or potential opportunity) for the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate, no member of the Consultant’s Group shall have any duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no member of the Consultant’s Group shall be liable to the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that any member of the Consultant’s Group directly or indirectly pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate. In no event will any member of the Consultant’s Group be liable to any of the Company and/or any Beneficiary Affiliate for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or in respect of any liabilities relating to any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise). This Section 7 does not limit or exclude any liability for fraud or any liability for a breach of Section 6 (Confidentiality) hereof.
8. Indemnity . In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Consultants, the Company shall indemnify, exonerate and hold each member of the Consultant’s Group (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”), each of whom is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in this Section 8 ), free and harmless from and against any and all Loss arising from any Claim (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, arising out of, or in any way relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the Consulting Services, or non-performance by the Company, except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of Section 6 (Confidentiality) hereof, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 8 , none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the Company. The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. The Company hereby agrees that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitees under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of the Consultant (or any Affiliate thereof) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Indemnified Liabilities (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnified Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitees are secondary), and if the Consultant or any Affiliate thereof pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract or constitutional documents) with any director or officer of the Company, then (i) the Consultant (or any such Affiliate, as the case may be) shall
 
-4-

be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall reimburse the Consultant (or any such Affiliate, as the case may be) for the payments actually made and waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any Claim or remedy of any Indemnitee against any Indemnitee, whether such Claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute, common law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from any Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such Claim, remedy or right.
9. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not effect the validity, legality, or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction. Instead, this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
10. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when telecopied to the recipient (with hard copy sent to the recipient by internationally reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if telecopied before 5:00 p.m., local time in the jurisdiction of recipient on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day, (c) two (2) Business Days after being sent to the recipient by internationally reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) by e-mail. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the parties hereto at the addresses set forth below.
To the Company :
Atento S.A.
C/Santiago de Compostela
No 94, 9a planta
Madrid- 28035 Spain
Attention:        Chief Financial Officer
To the Consultants :
Bain Capital Europe, LLP
Devonshire House
Mayfair Place
London W1J 9AJ
UK
E-mail: mbethell@baincapital.com
Attention: Melissa Bethell
11. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise), or (ii) if such Person or other Person is an investment fund, any other investment fund the
 
-5-

primary investment advisor to which is the primary investment advisor to either Person or an Affiliate thereof;
(b) “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble;
(c) “ Beneficiary Affiliate ” and “ Beneficiary Affiliates ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble;
(d) “ Business Day ” means any day from Monday to Friday (inclusive) other than public bank holidays during normal working hours in New York, New York, United States of America, London, England, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and Spain;
(e) “ Claims ” means any action, claim, cause of action, suit or similar (excluding regarding taxes);
(f) “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble;
(g) “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 ;
(h) “ Consultant ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble;
(i) “ Consultant’s Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 ;
(j) “ Consulting Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a);
(k) “ Consulting Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 ;
(l) “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble;
(m) “ Exchange Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 ;
(n) “ Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8 ;
(o) “ Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8 ;
(p) “ Loss ” means losses, liabilities, damages, costs and/or expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, responding to a subpoena, or otherwise participating in, any proceeding including, but not limited to, litigation expenses incurred after the date on which none of the Consultant, its Affiliates or members of the Consultant’s Group, or associated investment funds own an interest in the Company, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such expenses;
(q) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof;
(r) “ Subsidiary ” and “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a
 
-6-

majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity;
(s) “ Tax ” means any tax, assessment or other central or local government charge of any nature whatsoever of any jurisdiction;
(t) “ Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 ; and
(u) “ VAT ” means any value added, sales, turnover, consumption or similar Tax of any jurisdiction.
12. Assignment . No party may assign any obligations hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Consultant may, without the consent of the Company, assign any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any member of the Consultant’s Group or to any of its affiliated investment funds, whereupon, in each case, the assignor nevertheless shall remain liable for the performance of its obligations hereunder.
13. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against any party hereto unless such modification, amendment, or waiver has been approved in writing by such party. No course of dealing or the failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way operate as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.
14. Successors . This Agreement and all the obligations and benefits hereunder shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors and assigns of each of them.
15. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 . This Agreement does not confer any rights on any person under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, except that each Indemnitee is intended to benefit from the provisions of Section 8 , and may enforce those provisions under section 1 of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. This letter may be varied, rescinded or terminated by the parties without the consent of any person referred to in the preceding sentence
16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
18. Governing Law . This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of England. Each party to
 
-7-

this Agreement irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England over any claim or matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter).
19. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.
*    *    *    *    *
 
-8-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consulting Services and Information Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

ATENTO S.A.	
		
By:		/s/    Aurelien Vasseur	
Name:		Aurelien Vasseur	
Title:		Director	
	
BAIN CAPITAL, LTD.	
		
By:		/s/    Devin O’Reilly	
Name:		Devin O’Reilly	
Title:		Managing Director	
	
PORTFOLIO COMPANY ADVISORS LTD	
		
By:		/s/    James Boudreau	
Name:		James Boudreau	
Title:		Managing Director	
 
-9-

Exhibit 8.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF ATENTO S.A.

Name	  	Registered address	
		
Atalaya Luxco Midco, S.à.r.l.	  	Luxembourg	
		
Atento Luxco 1 S.A.	  	Luxembourg	
		
Atalaya Luxco 2. S.à.r.l.	  	Luxembourg	
		
Atalaya Luxco 3. S.à.r.l.	  	Luxembourg	
		
Atento Argentina. S.A.	  	Buenos Aires (Argentina)	
		
Global Rossolimo. S.L.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Spain Holdco. S.L.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Spain Holdco 6. S.L.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Spain Holdco 2. S.A.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Teleservicios España. S.A.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Servicios Técnicos y Consultoría S.A.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Impulsa. S.A.U.	  	Barcelona (Spain)	
		
Atento Servicios Auxiliares de Contact Center. S.A.U.	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Maroc. S.A.	  	Casablanca (Morocco)	
		
Atento B V.	  	Amsterdam (Netherlands)	
		
Teleatento del Perú. S.A.C.	  	Lima (Peru)	
		
Woknal. S.A.	  	Montevideo (Uruguay)	
		
Atento Colombia. S.A	  	Bogotá DC (Colombia)	
		
Atento Holding Chile. S.A.	  	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	
		
Atento Chile. S.A.	  	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	
		
Atento Educación Limitada	  	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	
		
Atento Centro de Formación Técnica Limitada	  	Santiago de Chile (Chile)	
		
Atento Spain Holdco 4. S.A.U	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Brasil. S.A.	  	São Paulo (Brazil)	
		
Atento Brasil 1 Ltda (4)	  	São Paulo (Brazil)	
		
Atento Spain Holdco 5. S.L.U	  	Madrid (Spain)	
		
Atento Ceská Republika, a.s. (5)	  	Praga (Czeck Republic)	
		
Atento Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V	  	Mexico	
		
Atento Puerto Rico. Inc	  	Guaynabo (Puerto Rico)	
		
Contact US Teleservices Inc	  	Houston, Texas (USA)	
		
Atento Panamá. S.A	  	Panama City	
		
Atento Atención y Servicios. S.A. de C.V	  	Mexico City (Mexico)	
		
Atento Servicios. S.A. de C.V	  	Mexico City (Mexico)	
		
Atento Centroamérica. S.A	  	Guatemala (Guatemala)	
		
Atento de Guatemala. S.A	  	Guatemala (Guatemala)	
		
Atento El Salvador. S.A. de C.V	  	City of San Salvador (El Salvador)	
		
Atento Nicaragua S.A (6)	  	Nicaragua	
		
Atento Costa Rica S.A (7)	  	Costa Rica	

Exhibit 11.1
Atento S.A.
GENERAL CODE OF ETHICS
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this General Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is to provide a framework for making ethical business decisions in the course of Atento S.A.’s and its subsidiaries’ (collectively, the “Company”) business, to establish the importance of exercising sound, ethical judgment and to recognize the shared values we have with our customers, stockholders, employees and other third parties with whom we do business. All directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company, and members of their immediate family, are subject to the Code (each such person is sometimes referred to in this Code as “you”).
Any waiver of the application of the Code with respect to executive officers or directors must be approved by the Board of Directors or its designated committee and must be disclosed to the extent required by law or regulation.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The Company expects and requires you to adhere to the following standards of conduct:
 
 	•	 	Honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships in accordance with law and the Company’s policy regarding conflicts of interest;	
 
 	•	 	Full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (or investors) and in other public communications made by the Company;	
 
 	•	 	Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations and the Company’s policies;	
 
 	•	 	The prompt internal reporting to an appropriate person or persons (or use of the Company’s anonymous, confidential reporting system) identified in the Code of violations of the Company’s policies; and	
 
 	•	 	Accountability for adherence to the Code.	
 
I.	POLICIES AND PRACTICES*	
 
 	A.	Compliance with Laws	
You must obey the laws of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Where necessary, seek guidance from your supervisor or the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director. No person has authority to violate any law or to direct others to violate any law on behalf of the Company. You should also refer to the additional policies that the Company has in place.
 
 	B.	Conflicts of Interest	
A conflict of interest may arise where your loyalties are divided, or appear to be divided, between your business interests and those of the Company. The Company expects that you will not knowingly place yourself in a position that would have the appearance of being, or could be construed to be, in conflict with the Company’s interests. The following is not exhaustive, but identifies potential areas of conflicted interests:

*	The Code is not an express or implied contract of employment and does not create any contractual rights of any kind between the Company and you.	
 
1

 	1.	Accepting Gifts and Entertainment	
Accepting any gift of more than nominal value or entertainment that is more than a routine social amenity can appear to be an attempt to gain favorable treatment from the recipient.
 
 	a.	Gifts, Entertainment and other Gratuities to the Company’s Representatives	
You are urged to give careful consideration to the acceptance of any gift of more than nominal value. The key is to keep an arm’s length relationship, to avoid excessive or lavish gifts, and to ensure that the gift is reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. Gifts of any amount may never be solicited, and gifts of cash or securities may never be accepted. In the case of entertainment, it must be of a reasonable nature and in the course of a meeting or another occasion for the purpose of bona fide business discussions or to foster better business relations. In cases where the gift is of more than nominal value, you should consult the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director on proper handling.
 
 	b.	Gifts and Business Courtesies to Non-Government Persons	
You are permitted to provide meals, refreshments, entertainment and other business courtesies of reasonable value to non-government persons in support of the Company’s business activities, so long as this practice (i) does not violate any law or regulation, or the standards of the recipient’s organization and (ii) is consistent with industry practices, infrequent in nature, and not lavish or extravagant. While the latter is difficult to define with specificity, use common sense and good judgment. It is illegal for the Company or its representatives to pay to or receive anything of value from any labor organization.
 
 	2.	Payments to U.S. Government Personnel	
There are a number of laws and regulations regarding business gratuities which may be accepted by U.S. government personnel. The promise, offer or delivery to an official or employee of the U.S. government or a state government of a gift, favor or other gratuity in violation of these rules would not only violate Company policy but could also be a criminal offense. Non-U.S. governments, may have similar rules. You must consult with the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director prior to making any such gifts.
 
 	3.	The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act	
Employees must not give anything of value to foreign governmental agents if doing so could be interpreted as an attempt to curry favor on behalf of the Company. It is the Company’s policy to comply strictly with all laws governing the offering of gratuities and other items of value to foreign government employees.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits any U.S. person or company or any foreign person or company working on behalf of a U.S. person or company from giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to foreign government officials. “Foreign government officials” is broadly defined under the FCPA and may include, but is not limited to, non-U.S. government officials and employees at any level of government, members of foreign political parties, candidates for foreign political office, foreign political officials and employees of entities that are owned, operated or controlled in whole or in part by a foreign government.
 
2

Among other things, prohibited conduct can include paying for meals or entertainment, providing transportation, and making gifts. The FCPA prohibition includes making any payments or giving anything of value through intermediaries. The FCPA must be followed under all circumstances, even if making such payments follows customary local practice. You must also avoid any actions that may create the appearance of improperly influencing a government official.
Before making any payment or giving anything of value to a foreign official, you should consult with your supervisor.
The Company is required under the FCPA to keep books, records, and accounts in reasonable detail that accurately and fairly show the Company’s assets and how the Company’s money has been spent. The Company has adopted a system of internal accounting and operating controls and procedures that you must strictly adhere to in providing financial and business transaction information to and within the Company so that all underlying transactions are properly documented, recorded, and reported. These internal controls are the backbone of the integrity of the Company’s financial records and financial statements.
Violations of the FCPA can result in civil and criminal penalties for both the Company and the individuals involved.
 
 	4.	Outside Employment/Conflicting Outside Activities	
Employees are not to engage in outside work or conflicting outside activities that have, or could have a material effect on the employee’s duties to the Company; imply sponsorship or support by the Company; adversely affect the reputation of the Company, or otherwise compete with the Company. This prohibition also extends to the unauthorized use or application of resources and of any proprietary, confidential, or trade secret information or intellectual property. If you wish to accept outside employment or engage in a conflicting outside activity (or have any questions about whether an outside activity conflicts with your employment by the Company), you must submit a request containing pertinent information about the outside employment or activity and obtain the prior written approval of your supervisor. Employees who have been authorized to engage in, and have accepted, outside work or an outside activity may not use paid time off to pursue that effort.
 
 	5.	Employees’ Interests in Other Businesses	
If you are considering investing in a credit source, supplier or competitor, great care must be taken to ensure that these investments do not compromise your responsibilities with the Company. Many factors should be considered in determining whether a conflict exists, including the size and nature of the investment; your ability to influence the Company’s decisions; your access to confidential information of the Company or of the other company; and the nature of the relationship between the Company and the other company. The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors must approve in advance any such investment. Furthermore, if you wish to serve as an officer or director to an outside business on your own time, you must receive prior approval in writing from the Chief Executive Officer or the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director. If the circumstances of the outside business change substantially, you must seek re-approval. (Employees are permitted, however, to serve on charity boards or in family businesses that have no relationship to the Company).
 
 	6.	Political Involvement	
You are advised that your participation in the political process, including any donations, must be for yourself individually, on your own time, and at your own expense. The Company will not reimburse you for such contributions and you should not request such reimbursement.
 
3

 	C.	Use and Protection of Information, Property, Systems and Other Resources	
The facilities and other resources provided by the Company are to be used in support of its business. Any personal use permitted by Company policy must be incidental, not interfere with work requirements, and not be excessive.
 
 	1.	Offensive and Inappropriate Material; Illegal Activities	
The Company’s policies prohibit using these resources to send, distribute or receive illegal, sexually explicit, abusive, offensive, profane, defamatory or other inappropriate content.
 
 	2.	Solicitations on Work Premises	
Solicitation not related to the business of the Company in its workplace is prohibited without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director.
Sites may have bulletin boards or other procedures for distributing general interest, local information at work sites. Use of these resources are authorized when related to charitable or similar efforts, are limited to the designated bulletin boards or other areas, and result in no personal solicitation (i.e., posting of a sign-up sheet). Consult with your supervisor or facility manager for local bulletin board and e-mail procedures.
 
 	3.	Theft and Misuse of the Company’s Resources	
Actual or attempted theft or misuse of the Company’s resources, including documents, equipment, intellectual property, personal property of other employees, cash or any other items of value is subject to immediate termination and possible criminal proceedings. You have a responsibility to report any actual or attempted theft or misuse to the Company’s management.
 
 	4.	Proprietary and Other Confidential Information	
You must safeguard and hold in strict confidence proprietary, confidential and/or trade secret information, including information of the Company or any of its business partners. You should exercise prudence and care in dealing with such information. Your use of the information is strictly limited to your work for the Company and the relevant project on which the information was disclosed to you. Any such information must be returned when requested or upon the termination of your employment.
 
 	5.	Other Competitive Information	
The Company will not condone obtaining information concerning competitors through illegal means or other illicit or non-industry standard means, the propriety of which reasonably could be questioned.
 
 	6.	Third Party Intellectual Property	
Unauthorized use of third party intellectual property, including copyrighted materials, trademarks, and patented items, by employees is strictly prohibited. You should be aware that unauthorized use can result in both civil and criminal penalties and sanctions. Employees are to comply with guidelines established by the Company, to report violations to the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director, and to consult the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director for questions regarding appropriate usage and authorization.
 
4

 	7.	Electronic Communications	
You are responsible for using the Company’s electronic information and communications systems, including facsimile, voice mail, electronic mail, internet, laptop and personal computer systems (collectively, the “Systems”), properly and in accordance with Company policy. Generally speaking, you should be aware of the following:
 
 	•	 	The Systems, and all communications, memoranda, files or other data created, uploaded, downloaded, sent, accessed, received or stored on any System (“Messages”), are property of the Company.	
 
 	•	 	Except for minimal incidental and occasional personal use, the Systems are for Company business use. Pornography and computer games are strictly prohibited.	
 
 	•	 	You should not have an expectation of privacy in any Messages you create, upload, download, send, receive or store, as they may be monitored by the Company at any time.	
 
 	•	 	Messages should not contain content that another person (including the recipient thereof and any other person) may consider offensive, disruptive, defamatory or derogatory.	
 
 	•	 	Attempting to access or “hacking” into Company Systems to which you do not have access or into computer systems of third parties is strictly prohibited.	
 
 	8.	Litigation and Claims	
The Company, like all other businesses, is from time to time involved in disputes that may result in claims or litigation. If you ever receive a legal document related to the Company, such as a summons, complaint, subpoena or discovery request, whether from a governmental agency or otherwise, you must immediately contact the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director to ensure an appropriate and timely response. Do not respond to any request, answer any questions or produce any documents without first discussing with the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director. Also, it is not appropriate to attempt to list legal matters or pending litigation in vendor or supplier qualification forms, RFPs or RFQs, or in any questionnaires. Under no circumstance should you threaten or initiate legal action on behalf of the Company.
 
 	D.	Securities Laws	
It is your obligation to safeguard the Company’s non-public information and not to share this information with anyone except as required by your work responsibilities. Non-public information is information that has not been disclosed or made available to the general public. Such information may include financial data, plans for acquisitions, material contracts, or the hiring, firing or resignation of a member of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company. Trading in stocks or securities based on non-public information, or providing non-public information to others so that they may trade, is illegal and may result in prosecution. The trading of stock by directors, officers and employees of the Company is subject to compliance with applicable laws and the Company’s Statement of Policy to All Company Personnel Concerning Securities Trading and Disclosure of Confidential Information. Employees having questions about the sale or purchase of a security that might involve non-public information or securities laws should review the Company’s Statement of Policy to All Company Personnel Concerning Securities Trading and Disclosure of Confidential Information and then consult the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director. Just as the Company values and protects its own non-public information, we respect the non-public information of other companies.
 
5

 	E.	Bribery, Kickback and Fraud	
No funds or assets shall be paid, loaned or otherwise given as bribes, kickbacks, or other payments designed to influence or compromise the conduct of the recipient; and no employee of the Company shall accept any funds or other assets for assisting in obtaining business or for securing special concessions from the Company. You should conduct Company business in such a manner that our reputation and integrity will not be impugned if the details of these dealings should become a matter of public discussion. To illustrate the standard that the Company expects you to maintain, the following conduct is expressly prohibited:
 
 	•	 	Payment or receipt of money, gifts, loans or other favors that may tend to influence business decisions or compromise independent judgment;	
 
 	•	 	Payment or receipt of kickbacks or other improper payments for obtaining business for or from the Company;	
 
 	•	 	Payment of bribes to government officials to obtain favorable rulings; and	
 
 	•	 	Any other activity that would similarly degrade the reputation or integrity of the Company.	
Employees have a responsibility to report any actual or attempted bribery, kickback or fraud.
 
 	F.	Workplace Health and Safety	
The Company is committed to providing a drug-free, safe, and healthy workplace in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Therefore, you are required to follow carefully all safety instructions and procedures that the Company implements. You should promptly report accidents, injuries, or other health and safety concerns, and refer related questions, to your supervisor or the responsible facility manager.
 
 	G.	Employment Matters	
The Company is committed to fostering a business-like atmosphere that promotes equal employment opportunities and prohibits discriminatory practices, including harassment. The Company expects that relationships among persons in the workplace will likewise be business-like and free of unlawful bias, prejudice and harassment. You are expected to be conscientious, reliable and honest; to perform assigned responsibilities and duties in accord with acceptable standards; to be courteous and cooperative with co-workers, management and customers; and to ensure the integrity and ethical standards of the Company. You will not engage in activities that interfere with the performance of the operating procedures of the Company or those of our suppliers.
 
 	1.	Non-Discrimination/Anti-Harassment	
The Company’s policy is to ensure equal employment opportunity without discrimination or harassment on the basis of age, color, disability, national origin, race, religion, sex or other status protected by applicable law.
 
 	2.	Anti-Retaliation	
You may not interfere with or retaliate against another employee who invokes his or her legal rights, or participates in an investigation, and any such retaliation may result in the termination of your employment.
 
 	3.	Workplace Relationships	
You are not permitted to maintain a close personal or private relationship where the employment relationship is of a supervisor/subordinate nature, involves financial or audit oversight or control, or constitutes a possible conflict of interest. The Company will endeavor to exercise discretion in its review of the matter, and the Company may elect to arrange for a suitable change in the working relationship, subject to the approval of the Company’s management. In the event that the Company elects not to arrange for a suitable change in the working relationship or one cannot be implemented within a period of time acceptable to the Company, the Company reserves the right to require resignation of one or both of the employees from the Company.
 
6

 	4.	Substance Abuse	
You may not use, possess, distribute, sell or be under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs; use over-the-counter or prescription drugs in a manner inconsistent with the legally prescribed amount and accompanying instructions; or improperly or illegally use any inhalant or perception-altering substance in the performance of work for the Company or while on the premises of the Company.
 
 	H.	Books and Records	
The Company’s internal accounting controls are intended to safeguard the assets of the Company and to ensure the accuracy of its financial records and reports, which form the basis for managing our business and fulfilling our obligations to stockholders, employees and regulatory authorities. These records, including financial records, must properly, accurately and completely reflect all components of transactions in accordance with law and be promptly entered on our books. No person may interfere with or seek to improperly influence, directly or indirectly, the accuracy, completeness or auditing of such records. All reports made to regulatory authorities must be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. If an employee becomes aware of any improper transaction or accounting practice, he or she must report the matter immediately to his or her supervisor.
 
 	I.	Document Retention	
There are legal requirements that certain records be retained for specific periods of time. Whenever it becomes apparent that documents of any type will be required in connection with a lawsuit or government investigation, all possibly relevant documents should be preserved, and ordinary destruction of documents pertaining to the subjects of the litigation or investigation should be immediately suspended. If you are uncertain whether documents under your control should be preserved because they might relate to a lawsuit or investigation, you should contact the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director.
 
II.	COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS	
As a condition to employment, the Company reserves the right to require you to complete and submit a certification in a form designated by the Company pertaining to your compliance with this Code upon commencement of employment and as frequently thereafter as the Company may deem advisable. A violation of this Code may result in appropriate disciplinary action, including termination of employment. Violations of this Code are not the only basis for disciplinary action, as the Company has additional policies and procedures governing conduct and certain civil and criminal laws and regulations may result in external sanctions. The Company further reserves the right to take disciplinary action on any matters pertaining to employee conduct, whether or not they are expressly discussed in this document.
 
III.	REPORTING SUSPECTED NON-COMPLIANCE	
 
 	A.	General Policy	
As described in this Code, certain persons must review and approve in writing any circumstance requiring special permission. Copies of these approvals should be maintained by the Company in accordance with the Company’s document retention policy. As part of the commitment to ethical and legal conduct, we expect employees to report information about suspected violations of this Code to their supervisor, a Company officer, the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director or the Company’s anonymous, confidential reporting system. Failure to report known wrongdoing may result in disciplinary action against those who fail to report.
 
7

 	B.	Complaint Procedure	
 
 	1.	Notification of Complaint	
Known or suspected violations of this Code should be reported promptly, in writing where practical.
 
 	2.	Investigation	
Employees are expected to cooperate in investigations of any suspected violation.
 
 	3.	Confidentiality	
Investigations will be conducted discreetly, as appropriate under the circumstances. Those investigating do not act as personal representatives or lawyers for employees. Parties to an investigation shall not discuss the matter with other employees.
 
 	4.	Protection against Retaliation	
Retaliation in any form against an individual who reports a violation, or assists in the investigation, of the Code or of law, even if the report is mistaken, is itself a serious violation of this Code and will not be tolerated. Acts of retaliation should be reported immediately and will be disciplined appropriately. Employees who submit a complaint in bad faith may face disciplinary action, including termination.
 
IV.	ACKNOWLEDGEMENT	
Each director, officer and employee shall annually acknowledge by signing, manually or electronically, a certification substantially in the following form, that they have read, understood and complied with this Code.
 
8

ATENTO S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
GENERAL CODE OF ETHICS
CERTIFICATION
Certification Period:                      to                      .
I have read and understand the Atento S.A. General Code of Ethics.
I certify that to the best of my knowledge and information, I have no reason to believe that there is or has been during the certification period a violation of Atento S.A.’s policies as to conflicts of interest and ethical business conduct, as summarized in the Atento S.A. General Code of Ethics, except as to issues of which I have personal knowledge that have been referred to Atento S.A.’s Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director for review. If there are any such exceptions, I have within the last week personally verified with the Legal and Regulatory Compliance Director that each such exception issue is under active review or has been resolved.

 	
Signature	

Typed or Printed Name	

Date	
 
9

Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Alejandro Reynal, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Atento S.A.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ Alejandro Reynal _	
Alejandro Reynal	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Mauricio Montilha, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Atento S.A.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ Mauricio Montilha _	
Mauricio Montilha	
Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO § 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Atento S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ Alejandro Reynal	
Alejandro Reynal	
Chief Executive Officer	
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO § 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Atento S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ Mauricio Montilha _	
Mauricio Montilha	
Chief Financial Officer	
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-203101) pertaining to the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan of Atento S.A. of our report dated March 31, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Atento S.A. and subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Ernst & Young, S.L.

/s/ Carlos Hidalgo Andres	
Carlos Hidalgo Andres	
Madrid, Spain
March 31, 2015